Graduate Announcements 2012-2013 NOTIFICATION of RIGHTS UNDER the FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS and PRIVACY ACT (FERPA)

Graduate Announcements 2012-2013 NOTIFICATION OF RIGHTS UNDER THE FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT (FERPA)

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords students certain rights with respect to their education records. These rights include: 1. The right to inspect and review the student’s education records within 45 days of the day the University receives a request for access. A student should submit to the registrar, dean, head of the academic department, or other appropriate official, a written request that identifies the record(s) the student wishes to inspect. The University official will make arrangements for access and notify the student of the time and place where the records may be inspected. If the records are not maintained by the University official to whom the request was submitted, that official shall advise the student of the correct official to whom the request should be addressed. (2) The right to request the amendment of the student’s education records that the student believes are inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy rights under FERPA. A student who wishes to ask the University to amend a record should write the University official responsible for the record, clearly identify the part of the record the student wants changed, and specify why it should be changed. If the University decides not to amend the record as requested, the University will notify the student in writing of the decision and the student’s right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment. Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the student when notified of the right to a hearing.

Note: The challenge of a student under this paragraph is limited to information which relates directly to the student and which the student asserts is inaccurate or misleading. With regard to a student’s grade, this right does not permit the student to contest a grade on the grounds that a higher grade is deserved, but only to show that the grade has been inaccurately recorded. (3) The right to provide written consent before the University discloses personally identifiable information from the student’s education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent. The University discloses education records without a student’s prior written consent under the FERPA exception for disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests. A school official is a person employed by the University in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); contractors, consultants, volunteers and other outside parties to whom the institution has outsourced institutional services or functions instead of using University employees or officials (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a person serving on the Board of Trustees; or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibilities for the University. Upon request, the University also discloses education records without consent to officials of another school in which a student seeks or intends to enroll. (4) The right to refuse to permit the designation of any or all of the following categories of personally-identifiable information as directory information, which is not subject to the above restrictions on disclosure: student’s full name, permanent address and telephone number, local address and telephone number, e-mail address, state of residence, date and place of birth, marital status, academic class, class schedule and class roster, name of advisor, major field of study, including the college, division, department or program in which the student is enrolled, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance and graduation, degrees and honors and awards received including selection to a dean’s list or honorary organization and the grade point average of students selected, and the most previous educational institution attended. Photo- graphic, video, or electronic images of students taken and maintained by the University are also considered directory information. Directory information may be disclosed by the University for any purpose, at its discretion. Any student wishing to exercise his/her right to refuse to permit the designation of any or all of the above categories as directory information must give written notification to the Registration Services Office (E-206 Martin Hall) by the last day to register for the enrollment2012-13 period concerned as published in the Clemson University calendar. (5) The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the University to comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and address of the Office that administers FERPA is Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, SW, Washington, DC 20202-5901. Graduate School

The program emphasizes quantitative, economic, students must complete seven core courses (P ADM Graduate and political organization, as well as other social 702, 821, 822, 827, 829, 862, PO SC 841). In ad- science skills in the analysis and development of dition, one level of government course (P ADM School policy. Fundamental and rigorous quantitative and 867, 868, or PO SC 860) and five electives must be analytical skills for effective policy analysis are devel- completed. Finally, all students must demonstrate a oped through core courses in political economy for proficient knowledge of the field of public admin- ENVIRONMENTAL public policy, ethics, statistical methods for policy istration by passing a comprehensive examination. TOXICOLOGY research, demographic projections and spatial analy- Students may request to take P ADM 880 in lieu of sis, policy analysis and political choice, organizational the comprehensive examination. Master of Science theory and management, applied economics, and a Doctor of Philosophy policy analysis workshop. PhD students also select a Certificate in Public Management These programs are jointly administered with the concentration in Agricultural Policy, Environmental Admission Requirements College of Agriculture, Forestry and Life Science. and Natural Resource Policy, Rural and Economic Admission will be based on an assessment of the Development Policy, or Science and Technology. Flex- applicant’s educational needs and career objectives. Environmental toxicology is the scientific study of ibility is also achieved through enrichment, electives, Applicants must hold a bachelor’s degree and should chemical, physical and biological stimuli in envi- leadership development courses, and the selection of have earned an overall 3.0 grade-point ratio in all un- ronments and the effects of these stimuli on living a PhD dissertation topic. The program consists of a dergraduate studies. Each applicant must also furnish systems and their external and internal physical, minimum of 63 credit hours beyond the bachelor’s a letter of recommendation, an application (available chemical and biological integrity. Emphases include degree, of which up to 24 credits may be drawn from from the MPA program office), transcripts, statement the metabolism of contaminants, their decomposi- master’s degree and other postgraduate work. There is of career objectives, and a résumé. tion, fate and effects in aquatic and terrestrial envi- no foreign language requirement for the PhD degree ronments. This interdisciplinary program provides in Policy Studies. Students from any department or discipline may elect a strong background in fundamental environmental to complete the certificate program. Students who toxicology and ecotoxicology. The program is ad- The graduate program in Policy Studies also offers are already enrolled in a graduate degree program ministered jointly with the College of Engineering students enrolled in related master’s and doctoral must obtain written approval from their graduate and Science. programs the opportunity to gain competence in and programs/advisors and the MPA Director. No pre- understanding of policy analysis. Depending on stu- requisites are required of these students. Students with baccalaureate degrees in the basic dents’ backgrounds and academic preparation, they and life sciences, agriculture, or engineering may may supplement their primary master’s coursework In addition to the conditions above, international be admitted. Strong faculty expertise and areas with a Certificate in Policy Studies. The Certificate applicants are required to demonstrate that they of student specialization are available in wildlife in Policy Studies is designed to equip students with satisfy the University’s minimum English language toxicology, environmental chemistry, biochemical a set of explicit public policy research and analytical proficiency requirements or equivalent. and mechanistic toxicology, ecological modeling, skills to augment their preparation in a traditional Students currently pursuing MPA coursework in a ecological risk assessment and biological control. master’s program. The certificate program involves non-degree status may apply for the Graduate Cer- Each student’s research program is designed to meet 12 credit hours of coursework. tificate in Public Management. The hours earned in his/her professional goals. The faculty in Policy Studies encourages applications a non-degree status may be applied to the certificate Candidates for the MS degree must complete 30 for the PhD program from recipients of a master’s de- program requirements (within four years of comple- hours of graduate credit, including six hours of gree who wish to acquire policy research and analytical tion of the courses). research, and write a thesis. Candidates for the skills in economic development, agriculture, natural Course Requirements PhD degree must complete 18 hours of dissertation resource allocation, rural development, small town Courses are determined by the student’s educational research and write a dissertation. and community development, tourism development, needs and career objectives and must be reviewed environmental issues, land use, infrastructure, public Graduate research programs are conducted in con- and approved by the MPA director. Other graduate finance, growth management, and science and tech- junction with the Clemson Institute of Environmen- courses may be substituted in the elective sequence nology. Master’s-level students with similar interests tal Toxicology, providing a unique and innovative with the approval of the MPA director. Program are encouraged to enhance their graduate studies with environment for graduate education. Collaborative participants must maintain an overall minimum a Certificate in Policy Studies. research opportunities exist nationally and inter- grade-point ratio of 3.0 in the certificate program. nationally with other universities, state and federal The faculty encourages applications from students Certificate courses must be completed within a span agencies and industrial groups. who have backgrounds that will facilitate an inter- of four years. 2012-13disciplinary course of study. In many cases, students A graduate certificate will be awarded upon comple- POLICY STUDIES may be admitted to full graduate status in the PhD tion of 12 credit hours of study, as outlined below, program without prerequisites other than those and submission of a Certificate Portfolio which will Doctor of Philosophy required of all graduate students. consist of a compilation of the cumulative course- Certificate work accomplished in the program. Clemson University offers graduate studies leading PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION to a PhD degree and a Certificate in Policy Studies. The following coursework is required: Graduate work in policy studies enables a student Master of Public Administration Core Sequence—one course selected from P ADM 821, The Master of Public Administration degree pro- to attain a high degree of specialized competence in 822, 827, 829, 862 policy analysis and to secure a mastery of policy re- gram requires 39-45 credit hours, depending on the search, emphasizing quantitative and economic skills. student’s background. Students lacking proficiency Elective Sequence—three courses selected from P ADM Government, industry, public policy “think tanks,” in American government are required to address 867, 868, PO SC 877, 878 (topics differ by section) and other policy research organizations, nonprofit the deficiency by taking a prerequisite in this area. Credit earned for a certificate may be applied toward organizations, and universities offer challenging Students who do not have substantial administrative the Master of Public Administration degree with the opportunities in policy analysis, issue development, experience are required to complete an internship advice and approval of the MPA Director. education, and related areas for persons with ad- encompassing 480 hours in a public or nonprofit vanced training. agency engaged in administrative work. All MPA College of Agriculture, Forestry and Life Sciences

Candidates for the degree are required to plan a The following courses offered by various departments COLLEGE OF program of study in consultation with the major represent possible electives for students in Animal advisor and graduate committee and complete a and Veterinary Sciences: AVS 653, 655, 803, 825, AGRICULTURE, minimum of three credit hours in adult education, BIOCH 606, 623, 633, 634, 815, BIOSC 632, 633, three hours in research methods and three hours in 659, 660, 661, 668, 670, 671, 672, 675, 676, 677, FORESTRY AND statistics; a minimum of 12 credit hours in the major (AVS) 680, ENT (BIOSC) 636, EX ST 801, 803, 805, LIFE Sciences field; and a minimum of six credit hours in an area MICRO (AVS, BIOSC) 614, 811. of concentration outside the major field.

The mission of the College of Agriculture, Forestry A minimum of 30 credit hours is required for the BIOCHEMISTRY AND and Life Sciences is to provide teaching, research professional degree. At least one-half of these credit MOLECULAR BIOLOGY and service in agriculture, forestry and life sciences hours must be selected from courses numbered 700 Doctor of Philosophy or above. The student’s program of study must be that will benefit the citizens of South Carolina and Enrollment in the Biochemistry and Molecular Biol- approved by the advisory committee. the nation. The College of Agriculture, Forestry and ogy program is open to students with appropriate Life Sciences serves more than 2,700 graduate and Admission Requirements degrees in agricultural, biological, or physical sciences undergraduate students. Students must complete all University applications, or engineering. Entering students must have satisfactory academic records in mathematical, physical The ability to understand and manipulate the submit undergraduate overall grade averages and GRE and biological sciences. Research activities include molecular structure of biological systems, while scores, participate in an interview with a department bioinformatics, functional genomics, microbial and at the same time understanding their practical graduate committee, and submit a writing sample on plant biochemistry, molecular biology, proteins and management, offers immense potential to improve a topic assigned by the interview committee. Desirable signal transduction. our world, whether it is to improve foods, building scores include an undergraduate overall grade-point ratio near 3.0 and GRE scores of 450/450/3.0. Ac- products, the environment, or our health. The Col- Degree Requirements ceptance will be based on an evaluation involving all lege of Agriculture, Forestry and Life Sciences is The PhD program requires GEN 814 and BIOCH of the above as well as appropriate recommendations. using the same expertise to produce more food on 814 during a student’s first semester; and BIOCH Provisional acceptance may be awarded and addi- a shrinking globe, grow better foods that will help 805 and 890 during a student’s second semester. In tional undergraduate coursework may be required prevent heart disease and fight breast cancer, pack- addition, PhD students are required to attend BIOCH for marginally qualified students, students without age environmentally sound products, increase dairy 825 every semester they are enrolled. Students beyond undergraduate Agricultural Education degrees, and production, increase timber production and provide their first year are required to do one oral presentation those seeking teacher certification. new fuels, and develop businesses and promote a every year in BIOCH 825. “green” society. ANIMAL AND VETERINARY A student’s dissertation committee will determine The College of Agriculture, Forestry and Life Sci- whether the student should take courses in addition ences offers 15 Masters and 11 Doctoral degree SCIENCES to the required courses. programs in disciplines in agriculture, forestry, a wide Master of Science variety of biological sciences, from the fundamental A dissertation, consisting of 18 credits of doctoral to the applied. The college awards the MS and PhD Doctor of Philosophy research (BIOCH 991), exclusive of any research degrees as well as the Master of Agricultural Educa- Applicants to the Animal and Veterinary Sciences credits earned at the master’s level, is required of tion and Master of Forest Resources professional programs should have a strong background in the PhD students. Successful completion of written and degrees. These postbaccalaureate degree programs are animal, biological and physical sciences. Students oral comprehensive examinations will admit doctoral designed primarily to provide continuing education with deficiencies in these sciences may be admitted students to candidacy for the PhD degree. for individuals whose interests lie outside a research- provided they correct these deficiencies during the first year of the program of study. oriented profession. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES Cooperative programs with state, federal and private MS students are required to complete coursework Master of Science agencies allow students to extend their research off in an area of interest approved by their graduate campus to the Greenwood Genetics Center, research advisory committee. MS students may select a thesis Doctor of Philosophy The MS and PhD degree programs in Biological and education centers spanning South Carolina, and or non-thesis option. Students in the thesis option Sciences encompass a wide variety of disciplines state and national forests of the Savannah River Ba- must complete a minimum of 30 hours of graduate in both plant and animal biology with three major sin. Proximity to the Blue Ridge Mountains provides coursework, including six credits of thesis research. emphasis areas: Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, access to one of the most biologically diverse regions 2012-13Students in the non-thesis option must complete a Cell and Developmental Biology, and Comparative of the world. minimum of 30 hours of coursework and a comprehensive oral examination. Organismal Biology. AGRICULTURAL The PhD degree program does not have formal Applicants to the graduate degree programs in Biologi- EDUCATION coursework requirements, but it is recognized that cal Sciences must have a bachelor’s or master’s degree students will have individual deficiencies; therefore, and a background of training in biology. All students Master of Agricultural Education it is the responsibility of the student and major are expected to have completed inorganic and organic The Master of Agricultural Education is a professional advisor, in consultation with the graduate advisory chemistry, physics, calculus, biology, plant and animal degree designed to enhance the human resource skills committee, to prescribe coursework to correct these diversity, genetics, and evolutionary biology. Defi- in agriculture and education. The flexible program deficiencies. A dissertation is required. ciencies (less than 18 hours total) may be remedied provides a core of planning, delivery, evaluation through appropriate coursework completed during and administrative strategies while encouraging All students in Animal and Veterinary Sciences are the graduate program. Graduate credit is not normally specialization in teacher education, adult and exten- required to complete AVS 820. awarded for remedial coursework. Students with more sion education, agricultural communications, youth than 18 hours of deficiencies, including those with de- development, or technology transfer. Graduates hold grees outside of biology, are encouraged to contact the positions as agriculture teachers, extension agents, Department of Biological Sciences to discuss options agricultural and environmental agency employees, for fulfilling coursework requirements in preparation as well as human resource development specialists in for application to the MS and PhD programs. the agricultural industry. College of Agriculture, Forestry and Life Sciences

Candidates for the MS degree must complete 30 but required for the Bioprocessing Option. Students FOOD, NUTRITION AND hours of graduate credit, including 24 credits of will be given conditional admission to the master’s coursework, six credits of thesis research, an accept- program pending completion of their bachelor’s CULINARY SCIENCES able thesis based on original research and satisfactory degree and submission of satisfactory GRE scores. Master of Science performance in a final oral examination. Degree Requirements Detailed information is available from the Depart- Non-Thesis Option Both options require 30 credit hours, including ment of Food, Nutrition, and Packaging Sciences or The non-thesis option of the MS is designed specifi- the following core courses: B E 835, BIOCH 633, at www.clemson.edu/fnps/. cally for K-12 teachers and others interested in bio- BIOCH (GEN) 805, BIOCH (GEN) 810, BIOCH Admission Requirements logical sciences education. Candidates must complete (GEN) 851 (or an equivalent seminar course in the Students admitted to the MS program in Food, a total of 30 semester hours of graduate coursework. student’s major), EX ST 801, GEN (BIOCH) 825. Nutrition and Culinary Sciences must meet the fol- At least 18 of the 30 hours must be at the 800-level. In addition, students in the Molecular Biology lowing criteria. Students not meeting the minimum All courses are offered online. A research proposal Option must take three credits of GEN 491 (or an requirements may be admitted in a provisional status and project whose results are presented in written for- equivalent research course in the student’s major), with the approval of the graduate faculty. mat is also a requirement. The scope of the research GEN 640, and GEN (BIOCH) 820. Students in the project is not as extensive as the thesis required in Bioprocessing Option must take B E (CH E) 628, B 1. The Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record the traditional MS program; however, it is expected E 638, 901 (or an equivalent research course in the Examination (GRE General Test) must be taken by that students will conduct original scientific research student’s major), and MICRO 613. all applicants. A minimum total GRE score of 1000 and write a document of the caliber of a manuscript on the two-component exam is required if taken suitable for submission to a peer-reviewed journal. Once these requirements are met, students, in con- prior to August 1, 2011 and 300 if taken on or after The student and the student’s graduate committee sultation with the advisor, choose from the following August 1, 2011. Applicant score on the analytical will determine the subject of the research project. courses to complete the 30 credit hours required in writing section of the GRE should be 4.0 or higher. the program: B E (CH E) 628, B E 635, 638, 838, Admission to the non-these option of the MS pro- BIO E 849, BIOCH 631, 632, 634, 643, 814, 816, 2. A strong background in food science; human gram requires a suitable undergraduate education, 818, 821, 822, 832, 890, CH E 601, 804, CH E nutrition; physical, chemical, or biological sciences; two letters of recommendation, a resume, and suit- (EE&S) 814, EX ST 805, GEN (BIOCH) 640, 814, or engineering is highly desirable. able GRE scores. (GRE scores are not required for 890, GEN 820, MICRO 613. 3. Proficiency in food science must be demonstrated teachers with one or more years of teaching experi- by satisfactory completion of coursework in the ence.) Students do not need an undergraduate degree ENTOMOLOGY following areas: food chemistry, food microbiology, in biology to be considered for admission. Master of Science food processing, and biochemistry. Background course requirements will normally be satisfied with Candidates for the PhD degree must complete Doctor of Philosophy written and oral comprehensive examinations, 18 completion of a BS degree in Food Science from an The Entomology graduate programs of the School of credits of dissertation research, an acceptable dis- accredited institution. Students deficient in any of Agricultural, Forestry and Environmental Sciences sertation based on original research and satisfactory these areas will be required to complete coursework are dedicated to providing leadership in environmen- performance in a final oral examination. Although to fulfill these background course requirements. tal entomology. Research programs fall into three there is no required coursework for the doctorate emphasis areas: arthropod biodiversity, agricultural 4. Acceptance is based upon academic transcripts beyond the 18 credits of dissertation research, some entomology, and urban entomology. Facilities of with a minimum undergraduate grade-point ratio of graduate coursework emphasizing breadth and depth the South Carolina Experiment Station on campus 3.0, three letters of recommendation, a statement of of knowledge in the life sciences is expected of each and at four research and education centers located objectives and professional experience. candidate. in various regions of the state are available for gradu- 5. International students must have a minimum Test ate student research. In addition to teaching and of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of BIOTECHNOLOGY research laboratories, specialized facilities within 550. IELTS can be taken in lieu of TOEFL. Minimum Master of Science the department include the Clemson University score accepted on the IELTS is 6.5. International The MS degree in Biotechnology is administered by Arthropod Collection; laboratories for molecular students must also submit documentation of the Department of Genetics and Biochemistry. This genetics, tissue culture and analytical chemistry/ adequate financial support for their studies. toxicology; wet laboratories; controlled and ambient nonthesis degree (usually used as part of a five-year 6. An additional requirement for admission is iden- Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s Program) prepares temperature insect-rearing facilities; a free-flight but- terfly facility; and greenhouses. Candidates for the tification of a research advisor prepared to accept the students for research associate positions in the grow- applicant as an advisee. ing biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. 2012-13MS degree must complete a minimum of 30 hours Students acquire a solid foundation in biotechnology of graduate credit, including six hours of research, Financial Aid theory plus knowledge of industry-oriented Good and write a thesis. Candidates for the PhD degree A limited number of research assistantships are avail- Laboratory Practices and Good Manufacturing Prac- must complete a minimum of 60 hours of graduate able from grant funds, with the student assisting in tices. The degree has options in Molecular Biology credit beyond the BS/BA degree and 30 beyond the research supported under the grant. This research and in Bioprocessing. the MS degree, including 18 hours of dissertation often may be applicable to the thesis or dissertation. research and write a dissertation. Candidates for Interested applicants should contact individual faculty Admission Requirements both degrees must satisfy a set of core requirements, for research assistantships. Applicants whose files are Entering students must have a Bachelor of Science some of which may have been satisfied in a previous completed prior to February 15, will be given prefer- degree in a life science, agricultural, chemistry, or degree program. ential consideration for research assistantships offered bioengineering field. Students entering the BS/ beginning fall semester. MS program must have completed their junior year ENVIRONMENTAL (minimum 89 credit hours) in one of these majors Transfer of Credits with a minimum grade-point ratio of 3.40. Students TOXICOLOGY With pre-approval, up to eight graduate credits may must have taken basic undergraduate courses in bio- Master of Science be transferred into the MS program. A grade of B or better is required in each course transferred. chemistry, genetics and microbiology. A mathematics Doctor of Philosophy course on modeling with differential equations is These programs are jointly administered with the recommended for the Molecular Biology Option Graduate School. See requirements under the Graduate School. College of Agriculture, Forestry and Life Sciences

Course Requirements—Thesis Option 2. A strong background in food science; human The Master of Forest Resources, a nonthesis degree, A minimum of 24 credit hours of coursework and nutrition; physical, chemical, or biological sciences; requires a minimum of 36 credit hours of graduate six credit hours of thesis research (FD SC 891) is or engineering is highly desirable. coursework with at least 18 of the required hours required for the MS degree. Only 600-level courses selected from courses numbered 700 or above. 3. Proficiency in food science must be demonstrated and higher may be used for graduate credit and at by satisfactory completion of coursework in the least one-half of the 24 hours of coursework must be A formal thesis is required for the MS and PhD following areas: food chemistry, food microbiology, at the 800 level or higher. degrees. The MS degree requires a minimum of 24 food processing, and biochemistry. Background credit hours of coursework and six hours of research. The following courses are required: EX ST 801 or course requirements will normally be satisfied with The PhD degree requires a minimum of 16 credit equivalent, FD SC 851 (one-credit hour seminar completion of a BS degree in Food Science from an hours of coursework and 18 hours of research be- each year), 18 credit hours of advanced-level courses accredited institution. Students deficient in any of yond the student’s master’s degree coursework. For (may include courses in food science or in areas these areas will be required to complete coursework both degrees, one-half of the semester hours must such as chemistry, nutrition, biochemistry, animal to fulfill these background course requirements. be selected from courses numbered 800 and above. and veterinary sciences, microbiology, statistics, or 4. Acceptance is based upon academic transcripts cell biology, as required by the student’s Graduate with a minimum undergraduate grade-point ratio of GENETICS Advisory Committee), and six credit hours of thesis 3.0, three letters of recommendation, a statement of research (FD SC 891). objectives and professional experience. Doctor of Philosophy The PhD degree in Genetics is administered by the Course Requirements—Non-thesis Option 5. International students must have a minimum Test Department of Genetics and Biochemistry. Research A minimum of 30 hours of coursework as outlined of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of activities include biochemical, biometrical, molecular below and a comprehensive, two-day final examina- 550. IELTS can be taken in lieu of TOEFL. Minimum and population genetics, as well as bioinformatics, tion is required for the MS degree. The final exami- score accepted on the IELTS is 6.5. International cytogenetics, and structural and functional genomics nation consists of one day of core material and one students must also submit documentation of through arrangements with other participating disci- day of content selected from departmental courses. adequate financial support for their studies. plines and with the Greenwood Genetics Center. Details may be found in the graduate handbook. 6. An additional requirement for admission is iden- Degree Requirements The following core courses are required: EX ST 801 tification of a research advisor prepared to accept the The PhD program requires GEN 814 and BIOCH 814 or ED F 778; FD SC 810; and NUTR 803 applicant as an advisee. during a student’s first semester; and GEN 805 and Students select three out of the six following courses: Financial Aid 890 during a student’s second semester. In addition, FD SC 811, 812, 815, NUTR 804, 805, 807. A limited number of research assistantships are avail- PhD students are required to attend GEN 825 every Students select eight to ten additional credit hours able from grant funds, with the student assisting in semester they are enrolled. Students beyond their first from 600-level or higher courses with approval of the the research supported under the grant. This research year are required to do one oral presentation every student’s graduate committee. often may be applicable to the thesis or dissertation. year in GEN 825. Interested applicants should contact individual faculty A student’s dissertation committee will determine In addition, for both the thesis and non-thesis for research assistantships. Applicants whose files are options, a minimum grade-point ratio of 3.0 is whether the student should take courses in addition completed prior to February 15, will be given prefer- to the required courses. required to maintain good academic standing and ential consideration for research assistantships offered for graduation. beginning fall semester. A dissertation, consisting of 18 credits of doctoral research (GEN 991) exclusive of any research credits Combined BS in Food Science/ There are no set course requirements for the doctor- earned at the master’s level, is required of PhD MS in Food, Nutrition and Culinary ate in Food Technology. It is expected that each PhD students. Successful completion of written and oral graduate will have a comprehensive understanding comprehensive examinations will admit the doctoral Sciences of the principles of food science with an expanded Under this plan, students may reduce the time students to candidacy for the PhD degree. knowledge covering their focused research area. The necessary to earn both degrees by applying graduate PhD candidate’s research committee will have final credits to both undergraduate and graduate program approval on all coursework. PhD candidates must MICROBIOLOGY requirements. Enrollment guidelines and procedures pass both written and oral examinations given by can be found in the Undergraduate Announcements. Master of Science the student’s advisory committee. The successful Consult the Department of Food, Nutrition and student must also write and defend a dissertation to Doctor of Philosophy Packaging Sciences for details. the satisfaction of the advisory committee. Disserta- The Department of Biological Sciences administers 2012-13the MS and PhD degree programs in Microbiology. tions usually contain a review of the literature and a FOOD TECHNOLOGY detailed description of research in a scientific publica- The Microbiology graduate programs includes a wide tion format. PhD students should expect to publish a variety of disciplines with three major emphasis areas: Doctor of Philosophy Cellular and Physiological Microbiology, Microbial Students admitted to the PhD program in Food minimum of two refereed research manuscripts from their dissertations. Genetics and Molecular Microbiology, and Environ- Technology must meet the following criteria. Stu- mental Microbiology. dents not meeting the minimum requirements may be admitted in a provisional status with the approval FOREST RESOURCES Applicants to the graduate degree programs in Mi- of the graduate faculty. crobiology must have a bachelor’s or master’s degree Master of Forest Resources and a background of training in biology (botany, 1. The Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Master of Science microbiology, or zoology), chemistry, or in one of Examination (GRE General Test) must be taken by the agricultural sciences. Undergraduate work in all applicants. A minimum total GRE score of 1000 Doctor of Philosophy Enrollment in the Master of Forest Resources and bacteriology or microbiology is desirable but not on the two-component exam is required if taken necessary. All students are expected to have completed prior to August 1, 2011 and 300 if taken on or after Master of Science programs is open to students who have earned a baccalaureate degree in forestry, forest inorganic and organic chemistry, physics, calculus, August 1, 2011. Applicant score on the analytical general biology and genetics. Deficiencies (less than writing section of the GRE should be 4.0 or higher. products, or a related field. A master’s degree, preferably in a forestry discipline, is required for enrollment 18 hours total) may be remedied through appropriate in the Doctor of Philosophy program. The candidate coursework completed during the graduate program. may be required to satisfy undergraduate deficiencies Graduate credit is not normally awarded for remedial before being admitted to full status. coursework. Students with more than 18 hours of College of Agriculture, Forestry and Life Sciences deficiencies including those with degrees outside Combined Bachelor of Science/ WILDLIFE AND FISHERIES of biology, chemistry, or agricultural sciences are Master of Science Degree Program BIOLOGY encouraged to contact the Department of Biological The Department of Food, Nutrition, and Packaging Sciences to discuss options for fulfilling coursework Sciences also offers an accelerated five-year combined Master of Science requirements in preparation for application to the bachelor’s/master’s program that allows students to Doctor of Philosophy MS and PhD programs. count up to 12 hours of graduate credit toward both Those who are interested in pursuing a graduate Candidates for the MS degree must complete 30 the BS degree in Packaging Science and the MS de- degree in Wildlife and Fisheries Biology should have hours of graduate credit, including 24 credits of gree in Packaging Science. Details are available from sound undergraduate training in the biological or coursework, six credits of thesis research, an ac- the Department of Food, Nutrition and Packaging related sciences. Initially, applicants should contact ceptable thesis based on original research, and Sciences or at www.clemson.edu/fnps. the faculty members whose research interests are satisfactory performance in a final oral examination. closest to their own. Programs of study are designed The 30 credits of graduate coursework will include PLANT AND to emphasize relationships between wild animals courses from each of the following areas: cellular ENVIRONMENTAL and their changing environments and production and physiological microbiology, microbial genetics of aquatic organisms. and molecular microbiology, and environmental SCIENCES Admission to either the master’s program or the doc- microbiology. Master of Science toral program requires acceptance by the University Candidates for the PhD program must complete Doctor of Philosophy and the Graduate Student Admission Committee of written and oral comprehensive examinations, 18 The degree programs in Plant and Environmental Wildlife and Fisheries Biology. This committee will credits of dissertation research, an acceptable dis- Sciences are offered through an interdepartmental base its acceptance recommendation to the Graduate sertation based on original research, and satisfactory program comprised of faculty from disciplines Admissions Office on previous coursework, GRE performance in a final oral examination. Although including biological sciences, botany, crop science, scores, letters of recommendation, undergraduate there is no required number of credits of coursework entomology, genetics, environmental horticulture, background and current research interests. Students for the doctorate beyond the 18 credits of dissertation plant pathology, plant physiology and soil science. are required to have completed a bachelor’s degree, research, a core of graduate coursework including preferably in a natural science, with a minimum of 30 Candidates for the program in Plant and Environ- courses from each of the following areas is expected of credit hours in natural sciences. In addition, an MS mental Sciences should have a strong undergraduate each candidate: cellular and physiological microbiol- in Natural Resource Biology or related area usually is background in the biological, agricultural and/or ogy, microbial genetics and molecular microbiology, preferred, but not required, for acceptance into the physical sciences as appropriate to their focus areas. and environmental microbiology. doctoral program. Students accepted without the ap- Undergraduate curricula that may provide this back- propriate course background will be required to make ground are botany, biology, chemistry, or one of the up these deficiencies as outlined by the Graduate PACKAGING SCIENCE agricultural plant and soil environmental sciences Student Admission Committee and consistent with Master of Science such as agronomy, forest resources, or horticulture. University admission policies. Students with nontraditional backgrounds may need The MS degree program in Packaging Science to complete some relevant undergraduate courses to prepares graduates to work independently in the Students seeking the MS degree in Wildlife and supplement the graduate program. research, development and application of new Fisheries Biology may select a thesis or a non-thesis option. Requirements for the thesis option include a packaging materials and processes. Students may Each student’s degree program is tailored to his/her be accepted with backgrounds relating to chemis- minimum of 24 credit hours of coursework, six hours professional goals and is guided by an advisor and of thesis research (W F B 891), an acceptable thesis try, physics, mathematics, biology, or engineering. graduate committee with expertise appropriate to the Students with backgrounds in business or graphic based on original research, and satisfactory perfor- student’s area of specialization. All graduate students mance on a final oral examination/thesis defense. Ad- communications or other disciplines may also be must select an advisor before admission. accepted after completing courses equivalent to ditional coursework usually includes subjects such as the basic science and mathematics courses in the Candidates for the MS degree must complete 24 experimental statistics, biological sciences and forestry. department’s undergraduate curriculum. Each degree credit hours of coursework and six hours of research, Thesis research areas include conservation biology, program is designed individually to augment the stu- and they must present and defend a thesis based on wildlife management, endangered species, freshwater dent’s background to provide a broad understanding original research. MS students who plan nonresearch- fisheries science and wildlife toxicology of packaging science and specialized knowledge in related careers in public gardening, landscape design, the area of the student’s research. extension, consulting, or agribusiness may complete The non-thesis option is designed primarily for stu- 30 credit hours of coursework and undertake a profes- dents with substantial experience in natural resources The MS degree in Packaging Science requires 30 2012-13sional development/public service project option in who wish to enhance their professional degree skills. hours of coursework, six of which are thesis research, lieu of thesis-related research. Interdisciplinary studies Students in the non-thesis option are not allowed and the completion of an acceptable MS thesis. In in plant health and integrated pest management are to transfer to the thesis option without approval by addition to PKGSC 891, students register for at least also available under this option. vote of the faculty of the Department of Forestry one credit of PKGSC 851. and Natural Resources. Candidates must complete A dissertation based on original research is required a minimum of 30 credit hours of approved courses, The following courses represent possible electives for the PhD degree. There is no specific credit hour including three to six hours of W F B 863, which result for the student in Packaging Science: C M E 815, requirement; the plan of coursework is based on in a broad, well informed and integrated exposure to CH E 612, 804, EX ST 801, 802, FD SC 601, 602, the student’s interests and dissertation emphasis, as natural resources management and environmental 604, 606, 608, 810, 811, 812, G C 606, 607, 648, determined in consultation with the major advisor issues. The non-thesis project must be substantial in MKT 627, 630. and graduate committee. nature and result in an extended report addressing a major problem or issue relevant to the field of wildlife Individual plans of study include courses from the management, fisheries management, natural resources following areas: biochemistry, biological sciences, or environmental studies. The scope of the project botany, crop and soil environmental science, ento- should be consistent with the credit hours awarded mology, genetics, horticulture and plant pathology as for the project. A maximum of three credit hours from well as plant and environmental sciences. independent studies ( W F B 861 or similar courses) may be applied toward the coursework requirement. College of Agriculture, Forestry and Life Sciences

The graduate advisory committee ensures appropriate elective course selection and may require a student to complete more than 24 credits if deficiencies in the student’s background exist or if additional courses are required for professional certification. Students are also required to pass a final oral examination. The PhD degree program requires a minimum of 30 credit hours beyond the student’s master’s degree coursework or 60 credit hours beyond the student’s bachelor’s degree coursework. While the PhD program has no specific credit hour requirement beyond that, the student’s advisory committee will insist on a rigorous and appropriate program of study and research. Students are required to take, or have taken, at least two semesters of graduate statistics and two semesters of 800-level seminars in fisheries and wildlife science or related areas. Students must also have at least one semester of professional experience, which will be evaluated by the advisory committee. Examples of appropriate professional experience are teaching assistantships, internships or cooperative study program participation, or natural resource agency employment. Other course requirements will be identified by the student’s advisory committee and will include specific courses according to the elected emphasis area: fisheries biology, wildlife biology, or conservation biology. Research opportunities are enhanced by cooperative programs with the S.C. Department of Natural Resources, U.S. Geological Survey Cooperative Research Unit at Clemson, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, Webb Wildlife Research Center, and Waddell Mariculture Center. The department also is associated with the National Council for Air and Stream Improvement Eastern Wildlife Program. The graduate program is accredited by the Southeastern Section of the Wildlife Society. Combined BS/MS in Wildlife and Fisheries Biology Under this plan, students may reduce the time necessary to earn both degrees by applying graduate credits to both undergraduate and graduate program requirements. Students should obtain specific requirements for the dual degree from the School of Agricultural, Forestry and Environmental Sciences as early as possible in their undergraduate program to ensure that all prerequisites are met. Enrollment guidelines and 2012-13 procedures can be found in the Undergraduate An- nouncements. College of Architecture, Arts and Humanities

ARCHITECTURE Architecture Concentration COLLEGE OF This inclusive course of study leading to the MArch Master of Architecture degree allows the student to pursue individual aca- ARCHITECTURE, Master of Science demic and career objectives within the context of a ARTS AND In the United States, most state registration boards re- rigorous professionally directed architecture program. quire a degree from an accredited professional degree The focus of learning is the design studio, where the HUMANITIES program as a prerequisite for licensure. The National student is involved in a range of theoretical and real- Architectural Accrediting Board (NAAB), which is world explorations. However, sufficient elective hours the sole agency authorized to accredit U.S. profes- are available to establish a study plan responsive to The College of Architecture, Arts and Humanities sional degree programs in architecture, recognizes individual interests. offers graduate programs in three schools: the School three types of degrees: the Bachelor of Architecture of Design and Building, the School of the Arts, and (B. Arch.), the Master of Architecture (M. Arch.), and Architecture + Health Concentration the School of Humanities. Advanced degrees are of- the Doctor of Architecture (D. Arch.) A program may Within the framework of the Master of Architecture fered in Architecture; City and Regional Planning; be granted a 6-year, 3-year or 2-year term of accredita- degree, the Architecture + Health Concentration Communication, Technology and Society; Construc- tion, depending on the extent of its conformance includes seminar courses and studio work appro- tion Science and Management; Digital Production with established educational standards. priate for both a general professional degree and a Arts; English; Historic Preservation; History; Land- concentration in Architecture + Health. The intent scape Architecture; Planning, Design and the Built Doctor of Architecture and Master of Architecture is to develop the generalist-specialist—graduates who Environment; Professional Communication; Real degree programs may consist of a pre-professional can creatively work in both modes. This concentra- Estate Development; Rhetorics, Communication undergraduate degree and a professional graduate tion includes both the study of health facility design and Information Design; and Visual Arts. degree that, when earned sequentially, constitute and the study of relationships between architectural an accredited professional education. However, the Courses are offered in art and architectural history, settings and their impact on human health and well- pre-professional degree is not, by itself, recognized as being. The primary purpose of the concentration communication studies, geography, languages, lit- an accredited degree. erature, performing arts, philosophy, religion and is to study how architectural environments impact women’s studies to provide electives for students Clemson University, College of Architecture, Arts health and how to create architectural settings that in other areas. and Humanities, School of Architecture, offers the support health and well-being of individuals and following NAAB-accredited degree programs: larger populations. Graduate students in the School of Design and Build- M.Arch (pre-professional degree + 60 credits) ing and the School of the Arts have the opportunity Studio design projects and courses examine these M.Arch + Health (pre-professional degree + 61 credits) relationships for architectural settings and conditions to study at the Charles E. Daniel Center for Build- M.Arch (non-pre-professional degree + 90 credits) ing Research and Urban Studies in Genoa, Italy, or ranging from entire communities and health care M.Arch + Health (non-pre-professional degree + 91 systems to specific projects and individual interior or the Clemson Architectural Center in Charleston, credits) SC. The Genoa and Charleston programs offer op- exterior spaces. The studio emphasizes design excel- portunities for international and/or urban study to Admission to the M. Arch. program, and any lence within the framework of rigorous and complex augment on-campus work. Lee Hall, the on-campus advanced placement, is based on an estimation of demands found in the practice of health care architec- home of the School of Design and Building, as well the applicant’s ability to respond effectively to the ture. Student work is expected to stand up critically as the Department of Art, is in the design phase of a intellectual rigor and creative challenge integral to at all levels of architectural consideration. major expansion and renovation. The new building graduate architecture study by an admissions com- The Architecture + Health Concentration is demand- is designed to promote collaboration between the mittee of graduate faculty. The applicant’s potential ing in the scope of its professional studies, with various professional programs within Lee Hall, allow is measured in part by demonstrated proficiency in most of the coursework designated for specific areas students to interact with faculty and students from prior academic work, Graduate Record Examina- of learning. Students may take advantage of the related disciplines addressing contemporary issues tion (GRE) test scores, a portfolio of design work same off-campus programs available to students in of design, planning, development and construction. (required of all applicants), and other application the Architecture Concentration during their first Issues of sustainability and green building are among requirements. More detailed information is available semester of study. Given the number of required the areas of particular interest. Faculty research ac- on the School of Architecture Web site. courses, students may opt for a five-semester plan of tivities are currently funded by the National Science The Master of Architecture program develops profi- study beginning in the spring semester. The thesis Foundation, National Institutes of Health, National ciency in responding to contemporary architectural or project, developed during the final year, normally Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, USEPA, issues through a range of practical and theoretical deals with particular architectural topics as they relate Department of Transportation and Department of knowledge, while providing opportunities for cre- to health and/or health facility design. Defence. 2012-13 atively challenging the limits of the profession. Em- The School of Humanities houses programs leading phasis is on design, accompanied by complementary Master of Science Program to the Master of Arts in Communication, Technol- coursework of a professional focus, as well as elective The Master of Science degree in Architecture is a ogy and Society; English; History; and Professional subjects. Complex studio design projects stress social post-professional degree program that offers the op- Communication; and the Doctor of Philosophy awareness and contextual fit and are responsive to all portunity to achieve advanced learning within the in Rhetorics, Communication and Information aspects of the architectural process. discipline of architecture and to undertake research Design. The school also offers a certificate program responsive to increasingly complex challenges atten- The Master of Architecture degree requires a mini- in Health Communication. Faculty have been re- dant to the built environment. This is accomplished mum of two academic years. Degree candidates may cipients of grants from agencies and foundations, through a foundation of coursework, accompanied by elect a concentration of study in architecture or archi- such as the National Endowment for the Arts, the directed studies within a selected area, and followed tecture and health. The graduate faculty reviews each National Endowment for the Humanities, the John by the critical examination of a singular aspect of student each semester of the first year to determine Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation, and architecture in a research thesis. if his/her performance is acceptable to continue in the Bingham Trust. They have also held Fulbright the program. Admission to the MS program is available to students Senior Lectureships and Research Awards in many who have a first professional degree in architecture countries. and who possess the intellectual mettle and dedica- tion necessary to respond successfully to the rigor of advanced study and independent research. This is measured by academic proficiency in prior work, a well-reasoned plan of advanced study and GRE College of Architecture, Arts and Humanities general test scores. Information concerning applica- Planning students are equipped to meet opportu- applications. The concentration area allows the stu- tion procedures and requirements is available from nities facing communities in many creative ways. dent to develop further expertise in a particular area, the School of Architecture. Many first-year students work two days per week as if desired. A summer internship between the first department assistants for professors or in planning and second years requires ten weeks of supervised The coursework and directed studies required of the related entities. Students typically work full time as professional employment for another three credits. Master of Science program may be completed in one interns in planning or development organizations If approved, students may take additional coursework academic year, after which a variable period of time during the summer. During their second year, most in lieu of the internship. An oral examination is is dedicated to the research thesis. Degree candidates students work two days a week with a public, private required to present and defend the results of the work within one of the following areas: architecture or nonprofit entity as student public service assistants terminal project or thesis. and health care facilities, environmental issues in (PSA). This allows them to gain additional profes- Requirements for Awarding of a Degree architecture, architecture and human perception, or sional experience. theory and philosophy of architecture. A plan of study Thesis Option is determined in consultation with the major advisor Department assistants generally earn around $3,500 1. A minimum of 54 hours of coursework with a B who, along with the advisory committee, periodically for nine months at 10 hours per week; PSAs earn average in the student’s prescribed professional cur- reviews the student’s work and evaluates the research around $4,500 at 15 hours per week and usually riculum, including the thesis, is required. thesis. Requirements for the MS degree consist of 24 require an automobile for transportation to positions credit hours of combined coursework and directed throughout the area. Both assistantships provide 2. A nine-credit-hour planning thesis must be com- studies with a minimum grade-point ratio of 3.0 and significant tuition reduction. Students are actively pleted satisfactorily. Only those students who have the acceptance of a six-hour research thesis. involved in Clemson’s Planning Student Organiza- been approved by the Planning faculty are permitted tion of the American Planning Association (APA) this option. and the South Carolina APA (SCAPA). CITY AND REGIONAL 3. The final oral examination requires satisfactory PLANNING Clemson’s graduates have been successful in the answers to questions concerning the student’s thesis public, private and nonprofit sectors, attaining key and concentration area. Master of City and Regional Planning positions in traditional planning agencies, develop- Nonthesis Option The two-year Master of City and Regional Planning ment groups, nonprofit organizations and private program is a professional degree emphasizing applied consulting firms. This practical, applied program is 1. A minimum of 54 hours of coursework with a B study in preparing tomorrow’s leaders for planning recognized throughout the region for its outstanding average in the student’s prescribed professional cur- and developing the nation’s towns, cities and regions. graduates. Most alumni of the program serve as agen- riculum is required. The curriculum emphasizes applied study preparing cy directors, department heads and staff planners at 2. An approved six-credit-hour terminal project for the challenge of planning vibrant and sustainable the local, regional and state levels. Some graduates sequence must be completed satisfactorily. communities. Graduates are well-equipped for careers work as generalists while others are specialists in in private sector planning and development, as well GIS, housing and community development, environ- 3. The final oral examination requires satisfactory as public sector planning and administration. The mental and coastal planning, historic preservation, answers to questions concerning the student’s ter- nationally accredited program began in 1968 and has transportation planning, or economic development. minal project and concentration area. more than 500 graduates. A growing number are employed in the private sector The program emphasizes sustainable land develop- as planning or urban design consultants, developers, COMMUNICATION, ment, applying appropriate technology and recog- and market research or environmental analysts. TECHNOLOGY AND nizing the balance of physical, economic, financial, Admission Requirements SOCIETY social and policy dimensions of planning. The 1. A bachelor’s degree from an accredited college program has a professional application focus mainly or university Master of Arts concerned with providing a solid planning education The Master of Arts in Communication, Technology to qualified students, primarily to meet the needs 2. A satisfactory academic record, particularly in the and Society examines how people use technology of South Carolina, the southeastern region and the last two years of undergraduate work to pursue long-term communication goals, includ- nation. The generalist approach is employed with the ing interpersonal, group, identity, and community 3. An on-campus interview (highly recommended) flexibility for specialization in four areas: develop- relations, decision-making, virtual organizing, and ment planning, transportation, environmental land 4. Three letters of recommendation with at least two health, political, and social movement campaigns. use planning and geographic information systems. A from current or former professors The program emphasizes the impacts and intercon- substantive core emphasizes the general framework, nections of communication technologies in society theories, methods and applications of the planning 2012-135. Completion of the Graduate Record Examination and culture from the full range of theoretical and process. Strong ties with the professional community 6. International applicants must submit TOEFL methodological approaches. Graduates are prepared reinforce the professional application focus. scores. to enter teaching, business, politics, or social organizing as communication practitioners with expertise Students come from a variety of undergraduate main a variety of fields, directly impacting economic jors and professional backgrounds—primarily liberal 7. A personal statement of objectives, briefly describ- development in the region and across the nation, arts, the social sciences, environmental science, busi- ing (in one to two pages) the applicant’s interest or to continue their education through the doctoral ness, management and design—and from many states in planning in general and Clemson’s program in level at major research universities. and several countries. The MCRP program typically particular has annual classes of approximately 20 students, pro- Courses in statistics and economics are highly Departmental faculty are committed to providing viding the opportunity for extensive faculty involve- recommended. students with opportunities for academic and pro- ment in teaching, research and public service. fessional development and believe that individuals Requirements for Degree Candidacy continue to develop their expertise throughout While the curriculum covers theory and policy issues, The two-year Master of City and Regional Planning their careers. The MA program provides a variety the principal focus emphasizes the applied skills degree requires a minimum of 54 credit hours. The of opportunities to engage in scholarly and profes- students need to enter the job market as professional program contains a 28-credit core curriculum, a sional development activities outside the classroom, planners and to evolve as leaders in the field. Classes three-credit summer internship, 15–18 credit hours including participation in colloquia offered by use real-world situations for analysis and for the ap- of approved concentration/elective courses, and 6–9 communication scholars, professional workshops, plication of planning skills in dealing with land use hours of research and terminal project or thesis. The internships, applied projects, and study abroad. Stu- planning, development and issues of the built and core courses include planning and substantive theory, dents are encouraged to become active members of natural environment. analytical methods, implementation techniques and international, national, regional, and state academic College of Architecture, Arts and Humanities and professional associations, and to participate in as purpose (500 word limit, double-spaced) describing CONSTRUCTION SCIENCE many of these development activities as possible while their experience, goals, reasons for pursuing this at Clemson in order to build network contacts in the degree, and unique contributions they can make to AND MANAGEMENT communication discipline before graduation. it; curriculum vitae including mailing address, e-mail Master of Construction Science and address, phone number, and URLs for any online Management Certification/Employment projects; and a writing sample illustrating excellence Most full-time graduate students are awarded assis- in relevant professional or academic writing, or one Certificate tantships. Students are automatically considered for sample of each for two total. The Master of Construction Science and Manage- an assistantship when applying to the program unless ment thesis-optional program provides students with they request otherwise. For example, students may Financial Aid a high level of skills and knowledge in the technical not wish to be considered for an assistantship if they A number of graduate assistantships are offered to areas of construction project administration and plan to pursue the degree part-time while continuing students each year based on merit in the form of sti- control. Substantial emphasis is placed on advanced to work full-time. pends and the additional benefit of tuition remission. study in the field of business, in new and emerging Students must be enrolled in a minimum of nine techniques for construction project delivery systems, Funding opportunities are available to approximately credit hours per semester to qualify for a graduate and in the administration of the construction firm. eight new graduate students per year in the form of assistantship and must work 10 hours a week as a teaching and research assistantships. Assistantships teaching or research assistant or perform other tasks The number of credit hours required for the MCSM provide a full tuition waiver and a stipend of approxi- assigned by the school. degree varies according to each student’s under- mately $12,000 per academic year, and are awarded graduate degree. For those who have the required competitively by the graduate committee. A variety Degree Requirements undergraduate skills and knowledge, the program of opportunities are available for students to grow Students may select the thesis option or the compre- consists of 36 credit hours. In cases where the as teachers, scholars, and emerging professionals in hensive exam option. In either case, students must candidate does not have the necessary prerequisite the discipline. Graduate students typically assist with complete a minimum of 30 credit hours, including skills and knowledge, additional coursework beyond the delivery of basic undergraduate courses and assist COMM 801, 802, 803, 810 and 811; a minimum of the 36 credit hours is required. Each application is faculty members with research. 18 credits in COMM courses at the 800 level; and a evaluated as to the needed additional coursework. minimum of six credits in a field other than COMM Up to 12 credits of approved recent graduate courses Admission Requirements and Application Process selected in consultation with the student’s advisor. can be transferred into the program from another The Department of Communication Studies wel- Up to nine credit hours of thesis work may be ap- accredited institution. comes applications from students and professionals plied to the coursework requirements. The number who want to further their knowledge and skills in of elective courses selected in a specialty area depends This program is also available to off-campus students communication studies. Priority for admission and on which option a student selects. After students through the Office of Off-Campus, Distance and assistantship funding is given to applicants who complete all required coursework, they begin work Continuing Education. Call 1-888-CLEMSON apply by February 1 for the fall semester. However, on a thesis or preparing for the comprehensive exams. (1-888-253-6766) for more information. applications may be reviewed after the deadline until all spaces are full. Students begin the program in the Students selecting the thesis option complete and Admission Requirements fall semester. At this time, students may not begin publicly defend a project representing a significant 1. A bachelor’s degree in construction science, the program in the spring semester. contribution to the body of knowledge regarding the construction management, building construction, communication phenomenon that is the focus of or related area is required. Applicants from other The following credentials are preferred, though the the thesis project. A thesis committee is selected in disciplines may be admitted but may be required to entire application is considered holistically: bachelor’s consultation between the student and his/her advi- remedy any deficiencies in coursework to provide the degree from an accredited college or university; GPA sor and is comprised of faculty from the Department prerequisite skills and knowledge for the program. of 3.0 or better on a 4.0 scale; scores of 500/500/4.0 of Communication Studies, but may also include or better on the GRE (verbal/quantitative/writing); 2. Acceptance must be granted by the Office of faculty representing associated disciplines on the Graduate Admissions and the Department of TOEFL scores of 600 or better for the paper exam Clemson campus. or 267 or better for the online exam (for non-native Construction Science and Management. University English language speakers only); strong writing skills Students selecting the comprehensive exam option acceptance is based on performance in previous un- as demonstrated through a writing sample and cur- are assessed in their knowledge in several areas, such dergraduate studies and a satisfactory score on the riculum vitae; and focused reasons for pursuing a as the history and distinguishing characteristics of the GRE. International students must also achieve a master’s degree in communication, technology, and communication discipline, relevant communication satisfactory score on the TOEFL. In addition, accep- society as demonstrated in curriculum vitae and theory, the range of research methods used in com- tance by the department is based on performance in statement of purpose. munication research, communication ethics as they undergraduate studies, three letters of recommenda- 2012-13tion and acceptance by the department Graduate apply to communication mediated by technology, Applicants should complete Clemson University’s how communication mediated by technology may Admissions Committee. online Application for graduate admission and be used to pursue long-term goals in communica- mail the following documents to the Office of 3. Each applicant is required to have one year of tion (e.g., social movements, health, community, construction experience prior to being admitted Graduate Admissions: official GRE scores from interpersonal, small group, organizational), the re- ETS; official TOEFL/IELTS scores (international to the program. Applicants must submit a detailed lations between communication technologies and résumé of construction experience. students); official college or university transcripts; social and cultural identities and institutions, and and three letters of recommendation from teachers material representative of the student’s identified Requirements for Degree Candidacy or supervisors addressing the applicant’s preparation area of emphasis. The exam committee is selected in The Master of Construction Science and Manage- for graduate school (e.g., written/oral communica- consultation between the student and his/her advisor ment degree requires a minimum of 36 credit hours as tion skills, analytic and critical thinking abilities, and is comprised of faculty from the Department detailed above. In cases where the candidate does not leadership, imagination, aptitude for and experi- of Communication Studies, but may also include have the necessary undergraduate prerequisite skills ence with technology, potential success as a teacher, faculty representing associated disciplines on the and knowledge, additional coursework beyond the 36 scholar, or communications professional, ability to Clemson campus. semester hours may be required as noted above. work in a collegial and collaborative environment, professionalism, etc.) In addition to the mailed Additional information about the MS in Com- application package, applicants should e-mail the munication, Technology and Society is available following documents to Dr. Travers Scott, Graduate at http://www.clemson.edu/caah/communication/ Program Director, Department of Communica- graduate/index.html. tion Studies, [email protected]: statement of College of Architecture, Arts and Humanities

Requirements for Awarding of a Degree Admission Requirements At the core of the MAE program is a 16-hour require- Thesis Option: 1. A bachelor’s degree in construction science, ment, including ENGL 800, 810, 891, and one course 1. A minimum of 36 semester credit hours of which construction management, building construction, from each of the following groups: or related area is required. Applicants from other the following courses are required: CSM 852 (three Literature before 1800—ENGL 805, 808, 811, 820, credits); CSM 891 (nine credits) and 12 additional disciplines may be admitted but may be required to remedy any deficiencies in coursework to provide or an appropriate course selected from 802, 803, credits selected from CSM 860, 861, 862, 863, 864 or 831, or 835 865. The remaining credits should be selected from the applicant with the needed prerequisite skills and knowledge for the Construction Science and Literature after 1800—ENGL 814, 823, or an appropri- the program’s core and other master’s degree courses ate course selected from 802, 803, 831, or 835 (CSM 665, 881 and 890), any approved graduate Management certificate program. course offered by another department and/or CSM 2. Acceptance must be granted by the Department of Students applying for second-year graduate teaching Chair approved graduate courses transferred in from Construction Science and Management. Acceptance assistantships must take ENGL 885. another accredited university. Up to 12 credits may is based on performance in previous undergradu- Students interested in pursuing an MEd in Teaching be transferred from other Clemson University ap- ate studies, three letters of recommendation and and Learning with a concentration in English should proved institutions. acceptance by the department graduate admissions consult the School of Education. 2. A thesis on a construction-related topic must be committee. completed satisfactorily. Up to nine semester hours 3. Each applicant is required to have a minimum of of thesis credit may be taken. Thesis credit is included one year of construction experience prior to being HISTORIC PRESERVATION as part of the department’s core. Approval must be admitted to the program. Applicants must submit a Master of Science received from the student’s advisor prior to selecting detailed résumé of construction experience. The Master of Science in Historic Preservation the thesis option. degree is a professional degree program designed for Requirements for Awarding of a Certificate students who will specialize in working with historic 3. Performance on a final oral examination relating Completion of the following courses with a B or better buildings, landscapes and the decorative arts. It is a to the student’s thesis and program of study must is required: C S M 860, 861, 862, 863, 864, 865. dual degree program with the College of Charleston be satisfactory. and is administered through Clemson’s Depart- Nonthesis Option DIGITAL PRODUCTION ment of Planning and Landscape Architecture. The 1. A minimum of 36 credit hours of which 12 must be ARTS program uses Charleston and the historic environs from the department core (CSM 860, 861, 862, 863, of South Carolina as a living laboratory. The size of 864 and 865) and CSM 852 and 889. The remaining Master of Fine Arts the program is restricted to ensure focused research credits should be selected from the program’s core The Digital Production Arts program is a professional with the faculty. Coursework emphasizes studios, and other master’s degree courses (CSM 665, 881 degree program offered jointly with the College of labs and field seminars incorporating Charleston’s and 890), any approved graduate course offered by Engineering and Science. See details in the College rich community of preservation specialists as well as another department and/or CSM Chair approved of Engineering and Science section. distinguished visiting faculty and researchers. graduate course transferred in from another univer- Students are admitted into the program from a variety sity. Up to 12 credits may be transferred from another ENGLISH of undergraduate disciplines relating to the built en- Clemson University approved institution. Master of Arts vironment. A portfolio with samples of work related 2. Performance on a written comprehensive examina- The Master of Arts in English (MAE) offers a com- to the built environment is encouraged. Students tion covering the student’s program of study must prehensive approach to literary studies, incorporating of the humanities and sciences are also encouraged be satisfactory. exploration of literary texts and theory, examina- to apply. tion of textuality and modes of publication, and a 3. Performance on a final oral examination relating Program Requirements to the student’s program of study must be satisfactory foundation in methods of research and scholarship. Through coursework, close interactions with faculty, The 54-credit program is structured in sequential lay- if the student has not performed satisfactorily on the ers, beginning with an initial core semester devoted written comprehensive exam. and individual research projects, students infuse their broad understanding of the field of English to the analysis and documentation of historic sites, studies with their own particular literary interests followed by a more advanced studio-focused semester Certificate of Construction Science organized around the development of a preservation and Management and concerns. The curriculum offers courses in theory, literary periods and genres, film, new media, project. The second year focuses on advanced analysis Clemson University’s Certificate Program in Con- creative writing, cultural studies, and rhetoric. The and conservation studies, followed by a final semester struction Science and Management provides quali- MAE program serves three types of students: those of preservation administration done in conjunction fied students the opportunity to take a selection of 2012-13with the student’s final project/thesis focus. who plan to pursue graduate studies in literature or advanced construction management courses without creative writing at the doctoral or terminal level; those having to commit time and resources toward the Thesis proposals are defended in the third semester aiming to teach in high schools, community colleges, pursuit of a master’s degree. Students receive three of the program. Thesis projects are original research and technical colleges; and those who want to enrich hours of college credit for each course taken and a and incorporate each student’s specific focus in the their background in English studies, develop research certificate upon completion of all six courses. discipline of historic preservation. Projects using the and writing skills, and continue their intellectual historic resources of Charleston and its environs, or Prospective students apply in the same manner as experience beyond the baccalaureate. other suitable historic sites, are encouraged. current graduate students. A bachelor’s degree in con- Preference for admission is given to applicants with struction science, construction management, build- Summer professional internships are available 12 undergraduate credit hours or English or other ing construction, or related area is required. There is through a variety of Charleston preservation initia- background that prepares them for the program. Can- no requirement to take the GRE or TOEFL. tives, the national network of preservation specialists, didates for the MAE degree also must demonstrate as well as opportunities with national organizations A student enrolled in the certificate program who proficiency in composition. such as the Historic American Building Survey and wishes to be admitted into the MCSM graduate MAE students complete 31 credit hours of approved the National Trust for Historic Preservation. program must meet all admission and degree require- graduate courses, which may include up to six credits ments in effect at the time of application. The student at the 600 level. MAE students write a semester-long, may transfer up to 12 credit hours from the certificate potentially publishable thesis paper of 25-30 pages, program to the Master of Construction Science and developed from a seminar paper and presented in Management degree; therefore, the decision must a public defense. All students must demonstrate a be made by the time the student has completed four reading knowledge of an approved foreign language. courses (12 credit hours). College of Architecture, Arts and Humanities

Certificate in Historic Preservation Requirements for Awarding of a Degree First Professional MLA The Certificate in Historic Preservation is designed The MA in History requires 30 credit hours in courses The three-year first professional degree is designed to to enhance a variety of other degree programs at numbered 600 or above divided as follows: provide students with a professional education and Clemson through advanced studies in historic 1. HIST 881 also an opportunity for research and/or in-depth preservation. project work. Because students hold bachelor’s de- 2. HIST 820 or 872 and HIST 890 grees from an array of backgrounds, it is necessary The 12-credit semester meets NCPE-mandated for them to gain landscape architectural skills. Those 3. A minimum of nine additional credit hours in curriculum requirements. Prerequisites and further proficiency courses are also required for professional courses numbered between 800 and 894, excluding course requirements are determined by the student’s accreditation. In the first years of the program, stu- HIST 885, 890, and 891 degree program of study. dents focus on co-requisite proficiency requirements 4. A minimum of nine elective credits in graduate but also take a few important graduate-level courses. HISTORY courses selected with the approval of the director of More graduate-level work, project-oriented research Master of Arts the graduate program connected to a team project and/or thesis project are emphasized during the final year. Study abroad and Admission Requirements 5. A minimum of five credits in HIST 891 (Master’s summer off-campus experiences are optional. Cur- Students are admitted to the graduate program upon Thesis Research), three of which should be taken in riculum requirements are available at www.clemson. the recommendation of the department’s graduate the second semester if enrolled full-time or within edu/caah/landscapearchitecture/ program coordinator or department chair. All appli- the first 18 credits in the program. Additionally, the cants to the MA program in History must submit the student must write a thesis acceptable to the depart- Second Professional MLA following to the Graduate Admissions Office: ment and must demonstrate reading knowledge of The second professional degree in Landscape Archi- a foreign language. A final examination, which may tecture is a two-year program limited to students who 1. A minimum score of 550 on the verbal section be written, oral, or a combination of the two forms, hold an accredited five-year professional BLA degree. of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) and a is required of all candidates. In the final semester students choose between a six- minimum score of 5 on the writing section. (GRE credit collaborative studio or six credits of thesis work. scores more than five years old relative to date of Students holding an assistantship in the Depart- Study abroad and summer off-campus experiences are initial enrollment are not accepted.) ment of History who receive a grade lower than B in any graduate course may have their assistantships optional. Curriculum requirements are available at 2. Final transcript(s) for the BA sent by the applicant’s terminated. www.clemson.edu/caah/landscapearchitecture/ undergraduate school(s), showing a minimum grade- point ratio of 3.0 in history courses; and 2.5 in all PLANNING, DESIGN AND courses during the last two undergraduate years LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT 3. Three letters of reference, preferably from under- Doctor of Philosophy graduate professors Master of Landscape Architecture The PhD Program in Planning, Design and the Built The landscape architecture profession is broad and 4. A sample term paper Environment is a transdisciplinary, three-year post- interdisciplinary. Practicing landscape architects work master’s degree program consisting of 76 hours. In 5. A personal statement addressing the applicant’s on a wide range of project types including, but not most cases, students enter the program with a mas- background in history, intended areas of specializa- limited to, urban and community design, historic ter’s degree in architecture or landscape architecture, tion and reasons for applying preservation, ecological restoration, parks and park city and regional planning, real estate development, systems, institutional landscapes, memorials, cem- or construction science. Because of the program’s 6. A completed University application form eteries, industrial site reclamations, golf courses, transdisciplinary orientation, students may be drawn wilderness areas and trails, residential landscapes Additionally, if the applicant has (1) a grade-point from other disciplines including engineering, busi- and gardens. The profession is both an art and a ratio less than 3.0 in the History major for the BA ness, the social sciences, and humanities. Students science. Successful landscape architects are creative degree and/or (2) a BA degree, including the major from those program areas may be required to take professionals who hold an environmental impera- and minor, in subject(s) other than history, he/she prerequisite coursework. Students with advanced tive and a social conscience. They are also excellent will be required to take a minimum of four upper- preparation may take slightly less than three years. facilitators, able to bring numerous disciplines and level undergraduate history courses at Clemson or at professions together to work on complex projects in The curriculum is divided into five content areas as another accredited university or college and receive a the landscape. indicated below. Those content areas include core grade of B or better in each course before admission courses, concentration courses, elective courses, to the program. The only exception to this course 2012-13Like other universities in the United States, Clemson comprehensive examination and dissertation re- requirement shall be persons who demonstrate offers two Master of Landscape Architecture (MLA) search. Students select a field from the traditional that, as a part of their BA degrees, they completed a tracks—a first professional degree and a second profes- disciplines of architecture, landscape architecture, minimum of four upper-level undergraduate history sional degree. Research and study in those important planning, real estate development, or construction to courses with a grade of B or better. Any exceptions to topics of national and international consequence build disciplinary as well as a transdisciplinary area of these regulations require the consent of the depart- further ensure the marketability of Clemson’s MLA concentration. Areas of concentration are developed ment’s Graduate Committee. graduates. Students come from a range of disciplines subject to faculty expertise and student interest. Areas such as planning, history, English, biology, geology, Application Deadline of concentration may be drawn from the program geography, environmental science, various social or Applications for fall semester must be postmarked no faculty’s four transdisciplinary core areas: Regional natural sciences, art, or other disciplines. Application later than the previous February 20, and for spring and Community Development and Design; Built requirements are available at www.clemson.edu/caah/ semester no later then the previous November 1. Environment and Health; Restoration, Sustainability landscapearchitecture/ Please note that consideration for assistantships and Land Ecology; and Technology, Materials, and begins in January and continues until all available Construction Processes. Specific research projects slots are filled. within in these concentrations might focus on urban design, health care, energy, development, transportation and land use, housing and community development, restoration, sustainability, architectural robotics, landscape ecology, and building practice and technology. College of Architecture, Arts and Humanities

Core Courses—The core consists of 31 hours of The Multimedia Authoring Teaching and Research Health Communication Certificate coursework and includes advanced theory/history, Facility and the Class of 1941 Studio for Student An interdisciplinary Certificate in Health Commu- advanced methods courses generally taken outside Communication give MAPC students access to nication is also available to students in the MAPC the college, a two-semester readings course within corporate-style presentation and collaboration degree program and to practicing health professionals a disciplinary area, a contemporary issues seminar, space as well as the newest computing hardware who already have graduate degrees or are pursuing courses in research design and teaching technique, and software, enabling multimedia and Web design graduate degrees in Nursing, Health Sciences and and a colloquium. The core provides a foundation and production, digital video and audio editing, many other fields. This 18-credit-hour certificate with some flexibility to tailor curriculum to indi- desktop publishing, and graphic design. Clemson’s program offers students the ability to develop careers vidual needs within disciplinary fields of study, as well award-winning undergraduate writing programs in writing for the pharmaceutical, scientific, medical as a forum to address issues of the built environment and faculty with expertise in the teaching of writing and/or health industries. It especially targets jobs in a transdisciplinary setting. allow MAPC students to work at the forefront of in hospital systems, HMOs, clinics, CDC and other innovative writing pedagogy. The Campbell Chair local, national and international health organiza- Concentration Courses—A student’s area of concentra- in Technical Communication, the Pearce Center tion consists of 15 hours of coursework that may be tions. The certificate program is available through for Professional Communication, and the Effective two tracks: taken within or outside the college. These courses Technical Communication Program in Engineering add depth in the student’s area of concentration. constitute a network of professors enabling students 1. MAPC students who specialize in this field by tak- Students develop an individualized course of study to work in professional communication in a variety ing ENGL (COMM) 804, 806, and (COMM) 807 to to reflect their individual focus and career objec- of academic disciplines. The Usability Testing Facility fulfill their MAPC program cognate requirements tives. The course of study must be approved by the allows students to conduct state-of-the-art usability 2. Health professionals who need to update their student’s faculty advisor, committee members, and research on interface designs, on-line documentation communication skills to better meet the challenges program director. and other publications. MAPC students wishing to of today’s highly technological health settings Electives-—These courses add additional breadth and pursue careers in the growing field of health com- depth to the program. Students may add to their munication also have the option of combining the Unlike other programs in health communication, concentration coursework, select diverse offerings to Master’s degree with the Health Communication this program is geared toward the technological complement the concentration, or develop a minor Certificate program described below. skills more applicable to today’s health industry. In addition, the program can be customized to indi- with nine hours in a second concentration. Additional information about the MAPC program is vidual student needs, whether they be centered on available at www.clemson.edu/caah/mapc/. Degree Plan and Comprehensive and Oral Exams—Stu- technological skills available through the MAPC/ dents are assigned a program advisor upon entering Admission Requirements HCC program or targeted for those who already have the program. A program evaluation is conducted and Applicants must hold a degree in any field from an technical skills in health content and/or medical a dissertation advisor and committee are selected at accredited college or university, with a 3.0 grade-point humanities. This program is interdisciplinary and the end of the first full year of study. A curriculum ratio on a 4.0 scale; submit a satisfactory score on includes both arts and sciences approaches to health plan for the remainder of the degree program is the GRE general test; submit at least two letters of messaging. Additional information is available at developed at that time. Comprehensive and oral recommendation from individuals familiar with the www.clemson.edu/caah/healthcomm/. examinations are administered following completion candidate’s academic work and/or work experience; of the second full year in the program. Dissertation and submit a brief résumé, a one-page statement REAL ESTATE credit cannot be taken until comprehensive exams of purpose discussing why the candidate wishes to are scheduled. pursue the MAPC degree and ten pages of workplace DEVELOPMENT Dissertation Research—Students develop a dissertation or academic writing. Master of Real Estate Development The full-time, 54-credit, two-year professional Master in their area of concentration. A minimum of 24 Requirements for Awarding of a Degree of Real Estate Development (MRED) degree program hours in dissertation research is required. The MA in Professional Communication requires 30 is jointly offered by the Department of Planning credit hours beyond the BA or BS degree, distributed and Landscape Architecture and the School of Ac- as follows: PROFESSIONAL countancy and Finance in the College of Business COMMUNICATION 1. Four core courses—ENGL 850, 852, 853; and and Behavioral Science. Required courses are drawn Master of Arts ENGL 856 or COMM 664. from six disciplines: MBA, finance, law, architecture, The Department of English offers an interdisciplin- construction science and management, and planning 2. Five electives in a specialty area chosen to meet and landscape architecture. ary Master of Arts degree in Professional Communi- professional goals. Possible electives include profes- cation which combines work in theory and research 2012-13sional communication courses in writing, teaching, A two-week South Carolina Coastal Real Estate with a comprehensive emphasis on written, oral and digital publishing and corporate communication, as Development Field Tour is required during the sum- visual communication. It prepares graduate students well as courses in related disciplines. mer. Students study developments in Myrtle Beach, to be professional and technical communicators Pawleys Island, Charleston, Beaufort and Hilton Head in industry and government and to be teachers of 3. Candidates must demonstrate a reading knowledge prior to the required ten-week supervised professional professional communication in two-year colleges. of a foreign language and pass a qualifying examina- summer internship. Other regional field trips occur In addition, the program provides the background tion on a reading list. in Charlotte, Atlanta and nearby areas. necessary for students who plan to pursue a PhD in rhetoric or technical communication. 4. ENGL 892—In this three-credit course, students The program creates the educational opportunity complete a portfolio, the main component of which for future development entrepreneurs to produce This degree is designed for students with strong writ- is a semester-long, potentially publishable paper; or exciting, quality projects respecting environmental ing skills from all academic disciplines. The program a client project accepted by the client and approved and economic sustainability, social consciousness, accommodates students with undergraduate majors by the student’s Portfolio Committee, which is design excellence and financial feasibility within the in technical and scientific fields, as well as those with comprised of three MAPC faculty. This require- risk-reward framework. The development industry is humanities and business degrees. ment includes (a) the article or client project; (b) a complex and requires leaders trained from diverse multimodal introduction offering a defense of the disciplinary perspectives. The program primarily fol- paper or project; and (c) a formal presentation to lows the principles of the Urban Land Institute (ULI), the Portfolio Committee. which acknowledges that development is a public- private partnership and that quality development requires integrating the perspectives of community, environment and economics. College of Architecture, Arts and Humanities

Some first-year students will obtain research analyst Second Year In addition, the student must submit the following: positions for ten hours per week, assisting profes- First Semester 1. Portfolio of previous graduate work, including sors in research at the Richard H. Pennell Center 3 - C S M 866 Contractor Role in Development a writing sample, preferably a sole-authored paper for Real Estate Development. Second-year MRED 3 - LAW 848 Law for Real Estate Professionals submitted in a graduate class students may work two days each week during the 3 - M B A 833 Real Estate Investments academic year at paid internships with local real 3 - M B A 842 Real Estate Valuation 2. Personal statement addressing the student’s inter- estate entities. Positions typically require interns 3 - RED 803 Public-Private Partnership Dev. est and intent in pursuing the PhD in Rhetorics, to have transportation throughout the metro area Communication and Information Design 15 (up to a 60-mile radius). The program requires a 10- 3. Minimum of three letters of reference from aca- week summer internship with a real estate business Second Semester demic sources anywhere in the world. 3 - RED 805 Practicum in Commercial Dev. 3 - RED 813 Real Estate Develop. Strategic Planning 4. Completed application for admission The program seeks an interdisciplinary student body 3 - Elective that is entrepreneurial yet team-oriented. No specific Program Requirements bachelor’s degree is required. Work experience is not 9 Candidates for the PhD degree must complete 36 required, although it is preferred. hours of graduate credit, including five required core RHETORICS, courses (RCID 801, 802, 803, 804, 805), five cognate The program focuses on the “master builder” con- courses in a specialization and six credit hours of cept, the methodology promoting an entire vision COMMUNICATION AND studio research or applied project work (RCID 880). for a community through sustainable design, creative INFORMATION DESIGN Candidates must also pass a comprehensive exam and financing, place-making and healthy communities. write a dissertation. A graduate will become a visionary who serves Doctor of Philosophy as a craftsperson and designer of neighborhoods The PhD program in Rhetorics, Communication and community development, one who recognizes and Information Design features an interdisciplinary VISUAL ARTS the role of the developer in guiding the different curriculum developed by faculty from Art, Communi- Master of Fine Arts cation Studies and English. The curriculum provides aspects of creating the built environment—political, The Master of Fine Arts degree is the terminal degree a solid foundation in theory in addition to extensive economic, physical, environmental, legal and socio- in the visual arts. Clemson University’s program training in research and practice. logical parameters. offers concentrations in the studio areas of draw- Additional information is available at CURealEstate-L Admission Requirements ing, painting, printmaking, ceramics, photography and sculpture. Interdisciplinary and collaborative @clemson.edu or at www.clemson.edu/mred Students admitted to the PhD program in Rhetorics, Communication and Information Design must meet projects are encouraged within the department. The Course Requirements the following minimum requirements: primary goal of the program is to provide students opportunities to develop a high degree of professional The Master of Real Estate Development Program 1. Minimum combined score of 1000 on the two ob- competence in their chosen area of concentration. requires a minimum of 54 credit hours (60 credits jective sections (verbal and quantitative) of the Gradu- for students with no previous degree background ate Record Examination (GRE) and a minimum Admission Requirements and previous coursework in the field). Additional score of 4 on the analytical writing section. (GRE The Master of Fine Arts degree program in Visual electives are based on class exemptions dependent scores more than five years old relative to the date of Arts admits a limited number of talented and creative on prior coursework. initial enrollment will not be accepted.) Because of candidates on a competitive basis upon review of the following materials: Following is the required curriculum for students the strong communication component of the PhD program, non-native speakers of English must have with no undergraduate background in the field: a minimum TOEFL score of 550 (paper version) or 1. Bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or 213 (computer version) in addition to the GRE scores. university with a major in Visual Arts. Especially well- First Year qualified persons from other disciplines or degree First Semester 2. Master’s degree in Communication Studies, backgrounds with exceptionally strong portfolios 3 - C R P 800 Human Settlement English, Art, Professional Communication, or may be accepted. 3 - C R P 802 Site Planning and Infrastructure other related field. A student with a master’s degree 3 - M B A 819 Intro. to Accounting and Finance in another field of study may apply to the program 2. Minimum grade-point ratio of 3.0 on the last 60 (for non-business degree majors) with the understanding that he/she may be required major credit hours of undergraduate work 3 - M B A (FIN) 836 Real Estate Principles to complete prerequisite, master’s-level courses in 3. Portfolio documentation of the applicant’s creative 3 - RED 800 Real Estate Development Process 2012-13professional communication prior to full admission work. The portfolio should include 15 to 20 works, 15 to the PhD program. the majority of which represent the applicant’s chosen field of study. The portfolio should consist Second Semester 3. Minimum grade-point ratio of 3.5 in previous gradu- of 20 images and an accompanying list identifying 3 - ARCH 820 Building Design and Construction ate work. The student must submit all transcripts of each image and indicating the size of the work and Principles previous graduate and undergraduate work. the media used. CDs with images in JPEG or PDF 3 - M B A 841 Real Estate Finance 4. International students seeking graduate teaching format are preferred. PowerPoint documents are not 3 - RED 801 Real Estate Market Analysis assistantships, whose native language is not English accepted. The portfolio is reviewed by the Admissions 3 - RED 804 Practicum in Residential Development and whose secondary education (and beyond) was Committee, composed of members of the faculty of 1 - RED 810 Real Estate Seminar Roundtable not taught fully in English, must pass the SPEAK the Department of Art. Applicants are also encour- 2 - RED 812 Real Estate Technology test of proficiency in spoken English. Specialists in aged to arrange for a campus interview before or 15 English as a Second Language administer this test during the application process. at Clemson. Prospective international teaching as- Summer Sessions sistants will also undergo an interview during which 4. Three letters of recommendation from major 3 - RED 802 Real Estate Dev. Field Tour Seminar their proficiency in spoken English will be evaluated professors, producing artists, or professional acquain- 3 - RED 811 Summer Internship in Real Estate by faculty members in the RCID program. tances who are familiar with the applicant’s work and Development development in the visual arts 6 College of Architecture, Arts and Humanities

5. A one to two-page artist statement that provides insight into the development of the work completed to date. The statement should address ideas relative to form and content. 6. Statement of intent regarding applicant’s interest in pursuing the graduate degree 7. No GRE is required. Requirements for Degree Candidacy The prospective candidate must have a review of his/her work at the end of each semester. It will be determined at this time if the student should continue or whether additional study is required at either the undergraduate or graduate level. Upon completion of 30 hours, the candidate must pass an oral review to determine readiness for thesis work. A Graduate Thesis Committee will be assigned at this time to assist the thesis development and concluding thesis exhibition. The candidate must complete 30 hours and a full- time residency during the second year of study. Requirements for Awarding of a Degree 1. A minimum of 45 credit hours with a B average or better in the student’s professional curriculum, including 36 hours of ART 600- and 800-level studio courses and nine hours of A A H 600- and 800-level Art History courses. 2. A 15-credit-hour thesis culminating in satisfactory completion of a written documentary of the “thesis exhibition” and an oral examination by the graduate faculty

2012-13 College of Business and Behavioral Science

ACCOUNTING Students selecting the thesis option are required to COLLEGE OF complete a minimum of 34 credit hours of course- Master of Professional Accountancy work, including SOC 803, 805, 807, 810, 830, 895, BUSINESS AND The Master of Professional Accountancy (MPAcc) and either ANTH 603 or SOC (R S) 671. In addition, degree program prepares students to begin careers students choosing the thesis option are required to BEHAVIORAL in public accounting or further graduate study. The complete six hours of thesis credit (SOC 891) and SCIENCE program requires 30 credit hours and ACCT 856, successfully defend a formal thesis. Students choos- 857, 858, and 859 and is open to students with ap- ing the nonthesis option must complete 40 hours of propriate backgrounds. The program accommodates coursework, including SOC 803, 805, 807, 810, 830, The mission of the College of Business and Behav- full- and part-time students. Full-time students are 895, and either ANTH 603 or SOC (R S) 671. In ad- ioral Science is to develop leaders through educa- able to complete the program in one year. dition, students selecting the nonthesis option must tion and research focused on human behavior and The MPAcc program recognizes the evolution of the pass a departmentally administered comprehensive business practices in organizations, economies and theory and practice of financial reporting, auditing examination. Students must demonstrate compe- societies. and taxation, technological advances in managing tence in basic statistics by passing a departmentally administered competency examination or by earning The College of Business and Behavioral Science data and increases in the volume and scope of au- a B in EX ST 801. A six-hour internship in an applied offers advanced degrees in Accounting, Applied thoritative pronouncements from the FASB, IASB, setting is required of all students. The field placement Economics, Applied Economics and Statistics, SEC and IRS. Two specializations are available: is coordinated by the student, the graduate director Applied Psychology, Applied Sociology, Business Assurance Services and Taxation. The program is and the on-site supervisor. Typically, the internship is Administration, Economics, Graphic Communica- accredited by AACSB, International. completed in the summer between the first and sections, Human Factors Psychology, Industrial/Orga- Applicants should hold a bachelor’s degree from an ond years of the program, but only after completing a nizational Psychology, Management, and Marketing. institution whose scholastic rating is acceptable to the minimum of 12 credit hours of 800-level coursework. The Master of Real Estate Development is offered in Graduate Admissions Committee of the School of Ac- In exceptional circumstances, the graduate coordina- cooperation with the College of Architecture, Arts countancy and Finance. Admission to the program is tor may approve the substitution of six hours of ap- and Humanities. based on academic record and score on the Graduate propriate coursework for the field placement when Courses are also offered in entrepreneurship, fi- Management Admission Test (GMAT). Letters of rec- the student has had work experience comparable to nance, law, marketing and political science to provide ommendation and relevant work experience also may the placement. program requirements and electives for students in be considered. Applicants should have completed a other areas. basic business core of at least 30 credit hours, as well as the following accounting prerequisites: intermediate BUSINESS The graduate programs in the College of Business accounting (at least six credit hours), cost accounting ADMINISTRATION and Behavioral Science provide a wide range of (three credit hours), individual income tax (three opportunities for academic careers and for profes- Master of Business Administration credit hours), auditing (three credit hours), and ac- The Master of Business Administration (MBA) sional careers in business, industry, government and counting information systems (three credit hours). program provides an in-depth approach to business nongovernment public sector organizations. Degrees Current information is available at business.clemson. education, with opportunities to engage in real-world offered in the business disciplines are fully accredited edu/Account/. projects, interact with the business community, and by the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of participate in an extensive network of professional Business (AACSB). APPLIED SOCIOLOGY development activities. As is typical of MBA pro- In the MA, MS and PhD programs, extensive research grams, the Clemson MBA is designed for students programs involve graduate students in both theoretical Master of Science with a minimum of two years of post-undergraduate and applied research and provide excellent opportuni- The Department of Sociology and Anthropology of- professional work experience. Some exceptions to the ties for thesis and dissertation research. The profes- fers the MS degree in Applied Sociology emphasizing work experience standard are made for outstanding sional master’s degree programs feature assistantships practical and theoretical knowledge in the areas of students with non-business undergraduate degrees, and internships that provide opportunities for practi- industrial and organizational sociology and focusing particularly those pursuing another graduate or cal experience in the student’s field. Financial aid, in on the acquisition of social research skills, theory “dual” degree at Clemson. the form of fellowships and teaching and research application and practical field experience. Students The MBA program provides a flexible, high quality assistantships, is available for full-time participants are prepared for employment in federal, state and experience designed to prepare graduates for success- in all graduate programs. local government agencies; in industry and related agencies; and to pursue a doctorate. ful management careers in business. The academic In addition to a full range of graduate programs 2012-13program is a maximum of 55 credit hours (roughly offered on the main Clemson campus, some degree Applicants must hold a bachelor’s degree from an 21 courses) for those with little work experience programs may be completed via off-campus evening accredited degree program; must have completed and no prior business education; and a minimum course offerings. The Master of Business Administra- a minimum of 15 undergraduate credit hours in of 36 credit hours (about 14 courses) for those with tion (MBA) degree is offered at the University Center sociology or another social science discipline that significant work experience and prior education in of Clemson at the Falls campus in Greenville. includes at least one course each in statistics, research business. Students may pursue the MBA full-time methods and sociological theory; must submit GRE (roughly 12 credit hours per semester) or part-time Additional information is available at cbbs.clemson. scores on the verbal, quantitative and written sections (three–six credit hours per semester) in the evenings. edu. (satisfactory scores normally include a minimum of The MBA program is offered at the Clemson at the 500 on the verbal and quantitative sections of the test Falls campus in Greenville. and a 4.0 on the written section); must submit three letters of recommendation, at least two of which are The MBA program includes foundation, core, elec- from faculty members of the applicant’s previously tive and internship courses. The foundation and attended college or university; and must submit a core courses provide in-depth coverage for the basic 500-word essay on career aspirations and goals, ex- business functions, as well as communications, ethics plaining how completion of this program in Applied and leadership. Additionally students are required to Sociology will assist in achieving these goals. complete nine hours of approved graduate electives. Full-time students are encouraged to participate in internships or in one of many international study- abroad options during the summer. College of Business and Behavioral Science

Admission is based on standardized test scores The graduate program includes at least one course in initial year of study and subsequent qualifying exams (GMAT, TOEFL for applicants whose native language econometrics and a minimum of two courses in eco- in economic theory and econometrics is required. is not English), two letters of recommendation, aca- nomic theory. Program concentrations in financial Students choose two concentrations from among demic background (transcripts), work experiences economics, labor economics, monetary economics, the fields of economic growth and development, (resume) and an interview. For more information environmental economics, industrial organization, environmental economics, financial economics, about the admissions process or program specifics, and public sector economics are offered. industrial organization, labor economics, monetary including dual degree opportunities, please visit www. economics, public economics, and others supported clemson.edu/mba. Students pursuing a terminal MA degree must com- by departments across the University. Coursework plete 24 credit hours of coursework, six credit hours in these fields is generally undertaken in the second Entrepreneurship and Innovation of thesis research, and submit an approved thesis. and third years of study, with the goal of developing PhD students continuing beyond the first year may a significant research program leading to successful Concentration receive an MA degree upon the completion of the The Master of Business Administration Entrepre- completion of the dissertation within four or five PhD core courses with at least a B average. With the years. Faculty in the department are also responsible neurship and Innovation Concentration comple- permission of the graduate coordinator, a maximum ments the existing MBA degree program and is aimed for the PhD program in Applied Economics. Fields of six hours of course credit may be earned for gradu- in agricultural economics, environmental and natural at individuals seeking business training directed ate courses taken at Clemson outside the Department toward new business creation. This concentration resource economics, and applied statistics are offered of Economics. All remaining courses must be taken in this program. area is designed for working professionals seeking within the Department. to realize their emerging business dreams; existing owners of start-up companies seeking to expand their Combined BA/MA in Economics GRAPHIC entrepreneurial knowledge; and recent graduates of The BA/MA program allows students to count up COMMUNICATIONS universities who have decided not to pursue initial to 12 hours of graduate credit toward both the bach- careers in corporate settings. elor’s and master’s degrees. Students participating in Master of Science The Master of Science in Graphic Communications The Entrepreneurship and Innovation Concentra- this program must major in either the BA or BS in Economics, have a minimum cumulative grade-point degree program prepares students for technical, tion within the MBA program includes 36 hours of creative, or professional careers in graphic commu- coursework. The coursework covers topics such as ratio of 3.4, and be admitted to the Graduate School prior to registering for graduate courses. Details of nications, the third largest manufacturing industry Entrepreneurial Mindset, Building Business Insights, in the United States. The program serves the needs Advanced Business Learning as well as a business seed the suggested curriculum and program information are available from the Department of Economics. of graphic communications, graphic arts, printing competition for all students enrolled in the program. management, or graphic design graduates from other During the course of the program students receive Application details are available in the Undergraduate Announcements. institutions, as well as undergraduates with degrees help from experienced entrepreneurial mentors, in engineering, manufacturing, computer science, create a business plan, register and/or incorporate a communications, technology and various business business and create and launch a company Web site Master of Science The MS in Applied Economics and Statistics provides fields who want to transition into graphic commu- and social media presence. The final project is a busi- nications fields. ness plan competition for $25,000 of seed capital. training in applied economic theory, econometrics, environmetrics, and statistical methods for business The MS program is enhanced by Clemson’s under- Admission is based on students’ academic back- and government decision making. The substantive graduate program of more than 400 students and ground, standardized test scores (GMAT, TOEFL focus is agricultural or environmental business, eco- works closely with Clemson’s nationally recognized for applicants whose native language is not English), nomic development, natural resource management, Packaging Science program. Industry supports well- business idea presentation, work experience (résumé), and government policies. The methodological focus equipped G C laboratories. Graduates are placed in and letters of recommendation. For more informa- is econometrics, spatial and ecological statistics, and positions in a variety of printing, packaging, publish- tion regarding the admissions process or program statistical techniques for data analysis and the design ing, imaging and related industries in management, specifics, please visit www.clemson.edu/mba. of research and surveys. marketing, sales, customer service, creative, technical, The MS curriculum has a thesis option and a nonscientific and academic positions. Placement rates ECONOMICS thesis option. The thesis option is designed for are consistently high. Master of Arts individuals who plan to pursue a Ph.D. degree or a Program entrance is available fall, spring and first or Master of Science career that requires a high level of research compe- second summer terms. Requirements for the program tence. The thesis option requires 24 semester hours include 33 credit hours of graduate courses for a Doctor of Philosophy of course work and 6 credit hours of thesis research. nonthesis option or 30 hours with a thesis. Within The Department of Economics offers PhD degrees 2012-13The non-thesis option is designed for individuals who the total requirements, at least 17 hours will be in in Economics and Applied Economics, a Master of want technical skills for their professional careers G C technical/managerial courses; seven will be Arts in Economics, and a Master of Science in Ap- in business or government. The non-thesis option research related; six credits will be from outside the plied Economics and Statistics. In addition, excel- requires 30 semester hours of course work. Graphic Communications Department; and at least lent undergraduate students can enroll in the BA/ one-half will be at or above the 800 level. Based upon MA program in Economics, in which up to twelve The MS degree is officially recognized for participants in the Peace Corps Masters International program. applicant’s undergraduate coursework and work expe- hours of graduate courses can be applied to both rience, prerequisite courses may be required in specific the undergraduate and MA degrees in Economics. Participants in this program can choose the thesis or non-thesis option, and may earn up to six credit hours areas. Students without relevant work experience will Detailed program information is available at http:// also complete an industrial internship. economics.clemson.edu/graduate-program. in conjunction with their Peace Corps service. In addition to the standard Application for Admis- Master of Arts Doctor of Philosophy sion, the Graphic Communications Department Applicants to the MA degree program must have The PhD program in Economics develops students admissions committee requests a narrative of approxi- completed at least 12 credit hours of undergradu- who are well-trained in economic theory and its em- mately two pages in length, to include related and ate economics, including a course in intermediate pirical application to research in a variety of fields. nonrelated work history, educational background, cur- microeconomic (price) theory. A background in Applicants to the program should have a strong rent position and an explanation of how Clemson’s mathematics, including at least one course each in background in economic theory and statistics. The MS in Graphic Communications program relates to calculus and statistics, is also required. When neces- PhD in Economics requires 60 hours of coursework, the applicant’s professional goals. A separate résumé sary, the economic theory, mathematics, and statistics including 18 dissertation hours. Demonstration of should accompany the narrative. courses may be taken at Clemson University. competence by passing core course sequences in the College of Business and Behavioral Science

MANAGEMENT Combined BS/MS in Management MARKETING Undergraduate Management majors at Clemson Master of Science University may begin a Master of Science (MS) degree Master of Science Doctor of Philosophy in Management while completing their Bachelor of The Master of Science in Marketing degree program Science (BS) degree requirements. The BS in Man- advances students’ knowledge and expertise in Master of Science agement degree allows up to 12 credits of mutually marketing theory and practice and prepares them The Master of Science in Management (MSM) pro- acceptable graduate course credits to satisfy require- for careers in marketing analysis, research, manage- gram prepares professionals to be effective leaders in ments for both degrees. Students participating in ment and scholarship. A coordinated curriculum supply chain, innovation, and information technol- this program must have a minimum undergraduate of quantitative and analytical skills development, ogy management. Graduates will have the advanced grade-point ratio of 3.4, have completed at least 90 research methods, consumer analysis and strategic technical, entrepreneurial, and leadership skills credits, and be admitted to the Graduate School prior marketing analysis provides students with the nec- necessary to succeed as mid- or upper-level managers to registering for graduate courses. Students in the essary background to pursue careers in marketing in manufacturing, service, and consulting organiza- combined degree program are conditionally accepted research, analysis and policy and/or as a platform tions. The MSM program also prepares qualified to the graduate program until completion of the BS for further education to prepare students for careers students for further doctoral study in the fields of degree requirements. in academe. This is accomplished through rigorous supply chain and operations management, as well coursework and seminars and a major research as information systems management. MSM students Doctor of Philosophy project. This one-year master’s degree is designed to enhance the skills and training of students with benefit immensely from the focused curriculum, close The PhD program in Management is designed to prior academic and work experience in business. coordination of courses with the Master of Business provide advanced education for students of outstand- Applicants should have an undergraduate degree Administration (MBA) program, and small class sizes. ing ability who desire to pursue careers in academic in business from an accredited college or university. research institutions. The coursework for the PhD In addition, it is preferred that incoming students The program requires a business discipline under- in Management includes a rigorous set of intellectu- have some professional work experience. Students graduate or graduate degree. The MSM curriculum ally stimulating and challenging scholarly methods, applying to the MS in Marketing program who are requires 30 credit hours, which include seven foundation, and advanced courses and seminars. In not graduates of an AACSB-accredited college or core management discipline courses, consisting of addition, the program requires successful passage of school of business administration will be required Information Systems, Managerial Decision Mod- a comprehensive examination and successful comple- to demonstrate completion of three credit hours of eling, Operations Management, Organizational tion of the doctoral dissertation. A variety of learning collegiate microeconomics, six hours of calculus and Behavior/Human Resources Management, Project experiences are incorporated into the curriculum, a junior-level course in marketing, or equivalent, to Management, Statistical Analysis of Business Op- including the development of conceptual frame- be considered for the program. erations, and Strategic Management. A thesis or works and theories, qualitative case and empirical comprehensive final examination is required once studies, field projects, and in-depth research. Before all coursework has been completed. Core and elec- The Master of Science in Marketing degree requires graduating, each student will (1) have presented, completion of 30 credit hours of graduate marketing tive courses cover a broad range of topics in supply or had accepted for presentation, a paper before a chain and information technology management and and related coursework. Core classes include EX ST professional or scientific society; or (2) have had an 801, MKT 860, 861, 862, 863, 865, 870. In addition, in entrepreneurship and innovation management. article published, or accepted for publication, in a The Graduate Programs Committee will approve three credit hours in approved graduate coursework refereed journal. In addition, each student will have and three hours in advanced topics in marketing the final program for each student based on his/her classroom teaching experience. background, interests and availability of courses. are required. MS in Marketing courses are typically offered at Clemson at the Falls campus in Greenville, Students can complete the program in ten months; Within the Department of Management, PhD stu- although students may also take courses on the main however, there are a limited number of graduate dents have tremendous opportunities to conduct Clemson campus. courses offered by the Department of Management cross-disciplinary research between supply chain and during summer sessions. Students may elect to take operations management and information systems an independent study or directed readings course or with high-quality faculty in entrepreneurship MBA within their area of interest. and strategic management, as well as organizational See Business Administration heading. behavior and human resources management. The MSM courses are offered in Greenville, although goal is to position graduates for scholarly academic students may also take courses offered on the careers at colleges and universities throughout the PSYCHOLOGY main Clemson campus. All MSM students have United States and the world. The Department of Psychology offers PhD degrees high-speed access to the Internet and campus-wide in Industrial/Organizational Psychology and in Hu- networks containing the latest business applications. 2012-13The PhD program in Management is designed for man Factors (Engineering) Psychology and an MS The Department of Management has a dedicated full-time students who remain on-campus during the degree in Applied Psychology with concentrations Enterprise Management Laboratory that provides entire duration of their study. Students may enter in Industrial/Organizational Psychology and Human access to industrial manufacturing resource plan- the program in the fall semester only (starting mid- Factors Psychology. These programs are designed to ning software. The mission of the laboratory is August). Students with bachelor’s or master’s degrees provide the student with the requisite theoretical to promote operations management by attracting in a business discipline can typically complete the foundations, skills in quantitative techniques and talented students to the field and uniquely preparing program in four calendar years. Students with nonresearch design and practical problem-solving skills them for career challenges in the profession. This business degrees will need to complete background to address human problems related to work. The Hu- is accomplished through active learning involving courses that may lengthen the program duration. man Factors Concentration is fully accredited by the modern principles of manufacturing management, Students entering the program must have completed Human Factors and Ergonomics Society. leading-edge enterprise resource planning software, undergraduate and/or graduate coursework in calcu- teamwork, and leadership. lus and linear algebra. Dual master’s degree opportunities (pursuing MSM and MBA degrees simultaneously) are available to interested and qualified students. To earn a dual degree, students must be admitted into both programs. Up to one-sixth of the total number of credit hours taken may be counted toward both degrees. If a student takes classes full-time, typically both degrees can be earned in approximately two and a half years. College of Business and Behavioral Science

APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY TECHNOLOGY Master of Science ENTREPRENEURSHIP Certificate HUMAN FACTORS The Certificate in Technology Entrepreneurship is PSYCHOLOGY available to graduate students in engineering and Doctor of Philosophy science disciplines across campus. The certificate is intended to serve those students who envision an entrepreneurial career as their long-range career INDUSTRIAL/ goal, who want to be involved in new product and ORGANIZATIONAL new business activities within a corporate setting, or PSYCHOLOGY who seek a better understanding of the process of Doctor of Philosophy commercializing inventions. The program requires E L E 600, 800, and one of Information regarding Psychology Degrees the following: an additional section of E L E 800, A formal thesis and supervised field internship are M B A (MGT) 845, or M B A 875. required for the MS degree. MS students complete 45 credit hours, including six hours of thesis credit and six hours of credit for the internship. Typically, the internship is completed in the summer between the first and second years of the program. In some cases, six credit hours of approved electives may be substituted for the field internship. Students in the doctoral programs are expected to satisfy the master’s program requirements plus an additional 45 credit hours prior to receiving the doctorate. In addition to the required courses, a doctoral program must include 18 hours of dissertation research and an oral dissertation defense. Students are admitted to candidacy for the PhD degree upon successful completion of a comprehensive examination. Applicants should have an undergraduate degree with a major in psychology or a related field from an accredited college or university. All applicants must submit scores from the general portion of the GRE. Applicants must also submit three letters of reference and a statement describing their interests and accomplishments and the faculty members they want to work with. The application deadline is January 15. Program information and application requirements are available at www.clemson.edu/psych/.

REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT Master of Real Estate Development The Master of Real Estate Development Program, 2012-13 jointly administered by the School of Accountancy and Finance and the Department of Planning and Landscape Architecture in the College of Architec- ture, Arts and Humanities, creates the educational opportunity for encouraging future development entrepreneurs to produce exciting, quality projects respecting environmental sustainability, social consciousness, design excellence and financial feasibility within the risk-reward framework. See complete program description under the College of Architecture, Arts and Humanities. College of Engineering and Science

AUTOMOTIVE Doctor of Philosophy COLLEGE OF Students are admitted into the PhD program in the ENGINEERING fall, spring and summer terms. Minimum admission ENGINEERING Master of Science requirements include a bachelor’s or master’s degree AND SCIENCE Doctor of Philosophy in a recognized relevant engineering or science dis- The Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy cipline. Students entering the program directly with degrees in Automotive Engineering prepare a new a BS degree must meet the entrance requirements The College of Engineering and Science offers generation of engineers to deal with the complex for the MS degree and have a grade-point ratio of advanced degrees in Automotive Engineering, technological, environmental and globalization issues 3.5 or higher in their undergraduate programs. Bioengineering, Biosystems Engineering, Chemi- facing the automobile industry. Students with an MS degree in a recognized relevant cal Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, engineering or science discipline are not subject to Computer Engineering, Computer Science, Digital The big challenge facing the industry is the integra- the two years of postbaccalaureate full-time industrial Production Arts, Electrical Engineering, Environ- tion of diverse technologies in the automobile and experience requirement. mental Engineering and Science, Human Centered its cost effective and environmentally responsible Computing, Hydrogeology, Industrial Engineering, manufacture, all being done in a global network with Program requirements are as follows: Materials Science and Engineering, Mathematical people of different backgrounds and cultures. The Core Courses—AU E 880, 881, 882 Sciences, Mechanical Engineering, Photonic Science Automotive Engineering programs equip students and Technology, and Physics. with the basis, depth and domain knowledge needed Automotive Engineering Track—minimum of six hours for master’s and doctoral-level expertise in systems (two AU E courses from two track areas) Courses are offered in astronomy, engineering graph- integration and vehicle systems engineering and the ics, and environmental science and policy to provide Discipline-Specific Courses—no minimum requirements, ability to work globally. Graduates of the program are electives for students in other areas. typically five additional courses able to lead teams of culturally diverse individuals Degrees offered are the Master of Engineering, to produce an integrated automobile platform or to Business or Related Field—minimum of three hours in Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The work in research laboratories involved with the design a directed, nontechnical field MS and PhD programs serve primarily full-time of new products in the automotive field. While the Technical Courses—minimum of nine hours in a con- graduate students. Industrial residency programs program is geared toward the automobile industry, it centration area outside the discipline or a technical leading to the Master of Science degree are available produces strong linkages with the aerospace and other minor in certain engineering departments. Financial aid, industries within the state, region and nation as some in the form of full and partial fellowships and teach- of the challenges faced by the automotive industry are Dissertation—18 credit hours ing and research assistantships, is available. Other also faced in other sectors. financial aid packages are available to outstanding Foreign Residency Requirement—six-month residency at applicants. A broad and vigorous research program Master of Science a foreign research laboratory or university provides excellent opportunities for thesis and dis- Admission to the MS program occurs in the fall sertation research. semester only. Students are required to hold a BS BIOENGINEERING degree from a recognized relevant engineering or The Master of Engineering program is open to indi- science discipline and the equivalent of two years Master of Science viduals who are interested in professionally oriented of postbaccalaureate full-time work experience in Doctor of Philosophy advanced study. Requirements for the program are industry. Students have the opportunity to tailor the Bioengineering is the application of engineering a baccalaureate degree from an ABET-accredited program either in the functional aspects or systems and scientific principles to understand and solve engineering program or equivalent, academic and aspects of automotive engineering through appropri- medical problems. As medical technology has rapidly professional records which indicate motivation for ate course choices. developed over the past four decades, the demand for and the ability to complete additional professional qualified bioengineers has dramatically increased. study and acceptance by the chair of the department The program is divided into four content areas, Career opportunities for bioengineers range from in which the individual plans to major and by the consisting of 36 credit hours of coursework and six teaching and conducting basic research in academia Dean of the College of Engineering and Science. hours of project work, as follows: to research and development work in the growing Graduate engineering education opportunities for Core Courses—AU E 880, 881, 882, 883 medical product industry. Employment opportunities practicing engineers are available in two disciplines. are also available in independent research laborato- Automotive Engineering Track—18 credit hours in two The Department of Electrical and Computer Engi- ries, hospitals and federal agencies such as the Food or three track areas with nine hours in automotive neering offers off-campus graduate courses leading and Drug Administration or the National Institutes 2012-13engineering courses and nine hours based on the to the Master of Engineering degree through satellite of Health. student’s interests and specialization. broadcasts, Internet and DVD. The Department Applicants to the Bioengineering programs typically of Mechanical Engineering offers selected off- Business or Related Field—a minimum of six hours hold a Bachelor of Science degree in engineering campus graduate courses at the University Center of in a concentration area or minor approved by the or applied science. Students with nonengineering Greenville. Furthermore, graduate courses in both advisory committee backgrounds are required to take remedial courses in disciplines are offered on-campus during the late engineering (e.g. materials science, statics and mechan- afternoon/early evening once a week. Internship—a six-credit-hour internship of six months duration in an industrial setting ics, and calculus through differential equations) in addition to their regular bioengineering curriculum, Foreign language proficiency is required as an out- which may be taken either before or after enrollment. come of the program. The Department offers a Master of Science and a Doctor of Philosophy degree. The curriculum for the MS degree consists of a core of recommended bioengineering courses supplemented by elective courses that provide the student greater depth in a specific area of interest. Two degree options are offered at the master’s degree level: a thesis and a nonthesis option. The thesis option requires a total of 30 credit College of Engineering and Science hours (six of which must be research credits) and the includes mathematics, physics, chemistry, statistics, The MS degree program consists of 30 credit hours, submission and defense of a master’s thesis. The and biological and engineering sciences. including six credit hours of research. Coursework nonthesis option requires a minimum of 33 credit Graduates from the BE program find employment in includes CH E 803, 804, and 805. In addition, six hours followed by the submission and oral presenta- biofuels, biopharmaceutical and bioprocessing plants hours of approved chemical engineering electives tion of a publishable-quality report on an approved or biorefineries, engineering and environmental and nine hours of approved technical electives are topic. The minimum time necessary to complete the consulting firms, sustainable land and water resource required. At least six of these 15 elective hours must master’s degree is normally 16 months, out of which management, state and federal government agencies, be selected from courses numbered 800 or above. MS at least one academic semester must be undertaken in and academia. degree candidates must complete a thesis. residence as a full-time student at Clemson University. For admission to the M.S. or Ph.D. program, an The PhD program consists of 30 credit hours of Students interested in obtaining a doctoral degree are applicant should have a grade point ratio/average approved graduate courses beyond the BS degree, encouraged to apply directly to the PhD program from (GPR/GPA) of at least 3.0 out of 4.0. Ranges of including six credit hours of approved graduate their BS degree program, with the PhD program typi- scores for students admitted to the BE program courses at Clemson. Admission to candidacy for the cally requiring about five years to complete following on the Graduate Record Exam (GRE) are typically PhD degree requires completion of written qualify- the BS degree or about four years following the MS greater than 155 (700) Q, 150 (450) V, 3.5 A and 90 ing and oral comprehensive examinations. Doctoral degree. The selection of courses for the doctoral degree TOEFL. Students with a baccalaureate or masters students must satisfy the MS course requirements is flexible and depends on the background and objec- degree in a related science or engineering field may through courses taken at Clemson University or tives of each candidate. A typical program includes 12 apply directly to the PhD program. Students with elsewhere. In addition, each student is required to or more credit hours of graduate-level courses beyond exceptional records and experience in research will complete 30 credit hours of graduate research, includ- the MS degree requirements. Candidates for the PhD be considered for the PhD degree without a master’s ing 24 doctoral dissertation research credit hours degree must provide evidence of their potential success degree, while most students admitted to the PhD pro- (CH E 991) taken at Clemson University. The PhD in advanced graduate study. This is demonstrated by gram will have previously received a Masters degree. program concludes with the completion and defense passing the candidacy exam. The PhD program culmi- of a doctoral dissertation. nates with the presentation and successful defense of Combined BS/MS in Biosystems Minors for doctoral students may be taken in chem- a doctoral dissertation, which is scheduled following Engineering the completion of the student’s approved research istry, physics, mathematics, life sciences, or other Under this plan, students may reduce the time branches of engineering. plan. More detailed information is available in the necessary to earn both degrees by applying graduate website: http://www.clemson.edu/ces/bioe/ credits to both undergraduate and graduate program requirements. Students are encouraged to obtain CHEMISTRY Combined BS/MS Plans the specific requirements for the dual degree from Master of Science The Department of Bioengineering offers a com- the Department of Biosystems Engineering as early bined BS/MS plan. Under the plan, students may as possible in their undergraduate program. Enroll- Doctor of Philosophy reduce the time necessary to earn both a BS degree in ment guidelines and procedures can be found in the Degree concentrations are offered in analytical, Bioengineering or Biological Sciences and an MS in Undergraduate Announcements. inorganic, organic, physical chemistry and chemistry Bioengineering by applying graduate credits to both education. Research areas also include bio-organic undergraduate and graduate program requirements. chemistry, polymer chemistry, materials chemistry, CHEMICAL ENGINEERING chemical physics and other areas. A PhD degree in Students are encouraged to obtain the specific re- Master of Science Chemistry with a concentration in textile chemistry quirements for the dual degree from the undergradu- is offered jointly with the School of Materials Science ate department or the Department of Bioengineering Doctor of Philosophy and Engineering. as early as possible in their undergraduate programs The Department of Chemical and Biomolecular to ensure that all prerequisite and other program Engineering offers programs leading to the Doctor MS degree candidates must complete 24 hours of requirements are met. Enrollment guidelines and of Philosophy and the Master of Science degrees. coursework and six hours of research culminating procedures can be found in the website: http://www. Graduate programs at Clemson prepare students to in a satisfactory thesis. clemson.edu/ces/bioe/ apply science and engineering principles to complex problems associated with the chemical, biomolecular The primary requirement for the PhD degree is the and associated industries. Students develop a rigorous performance of original research leading to a disserta- BIOSYSTEMS ENGINEERING fundamental science base coupled with insight into tion. PhD degree candidates must qualify to pursue Master of Science engineering applications. Graduates can become the degree by completing a flexible curriculum of coursework designed to demonstrate broad chemical Doctor of Philosophy involved in the research, manufacture and use of 2012-13chemicals, polymers, pharmaceuticals, electronic awareness, a distribution requirement and a focus The biosystems engineering graduate program area requirement. Some coursework requirements within the EEES department is designed to prepare components, consumer products and petroleum products, to name a few. The department has strong may also be satisfied by examination. Students must graduates for leadership, creative accomplishment complete 18 graduate credits in their first year of and continued professional learning, and to pre- research programs in advanced materials, biotechnology, energy, and chemical and biochemical processing. study and must have a GPR of 2.90 or better by the pare graduates to effectively conduct independent end of their third semester. scientific research related to sustainable biological Although most graduate students have a BS in systems design. Chemical Engineering, students with backgrounds Admission to candidacy for the PhD degree requires in chemistry, physics, or other branches of engineer- completion of a comprehensive examination in the Students from all engineering disciplines are encour- area of concentration. This exam takes the form aged to apply. Applicants from non-engineering ing are encouraged to apply and will be considered fully for admission. To facilitate a transition from BS of a written cumulative exam, followed by an oral disciplines are welcome, but may be required to presentation before a faculty committee. take additional undergraduate courses. Each degree degrees other than Chemical Engineering, special program is planned individually to augment the programs are available. Students can enter the PhD student’s previous engineering and science back- program in Chemical Engineering directly after ground with adequate breadth in engineering and completion of a BS degree. specialization in an area of biosystems engineering including bioprocessing and ecological engineering. In addition to biosystems engineering, course work College of Engineering and Science

CIVIL ENGINEERING Doctor of Philosophy Combined BS/MS in Civil Master of Science The Doctor of Philosophy degree program is open to Engineering all individuals who have a baccalaureate degree and Civil Engineering undergraduates at Clemson may Doctor of Philosophy preferably a Master’s degree in engineering. Except begin a Master of Science degree program while The Department of Civil Engineering offers gradu- for the core courses required by different disciplines, completing the Bachelor of Science degree and use a ate programs leading to the Master of Science and there are no formal course requirements for students limited number of courses to satisfy the requirements Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Within these degrees, pursuing a PhD degree; however, each student must of both their undergraduate and graduate degrees. there are six primary emphasis areas: Applied Fluid complete 18 hours of dissertation research (C E 991). The following requirements apply: Mechanics, Construction Materials, Geotechnical Engineering, Project Management, Structural Engi- The purpose of the PhD research dissertation is to 1. Undergraduate students must have a minimum neering and Transportation Systems. afford the student the opportunity to participate cumulative grade-point ratio of 3.4 and must have in independent specialized engineering research completed the junior year prior to taking graduate Master of Science that can advance the state of the art. The research courses. Students are required to maintain this The Master of Science degree program is open to all is conducted under the direction of a member of minimum grade-point ratio to continue enrollment individuals who have a four-year baccalaureate degree. the faculty who will normally serve as chair of the in a combined degree program. A degree in engineering is not required for admission, student’s academic advisory committee. The research should be sufficiently demanding technically so as to 2. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores but most entering students have an undergraduate are not required to be submitted as part of their Civil Engineering degree. demonstrate the student’s ability to assimilate knowledge from several subject areas for the advancement Graduate School application; however, applicants There are two options available for students pursuing of engineering knowledge. are encouraged to submit GRE scores to receive full a Master of Science degree. The student may prepare consideration for graduate fellowships and assistant- a research thesis or may take additional courses in Student Evaluation—During the first two semesters in ships upon completion of the BS degree. lieu of completing a thesis. residence, a PhD student must select a faculty advisor. The faculty advisor may assign the student specific 3. Up to six semester hours from any 600- or 800-level The thesis option requires the preparation of a duties outside normal coursework requirements that civil engineering courses may be used to satisfy the research thesis that is a part of the total credit hours include, but are not necessarily limited to, preparing requirements of the BS degree. These courses may required for the degree. Students intending to pursue research proposals and literature surveys, conducting be counted as technical requirements or electives. a doctoral degree usually choose the thesis option. classroom lectures, formulating computer models Undergraduate students are required to have selected Completion of a research thesis is excellent prepara- and executing data collection and analysis. The one of their technical requirements from the area of tion for the research necessary for a doctorate if a advisor may, at any time, withdraw as the student’s transportation systems, geotechnical engineering, or student is inclined to pursue that degree in the future. faculty advisor if these assigned duties are not per- environmental engineering. formed consistent with the expectations of the faculty The nonthesis option does not require the prepara- 4. Since approval of the graduate program of study advisor. During this initial two-semester period, an is required by the student’s graduate advisory com- tion of a research thesis but does require comple- advisor should make a determination as to whether tion of additional coursework. This degree option mittee, students should consult with their academic a student is capable of completing the requirements advisors before selecting courses to be included in provides the student with additional directed study for the PhD degree. through coursework. Normally students pursuing the graduate program. the nonthesis option will not pursue a doctorate. Comprehensive Examination—The PhD comprehensive 5. Students in a combined degree program are con- examination is generally scheduled after all course- Except for the core courses required by different ditionally accepted to the graduate program until work has been completed and the dissertation pro- completion of the BS degree requirements. Students disciplines, there are no formal course requirements posal is ready for approval by the student’s graduate for students pursuing a Master of Science degree. The are not eligible for graduate assistantships until full committee. The examination, therefore, consists of acceptance is granted. program normally contains some engineering design two parts: (1) a written and/or oral examination by and a minimum of ten credits of engineering science, the advisory committee on the student’s preparation Students interested in this combined degree program advanced mathematics and basic science. In addition, to complete the proposed research and (2) presenta- should consult the Civil Engineering Graduate each student in the thesis option must complete an tion of the proposed research. The PhD compre- Program Coordinator, the undergraduate advisor advanced research project. The final program of hensive examination should be completed within and the Civil Engineering Honors Coordinator (if study must contain at least 30 hours of graduate two years of entering the PhD program. The written applicable). Students pursuing an optional emphasis credit including the core curriculum requirements. and/or oral examination may include consideration area in their undergraduate degree program may sub- Of these 30 credits, no more than six hours may be of graduate coursework, preliminary research and/ stitute 600-level courses for any 400-level counterpart thesis research (C E 891) for those students pursu- 2012-13or other demonstration of the ability to conduct the taken to meet the requirements of an emphasis area. ing the thesis option. At least half of the remaining proposed research. After passing this examination, Application for this program should be made by the hours must be from courses numbered 800 or above. the student is officially admitted to candidacy for end of the junior year, but no later than one semester The final examination for the MS nonthesis option the PhD degree. prior to expected BS graduation. Application details are available in the Undergraduate Announcements. is an oral or written exam (or a combination of the Dissertation Defense—As required by the Graduate two) consisting of questions related to fundamental School, the candidate for the Doctor of Philosophy knowledge in a student’s chosen area of concentra- degree must pass a final oral examination (disserta- COMPUTER ENGINEERING tion (i.e., applied fluid mechanics, construction mate- tion defense). The examination consists of a presenta- Master of Science rials, geotechnical engineering, project management, tion of the student’s doctoral research and an assess- structural engineering, or transportation systems). ment by the committee of the research approach, the Doctor of Philosophy The Computer Engineering program is a combi- The final examination for the MS thesis option is an significance of the findings and the contribution to nation of computer software, hardware, systems oral exam consisting of a student’s MS thesis defense the advancement of civil engineering. and applications. Areas of specialization include and questions related to fundamental knowledge in More information about the Department of Civil computer systems architecture, communication a student’s chosen area of concentration (i.e. applied Engineering is available at www.ce.clemson.edu or by networks, digital signal processing and intelligent fluid mechanics, construction materials, geotechnical phone at (864) 656-3000. systems. Enrollment is open to graduates in any engineering, project management, structural engi- branch of engineering, computer science, or applied neering, or transportation systems). mathematics who have an appropriate engineering and/or science background. College of Engineering and Science

For the MS program, students may write a thesis or 2. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores are The Master of Fine Arts in Digital Production Arts is follow a nonthesis option. The thesis option requires not required to be submitted as part of the Graduate administered by a supervisory board, chaired by the a total of 30 credit hours including six hours of thesis School application; however, applicants are encour- program director, and consisting of five additional research. For the nonthesis option, 33 credit hours aged to submit GRE scores to receive full consid- faculty members—two from the Division of Visual of coursework must be completed. eration for graduate fellowships and assistantships Computing, two from the Department of Art, and upon completion of the BS degree. one from the Department of Performing Arts. The PhD degree requires at least 24 credit hours of graduate coursework beyond the master’s degree 3. Students in a combined degree program are Admission and Financial Aid and 18 research credit hours. Specially qualified conditionally accepted to the graduate program Applicants are required to submit GRE general test candidates with a BS degree may apply for direct until completion of the BS requirements. Students results, a portfolio of artistic work that may include entry to the PhD program in any of the above areas. with this conditional acceptance are not eligible slides or electronic media, and evidence of technical The program of study and hours required beyond the for a graduate assistantship until the conditional preparation that may include software code samples baccalaureate degree are specified by the focus area acceptance is removed. or appropriate coursework. Some assistantships may but must be at least 60 hours including coursework be available to especially well qualified applicants. and research credit. 4. Up to nine semester hours from any 600- or For full consideration for admission and financial 800-level computer science courses may be used to aid, applications should be received by January 10. Detailed information is available at www.clemson.edu/ satisfy the requirements of the BS degree. ces/department/ece. Requirements for Awarding of a Degree 5. Graduate courses taken as an undergraduate may The degree requires 60 hours, 12 of which are devot- be included in the graduate program of study; how- ed to team-based studio work, six to individual studio COMPUTER SCIENCE ever, any 600-level course that has a corresponding work, and six to thesis preparation. This assures that Master of Science required 400-level counterpart in the BS or BA in students have participated in the development of Computer Science or the BS in Computer Informa- Doctor of Philosophy several complete digital production projects, provid- tion Systems may not be counted toward the MS ing material for a professional quality demonstration To receive full admission to graduate study in com- degree. Since approval of the graduate program of puter science, a student must have taken intermediate- “reel.” Of the remaining 36 credit hours, 0-6 will study is required by the student’s graduate advisory come will come from foundation courses, 15 from level undergraduate computer science, including committee, students should consult their academic computer organization, data structures, operating core courses, three from aesthetic electives, and advisors before selecting courses to be included in 12-18 from general electives, aesthetic electives, or systems, either algorithms or theory of computation, the graduate program. and either compilers or survey of programming core courses. Any required foundation courses are languages; and basic mathematics including discrete Students interested in this combined degree program determined at the time of admission. These courses mathematics. An applicant with minimal deficiencies should discuss it with the Computer Science graduate provide students with post baccalaureate work in may be admitted with prerequisites, while one with program coordinator and undergraduate program the fundamentals of computing or the visual arts. several deficiencies may be required to satisfactorily advisor. Students pursuing Senior Departmental A maximum of six hours of foundation courses may complete prerequisite work as a non-degree student Honors should also meet with the Computer Science be counted towards the degree. For students with prior to admission as a graduate student. Honors Coordinator. Application to this program strong preparation, the course of study requires two should be made by the end of the junior year but calendar years. A candidate for the MS degree must satisfactorily may be made at any time from the junior year until complete an approved program of at least 30 graduate Foundation Courses—Selected from D P A 600, 601 one semester prior to the expected BS graduation. (technical), 602, 603 (artistic) hours. Students may elect one of two options to satisfy Application details are available in the Undergraduate the degree requirements: a coursework-only option or Announcements. Core courses—Selected from ART 821, CP SC 604, a thesis option. The thesis option requires six hours 807, 809, 815, THEA 687 of research credit as part of the 30-hour requirement. The Computer Science faculty envision students Students may take up to six hours of approved courses enrolled in this combined degree program will Electives—Selected from ART 605, 607, 609, 611, in areas outside the department. typically complete nine hours of graduate credit 613, 617, CP SC 605, 611, 614, 619, 805, 808, 819, while completing their BS degree requirements and 863, E C E 847, G C 801, MUSIC 680, PSYCH 823, Although formal course requirements for the PhD complete the remaining requirements for the MS THEA 672, 697. degree are minimal, a typical program requires two degree in one calendar year or less of graduate study. to four years of study beyond the MS degree. Each Studios—D P A 860, 880, 891 candidate is required to pass a comprehensive examination, a dissertation proposal and a defense of DIGITAL PRODUCTION ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING the dissertation. 2012-13ARTS Master of Engineering Combined BS/MS in Computer Master of Fine Arts The Digital Production Arts program at Clemson Master of Science Science University is a professional degree program aimed Doctor of Philosophy Computer Science undergraduates may begin a Mas- at producing graduates who will be sought by the Students in Electrical Engineering may direct their ter of Science degree program while completing the growing electronic arts industry, particularly by programs toward the fields of communication systems Bachelor of Science degree and use a limited number those companies engaged in special effects produc- and networks, digital signal processing, intelligent of courses to satisfy the requirements of both their tion within the entertainment, film and gaming systems, applied electromagnetics, electronics, or undergraduate and graduate degrees. The following industries. Because the MFA is a terminal degree power systems. requirements apply: in fine arts, students will also be prepared to accept For the MS program, students may write a thesis or 1. Undergraduate students must have a minimum university faculty positions. The program is offered within the Division of Visual Computing in the follow a nonthesis option. The thesis option requires cumulative grade-point ratio of 3.4 and must have a total of 30 credit hours, including six hours of thesis completed the junior year prior to taking graduate School of Computing, with significant collaboration with the departments of Art and Performing Arts. It research. For the nonthesis option, 33 credit hours courses. Students are required to maintain this of coursework must be completed. minimum grade-point ratio to continue enrollment offers a unique blend of instruction, with coursework in a combined degree program. ranging from the artistic to the technical, all with a strong emphasis on advanced studio methods for visual problem solving. College of Engineering and Science

The Master of Engineering is a special degree offered Engineering and Science Education The PhD program provides the student with a com- for off-campus students through the University tele- Certificate prehensive background in the fundamental aspects campus program. Degree requirements include 24 The Certificate in Engineering and Science Educa- of environmental engineering and science. The major credit hours of coursework and six hours of credit tion is designed for graduate students who want to field of study is generally interdisciplinary in nature, for an engineering report. Additional information is prepare for an academic career, who wish to further consisting of at least 30 hours of coursework beyond available from the Office of Off-Campus, Distance their understanding of the education process in the MS degree in several areas of engineering and and Continuing Education. engineering and science, or who are interested in the basic sciences. Each student’s curriculum and engineering and science education research. The pro- research program is tailored to suit his/her personal The PhD program requires at least 24 credit hours and professional goals. Qualifying, comprehensive of graduate coursework beyond the master’s degree gram includes a range of courses in three main areas: Pedagogy, Professional Preparation, and Research and final examinations are required. No foreign and 18 research credit hours. Specially qualified language is required. candidates with a BS degree may apply for direct Methods, as well as a practicum and attendance at a seminar series, for a total of 11 credits as outlined entry to the PhD program in any of the above areas. Combined BS in Biosystems The program of study and hours required beyond below. Additional information is available at www. the baccalaureate degree are specified by the focus clemson.edu/ese/. Engineering/MS, MEngr in area, but must be at least 60, including coursework Environmental Engineering and and research credit. Pedagogy—Three credits: CES 820 or 821 or ED 955 Science Professional Preparation—Three credits: CES 825, Combined BS in Environmental Engineering/MS, Detailed information on program requirements and 875, or 888 MEngr in Environmental Engineering and Science application procedures is available at www.clemson. Elective—Three credits: CES 871, ED F 808 or 878, Undergraduate Environmental Engineering majors edu/ces/department/ece. EX ST 802, PSYCH 811 or 833 who have earned a grade-point ratio of 3.4 or above Practicum—One credit: CES 861 and completed 90 credit hours can begin work to- ENGINEERING AND Seminar—One credit: CES 800 ward a Master of Science or Master of Engineering SCIENCE EDUCATION in Environmental Engineering and Science while ENVIRONMENTAL completing a Bachelor of Science degree. The un- Doctor of Philosophy dergraduate curriculum allows up to nine credits of The PhD program in Engineering and Science Edu- ENGINEERING AND mutually acceptable graduate course credits to satisfy cation is a nationally unique graduate program in SCIENCE requirements of both degrees. Details are available in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics Master of Engineering the Undergraduate Handbook, which can be found (STEM) education research. The Department of Engi- at www.clemson.edu/ces/eees. neering and Science Education (ESE) in the College Master of Science of Engineering and Science is the only department Doctor of Philosophy Combined BS in Chemical in the country that includes both engineering edu- Environmental engineering and science is concerned Engineering/MS, MEngr in cation and science education in a college of science with the characterization and control of environ- Environmental Engineering and and engineering. As such, it includes faculty who mental pollution. Emphasis is placed on applying are experts in several areas of science education and the fundamental principles of the basic and engi- Science engineering education, and who have active research neering sciences through research and design to the Undergraduate Chemical Engineering majors who programs in these fields. Students in this program solution of environmental problems in natural and have earned a grade-point ratio of 3.4 or above and are exposed to a wide breadth of STEM education engineered systems. completed 90 credit hours can begin work toward research under current investigation and are prepared a Master of Science or Master of Engineering in to interface between the development of new theory The MEngr program builds on an ABET-accredited Environmental Engineering and Science while in STEM education and the implementation of new engineering baccalaureate background, while the MS completing a Bachelor of Science degree. The un- research findings in practice. This discipline-based program builds on a student’s previous engineering dergraduate curriculum allows up to nine credits of education research (DBER) combines knowledge or science background. Students with a baccalaureate mutually acceptable graduate course credits to satisfy of teaching and learning with deep knowledge of degree in any branch of engineering, as well as chem- requirements of both degrees. Details are available discipline-specific science content. It describes the istry, physics, geology, biology, or related majors with in the ChBE Undergraduate Handbook, which can discipline-specific difficulties learners face and the a strong mathematical background may be admitted be found at www.clemson.edu/ces/chbe. specialized intellectual and instructional resources to the program. that can facilitate student understanding. Students may specialize in one of six areas: envi- Human centered The objectives of the ESE PhD program are to prepare 2012-13ronmental health physics; environmental process computing students for academic careers in STEM education, sci- engineering; nuclear environmental engineering Doctor of Philosophy ence education policy in higher education or informal and science; sustainable systems and environmental To receive full admission to graduate study in hu- education institutions, or a range of other careers assessment; subsurface and surface processes; or man centered computing (HCC), a student must that require a deep disciplinary knowledge coupled environmental chemistry. Research master’s degree have completed an undergraduate degree and have with understanding of the factors that affect student candidates must complete 24 hours of coursework taken computer programming courses through data learning, retention, and inclusion in STEM. Students and six hours of research culminating in the presen- structures. An applicant with minimal deficiencies who enroll in this program are expected to be content tation of a satisfactory thesis for MS candidates or a may be admitted with prerequisites, while one with experts in a STEM discipline with at least a Master’s special problem report for MEngr candidates. The several deficiencies may be required to satisfactorily degree in their content area of expertise. Graduates MS nonthesis option, which requires 30 hours of complete prerequisite work as a non-degree student from this program are prepared to become faculty in coursework and three hours of independent study, prior to admission as a graduate student. Although traditional departments of engineering or science, is available. The coursework for all master’s students formal course requirements for the PhD degree are as well as STEM education departments. They are must include EE&S 802, 843, and 851. A final minimal, a typical program requires two to four years prepared to lead curricular and pedagogical reform examination is required of all master’s candidates. of study beyond the MS degree. Each candidate is at the post-secondary level as well as conduct research required to pass a comprehensive examination, a dis- in the burgeoning fields of STEM education research. sertation proposal and a defense of the dissertation. College of Engineering and Science

Admission and Financial Aid The degree requires 24 hours of coursework and six The PhD program provides the student with a Applicants are required to submit GRE general test hours of thesis research. Candidates must write a comprehensive knowledge of the field of industrial results. Applicants are accepted for both fall and thesis based on original research and defend it in an engineering and a mastery of the methods of research. spring semesters. Assistantships are available for oral examination. Students may pursue a variety of A minimum of 48 hours of graduate coursework especially well qualified applicants. research projects in hydrogeology and related areas beyond a baccalaureate degree is required. Since a such as environmental geochemistry, geophysics, dissertation is mandatory for all PhD candidates, 18 Requirements for Awarding of a Degree are: sedimentology/stratigraphy and multiphase flow hours of doctoral research are required. A qualifying 1. 60 credit hours beyond the Bachelors degree modeling. A nonthesis option is available for students examination is required, in addition to examinations who meet requirements specified in the department required by the Graduate School. Additional informa- 2. A portfolio (a combined version of the PhD qualify- handbook and who are approved by department tion is available at www.ces.clemson.edu/ie/. ing and comprehensive exams) faculty; it requires 30 hours of coursework and a 3. Competency in four topic areas, typically demon- comprehensive examination. Undergraduates Involved in Graduate strated by coursework: Computing, People, Research All candidates must take at least six core courses from Programs Methods and Design, Cognate Area a department-approved list, including a modeling Undergraduate students majoring in Industrial En- course (GEOL (EE&S) 808 is recommended), a field gineering at Clemson may take courses for graduate 4. Ability to pursue research, typically demonstrated credit in two ways: by producing a research publication, which may be course (GEOL 875 is recommended) and a minimum co-authored with the student’s advisor of three other 800-level geology courses. 1. Seniors with a minimum cumulative grade-point ratio of 3.0 may apply to take graduate courses while 5. Proposing, completing and defending a disserta- continuing to pursue their bachelor’s degrees. If tion. INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING successfully completed, these courses may be eligible Students are required to have a strong computing to be counted towards a master’s degree. Students or computation core with training in areas that em- Master of Engineering selecting this option will not be allowed to count these phasize people or the human condition and research Master of Science courses towards the bachelor’s degree. (See Graduate School form GS-6 for details.) methods for studying people, technology, policy and/ Doctor of Philosophy or information. Each student is required to take a Industrial engineers design, develop and improve 2. Students with a minimum cumulative grade-point first course in the fundamentals of HCC for three integrated systems that include people, materials, in- ratio of 3.4 may apply to take up to 12 semester hours hours. Students are required to take 12 hours in the formation, equipment and energy. In addition to these of courses and have them count toward both the bach- computing or computer science track from 600- or issues, graduates learn to address communications elor’s and master’s degrees in Industrial Engineering. 800-level computer science courses, six hours from throughout the organization while completing their To take advantage of this opportunity, students must a people or human condition track consisting of specialized education. Focus areas for specialization have a minimum cumulative grade-point ratio of courses from psychology, human factors, policy, are human factors/ergonomics and production and 3.4, must have completed the junior year and must etc., and six hours of research methods. Students are service systems. Work at the doctoral level includes have been admitted to the graduate program prior to required to take a series of at least nine hours in a independent research, dissemination of findings and enrolling in courses. Courses eligible for this program cognate or specialty domain under the advisement of preparation for research and teaching careers. include I E 652, 656, 660, 685, 687, 689, 691, 800, their dissertation research advisor with the approval 802, 803, 804, 809, 811, 812, 813, 860, 865, 871, of the HCC graduate program committee. Students Students with baccalaureate degrees in engineering, 880, 886, 888, and 893. The Undergraduate Cur- are also required to take six hours of pre-dissertation the physical sciences, mathematics, or related majors riculum Committee has preapproved these classes as (pre-portfolio) research, CP SC 888 Directed Projects with a strong mathematical background may be ad- acceptable technical and free electives in a student’s in Computing. Students also take 18 hours of dis- mitted into the program. Entering graduate students BS program. Determination of whether the classes sertation research (CP SC 991). are assumed to have competence in calculus, prob- count towards the master’s degree will be made by the ability and statistics, calculus-based physics, and com- student’s advisory committee after he/she becomes a puting. Students admitted without this background full-status graduate student. Students should notify the HYDROGEOLOGY will be required to complete successfully additional Graduate Coordinator in writing that they wish to be Master of Science courses, some of which may not carry graduate credit. considered for this program. Enrollment guidelines The Master of Science in Hydrogeology is an inter- The Master of Engineering program is an interdis- and procedures can be found in the Undergraduate disciplinary program that focuses on groundwater ciplinary program that focuses on capital projects Announcements. geology and subsurface remediation and draws on supply chain engineering directed to working In both programs, the decision whether courses the expertise of faculty in the Department of Environ- 2012-13professionals. It is offered in collaboration with the count towards the bachelor’s degree is determined mental Engineering and Earth Sciences. The curricu- Department of Management and the Department of by the undergraduate committee and whether they lum is structured to impart a strong background in Civil Engineering. The program is available fully in count towards the master’s degree is determined by field experimentation complemented by laboratory a distance learning format and courses are delivered the advisory committee that is formed after the stu- studies and computer modeling. asynchronously. Courses required in the program are dent becomes a full-status graduate student. Candidates for the Master of Science degree in I E 850, 851, 852, 853, 854, 855, 856, 857, 858, and 859, for a total of 30 hours of graduate coursework. Students should consult with their undergraduate Hydrogeology should have a baccalaureate degree advisor, the Graduate Coordinator and/or the Hon- in the geosciences; however, students having strong Master of Science students may select a thesis or ors Coordinator before enrolling in graduate courses. undergraduate backgrounds in other fields of science nonthesis option. Students in the thesis option or related engineering disciplines may be admitted must complete a minimum of 30 hours of graduate but will be required to correct deficiencies in their coursework, including six credits of thesis research. geological education during the first year. Specifically, Students in the nonthesis option must complete a GEOL 101/103, 205, 302, 313, and 316 (or an equiva- minimum of 33 hours of graduate coursework. lent) are required. Students entering this program should also have a strong mathematics background; normally, two semesters of calculus are required and a third semester is recommended. College of Engineering and Science

MATERIALS SCIENCE AND For the master’s program, both thesis and nonthe- a thesis. Students in the nonthesis program must sis options are available. The curriculum for both complete 33 credit hours of coursework and pass an ENGINEERING options includes foundation courses (advanced exit examination. Students in the PhD program must Master of Science calculus, modern algebra, probability and discrete pass a qualifying exam, complete 18 hours of disserta- Doctor of Philosophy computing—courses often taken prior to entering tion research and defend a dissertation. the master’s program); a breadth requirement (a Materials science and engineering is concerned with course from each of algebra, analysis, computing, Programs may be selected with concentrations in the production, properties and microstructure of the operations research and statistics, plus one additional mechanical and manufacturing systems design (de- solid materials that are often the primary limitation course in operations research or statistics); and a sign, dynamics, vibrations, and control, materials to the advancement of modern technology. Emphasis concentration area (six courses selected to define an and manufacturing), thermal/fluid sciences (com- is placed on applying the fundamental principles that identifiable specialty area). Every student’s program putational fluid dynamics, fluid mechanics, heat govern the structure of the solid state to produce is required to include at least one course, possibly transfer, thermodynamics and energy systems), or optimum mechanical, electrical, optical and other chosen from outside the Department of Mathemati- engineering mechanics (solid mechanics, composite physical properties. cal Sciences, that emphasizes mathematical modeling. materials, numerical computation methods and experimental methods). The curriculum provides for specialization in metal- A minimum of 36 graduate credit hours is required lurgy, glasses and ceramics, and polymeric materials, for the master’s degree. In addition, students in the including electronic materials, biomaterials, polymer nonthesis option are required to complete a one- PHOTONIC SCIENCE AND and fiber science, textile science, polymer and textile credit-hour project course. chemistry, and fiber and composite materials. TECHNOLOGY Together with the Department of Mathematics at Master of Science The Materials Science and Engineering program Kaiserslautern University in Germany, the depart- prepares graduate students to apply science and ment offers an exchange program in mathematical Doctor of Philosophy engineering principles to solve problems related to sciences. In this program, one year is spent at the The Photonic Science and Technology program, the scientific understanding, characterization and host university so that students can obtain two MS jointly administered by the Center of Optical Material development of new technology necessary for the degrees, one from their home university and one Science and Engineering Technologies (COMSET), processing and manufacturing of different materials from the host university. The degree requirements the College of Engineering and Science, and the and related products. for the Clemson degree are identical to those for Graduate School, offers interdisciplinary graduate the nonthesis MS option. In addition, there are degrees involving science, engineering, communica- Students with a baccalaureate degree in any branch short-term visits in a certificate program with the tions, entrepreneurship, business, and leadership. The of engineering, as well as chemistry, physics and biol- Center of Industrial Mathematics at the University program prepares individuals with the fundamentals ogy majors with strong mathematical backgrounds, of Bremen in Germany. of the science and engineering of light and specific may be admitted to the program. The program is interactions targeted for relevance to the research areas designed to produce engineers and scientists whose Students in the doctoral program are expected to of their home academic department(s) and collabora- degrees represent specialization coupled with a broad satisfy the master’s program requirements prior to tive co-advised graduate committees. foundation in all materials. receiving their doctorate. Including master’s study, a doctoral program must have two courses from Students with backgrounds in any relevant science Master’s degree candidates must complete 24 credit each of the major areas of the mathematical sciences or engineering discipline who have earned an under- hours of coursework and six credits of research. Of (algebra, analysis, computing, operations research graduate degree from an accredited college or univer- these 24 credit hours, a maximum of 12 credits may and probability/statistics) and generally consists of sity may be accepted. Undergraduate prerequisite or be taken from 600-level courses. Each master’s degree 60 credit hours of graduate coursework. Students corequisite courses may be required for applicants student must take MS&E 826 and 827. are admitted to candidacy for the PhD degree upon with undergraduate degrees in nonengineering or nonscientific disciplines. The Doctor of Philosophy degree provides students successful completion of a preliminary examination with a comprehensive foundation in materials science and the comprehensive examination. The pre- Acceptance is determined by COMSET faculty and engineering. The major field of study is generally liminary examination consists of tests in three areas review based on records of academic achievements, interdisciplinary in nature, consisting of coursework chosen from algebra, analysis, computing, operations including grades from previous programs and GRE in several areas of engineering and science. Com- research, statistics and stochastic processes. The scores, and other appropriate professional accom- prehensive and final examinations are required. No comprehensive exam assesses the student’s readiness plishments. foreign language is required, but proficiency in one to perform independent research and competence in is recommended. advanced graduate material. The PhD program must Each degree program is planned individually to aug- include both a concentration area and a supporting ments the student’s previous engineering and science Students should consult their advisors for course 2012-13area. Additional information is available at www. background with adequate breadth in science or requirements. All MS and PhD students must enroll math.clemson.edu/. engineering and specialization in an area of photonic in MS&E 800 every semester. science or engineering. Coursework includes photo- Mathematical sciences courses at the 700-level are nic science and technology and related engineering applicable to master’s degree programs in the School MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES and sciences currently offered in the member depart- of Education only. ments and schools of COMSET. Master of Science Candidates for the MS degree are required to com- Doctor of Philosophy MECHANICAL plete a minimum of 30 credit hours, including 12 Entering students are expected to have courses in ENGINEERING credit hours of core courses, three credit hours of linear algebra, differential equations, a computer Master of Science PST seminar, nine credit hours of elective courses, language and statistics. and an additional six credit hours of thesis research, Doctor of Philosophy and complete an acceptable thesis. Enrollment in the MS and PhD programs is open to students with degrees in physics, applied mathemat- Candidates for the PhD degree are required to com- ics, or any branch of engineering. plete a minimum of 30 credit hours, including nine credit hours of core courses, three credit hours of PST Students in the MS degree program may choose the seminar, nine credit hours of elective courses, and an thesis or nonthesis option. Students in the thesis additional 15 credit hours of dissertation research, program must complete 30 credit hours of course- and complete an acceptable dissertation. work, including six hours of thesis research and write College of Engineering and Science

PHYSICS Master of Science Doctor of Philosophy Graduate studies in physics and astronomy may be pursued by well-prepared students in the physical and mathematical sciences or engineering. As the basic physical science, physics offers unique intellectual opportunities. Theoretical, experimental, or computer-simulated studies of the physical universe, ranging from cosmology to quantum physics, and from atmospheric phenomena to biomolecular interactions, are available. Normally, students are directly accepted into the PhD program. The ultimate goal is to carry out and publish independent scientific work in a chosen research field. Coursework required for the PhD includes the graduate core curriculum consisting of PHYS 811, (M E) 815, 821, 841, 951, 952 (or their equivalents at Clemson University or elsewhere as approved by the department faculty), and 12 credit hours of elective 800–900-level physics, astronomy or other graduate level courses (excluding PHYS 891/991), which must be approved by the student’s advisory committee. PHYS/ASTR 875 courses may be used to satisfy this elective requirement with approval by the faculty. The purpose of these electives is to provide a well-rounded physics education and additional coursework necessary for the student’s research area. Unless they receive a deferral from the Department faculty, students must take the written PhD qualifying examination on topics from the core curriculum no later than their third semester. Students are offered two opportunities to pass the exam, which is typically offered twice annually. After passing the written PhD qualifying examination, students shall have selected a research area and faculty advisor and prepare for the oral PhD qualifying examination in which they present and defend their planned dissertation topic and research program. This oral examination must be completed within 12 months after passing the written examination. At least three weeks prior to the graduation at which the candidate expects to receive the PhD degree, a final oral examination on the dissertation must be successfully completed. Students not passing the written PhD qualifying examination after two attempts may, with the approval of the Department faculty, complete an MS degree. 2012-13 Such students, and those accepted directly into the MS program, and those seeking an en-route M.S. degree usually choose to prepare a research thesis, although a nonthesis option is available. For the thesis option, 30 credit hours, including six credit hours of PHYS 891, and a final oral examination on the general area of study and thesis defense are required. In the nonthesis option, 36 credit hours are required, including six credit hours of PHYS 890. A written report must be submitted on the directed studies. A final oral examination on the general area and directed activities completes the requirements for the nonthesis option. College of Health, Education and Human Development

ADMINISTRATION AND Admission Requirements COLLEGE For admission, individuals must have a master’s SUPERVISION degree from a regionally-accredited institution. OF HEALTH, Master of Education A complete application package should include EDUCATION Specialist in Education (1) online application, (2) official undergraduate and graduate transcripts (cumulative minimum AND HUMAN Master of Education grade-point ratio of 3.25 on graduate work), (3) The Master of Education degree in Administration two recommendations—one from immediate prior DEVELOPMENT and Supervision prepares individuals as elementary supervisor, (4) current résumé, (5) copy of teaching or secondary school administrators or supervisors. and/or administration certificate and (6) GRE score The College of Health, Education and Human De- The program provides both a theoretical and field- report of verbal, quantitative and writing assessments. velopment offers advanced degrees in Administration based foundation in educational leadership with a (Acceptable GRE scores are considered holistically and Supervision; Counselor Education; Curriculum focus on leading instructional improvement for the with the student’s background and potential success and Instruction; Educational Leadership; Elementary benefit of all P–12 students. in graduate school.) Education; Healthcare Genetics; Human Resource Admission Requirements Applicants whose native language is not English must Development; Literacy; Middle Level Education; For admission, individuals must have a baccalaureate also submit TOEFL scores. Nursing; Parks, Recreation and Tourism Manage- degree from a regionally-accredited institution and ment; Secondary Education; Special Education; and a minimum of one year of teaching experience. A If requested by the program coordinator, an interview Youth Development Leadership. complete application package should include (1) on- may be required prior to an admission decision. The PhD degree is offered in Curriculum and line application, (2) official transcripts from previous Prospective students are encouraged to apply two Instruction; Educational Leadership; Healthcare institutions (cumulative minimum undergraduate months prior to the beginning of the term in which Genetics; and Parks, Recreation and Tourism Man- grade-point ratio of 2.70 on the last 60 hours), (3) they wish to enroll. agement. The MS degree is offered in Nursing; Parks, two recommendations—one from immediate, prior Recreation and Tourism Management; and Youth supervisor, (4) current résumé, (5) copy of teaching Program Requirements Development Leadership. The College also offers and/or administration certificate and (6) GRE score Students must complete the following core courses professional degree programs leading to the Master report of verbal, quantitative and writing assessments. in sequence within three levels: (Acceptable GRE scores are considered holistically of Arts in Teaching; Master of Education; Master of Level I—ED L 805, 820, 850 with the student’s background and potential success Human Resource Development; and Specialist in Level II—ED L 810 or 950, and 815 in graduate school.) Education degrees. The College of Health, Educa- Level III—ED L 830, 839, 840, 851 tion and Human Development and the College of Applicants whose native language is not English must Agriculture, Forestry and Life Sciences cooperatively also submit TOEFL scores. offer a Master of Agricultural Education program. COUNSELOR EDUCATION If requested by the program coordinator, an interview The graduate programs focus on preparing students Master of Education may be required prior to an admission decision. for leadership positions in educational, healthcare, The Master in Education in Counselor Education governmental and business organizations. Clinical Prospective students are encouraged to apply two prepares students in one of the following specialty and field experiences are common in many graduate months prior to the beginning of the term in which areas: clinical mental health counseling (CACREP- programs. Often programs join with local, state and they wish to enroll. accredited), school counseling (CACREP-accredited), federal agencies to provide real-world experiences or student affairs. Graduate education in the and research projects for faculty and students. Some Students who anticipate applying to a degree program Counselor Education program helps students real- programs and courses are offered off campus and in may not exceed 12 credit hours without program ize their potential as practicing counselors and/or the evening to accommodate the schedules of public coordinator approval and enrollment is restricted administrators; engage in professional relationships; schools, higher education, healthcare institutions, to the following courses: ED L 700, 715, 730, 735. and develop a set of meaningful professional values. businesses and other organizations. Nondegree students should consult an advisor before To this end, the program reflects current knowledge enrolling in any course. from lay and professional groups concerning current The College of Health, Education and Human and projected counseling and human development Development offers graduate courses in education Program Requirements needs of a pluralistic society. Cultural considerations and nursing at various off-campus locations across This program incorporates the academic require- are emphasized so the experiences provided will be re- the state. Off-campus course schedules for fall, spring ments for certification as a principal and supervisor warding and useful in today’s ever-changing society. 2012-13in South Carolina. Thirty-six hours of graduate credit and summer offerings for school personnel, school districts and other South Carolina agencies are are required. The faculty of the Counselor Education program published by the Office of Off-Campus, Distance model the values of acceptance and human unique- Students must complete the following core courses: ness to all students so they incorporate these values and Continuing Education. In addition, courses ED L 710, 720, 725, 730, 745; 750 or 755; 751 or are taught by contract with local school districts in into their practice. To recruit, train and retain com- 756. In addition, five courses must be selected from petent counseling and other helping practitioners, the Clemson University service region. Courses are ED F 778, ED L 700, 705, 715, 735, 740, 795. offered in athletic leadership and health to provide faculty members attempt to develop the following electives for students in other areas. in each graduate: respect for the dignity and worth Specialist in Education of the individual; commitment to the fulfillment Programs offered in the Eugene T. Moore School of The Education Specialist degree in Administration of human potential; understanding of educational Education are accredited by the National Council for and Supervision consists of 30 credit hours and is and counseling processes; knowledge in a particular the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) designed to lead to certification in South Carolina counseling or helping field; competence in the ap- and the State of South Carolina. In addition, pro- as either a building level (principal) or district level plication of professional expertise in counseling; grams training P12 personnel—teachers, counselors (superintendent) leader. Only students who cur- knowledge of the role and function of professionals and administrators—are nationally recognized by rently hold a master’s degree are eligible to apply to in related fields; commitment to inquiry; and matu- specialized professional associations. Counselor the program. rity in self-development. education programs are accredited by the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Edu- cational Programs (CACREP). College of Health, Education and Human Development

Clemson University recognizes laboratory settings Testing Requirements Area of Specialization—21 credits: ED C 801, 807, 818, and field-based experiences as providing the student Students in all Counselor Education programs take 851, ED SP 853; and six elective hours selected from with a realistic perspective on the field; an integrating written final examinations, which are graded on a a department-approved list. experience for knowledge and skills acquired in the pass/fail basis. Passing this examination is required classroom; a situation that maximizes self-awareness, for the degree. With the advisor’s permission, stu- Field Experiences—15 credits: ED C 830, 841 self-direction and self-evaluation; and feedback on dents are eligible to take the final examination. At Testing Requirements his/her progress and development. least two committee members must pass the student. In addition to successful completion of the written If a student does not pass the written final examina- final examination, students must pass the PRAXIS Clemson University acknowledges the importance tion, the major advisor may recommend a second of close supervision in practica or internship place- II Subject Assessment test in School Guidance and written or oral examination. This recommendation Counseling. The score must be reported to Clemson ments as a means of maximizing student training and may be during the same semester or in the follow- preventing inadvertent harm to clients. Practica and and must be recorded in the student’s file before ing one. If the student fails the written examination certification verification will be sent to any State internships are designed so the focus and intensity twice, he/she will be removed from the program. of supervision will change as students acquire com- Department of Education. petent beginning, intermediate and advanced skills. Clinical Mental Health Counseling The University and site supervisors provide each Student Affairs Emphasis supervisee with periodic performance and evaluation Emphasis Students with an emphasis in Student Affairs will feedback throughout the supervised experience. At Students with an emphasis in Clinical Mental Health demonstrate the ability to work effectively with no point is any student to engage in any field-based Counseling will demonstrate an ability to work effec- faculty, students, administrators and other members practicum experience without the permission of the tively with community and other agency personnel; of the academic community; preparation for employ- major advisor. an ability to meet qualifications for certification ment in higher education settings in a variety of roles; or licensure; understanding and skills related to the ability to act as consultants throughout the higher Practica for the clinical and mental health and school counseling needs in the environment in which they education setting; understanding and skills related counseling emphases require 100 hours, and intern- choose to work; a high degree of self-understanding; to counseling and developmental needs at the post- ships require 600 hours of on-site counseling and/ an ability to communicate effectively with diverse secondary level; a high degree of self-understanding; or administrative activities, a minimum of one hour cultural groups; a knowledge about counseling across the ability to communicate effectively with all cultural of individual supervision per week, a formal log of the lifespan; human evaluation and research skills; a groups; a high degree of sensitivity and acceptance all activities and regular meetings with the student’s high degree of sensitivity and acceptance of others’ of diversity in thought and action; an awareness of University and site supervisors. The Student Affairs behavior; an awareness of responsibilities specific to a the responsibilities of student affairs practitioners to emphasis requires one practicum of 100 hours and variety of community agencies; and ethical practices. the developmental needs and maintenance of quality two internships of 150 hours each. Additional information is available at www.grad. experiences for students, faculty members, admin- clemson.edu/programs/counseloreducation. istrators and staff; and ethical practice. Additional Each student is assigned a major advisor chosen information is available at www.grad.clemson.edu/ from the Counselor Education faculty. Students are The Clinical Mental Health Counseling Emphasis programs/counseloreducation/student_affairs.php. required to meet with their advisor at least once a requires 60 credit hours arranged as follows: semester to ensure appropriate course sequencing. The Student Affairs Emphasis requires 48 credit Area of Specialization—45 credit hours: ED C 805, hours arranged as follows: Students in the clinical mental health counseling and 810, 811, 812, 813, 814, 815, 816, 818, 821, 822, 823, school counseling programs should plan to take the ED F 701, 778, and three elective hours as approved Core Courses—18 credit hours: ED C 810, 811, 812, written final examination during their final semester by advisor. 814, 815, and three elective hours in the program, with approval from their advisor. Field Experiences—15 credit hours of ED C 836, 846. Field Experiences—nine credit hours: ED C 834, 844 Admission Requirements Students must complete 21 credit hours before par- Applicants must have an undergraduate grade- ticipating in internship. Specialization Courses—21 credit hours: ED C 803, point ratio of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale (last 60 hours of 804, 806, 809, 819 ED L 765, 855 undergraduate coursework). A complete application School Counseling Emphasis Testing Requirements package should include online application, GRE Students with an emphasis in School Counseling In addition to successful completion of the final scores, personal statement, two letters of recom- will demonstrate an ability to work effectively with examination, students also complete an electronic mendation and approval of the Counselor Educa- students, teachers, administrators and other mem- portfolio as part of the program requirements. tion faculty. Applications admission to the Clinical bers of the community, as well as a high level of Mental Health Counseling Emphasis Area are due expertise in counseling appraisal, theory, skills and by February 1 for summer and fall admission; and 2012-13intervention techniques. CURRICULUM AND by October 1 for spring admission. Applications INSTRUCTION Qualification for state and national certification as for the School Counseling Emphasis Area are due Doctor of Philosophy February 1 for summer and fall admission. School school counselors includes an ability to conduct a comprehensive and developmental school guidance The Doctor of Philosophy degree in Curriculum and Counseling does not admit students for spring. Instruction is a research degree that prepares students Applications for admission to the Student Affairs and counseling program; a healthy self-awareness and understanding; counseling within the framework to become scholars who can discover, integrate and Emphasis Area are due by February 1 for summer apply knowledge, as well as communicate and dis- and fall admission; and by October 1 for spring of their respective association’s legal and ethical standards; ability to counsel with sensitivity, caring seminate it. The intent of the program is to prepare admission. Spring admission for Student Affairs is students to make significant original contributions for part-time enrollment only. and an appropriate approach in diverse environments; and ability to perform in a consultative to knowledge in specialized fields. The program The Clinical Mental Health Counseling Emphasis capacity both within and outside of the school prepares students in one of the following specialty also requires a minimum of 12 credit hours of psy- environment. Additional information is available at concentrations: elementary education, English edu- chology and/or sociology, graduate or undergraduate. www.grad.clemson.edu/programs/counseloreducation/ cation, mathematics education, science education, This coursework must be completed prior to enroll- school-counseling.php. social studies education, reading education, or special ment in the program or by the end of the first year education. These areas provide a general structure of the student is enrolled in the program. The School Counseling Emphasis requires 60 credit coursework selections and research emphases; how- hours, arranged as follows: ever, students are encouraged to work with faculty Additional information is available at www.clemson. to design programs uniquely fitted to their areas of edu/hehd/departments/education. School Counseling Core—24 credits: ED C 810, 811, 812, 813, 814, 815, ED F 701, ED L 839 interest. The program of study for the degree is determined by the student’s advisory committee. College of Health, Education and Human Development

Every doctoral student must satisfy all requirements Area of Specialization—24 credit hours of specific English Education Goals—Students completing an of the Graduate School, as well as requirements in courses and minimum requirements determined by emphasis in English Education will demonstrate a coursework, internships, the comprehensive exam, the student’s doctoral committee that must include: research knowledge base that includes the areas of the dissertation proposal and oral defense of the 1. Courses and/or equivalent experiences to demon- teaching composition, literary response, language dissertation as directed by the student’s advisory strate competency in teaching and research practice development, developments in English language, and committee. Students must maintain a B average (for example, ED 894 and 980). multimedia applications for the English classroom. in all graduate work. The degree usually requires a 2. 18 hours of specialized focus. minimum of 65 credit hours beyond the master’s Mathematics Education Goals—Students completing an degree, selected from the areas prescribed by the Dissertation—18 hours of ED (ED F, ED SP) 991 emphasis in Mathematics Education will develop a requirements of the PhD in Curriculum and In- knowledge base in current mathematics education struction. Listed below are the guidelines or normal Elementary Education Emphasis issues, research, and classroom applications and be expectations for a student receiving the PhD degree; Students with an emphasis in Elementary Education able to select and pursue appropriate research topics however, the final determination of the course of will demonstrate (1) in depth knowledge of one or in mathematics education. study is made by the advisory committee. more of the academic areas taught in the elementary school with an understanding of how the different Science Education Goals—Students completing an Graduate courses designated for professional develop- areas relate to the learning and instructional needs emphasis in Science Education will demonstrate an ment are not eligible to be used toward a graduate of all students, in particular, design, implementation understanding of how science process and content degree. and evaluation of curriculum; effective instructional is most effectively learned, the components of state- methods; and current issues and trends affecting of-the art curriculum models, and the utilization of A minimum of three to six hours of internship is teaching and/or learning; and (2) competence in the most effective research methodologies designed required as part of each specialty area. An internship research and evaluation. Students will be expected to expand the theory base. of sufficient time and quality of experiences to war- to apply their research skills to problems and topics rant three to six semester hours of graduate credit Social Studies Education Goals—Students completing an related to elementary school curriculum, instruction, emphasis in Science Education will demonstrate an must be planned and executed to the satisfaction of and ancillary programs. the student’s advisory committee. understanding of how science process and content The Elementary Education Emphasis Area requires is most effectively learned, the components of state- Specialty areas require 6–18 credits in courses outside ED (ED F, ED SP) 980, ED EL 937, 938, plus 21 of-the art curriculum models, and the utilization of the School of Education. This approved coursework additional credit hours approved by the doctoral the most effective research methodologies designed is intended to provide a concentration within the committee. A three-hour internship is required. to expand the theory base. specialty area and/or exposure to disciplines outside the School of Education. The Secondary Education Emphasis requires 30 Reading Education Emphasis credit hours arranged as follows: Admission Requirements Students with an emphasis in Reading will demon- A complete application package should include strate (1) in depth knowledge in the field of reading Concentration—18 credit hours of advanced course- proof of a master’s degree, official undergraduate with an understanding of the learning and instruc- work in a discipline or related areas and graduate transcripts, GRE scores, a résumé tional needs of all students, in particular design, Internship—three to six credit hours showing relevant professional experiences and a implementation and evaluation of curriculum; personal statement of professional history, goals and effective instructional methods; and current issues Advanced studies in the teaching of English, mathematics, aspirations. Candidates passing initial committee and trends affecting teaching and/or learning; and science, or social studies—three hours from the appropri- review are invited for an interview. Students whose (2) competence in basic and applied research and ate area: EDSEC 841, 842, 843, or 844 native language is not English must take the Test evaluation Students will be expected to apply their research skills in the field of reading. Current Literature in Education—three hours from the of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). The appropriate area: EDSEC 846, 847, 848, or 849 deadlines for admission consideration are October The Reading Education Emphasis Area requires 15 and March 15. PSYCH 833, EDLT 939, 944, plus 12 additional Special Education Emphasis Core Requirement Goals credit hours selected from EDLT 884, 885, 886, Students with an emphasis in Special Education The student will be able to critically analyze social, 887, 937, 938, 940, 941, 942, 943, 945. A six-hour will demonstrate: (1) In depth knowledge of dis- historical, psychological, personal and policy factors internship is also required. ability and at-risk characteristics integrated with an in the development and current practices of curricu- understanding of how these characteristics relate to lum and instruction; acquire an understanding of the Secondary Education Emphasis the learning and instructional needs of individuals research processes including practical design, analysis The PhD program in Curriculum and Instruction in the (a) delivery of effective curricular and instruc- and reporting; understand how to use historical, 2012-13with an emphasis in English Language, Mathematics, tional, functional interventions, (b) philosophical correlational, descriptive and experimental methods Natural Sciences, or Social Studies has five possible and social contexts of special and general education, within research; be able to analyze critically and evalu- professional market niches. The student’s program for and (c) legal and organizational context of special ate research reports; and be able to prepare scholarly, each niche will contain appropriate study in both that and general education; and (2) competence in basic research-based reports and presentations. subject area and that niche to provide the necessary and applied research and evaluation, emphasizing skills to be a productive professional. These five niches special methodological concerns and evaluation of Course Requirements are (1) an English language, mathematics, science, services with individuals with disabilities and at-risk The Curriculum and Instruction Program require- or social studies teacher educator in higher educa- characteristics. ments are as follows: tion; (2) a subject-specific curriculum coordinator or The Special Education Emphasis requires ED Doctoral Seminar—Two credit hours. curriculum supervisor in a medium to large school district, state department of education, or federal (ED F, ED SP) 980, ED SP 853, 930, 934, 935, Core—21 credit hours of core coursework represented government agency; (3) a teacher of English language, and 12 credit hours of elective coursework that may by the following areas: Curriculum, Instruction and mathematics, science, or social studies in a small four- include ED 901, 938, ED SP 936, 937. Assessment. Students successfully complete at least year or community/technical college; (4) a curriculum four courses representative of both quantitative and developer of secondary English, mathematics, science, qualitative research methods and procedures. or social studies or; (5) an educator of programs in English language, mathematics, science, or social studies in commerce and industry. College of Health, Education and Human Development

EDUCATIONAL Concentration—A minimum of 18 credit hours, Program Requirements selected with the advice of the doctoral advisory All courses are delivered through distance education LEADERSHIP committee, is required. technologies. Students need access to e-mail and the Doctor of Philosophy Research—Students must complete a qualitative re- Internet and the ability to read a CD-ROM or DVD. The PhD program in Educational Leadership search course (e.g., ED F 879), an intermediate and Students also need current versions of operating sys- provides students with a strong background in five advanced research course (e.g., ED F 878, EX ST 801), tems, word processing, spreadsheet and presentation domains: leadership, research, policy, ethics and and a series of directed research core courses (ED L software. Since the required courses involve sending diversity. As the highest academic degree granted by 988, 989, and 990). and receiving large files of information, students will Clemson University, the PhD prepares students to be- need a computer equipped with a Web cam, micro- come scholars who can discover, integrate and apply Cognates—Cognates include courses from another phone and DSL or high-speed internet connection. knowledge as leaders in schools and post-secondary area of study. As a part of the program of study, each The MHRD program consists of 36 credit hours of and community educational institutions and agen- student must complete six graduate credit hours in a coursework arranged as follows: cies. This is accomplished through close association field outside education. All six hours must be from the same discipline and approved by the student’s with and apprenticeship to faculty members experi- First Year enced in research, teaching and administration. doctoral advising committee. Fall Semester Dissertation—A minimum of 18 credit hours (ED L Admission Requirements 3 - H R D 820 Human Performance Improvement 991) is required for the dissertation. Complete application package should include com- 3 - H R D 830 Concepts of Human Resource Dev. petitive GRE scores, official bachelor’s and master’s Internship—All students are required to complete six 6 degree transcripts, three letters of recommendation, hours of field research internship credit (ED L 985 current curriculum vita, and a cover letter. The cover and 986). Spring Semester letter must be two or three pages and should discuss 3 - H R D (CTE) 847 Instructional Syst. Design (1) the candidate’s reasons for pursuing the PhD HUMAN RESOURCE 3 - H R D 880 Research Concepts and Skills degree in Educational Leadership, particularly as 6 relate to career and professional goals (elementary DEVELOPMENT and secondary education or higher education); (2) Master of Human Resource Summer one or more issues on which the candidate might Development 3 - H R D (CTE) 870 Consulting for Education like to do research; and (3) distinguishing character- The human resource field is a specialized blend of and Industry istics that demonstrate the candidate’s potential for education, systems design, consulting, psychology, 3 - H R D 890 Instrumentation for Human success in the program. This letter will be evaluated management and sociology. The Master of Human Performance Improvement as a writing sample. Resource Development (MHRD) degree prepares pro- 6 fessionals to work as trainers/instructional designers, Program Requirements Second Year A student admitted to the Educational Leadership human performance improvement (HPI) specialists Fall Semester program must begin coursework within one year and consultants within business, industry, non-profit 3 - H R D (CTE) 845 Needs Assessment for from the semester of acceptance or reapply for and government organizations. Education and Industry admission. Two concentrations—P12 and Higher HRD/HPI professionals commonly provide diagnos- 3 - H R D (CTE) 860 Instructional Materials Education—are offered for candidates pursuing the tic and intervention strategies related to the areas Development PhD in Educational Leadership. All candidates must of technical and interpersonal skills, management, 6 take a minimum of 58 credit hours of graduate-level human and organizational performance and motiva- courses beyond the master’s degree and complete tion. The MHRD program involves and enhances Spring Semester an 18-hour dissertation project. The program core human performance in the workplace. The program 3 - H R D 849 Evaluation of Training and consists of a minimum of nine credits completed is designed for professionals with three or more years Development/HRD Programs within the first two years of enrollment culminating of experience and is delivered in an interactive on- 3 - H R D 897 Appl. Research and Development in the Preliminary Exam. Upon successful comple- line format. The curriculum consists of 12 courses 6 tion of Preliminary Exam, students consult with delivered over a two-year period in a cohort setting. their doctoral advisory committees establishing their Graduates of the program are capable of utilizing program of studies, including courses in concentra- Summer contemporary instructional and human perfor- 3 - H R D 825 Organizational Performance tion, research, internships and cognates. Internships mance technologies and methodologies. Program Improvement are supervised by a practicing educational leader and 2012-13participants gain valuable skills and knowledge that 3 - H R D 882 Knowledge Management for by a faculty member. The internship experience is accelerate their careers. Improved Performance designed to acquaint the student with the practical applications of education theory in a planned, Admission Requirements 6 extensive and closely monitored opportunity for the Applicants to the MHRD program follow general 36 Total Semester Hours student to work in a setting that reflects the student’s admission procedures as prescribed by the Graduate long-range goals and the requirements for rigorous School. Note: The deadline to apply to the MHRD Students must satisfy requirements for the Graduate applied research. Cognates are courses from academic program is July 1. Every required item in support School, complete the approved program of study fields supporting the student’s research agenda. of the application must be on file by that date. The for the degree, maintain a B average in all graduate Upon completion of program of studies coursework, complete application package should include the coursework and pass a comprehensive exam. students qualify as doctoral candidates by successfully following: baccalaureate degree with a preferred completing a comprehensive exam. The culminating minimum grade-point ratio of 3.0, transcript, résumé, requirement for the program is successful completion letter describing professional goals, two letters of of the dissertation as guided by the major advisor and reference and GRE scores. Applicants must possess the doctoral advising committee. three years of relevant full-time work experience and complete the on-line Keirsey™ Temperament Sorter®- Course Requirements II and Campbell™ Interest and Skill Survey®. These Preliminary Core Courses—The following credits are assessments are available at www.keirseycampbell.com/. required before taking the preliminary exam: ED L (Click on Purchase Here. Use the promotion code 900, 905, 910, plus a research course. CLEMS0N23 to have scores for both assessments sent to the MHRD admissions committee. A nominal fee is charged for these assessments.) College of Health, Education and Human Development

ATHLETIC LEADERSHIP to the reading experience; (3) an understanding of MIDDLE LEVEL CONCENTRATION relationships among the language processes of reading, writing, listening and speaking; (4) support for EDUCATION First Year students in acquiring the ability to monitor compre- Master of Arts in Teaching hension and reading processes and apply appropriate Fall Semester The Master of Arts in Teaching degree is designed for strategies for a variety of purposes; knowledge of as- 3 - H R D 820 Human Performance Improvement mid-career professionals who are seeking to change sessments that involve multiple indicators of learner 3 - H R D 830 Concepts of Human Resource Dev. fields and for students with backgrounds in content progress; (5) development of an environment that areas who are not currently certified to teach. The 6 motivates students to pursue and respond to reading program in Middle Level Education possesses several Spring Semester and writing for personal growth and development; intrinsic advantages over other initial certification 3 - H R D (CTE) 847 Instructional Syst. Design (6) understanding of English language learners’ programs. Most importantly, it places well-prepared 3 - H R D 880 Research Concepts and Skills literacy and language development and expertise in candidates in the classroom in a timely manner. An supporting their literacy learning through strategic 6 individual possessing a bachelor’s degree in a content teaching; (7) classroom-based research in reading; and or closely related field is given an intensive one-year, Summer (8) expertise in sharing knowledge of reading research field-based experience. He/she can then expect to and instructional practices with peers. 3 - A L 862 Psychological Issues and Collegiate start in the classroom as a first year teacher after a full academic year (including summer sessions). Athletics Admission Requirements 3 - H R D 890 Instrumentation for Human Complete application package should include a The objectives of the Master of Arts in Teaching in Performance Improvement completed application, statement of purpose (pro- Middle Level Education are to promote the entrance 6 fessional goals and philosophy of teaching), a valid of content-ready individuals into the South Carolina teaching certificate, two letters of recommendation, classroom in a timely manner and to provide a rig- Second Year an undergraduate transcript with a grade-point ratio orous yet plausible route for individuals seeking to Fall Semester of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale (last 60 hours), and competitive change careers and enter teaching. 3 - A L 849 Athletic Leadership Development GRE scores. 3 - H R D (CTE) 860 Instructional Materials Admission Requirements Program Requirements Development Acceptance is based on a combination of test scores, The program requires 36 credit hours of coursework interviews and academic record. Applicants are ex- 6 and a satisfactory score on the final exam. The follow- pected to take the Praxis II exams in the two content Spring Semester ing courses are required of all students: ED F 702, areas in which they plan to receive certification. They 3 - A L 864 Ethical Issues in Collegiate Athletic 808, EDLT 860 (prerequisite for ESOL Emphasis), are required to have passed one of these Praxis II Administration 861, 862, 863, 864, 865, 866. exams to be admitted to the program. 3 - H R D 897 Appl. Research and Development The MEd in Literacy offers five plans for completion Program Requirements 6 of course requirements: The MAT program, offered at the University Center of Greenville, is composed of three elements: core Reading Teacher and Reading Consultant Certifica- Summer pedagogical coursework, content coursework and tions—In addition to the required core courses above, 3 - A L 861 Athletic Leadership for Intercollegiate an intensive field-based component. Core courses students must take nine additional credit hours of Administration are taken by cohort students in a block—two during reading/language arts courses selected from ED F 3 - H R D 882 Knowledge Management for first summer session, three in the fall and three 880, ED SP 820, ENGL 700, EDLT 867, 868, 869, Improved Performance in the spring. This includes six hours of Methods 870, 871, 872, 873, 882, 883. 6 Practicum, three in each area of content certification. Reading Teacher and Reading Consultant Certifications These six credit hours meet the State’s requirements 36 Total Semester Hours Plus Reading Recovery Training—(Three years teaching for student teaching. The remaining 12 credit hours Students must satisfy requirements for the Graduate experience are recommended as training prereq- are taken individually in the content areas. School, complete the approved program of study uisite.) In addition to the required courses above, Students in the MAT block begin during the fall for the degree, maintain a B average in all graduate students are required to take EDLT 880, 881, and semester when public schools begin. They spend the coursework and pass a comprehensive exam. three additional credit hours selected from ED F 880, full day in the schools. ED SP 820, ENGL 700, EDLT 867, 868, 869, 870, LITERACY 871, 872, 873, 882, 883. In the spring, students begin the semester with two 2012-13weeks of intensive classroom work in the three re- Reading Teacher, Reading Consultant and Reading Master of Education maining core courses. These courses are considered Coordinator/Director Certifications—In addition to The purpose of the MEd degree in Literacy is to “bookend” classes that bracket the student teaching the required courses above, students are required educate reading professionals who have an in-depth experience. The methods practicum/student teach- to take nine credit hours arranged as follows: three knowledge of reading theories, processes, strategies, ing includes a portfolio assignment. curriculum and research, and who can use that hours selected from ED C 801, 811, 812; three hours knowledge to plan appropriate reading programs and selected from ED EL 760, EDSEC 765; three hours The MAT in Middle Level Education program re- curricula for a variety of contexts and communicate selected from ED L 705, 720, 730, 735. quires 36 credit hours, arranged as follows: information to a wide variety of audiences. Early Literacy Emphasis with Reading Teacher and Summer Session I Block Courses—ED F 702, 703 Objectives Reading Consultant Certifications—In addition to the required courses above, students are required to take Summer Session II Block Courses—content courses at Graduates with the MEd in Literacy will demonstrate the master’s level approved by advisor (1) an understanding of reading as the process of nine additional credit hours selected from EDLT constructing meaning through the interaction of 870, 871, 872, 873. Fall Semester Block Courses—ED 641, ED F 808, and the reader’s existing knowledge, the information English Speakers of Other Languages with Reading Teacher one three-hour methods course suggested by the written language and the context of and Reading Consultant Certifications and ESOL Certi- Spring Semester Block Courses—ED SP 823, EDLT 867, the reading situation; (2) knowledge of the influence fication Support—In addition to the required courses and one three-hour methods course of cultural, ethnic and linguistic backgrounds on the above, students are required to take ED 839, ED SP reading process and how to use what the reader brings 823, EDLT 870, 874. Content Area Courses—12 credit hours scheduled by the student and advisor College of Health, Education and Human Development

SECONDARY EDUCATION Curriculum research-validated interventions for students with The MAT program is composed of three elements: disabilities in a variety of settings. Successful gradu- Master of Arts in Teaching 1. Core pedagogical coursework (15 hours), ates will evaluate critically the literature in the field, The Master of Arts in Teaching in Secondary Science 2. Content coursework (9 hours), and recognize and evaluate current issues and problems or Secondary Mathematics is a 39 semester hour 3. Practicum and internship components (15 hours) in special education and identify potential solutions program that can be completed in 13 months and is The discipline-specific methods courses, practicum for these problems. offered in the Greenville area. It consists of on-line and content literacy courses, taken in the fall semes- and face-to-face instruction, and more than 100 hours ter, require students to complete a field experience Graduate students must satisfy requirements of the of field experience prior to student teaching. in a local public high school, during which they Graduate School, complete the approved program spend two days per week in the assigned placement. of study for the degree, maintain a B average in all The MAT program is a technologically rich program During the spring semester, students complete a graduate work and pass a final exam. The degree in which students master the fundamentals of teach- 15-week directed internship (student teaching) and requires 36 credit hours. In addition to successfully ing and become skilled at motivating and helping a Capstone Seminar. completing all required coursework and comprehen- students learn either science or mathematics at deep sive exams, candidates must have on record scores for levels. The program addresses content directly related Course of Study all PRAXIS II exams required by South Carolina for to the secondary classroom, educational foundations, Summer Session I (6 credits) certification in their area of specialization (Learning and specific teaching methods that reflect current Summer Session II (6 credits) Disabilities, Intellectual and Developmental Dis- research in the field. • Content Course1 abilities, or Emotional/Behavioral Disorders) prior • Teaching Students with Individual Differences to graduation. The program also provides the courses required for and Exceptionalities initial certification for grades nine through twelve Fall Semester (12 credits) Admission Requirements in South Carolina. The program is geared primarily • Classroom Assessment Methods A complete application package should include a towards adults with a background in science, math- • Content Area Literacy bachelor’s degree, a valid teaching certificate, two let- ematics, or a related discipline who wish to change • Tests and Measures ters of recommendation, an undergraduate transcript careers and enter the teaching field. • Classroom Management with a grade-point ratio of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale (last 60 MAT Spring Semester Session I (12 credits) Admission Requirements hours), and competitive GRE scores. • Directed Internship (student teaching) The optimal entry point into the MAT Program is • Internship and Research Seminar Program Requirements during the Summer I term with a projected gradua- Summer Session I (3 credits) Required Courses—ED F 778, ED SP 820, 821, 822, tion the following summer. The program application • Content Course1 823, 841, 853, 854 deadline is April 1. Note1: Content area courses must be approved by Area of Emphasis—9-12 credit hours To be considered for admission, individuals must: the program advisor. Students choose from one of the emphasis areas • Complete the online application to the Clem- below. Courses in each area partially fulfill require- Total Hours: 39 son University Graduate School. To ensure full ments for South Carolina certification in that area. consideration, applications must be received by the April 1 deadline. On the application, select Program Requirements Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities Disorders—ED SP Program Code 385 (Secondary Education) and Completion of the MAT for Secondary Science or 669, 674, 675*, 678 Mathematics degree program is dependent upon: indicate either science or mathematics within the Learning Disabilities—ED SP 670, 675*, 676 application. • Completion of all required prerequisites • Submit official transcripts from all prior institu- • A record of all state-required Praxis II exams on Mental Retardation—ED SP 672, 673, 679 tions from which a degree was awarded or from file at Clemson University, prior to student teaching. This includes a passing score on the 0030 or which transfer credit is desired. A Bachelor's Electives—Three credit hours are required. EDLT 0070 for science students or the 0061 for math degree or higher is required from an accredited 865 is recommended for those intending to work students. Note: Passing scores on the following institution. Prior coursework should show com- in elementary settings. ED SP 840 is recommended tests are required for certification. for those intending to work in secondary settings. pletion of at least 30 semester credits with a C or Science: 0030 or 0070: 0624 * better in the certification area or closely related Math: 0061, 0063, and 0624 ED SP 675 is required for South Carolina certification in discipline. Note: Additional coursework may be Additional information can be found at Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities and should be included in required to address deficiencies. the program of study in lieu of elective hours unless it has been http://www.ets.org/praxis/sc/requirements taken previously. • Provide evidence of content mastery in desired •Completion of all coursework with a grade of field. Students are strongly encouraged to submit C or better a passing score on the 0030 or 0070 Praxis II 2012-13 •Successful completion of student teaching TEACHING AND LEARNING exam for science or the 0061 Praxis II exam for experience mathematics as evidence with their application. Master of Education A passing score must be on file at Clemson prior The Master of Education in Teaching and Learning to student teaching. SPECIAL EDUCATION includes coursework in research methods and ac- • Complete a departmental interview (can be sched- tion research, educational tests and measurement, Master of Education curriculum theory and development, educational uled before or after all application materials have The Master of Education degree in Special Educa- been submitted. psychology, and schooling context. Students may tion ensures that students are knowledgeable in the elect to specialize in one of the following emphasis • Include two recommendations. (Note: Recom- field of special education. The program in Special mendation forms may be sent to recommenders areas: Early Childhood Education, Elementary Education prepares students in one of the follow- Education, Secondary English Education, Second- electronically from the online application, or PDF ing areas: emotional/behavioral disorders, learning recommendation forms can be sent for recom- ary Mathematics Education, Secondary Science disabilities, or mental retardation. The program is Education, or Secondary Social Studies Education. menders to complete and return to the Graduate approved by the Council for Exceptional Children School.) The program is intended to strengthen and enhance (CEC) and follows guidelines prescribed by CEC. teaching skills, promote research and reflection on • Submit TOEFL scores, if English is not the stu- The prescribed program of study enables students to dent's first language. innovative teaching strategies, and expand content identify important legal and policy issues in special knowledge. • Submit a resume and indicate relevant profes- education, demonstrate knowledge of the research sional work experience. Three or more years of processes within the field of special education, professional experience beyond the Bachelor's demonstrate knowledge of specific characteristics degree is recommended. of individuals with mild disabilities and implement College of Health, Education and Human Development

Admission Requirements This program has a strong relationship with youth- 3. Demonstrate leadership that facilitates interdis- A complete application package should include a related agencies/organizations and engages them in ciplinary development and application of ethical bachelor’s degree, a valid teaching certificate, two let- learning and experiential opportunities for students. guidelines and health policy in genetics. ters of recommendation, an undergraduate transcript The Youth Development Leadership program is de- 4. Disseminate research findings to develop health- with a grade-point ratio of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale (last 60 signed to empower students to focus on strengths and care models that incorporate the expanding knowl- hours), and competitive GRE scores. Before enrolling assets within the context of family and community edge of genetics. in any graduate course, the student should arrange that will promote positive youth development; iden- a conference with the major advisor. Courses taken tify and examine physical, emotional, environmental Coursework includes a variety of on-line, Web- prior to this conference may not be acceptable for and social issues related to being a young person in enhanced and traditional classroom settings. Core the degree. Professional development courses will not today’s society; prepare professional educators and courses are available on the Clemson University count toward the degree. Exceptions to the program leaders at all program and management levels for campus, as well as a variety of other institutions. of study must be approved by the student’s advisory careers in schools, agencies, institutions and com- committee, which consists of the major advisor and munity groups that serve youth; train new and cur- Admission Requirements two faculty members from the department in which rent professionals to be well prepared with increased Students applying for the Healthcare Genetics pro- the student has taken coursework. knowledge and enhanced skills in the youth develop- gram will have at least a bachelor’s degree in a related ment area; prepare leaders who will have an immedi- health science discipline from an accredited institu- Degree Requirements ate impact on youth development in South Carolina tion. Other requirements include the following: Graduate students must satisfy requirements for the and around the nation; link formal and non-formal 1. GRE scores equivalent to the current scores of 500 Graduate School, complete the approved program prevention and intervention youth programs to for verbal and quantitative sections and 4.0 for the of study for the degree, maintain a B average in all enhance the learning experience for students; and analytical writing section graduate work and pass a comprehensive exam. The enhance youth serving agencies and organizations by degree maintains 30 credit hours (33 for those who 2. Master’s (MS/MA) thesis or publications. (BS supplying professionals who are competent in child applicants entering without a data-based research have not successfully completed an undergraduate and adolescent growth and development. content reading course). experience will be required to complete satisfactorily The Master of Science in Youth Development Lead- a research project utilizing the six hours of cognate When the student has successfully completed 24 ership requires 36 semester hours of coursework as electives prior to beginning the core courses in the hours toward the degree, he/she may take the final follows: EX ST 801, HEHD 800, 801, 802, 803, 804, doctoral program.) written examination. The examination is arranged 805, 806, 807, 808, 891, 892. at a specified time each semester. 3. Submission of a curriculum vita Admission Requirements 4. Written statement of career goals Core Courses—18 credit hours A complete application package should include proof ED F 778, ED EL 760, ED F 702, 770, ED 860, 808 5. Graduate School application with three letters of of a baccalaureate degree with a minimum grade- recommendation from professionals that address Specialty Courses—12 credit hours point ratio of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale, an acceptable score research and scholarly potential Specialty courses must be chosen in conjunction with on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), a letter the major advisor. Specialty coursework should be of intent and two letters of reference. Experience in 6. Interviews with two faculty members (may be con- related to one of the following emphasis areas: Early the field of youth development is preferred. ducted in person, Polycom, or telephone depending Childhood Education, Elementary Education, Sec- on individual circumstances) ondary English Education, Secondary Mathematics HEALTHCARE GENETICS 7. Cumulative grade-point ratio of 3.4 or higher in Education, Secondary Science Education, or Second- the undergraduate (and/or graduate programs if ary Social Studies Education. Doctor of Philosophy applicable) The interdisciplinary Doctor of Philosophy degree program in Healthcare Genetics, provided through The curriculum is composed of 12 core courses and YOUTH DEVELOPMENT the School of Nursing, offers individuals from mul- three cognate specialties/tracks. The core curriculum LEADERSHIP tiple health-related disciplines the opportunity to provides 34 hours of coursework in the areas of genetics, health policy and ethics, theory development and Master of Science achieve a terminal degree in Healthcare Genetics. The curriculum builds partnerships with more than quantitative and qualitative research methods. In the The Master of Science degree program in Youth six disciplines focusing on genetics, health policy specialty cognates, students pursue advanced study Development Leadership equips students with the and ethics, theory development and quantitative in Basic Genetics [Bench Research], Applied Popula- competencies, knowledge and skills to help young and qualitative research methods. Three specialty tion Genetics as an Interventionist, or Genetics in people develop into healthy, competent, coping and research tracks promote advanced study in Transla- Ethics/Health Policy. Seminars and electives bring contributing citizens. This program prepares students 2012-13tional Genetics [Bench Research], Applied Popula- the cognate hours to 18. With 18 hours of disserta- to address issues facing youth in the context of fam- tion Genetics as an Interventionist, or Genetics in tion (requirements met as manuscripts submitted for ily and community with an emphasis on positive Ethics/Health Policy. preparation), the total credit hours required is 70. outcomes through a dynamic learning environment. This can be accomplished full-time over a four-year The PhD program in Healthcare Genetics prepares The MS in Youth Development Leadership program period, including two summers of study. interdisciplinary scientists to extend the knowledge is an interdisciplinary degree primarily involving base relevant to healthcare genomics, translate The coordinator of the PhD program in Healthcare departments and units in the College of Health, research to advance the application of genomics Genetics, in concert with individual faculty advisors, Education and Human Development but also includ- in healthcare and collaborate in interdisciplinary will work with each student to determine the require- ing academic areas from other colleges and units at research and practice. ments for their program of study. The plan of study the University. This program is designed to meet the for a student entering with a bachelor’s degree will needs of students who are also working profession- Objectives of the program are as follows: be developed that reflects prior coursework, required als. All courses are offered in an accelerated format 1. Collaborate with other disciplines to generate prerequisites and data-based research experiences. and are delivered through a variety of asynchronous knowledge and develop theories that focus on the Students without previous biochemistry courses will and synchronous distance education technologies. genetic aspects of actual and potential health prob- be required to take BIOCH 632 or its equivalent. Minimum technology requirements for this program lems of diverse individuals, families, groups and include access to e-mail and the Internet with the Comprehensive exams and 18 hours of dissertation communities while addressing health disparities. ability to read CD-ROMs and DVDs. research are required (to be developed as a manu- 2. Formulate health promotion, disease prevention, script for publication). and treatment strategies that translate and integrate genomic knowledge from a variety of disciplines. College of Health, Education and Human Development

INTERNATIONAL in volunteer and/or professional public service is nurse administrator, or nurse educator); evaluate desirable. Students must submit GRE and/or Miller’s and apply research findings from nursing and related FAMILY AND COMMUNITY Analogy Test scores, three letters of recommenda- disciplines to advanced nursing practice; participate STUDIES tion from professionals familiar with the applicant’s in the development of nursing knowledge by iden- Doctor of Philosophy academic work and/or community service, and a tifying researchable nursing problems, conducting 500-word essay on the applicant’s career aspirations research and selectively integrating research findings Certificate and goals and their relation to this graduate program. in advanced nursing practice; utilize leadership, The doctoral program in International Family Students for whom English is not the first language management, teaching knowledge and competence to and Community Studies educates professionals to are also required to submit TOEFL scores. Both U.S. influence nursing practice; participate as a leader to generate, diffuse, and apply knowledge needed to and international students are welcome, as are both influence health policy and improve the health care strengthen communities’ capacity for family support, new graduates and experienced professionals. delivery system; and contribute to the advancement meaningful participation, and strong relationships, of the nursing profession. including mutual assistance. The program prepares Program Requirements graduates as (1) scholars in interdisciplinary institutes The degree requires 66 credit hours of postbacca- All graduate courses are based at the University or academic departments on child and family studies, laureate work. A minimum of 30 hours is required Center of Greenville. of postmaster’s degree students. The normal course social policy studies, international studies, or com- Admission Requirements munity development; or (2) researchers, planners, or of study requires four years for postbaccalaureate students. In addition to meeting University admission require- administrators in domestic or international governments, applicants should be graduates of nationally- mental or nongovernmental agencies concerned with The program requires FCS 810, 811, 820, 821, 822, accredited baccalaureate nursing programs; must children, families, and/or communities. 830, 831, 832, 833, 836; plus twelve credits selected have had an undergraduate statistics course, com- The program is based in the Institute on Family from ANTH 603, FCS 840, 892, PSYCH 810, 811, puter course, or equivalent; and must demonstrate and Neighborhood Life and relies on the Institute’s or SOC 805. evidence of current basic client assessment skills. In addition, students must document recent significant ties with related university programs in Africa, Asia, In addition, six credits of language studies are re- Europe, and Latin America. Students also have the nursing practice which is defined as 600 hours during quired. (These credits may be at the undergraduate the 12 months prior to acceptance into the program. opportunity to participate in the Institute’s commu- level.) Eighteen credits of dissertation research (FCS nity development, policy consultation, and empirical Nursing Administration majors must complete an 991) are required. Students entering postbaccalaure- undergraduate accounting course. research projects in South Carolina and other states ate must also complete six hours of FCS 890. and nations. With its focus on family and community life, the Certificate PARKS, RECREATION AND program touches on the most fundamental aspects of With the approval of the Institute Director or As- TOURISM MANAGEMENT people’s everyday lives. Blending the humanities, the sociate Director, domestic or international students Master of Science social sciences, and various professional disciplines, with a bachelor’s degree are admitted to the certificate the program may be unique in its integration of nor- program. Doctor of Philosophy The Department of Parks, Recreation and Tourism mative analysis (i.e., philosophical, legal, and religious With advice from an Institute faculty member, stu- studies), empirical research, and community develop- Management offers a Master of Science degree (MS dents select one of four tracks and develop a plan of thesis and non-thesis) and a Doctor of Philosophy ment. With a foundation in the study of human rights study based on courses selected from the following: as applied to children and families around the world, degree (PhD). Flexibility permits individual develop- FCS 810, 811, 812, 820, 821, 822, 830, 831, 832, 833, ment in professional interest areas such as therapeutic the program builds a comparative understanding of 835, 840, 890, 892, 893. U.S., foreign, and international law and policy on recreation; travel and tourism management; recreation child and family issues and of the significance of resource management and interpretation; and com- democracy for the well-being of individuals, families, NURSING munity recreation, sport and camp management. Each and communities. Students acquire an appreciation student’s program is tailored to suit his/her personal of the role of civil society (e.g., voluntary associations Master of Science and professional goals. Applicants from nonrecreation and nonprofit organizations) and primary com- The Master of Science degree program with a major disciplines are required to develop background knowl- munity institutions (e.g., schools) in promoting and in Nursing builds upon the first professional de- edge of recreation through undergraduate coursework. maintaining democracy. Such studies provide the gree. The student acquires knowledge and skills in Applicants for the MS (thesis) and Ph.D must submit foundations for an understanding of the principles advanced nursing: clinical nurse specialist (CNS), GRE scores. nurse practitioner (NP), nurse administration, or and practices of community development and trans- The Master of Science (thesis) degree is designed for formation, humanitarian assistance, and responsive 2012-13nursing education. The student may select one of the following study options: child/adolescent nursing individuals planning to undertake doctoral study or human services. The important role and features of seek employment in a research-related position. The effective informal mutual assistance mechanisms in (CNS), adult/gerontological nursing (CNS), adult/ gerontological nurse practitioner (ANP), family Master of Science (non-thesis) degree is designed community life and their meaning for children and for practitioners desiring an advanced degree or families are also explored. nurse practitioner (FNP), nurse administration, or nursing education. All graduate options articulate those looking for a career change but unable or not To provide a richer understanding of human develop- with the baccalaureate program in the continued interested in earning a degree in residence. Candi- ment and family life and to build skills for work in acquisition of advanced nursing knowledge and dates who select the thesis option must complete a diverse cultures, international study is emphasized. skills. This specialization builds toward advanced minimum of 30 hours of coursework and six hours of Students are encouraged to become proficient in nursing knowledge in selected practice and role research culminating in a thesis. Students who select studies of world regions and in communication in a areas. Theory, research and role development are the non-thesis program must complete 27 hours of language other than their own. Building on the Insti- emphasized to enable graduates to participate in the coursework and a three-hour culminating project. tute’s relationships with universities in developing and development of nursing knowledge and contribute to The non-thesis option is delivered entirely online. transitional countries, students often spend time at an the advancement of the nursing profession. The Doctor of Philosophy is an advanced research affiliated center outside North America, where they degree requiring performance of original research engage in supervised research and/or public service. The objectives of the Master of Science degree program in Nursing are to provide graduates with the ability leading to a dissertation. Comprehensive and final Admission Requirements to integrate advanced knowledge from nursing and examinations and 18 hours of dissertation research Applicants must hold a bachelor’s or a master’s related disciplines into a specialized area of nurs- are required. Coursework is determined by each degree from an accredited degree program. In ing practice; demonstrate competence in a selected student’s doctoral committee. addition to strong academic performance, experience functional role (clinical specialist, nurse practitioner, Courses of Instruction

Early Childhood Education...... ED EC Packaging Science...... PKGSC Courses of East Asian Studies...... E A S Pan African Studies...... P A S Economics...... ECON Parks, Recreation and Tourism Management....PRTM Instruction Education...... ED Performing Arts...... P A Educational Counseling...... ED C Philosophy...... PHIL Educational Foundations...... ED F Physical Science...... PH SC This list includes for each course the catalog number, Educational Leadership...... ED L Physics...... PHYS title, credit hours, class and laboratory hours per Electrical and Computer Engineering...... E C E Planning, Design and the Built Environment....PDBE week, description and prerequisites. Elementary Education...... ED EL Plant and Environmental Sciences...... PES A secondary listing in parentheses indicates that this Engineering...... ENGR Plant Pathology...... PL PA course is cross-listed with another program. Engineering and Science Education...... ESED Plant Physiology...... PL PH Engineering Graphics...... E G Policy Studies...... PO ST Graduate credit may be earned only for courses Engineering Mechanics...... E M Political Science...... PO SC numbered 600 or above. Each 600-level course car- English...... ENGL Portuguese...... PORT ries a 400-level undergraduate counterpart. Students Entomology...... ENT Psychology...... PSYCH who receive graduate credit in such courses must do Environmental and Natural Resources...... E N R Public Administration...... P ADM extra work of an appropriate nature as determined Environmental Engineering and Science...... EE&S Real Estate Development...... RED by the department and are graded according to Environmental Science and Policy...... EN SP Religion...... REL graduate standards. Students who receive credit for Environmental Toxicology...... ENTOX Rhetorics, Communication and the 400-level course may not receive credit later for Executive Leadership and Information Design...... RCID the same course at the 600 level. Entrepreneurship...... E L E Rural Sociology...... R S Courses at the 700 level are designed primarily for Experimental Statistics...... EX ST Russian...... RUSS the degrees that emphasize professional practice Family and Community Studies...... FCS Secondary Education...... EDSEC rather than research. Finance...... FIN Sociology...... SOC Food Science...... FD SC Soils and Sustainable Crop Systems...... SSCS Food Technology...... FD TH Spanish...... SPAN COURSE ABBREVIATIONS Forestry...... FOR Special Education...... ED SP Accounting...... ACCT Forestry and Natural Resources...... F N R Systems Engineering...... SYS E Aerospace Studies...... A S French...... FR Theatre...... THEA Agricultural Education...... AG ED Genetics...... GEN Vocational-Technical Education...... VT ED Agricultural Mechanization and Business...... AG M Geography...... GEOG Wildlife and Fisheries Biology...... W F B Agriculture...... AGRIC Geology...... GEOL Women’s Studies...... W S Agriculture, Forestry and Life Sciences...... AFLS German...... GER American Sign Language...... A S L Graduate Studies...... G S Animal and Veterinary Sciences...... AVS Graphic Communications...... G C ACCOUNTING Anthropology...... ANTH Great Works...... G W ACC T 604 Individual Taxation 3(3,0) Interpretation Applied Economics...... AP EC Health...... HLTH of federal income tax laws, regulations and court Architecture...... ARCH Healthcare Genetics...... HCG decisions with practice in application of these laws Art...... ART Health Administration...... M H A to the returns of individuals, partnerships and cor- Art and Architectural History...... A A H Health, Education and Human porations. Preq: ACCT 311 with a C or better. Development...... HEHD Astronomy...... ASTR ACCT 610 Budgeting and Executive Control 3(3,0) Historic Preservation...... H P Athletic Leadership...... A L Study and application of selected techniques History...... HIST Automotive Engineering...... AU E used in the planning and control functions of Horticulture...... HORT Biochemistry...... BIOCH business organizations. Preq: ACCT 303 with a Human Resource Development...... H R D Bioengineering...... BIO E C or better. Biological Sciences...... BIOSC Humanities...... HUM ACCT 821 Controllership 3(3,0) Advanced internal Biology...... BIOL Industrial Engineering...... I E accounting emphasizing accounting implications Biomolecular Engineering...... BMOLE Integrated Pest Management...... I P M for management decision making. Preq: ACCT Biosystems Engineering...... B E Italian...... ITAL 303 or equivalent. Botany...... BOT 2012-13Japanese...... JAPN Business...... BUS Landscape Architecture...... LARCH ACCT 851 Tax Research 3(3,0) Tax research meth- Business Administration...... M B A Language...... LANG odology as applied to the solution of routine and Calhoun Honors Seminar...... C H S Language and International Trade...... L&IT complex tax problems emphasizing the methodol- Career and Technology Education...... CTE Latin...... LATIN ogy of solution rather than a specific tax area. Preq: Chemical Engineering...... CH E Law...... LAW ACCT 404 or equivalent. Chemistry...... CH Leisure Skills...... L S ACCT 852 Financial Accounting Theory and Chinese...... CHIN Library...... LIB Research 3(3,0) Evolution of financial accounting City and Regional Planning...... C R P Literacy...... EDLT theory and its application to contemporary report- Civil Engineering...... C E Management...... MGT ing. Emphasis is on learning to research, document Clemson University...... C U Marketing...... MKT and present a rationale for a recommended alter- College of Engineering and Science...... CES Materials Science and Engineering...... MS&E native. Research problems are derived from actual Communication Studies...... COMM Mathematical Sciences...... MTHSC audit disputes concerning financial presentation. Community and Rural Development...... C R D Mechanical Engineering...... M E Preq: ACCT 313 or equivalent. Computer Science...... CP SC Microbiology...... MICRO ACCT 853 Advanced Accounting Problems 3(3,0) Construction Science and Management...... C S M Military Leadership...... M L Study of specialized aspects of financial reporting, Crop and Soil Environmental Science...... CSENV Music...... MUSIC including business combinations, fund accounting Dance...... DANCE Nonprofit Leadership...... NPL and emerging practices and developments in finan- Design Studies...... DSIGN Nursing...... NURS cial accounting. Preq: ACCT 313 or equivalent. Digital Production Arts...... D P A Nutrition...... NUTR Courses of Instruction

ACCT 854 Ethical, Professional and Societal Re- ACCT 871 Federal and State Income Taxation of AG ED 640 Program Development in Adult/ sponsibilities 3(3,0) Study of ethical and societal Corporations 3(3,0) Discusses tax principles and Extension Education 3(3,0) Principles, theory and responsibilities and constraints that define and concepts involved in corporate-shareholder trans- practice in planning and conducting educational affect the practice of accountancy. Includes selected actions, tax planning of corporations, Subchapter programs in adult/extension settings. Preq: Junior readings and cases. Preq: ACCT 404 and 415, or C and related provisions of the Internal Revenue standing or consent of instructor. equivalent. Code. Preq: ACCT 404 or equivalent. AG ED (CTE, ED F) 680 Digital Technology in ACCT 855 Governmental and Nonprofit Account- ACCT 872 Taxation of Flowthrough Entities 3(3,0) the 21st Century Classroom 3(2,2) See ED F 680. ing 3(3,0) Provides an in-depth understanding of Covers federal income taxation of entities treated AG ED (CTE, ED F) 682 Advanced Educational the unique environment, concepts, and procedures as partnerships, S corporations, estates and trusts. Applications of Microcomputers 3(2,2) See of accounting, financial reporting, auditing, and Preq: ACCT 404 or equivalent. ED F 682. budgeting of governmental and not-for-profit orga- ACCT 873 International and Special Topics in Taxa- AG ED 736 Internship Teaching 3(1,6) Increases nizations. Preq: ACCT 313 or equivalent. tion 3(3,0) Seminar on international and special professional competency and program development ACCT 856 CPA Exam Review–A 0 Preparation for topic areas that impact practicing tax professionals. through classroom and practical experiences in the auditing and attestation section of the Certified Preq: ACCT 404 or equivalent. planning, conducting and evaluating educational Public Accountant exam. Must be completed prior ACCT 874 Tax Aspects of Financial Planning 3(3,0) programs. Offered spring semester only. to receiving MPAcc degree. Does not contribute Covers federal estate and gift tax laws; federal AG ED 737 Internship in Agribusiness Firms 3(1,6) hours toward degree completion. To be taken Pass/ income tax laws related to trusts and estates. Preq: Provides classroom and practical experiences in Fail only. Preq: Enrollment in MPAcc program. ACCT 404 or equivalent. selected agricultural businesses and industries. ACCT 857 CPA Exam Review–B 0 Preparation for ACCT 875 State, Local and Advanced Topics in Students identify and practice entry-level competen- the business environment and concepts section of Taxation 3(3,0) Explores state and local income cies required in selected agribusiness and natural the Certified Public Accountant exam. Must be taxation issues and planning, retirement plans, resource management enterprises. Offered summer completed prior to receiving MPAcc degree. Does deferred compensation plans, IRS practice and session only. not contribute hours toward degree completion. procedures and current sophisticated developments AG ED 750 Special Institute Course: Selected Top- To be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: Enrollment in in taxation. Preq: ACCT 404 or equivalent. ics in Agricultural Education 1-3(1-3,0) Subject MPAcc program. areas organized according to institute needs. Top- ACCT 858 CPA Exam Review–F 0 Preparation for AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION ics vary from course to course. May be repeated the financial accounting and reporting section of for a maximum of nine credits. Preq: Consent of the Certified Public Accountant exam. Must be AG ED 601 Instructional Methods in Agricultural Education 3(2,3) Appropriate methods of teaching instructor. completed prior to receiving MPAcc degree. Does AG ED 801 Systems for Technology Transfer 3(3,0) not contribute hours toward degree completion. vocational agriculture in high schools. Includes procedures for organizing teaching programs, teaching Development of a philosophical foundation and To be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: Enrollment in utilization of cooperative learning strategies and MPAcc program. high school students and directing FFA activities. AG ED 603 Principles of Adult/Extension Educa- techniques to disseminate effectively technological ACCT 859 CPA Exam Review–R 0 Preparation change for expanding clientele and diverse socio- for the regulation section of the Certified Public tion 3(3,0) Overview of adult/extension education and adult learning. Selection of adult education economic environments. Accountant exam. Must be completed prior to AG ED 804 Special Problems 3(2,3) Planning, receiving MPAcc degree. Does not contribute hours providers is reviewed with emphasis on extension. Preq: Junior standing or consent of instructor. conducting and reporting a special problem in toward degree completion. Preq: Enrollment in agricultural and vocational education appropriate MPAcc program. AG ED 615 Leadership of Volunteers 3(3,0) Provides an overview of volunteer management. Examines to students’ needs. ACCT 861 Operational Auditing 3(3,0) Provides AG ED 810 Clinical Research in Agricultural Edu- in-depth understanding of concepts underlying the knowledge, skills and abilities required of professional managers to involve volunteers effectively cation 1-6(0,3-18) Individual work on an assigned operational auditing and experience in planning, research topic in agricultural education. May be conducting and reporting in operational auditing in the work of organizations. AG ED 616 Ethics and Issues in Agriculture and repeated for a maximum of nine credits. Preq: using a risk-based, process and controls focused AG ED (CTE, ED) 889, EX ST 801. approach. Preq: ACCT 415 or equivalent. the Food and Fiber System 3(3,0) Explores ethical theories, concepts of critical thinking and major AG ED 812 Development of Supervised Agri- ACCT 862 Financial Auditing 3(3,0) Advanced cultural Experience Programs 3(3,0) Provides course in financial auditing to provide a framework ethical issues in American agriculture. The major social, political, economic and ethical issues that secondary agriculture teachers with strategies for for thinking about contemporary auditing and as- supervising and guiding students’ supervised agri- surance issues and evaluating alternative rationales arise in connection to the “food and fiber system” 2012-13are examined and potential solutions considered. cultural experiences (SAE). Preq: Student teaching regarding the value and purpose of an audit as well in agricultural education. as conducting financial audit research. Preq: ACCT AG ED 623 Curriculum 3(3,0) Curriculum goals 415 or equivalent. and related planning for career and continuing AG ED 815 Teaching Agricultural and Power education programs. Mechanics 3(2,3) Methods of determining course ACCT 863 Forensics and Analysis 3(3,0) Study of content, organizing teaching modules in logical financial statement analysis with quality assess- AG ED 625 Teaching Agricultural Mechanics 2(1,3) Organizing course content, conducting sequence, equipping shop, teaching agricultural ments and forensic analysis. Includes forecasting, and power mechanics to farm and agribusiness asset and business valuation approaches and other and managing an agricultural mechanics laboratory, shop safety, microteaching demonstrations clientele, providing individualized instruction and special topics. Preq: ACCT 313 or equivalent. developing off-farm experience programs. Offered ACCT 864 Accounting Information Systems 3(3,0) of psychomotor skills and methods of teaching manipulative abilities. summer session of odd-numbered years only. Accounting systems including database concepts, AG ED 821 Theories and Practices of Adult systems design and evaluation, systems controls AG ED 628 Special Studies in Agricultural Edu- cation 1-3(1-3,0) Students study, individually or Education 3(3,0) Study of recent research on adult and systems implementation. Preq: ACCT 322 and learning. Includes a comparison of the assumptions 415, or equivalent. collectively, selected topics and/or problems in agricultural education to meet the particular needs supporting pedagogy and andragogy and teaching ACCT 865 Taxation of Business Decisions 3(3,0) adults through formal classes and community Discusses the interrelationship of taxation and busi- of the clientele enrolled. May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. organizations. Offered spring semester only. Preq: ness decisions. Designed for students not special- ED 302 or PSYCH 201 or equivalent. izing in taxation. Preq: ACCT 404 or equivalent. AG ED 869 Seminar 1-3(1-3,0) Students and faculty review current topics in agricultural education. Courses of Instruction

AG ED (CTE, ED) 889 Research in Education 3(3,0) ANIMAL AND VETERINARY AVS 653 Animal Reproduction 3(2,2) Reproductive Includes problem selection. Investigates types of SCIENCES physiology and endocrinology of mammals with educational research and techniques employed. emphasis on farm animals and frequent reference Includes the use of ERIC system and computer AVS 610 Domestic Animal Behavior 3(3,0) Provides to reproduction in laboratory animals and humans. program packages. Requires interpretation of re- knowledge and understanding of behavior related Preq: AVS 150, 301. search findings. to perception, learning, sociality, reproduction, AVS 655 Animal Reproductive Management 2(1,3) feeding and health for application in production, Physiology and endocrinology of pregnant and AGRICULTURAL training and design of environments for optimum nonpregnant cows are discussed. Emphasis is on health and welfare of domestic animals. Preq: AVS methods of artificial insemination, pregnancy de- MECHANIZATION AND 150, 151 and junior standing. BUSINESS tection and computer record keeping for achieving AVS 611 Animal Growth and Development 3(3,0) a high level of reproductive efficiency in cattle. Preq: AG M 602 Landscape Drainage and Irrigation Integration of the nutritional, physiological and ge- AVS 150, 301; AVS 453 (or concurrent enrollment). 3(2,3) Uses basic soil-water-plant relationships to netic basis for animal growth and development with AVS 665 Animal Physiology I 3(3,0) Advanced study determine the need for and methods of irrigation application to livestock and poultry production. of the physiological systems of domestic animals as and drainage. Topics include irrigation methods, Includes the cellular and molecular mechanisms these systems relate to the integrated functions of drainage needs and drainage methods. Preq or controlling these processes and emphasizes the the body. Exposes students to advanced physiologi- Coreq: AG M 301 or consent of instructor. genes that regulate animal products (meat, eggs, cal concepts and current literature perspectives on a AG M 605 Environmental Control in Animal wool and milk). Preq: AVS 301. variety of body systems and processes. Preq: Introduc- Structures 3(2,3) Design of environmental control AVS 612 Advanced Equine Management 4(3,2) tory physiology and biochemistry. systems for animal production facilities. Topics Further discussion of special considerations of AVS 667 Animal Physiology II 3(3,0) Advanced include effects of the thermal and chemical envi- the equine regarding housing, manure manage- course extending coverage of major and current ronment on animals, ventilation system design, ment, nutrition, reproduction, transportation topics in animal physiology across species not pre- thermal design of structural envelopes, design of and behavior. Students gain insight into how viously covered in AVS 465. Major topics include heating, cooling and lighting systems. Emphasis is horses differ from other livestock species and digestive physiology in nonruminant and ruminant on practical, energy-efficient applications to mod- their unique requirements for the above systems. species, reproductive physiology, muscle physiology ern animal production facilities. Preq: AG M 303 Preq: AVS 370. and general aspects of avian physiology. Preq: Intro- or AVS 301 or consent of instructor. AVS 613 Animal Products 3(2,3) Introduction to the ductory course in physiology and biochemistry. AG M 606 Mechanical and Hydraulic Systems 3(2,3) safe and humane production of red meat, poultry, AVS 670 Animal Genetics 3(3,0) Fundamental prin- Study of power transmission systems for agricultural and dairy products. Includes HACCP principles ciples relating to the breeding and improvement of production with emphasis on mobile equipment. and production of value-added animal products. livestock including variation, heredity, selection, Characteristics, requirements and design of both AVS (BIOSC, MICRO) 614 Basic Immunology linebreeding, inbreeding, crossbreeding and other V-belt drive and roller-chain drives are presented. 3(3,0) See MICRO 614. related subjects. Preq: AVS 150. Emphasizes hydraulic power transmission systems, AVS 615 Contemporary Issues in Animal Science AVS (BIOSC) 680 Vertebrate Endocrinology 3(3,0) including pumps, actuators, control devices and 3(3,0) Provides knowledge, understanding and See BIOSC 680. hydraulic circuitry. Preq: AG M 206, PHYS 200 or critical analytical skills on current issues in animal 207, or consent of instructor. AVS 801 Selected Topics 1-3(1-3,0) Current topics agriculture in diverse regional, national and global of special interest in animal, dairy, or veterinary AG M 610 Precision Agriculture Technology 3(2,3) social-cultural and political environments as they Includes principles and hands-on application of sciences not covered in other courses. May be impact animals and man. Preq: Junior standing in repeated for credit. Preq: Consent of coordinating technologies supporting precision agriculture. Top- Animal and Veterinary Sciences. ics include Global Positioning System (GPS) and instructor. AVS 616 Equine Exercise Physiology 4(3,2) Integra- AVS 803 Physiology of Reproduction and Milk Geographic Information System (GIS) software, tion of muscle, bone, cartilage, cardiovascular, and variable rate technologies, collection of spatial Secretion 3(3,0) Advanced concepts of steroido- respiratory systems as related to the equine athlete. genesis, gametogenesis, fertilization, placentation, data, automated guidance of equipment, spatial Encompasses biomechanics, kinetics, and kinesiol- data mapping and analysis, remote sensing and eco- embryogenesis, embryonic-endometrial relation- ogy related concepts specific to the horse. Further ships, parturition and lactation and the influence nomic considerations. Preq: Graduate standing. discussion of diseases related to specific systems is AG M 652 Mobile Power 3(2,3) Study of tractors of hormones on these processes. Students evaluate covered. Preq: AVS 301. the most recent scientific literature in these areas with emphasis on internal combustion engines AVS 617 Animal Agribusiness Development 2(1,2) and support systems necessary for their proper for information, experimental methods and validity Team-based development of a business relating of authors’ conclusions and select a problem, review functioning; application of power, maintenance, 2012-13to the animal industries. Students develop the related literature and write a research proposal for adjustment and general repair. Preq: PHYS 200, business from the initial idea through operations. 207, or consent of instructor. solving the problem. Preq: AVS 453 and 461 or Focuses on the development of the business plan, consent of instructor. AG M 660 Electrical Systems 3(2,3) Students in including financials, personnel management, and A V S 808 Monogastric Nutrition 3(3,0) Basic agriculture and related curricula study electric resources needed. Preq: ACCT 201 and AP EC 202 and other utilities on the farm and in the home. concepts and current research related to nutrient or consent of instructor. requirement and metabolism of poultry, swine Selection, installation and maintenance of wiring AVS 620 Poultry Science On-line 3(3,0) On-line systems, lighting systems, motors, controls, water and other monogastric species. Preq: NUTR 401 course covering the physiology, nutrition, health, or 451. systems and waste disposal systems are emphasized. reproduction, genetics, breeding, housing and man- Preq: Junior standing. A V S 809 Ruminant Nutrition 3(3,0) Microbio- agement of commercial poultry species including logical, biochemical and physiological processes AG M 771 Selected Topics in Agricultural Mecha- the processing of meat and egg products. nization 1-3(1-3,0) involved in the synthesis of amino acids, proteins Selected topics not covered in AVS 643 AVS International Experience 1-3(1-3,0) other courses. Performance is measured by oral or and B-vitamins; relation of these processes to Preplanned and approved international educa- utilization of proteins, lipids, and fibrous and written reports or examinations. May be repeated tion/cultural experience supervised by an Animal for a maximum of six credits. nonfibrous feed ingredients; properties and func- and Veterinary Sciences faculty member. Periodic tions of nutrients, nonprotein nitrogen compounds AG M 781 Special Problems 1-3(1-3,0) Independent reports or record keeping are required. Final report and growth-promoting substances for dairy cattle, analysis through literature review and laboratory or and oral presentation are required at the end of beef cattle and sheep. Preq: NUTR 401 or consent field research. Requires written documentation. the experience. May be repeated for a maximum of instructor. May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. of four credits. To be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: Consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

AVS 820 Animal and Veterinary Sciences Graduate AP EC (C R D) 612 Regional Economic Develop- AP EC (ECON) 801 Microeconomic Theory 3(3,0) Seminar 1(1,0) Ongoing research, evaluation of ment Theory and Policy 3(3,0) See C R D 612. See ECON 801. research needs, research techniques, critical reviews AP EC 613 Advanced Real Estate Appraisal 3(3,0) AP EC (ECON) 802 Advanced Economic Concepts and discussions of published research in all areas of Topics include highest and best use analysis, and Applications 3(3,0) See ECON 802. the animal, dairy and veterinary sciences. data collection and analyses. Advanced appraisal AP EC (ECON) 804 Applied Mathematical Eco- A V S 821 Nutritional Bioenergetics 2(2,0) Quanti- procedures for income, cost and comparable sales nomics 3(3,0) Discusses mathematical tools needed tative approach to the losses of dietary energy dur- approach to real estate valuation are stressed. Emi- in economic analysis; matrix algebra, differentia- ing digestion and metabolism; factors governing the nent domain, the appraisal of property in transition, unconstrained and constrained optimization, energetic efficiency of different biological functions tion and specialized property are covered. Offered integration and linear programming. in animals and man; regulation of energy balance; spring semester only. Preq: AP EC 313, FIN 307, AP EC (ECON) 806 Econometrics I 3(3,0) Appli- body temperature regulation; techniques of calo- or consent of instructor. cation of econometric techniques and stochastic rimetry. Preq: BIOCH 623 or equivalent; NUTR AP EC 621 Globalization 3(3,0) Utilizes basic prin- models to economic problems. Considers distri- 601 or 651 or equivalent; or consent of instructor. ciples of international economics (comparative bution theory, simple and multiple regression AVS 822 Special Problems 1-3(0,3-9) Laboratory, advantage, free trade vs. protectionism, exchange modeling, hypothesis testing and other issues in library, or field study of problems related to animal, rate determination, etc.) to analyze the contempo- regression analysis. dairy and veterinary sciences emphasizing develop- rary problems and issues of the world economy. AP EC (ECON) 808 Econometrics III 3(3,0) See ment and testing of hypotheses and reporting of Emphasizes application of economic principles to ECON 808. results. May be repeated for a maximum of four current globalization trends. Preq: ECON 310 or AP EC (ECON) 809 Advanced Natural Resource credits. Preq: Consent of instructor supervising 412 or 413 or consent of instructor. Economics 3(3,0) study. Applications of economic theory AP EC (CSENV) 626 Cropping Systems Analysis to problems of natural resource management, epis- AVS 825 Immunobiology 3(3,0) Conceptual ap- 3(2,2) See CSENV 626. temological considerations, rent theory, public and proach to immunobiology emphasizing the mo- AP EC 652 Agricultural Policy 3(3,0) Review of pub- private investment criteria, benefit-cost analysis and lecular and cellular aspects. Classical and current lic agricultural policy programs in the United States general equilibrium management models. Offered literature is the major source for the discussion/ and a critical examination of current and proposed spring semester only. Preq: ECON (AP EC) 801 or lecture format. Offered spring semester only. Preq: government policies and programs affecting the ag- consent of instructor. Consent of instructor. ricultural sector of the economy. Includes economic AP EC (ECON) 810 Natural Resources Manage- AVS 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 considerations as related to past and current farm ment and Policy 3(3,0) Economic, institutional AVS 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 price and income problems. Offered spring semester and legal aspects of control and management of only. Preq: AP EC 302, 309. natural resources; concepts of economic science ANTHROPOLOGY AP EC 656 Prices 3(3,0) Review of the basic theory applied to public policy questions related to land of price under competitive conditions and various and water resources. Specialized background in ANTH 603 Qualitative Methods 3(3,0) Methods modifications; nature, measurement and causes economics is not necessary. Offered fall semester and techniques of qualitative field research in- of daily, seasonal and cyclical price fluctuations; only. Preq: Consent of instructor. cluding participant observation, ethnographic geographical price relationships; nature, function interviewing, data analysis and report writing. Preq: AP EC (ECON) 811 Economics of Environmental and behavior of futures markets; government price Quality 3(3,0) See ECON 811. ANTH 201 or consent of instructor. programs. Offered spring semester only. Preq: ANTH (W S) 623 Women in the Developing World AP EC 308, ECON 314, EX ST 462. AP EC 813 Water Resource Economics 3(3,0) Discusses benefit-cost analysis of public water de- 3(3,0) Comparative anthropological study of women AP EC (ECON) 657 Natural Resource Use, Tech- and their status in developing countries around the velopment programs, economic analysis of selected nology and Policy 3(3,0) Focuses on economic water allocation issues, groundwater management, world. A survey of women’s daily lives in a global analyses of actual, efficient and sustainable uses context, emphasizing education, economics, and the pollution abatement, efficient pricing and valua- of natural resources, impacts of technologies that tion, multiple use management, reservoir manage- environment. Case studies include microfinance, affect these uses and policies that affect develop- literacy, reproductive rights and practices, and the ment, wetland protection, minimum stream flows ment and use of such technologies. Resource- for endangered species and environmental and impact of religious fundamentalism on women. technology-policy combinations may vary, but an Preq: Sophomore standing. developmental trade-offs. Preq: AP EC (ECON) 822 example is crude oil, hybrid automotive engines and ECON 823, or consent of instructor. ANTH (BIOSC) 674 Primatology 4(3,3) See BIOSC and fuel economy standards. Preq: MTHSC 102 674. and either C R D (AP EC) 357 or ECON 314 or AP EC (ECON) 816 Labor Economics 3(3,0) See consent of instructor. ECON 816. 2012-13AP EC (ECON) 817 Advanced Production Econom- APPLIED ECONOMICS AP EC 660 Agricultural Finance 3(3,0) Study of ics 3(3,0) Discusses production economics theory in AP EC 602 Production Economics 3(3,0) Economic the principles and techniques of financing in the agricultural sector. Topics include the capital a quantitative framework; technical and economic analysis of agricultural production involving the factor-product, factor-factor, and product-product concept of the farm as a firm, principles for decision situation in agriculture, concepts of farm financial management, use of credit, capital markets, lend- relationships in single- and multi-product firms making, the quantitative nature and use of produc- under conditions of perfect and imperfect competition and cost functions and their interrelations, and ing agencies and estate planning. Offered spring semester only. Preq: ACCT 201, AP EC 202. tion in both factor and product markets. Offered application of these principles to resource allocation spring semester only. Preq: AP EC (ECON) 804 or in farms and among areas. Offered fall semester only. AP EC 675 Economics of Wildlife Management consent of instructor. Preq: AP EC 308, ECON 314. and Policy 3(3,0) Integrated approach to the study AP EC 819 Futures and Options Markets 3(3,0) AP EC 609 Commodity Futures Markets 3(3,0) of the economics of wildlife. Topics include determination of market and nonmarket value, single Introduction to the economic theory and operation Introduction to the economic theory, organization of futures and options markets in the United States. and operating principles of agricultural commodity and multiple species management, enterprise cost and returns, marketing wildlife, leasing methods, Includes determination of prices and price differ- futures markets in the United States. Emphasis is ences, speculation and the use of these markets for placed on speculating, hedging and investing in complementarity and competitiveness with agricultural and forestry enterprises and timber and forward pricing and price risk management. Preq: agricultural commodity futures contracts from the Consent of instructor. standpoint of the agribusiness entrepreneur. Preq: crop damage cost estimates and control. Preq: AP AP EC (ECON) 820 Public Finance 3(3,0) See AP EC 202 or ECON 211. EC 202, ECON 200, FOR 304, W F B 306, or ECON 820. AP EC (C R D) 611 Regional Impact Analysis 3(3,0) consent of instructor. See C R D 611. AP EC (ECON) 800 History of Economic Thought 3(3,0) See ECON 800. Courses of Instruction

AP EC (ECON) 822 Public Policy Economics 3(3,0) AP EC (ECON) 904 Seminar in Resource Econom- ARCH 628 Computer-Aided Design 3(2,3) Intro- Covers contemporary public policy, including price ics 3(3,0) Special problems and recent periodical duction to the concepts, skills and applications of and resource policy, affecting rural areas. Discusses literature relating to the control, management, computer-aided design as they relate to the practice public participation, or the lack thereof, related development, and use of land and water resources of architecture. Preq: Senior standing or consent to programs designed to implement public policy. in the U.S. and in other parts of the world. Offered of instructor. Offered spring semester only. Preq: ECON 314 or fall semester only. Preq: AP EC 603. ARCH 629 Architectural Graphics 3(3,0) Provides equivalent and knowledge of first-year calculus, or AP EC (ECON) 906 Seminar in Area Economic De- students with an understanding of concepts, skills, consent of instructor. velopment 3(3,0) Consideration of recent research techniques and strategies of visual presentation/ AP EC (ECON) 824 Organization of Industry 3(3,0) developments in economic development. Includes graphics as they relate to the design professions— See ECON 824. a review of research publications, journal articles architects/landscape architects. Preq: Graduate AP EC (ECON) 826 Economic Theory of Govern- and other literature. Objectives, analytical tech- standing or consent of instructor. ment Regulation 3(3,0) See ECON 826. niques and procedures are used in area or regional ARCH 630 Theories and Philosophies of Technol- AP EC (ECON) 827 Economics of Property Rights development efforts. Offered spring semester only. ogy and Architecture 3(3,0) Theoretical and prac- 3(3,0) See ECON 827. Preq: AP EC (ECON) 806. tical examination of technology and architecture AP EC (ECON) 828 Applied Demand Analysis AP EC (ECON) 917 Advanced Seminar in Labor from pre-modern and modern viewpoints to study 3(3,0) Analysis of demand by individual households Economics 3(3,0) See ECON 917. its nonneutral role in shaping and reflecting knowl- and consumers in aggregate. Modern approaches AP EC (ECON) 950 Monetary Economics 3(3,0) edge, beliefs and actions within a cultural context. to estimation of demand systems and valuation See ECON 950. ARCH 640 New York Field Study 3(3,0) Study of methods. Preq: AP EC (ECON) 801 or consent AP EC (ECON) 991 Doctoral Dissertation Re- architecture, art, planning and urban design of of instructor. search 1-12 New York. Two weeks’ residence are required with AP EC (ECON) 831 Economic Development 3(3,0) scheduled field trips to relevant sites in all five See ECON 831. ARCHITECTURE boroughs, with counseling to determine research interests. Guidance is provided to resources in AP EC (ECON) 832 Community and Regional ARCH 605 American Architectural Styles 1650– the city. A final report is required. Offered in the Economics 3(3,0) Covers economic theory and 1950 3(3,0) Survey of American architectural styles summer only. research methods needed to understand happen- and the architects responsible for them, from the ARCH 677 Introduction of Craft 1-3(0,2-6) Archi- ings in the regional and community economy and Colonial period to our recent past. Emphasis is on how local and non-local decisions influence local tectural craft lab offered under different material identifying architectural elements that serve as clues specializations, all of which introduce students to economic change. Offered fall semester only. Preq: in determining a building’s architectural style. C R D (AP EC) 612 or consent of instructor. design as informed by craft through a hands-on lab. ARCH 612 Architectural History Research 3(3,0) Basic craft operations and material properties are AP EC 836 Dynamic Optimization with Economic Directed investigations related to the art and ar- introduced for the subject material (wood, steel, Applications 3(3,0) Dynamic optimization entails chitectural history of Europe. May be repeated for etc.) May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. the use of optimal control to solve minimization a maximum of six credits. Preq: Junior standing or Preq: Consent of instructor. or maximization problems in which choice vari- consent of instructor. ARCH 685 History and Theory of Architecture + ables affect how state variables change over time. ARCH 614 Design Seminar 3(3,0) Exploration of Differential or difference equations describe the Health 3(3,0) Introduces relationships between topical issues in architecture, art, construction health and architectural settings for health. Exam- temporal changes. Economic applications pertain and planning. May be repeated for a maximum to actual use and efficient management over time of ines connections between cultural context, medical of six credits. Preq: Junior standing or consent of thought, health-care delivery and health facility financial, human, physical and natural capital. Preq: instructor. Applied mathematical economics or multivariable design within different time periods. Introduces calculus or consent of instructor. ARCH 616 Field Studies in Architecture and contemporary theories on the relationships be- Related Arts 3(0,9) Documentation and analysis tween human beings, their health and well-being AP EC (ECON) 840 International Trade Theory of architectural structures observed during Euro- and the design of the physical environment. Preq: 3(3,0) See ECON 840. pean travels in graphic and written form. May be Consent of instructor. AP EC (ECON) 841 International Finance 3(3,0) repeated for a maximum of six credits. Preq: Junior ARCH 688 Architectural Programming and Pre- See ECON 841. standing or consent of instructor. design 3(3,0) Introduces the theory, mechanics AP EC (ECON) 855 Financial Economics 3(3,0) ARCH 624 Product Design 3(0,9) Furniture and and practice of architectural programming and See ECON 855. product system design with emphasis on ergonom- post-occupancy evaluation. Presents programming AP EC 881 Internship in Community and Re- ics and the relationship of form and materials. Preq: as a means to create architectural settings sensitive source Development 1-6 Supervised employment 2012-13Senior standing and consent of instructor. to the needs of their inhabitants. Emphasizes col- in an agency dealing with socioeconomic aspects, ARCH 625 Energy in Architecture 3(3,0) Climate laborative methodologies that involve identifying community development and/or natural resource design methodology and its influence on building relevant goals, facts, issues, needs and concepts. management. Monthly reports covering the stu- energy patterns and architectural form. Preq: Senior Students develop an architectural program. Preq: dent’s experience are required. Preq: 18 semester standing and consent of instructor. Consent of instructor. hours of graduate credit. ARCH 626 Architectural Color Graphics 3(3,0) ARCH 699 Selected Topics in Architecture 1-3(1- AP EC 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 Architectural color graphics by computer. Theories 3,0) Study of selected topics in architecture. May be AP EC 899 Selected Topics 1-3(1-3,0) Selected topics of color classification and interaction; application repeated for a maximum of nine credits, but only if under the guidance of a professor. May be repeated of color theories to art and architecture. Preq: different topics are covered. Preq: Junior standing for a maximum of six credits. Consent of instructor. or consent of instructor. AP EC (ECON) 901 Price Theory 3(3,0) See ARCH 627 Advanced Color Graphics 3(3,0) ARCH 801 Architecture Seminar 3(3,0) Contempo- ECON 901. Theories of color classification and interaction; rary issues in the architectural profession. AP EC 903 General Equilibrium and Welfare three-dimensional color modeling by computer; ARCH 803 Theories of Architecture 3(3,0) Evolu- Theory 3(3,0) Second in a two-course sequence in advanced application of color theories to art tion of architectural theories from Vitruvius to advanced price theory covering the capital theory and architecture. Preq: ARCH 426 or consent of the present. Emphasis is on the writings of leading and the determination of the rate of interest. Of- instructor. architects and theorists and the impact of these fered spring only. Preq: ECON (AP EC) 901. theories on architectural solutions. Courses of Instruction

A RCH 804 Seminar in Modern Masters 3(3,0) In- ARCH 841 Architecture Studio I 6(0,12) Studio ARCH 861 Architectural History and Theory II depth examination of one or more related groups course focused on increasingly complex works of 3(3,0) Study of architecture and urbanism from of architects from the 20th century (Kahn, Scarpa, architecture at various scales for different physical 1850 to 1950 through thematic investigations, Barrigan, Wright, Corbusier, etc.). Content varies site conditions. Preq: ARCH 810 or equivalent. historical narratives and social critiques in order to from semester to semester. Preq: ARCH 861 or ARCH 842 Architecture Studio II 6(0,12) Studio reveal past theorists’ and practitioners’ responses equivalent. course focused on architectural materials and as- to those cultural and technological changes that ARCH 810 Visualization and Representation I sembly. Course is comprised of architectural design remain similar today. Close readings of primary and 3(3,0) Develops students’ capacity for graphic explorations of increasing complexity. Students secondary sources complement analytical studies of representation of architectural form and space. develop a detailed sectional model of their design noteworthy precedents. Preq: ARCH 860. Intended as a corollary to ARCH 840; provides the proposal. Preq: ARCH 841. ARCH 862 Architectural History and Theory III tools necessary to analyze and translate concepts ARCH 850 Architecture Studio 6(0,18) Architec- 3(3,0) Study of architecture and urbanism from into two-dimensional constructions through the tural design studies in the context of the Genoa 1950, emphasizing challenges to early twentieth utilization of manual and digital drawing tech- urban setting. May substitute for ARCH 853 or century modernism, the emergence of new urban, niques. Coreq: ARCH 840. 854 and for ARCH 857 with consent of advisor. suburban, ecological, cultural and technological ARCH 811 Visualization and Representation II ARCH 851 Design Studio III 6(0,12) Design studio sensibilities, and the roots of contemporary archi- 3(3,0) Develops and improves student’s capacity for projects of relative complexity, with varied tecture. Close readings of primary and secondary for the digital and graphic representation of three- scales and programs, focusing on investigative sources complement analytical studies of notewor- dimensional architectural form and space. Intro- skills, fundamental design skills, sustainability, thy precedents. Preq: ARCH 861. duces and explores the latest technologies—from and technical documentation. Emphasizes the ARCH 863 History and Theory of Landscape advanced digital modeling tools to equipment for relationship between architecture, site, and context and Urbanism 3(3,0) Cultivates different ways computer-controlled fabrication. Preq: ARCH 810 in preparation for more advanced design projects of seeing, representing and understanding the or equivalent or consent of instructor. and off-campus study. Preq: ARCH 841 and 842 landscape and the city. Both landscape and city ARCH 812 Computational Design Methods 3(3,0) or equivalent. are viewed as dynamic, living systems evolving from Examines computing in architecture, particularly ARCH 852 Design Studio IV 6(0,12) Design studio Roman, Medieval, Baroque, Industrial, Idealized through the use of parametric and generative sys- for projects of relative complexity, with varied scales and non-Western roots and shaped by political, tems. Students learn how to structure and process and programs, with an emphasis on pre-design, economic, social, cultural and physical intentions information to communicate and enhance the sustainability, site design, and collaborative pro- and incidents. design process. Preq: ARCH 811 or consent of cesses. Emphasizes the relationship between archi- ARCH 864 Architectural History and Theory instructor. tecture, site, and context. Studio may be located IV 3(3,0) Investigation of emerging architectural ARCH 819 Selected Topics in Visualization and in Clemson, Charleston, Barcelona, or Genoa. trends and urban phenomena prepares students Representation 1-5(1-5,0) Critical consideration Preq: ARCH 851. for advanced history/theory electives, independent of a special topic in architectural visualization and ARCH 855 Studio South 6(0,12) Addresses architec- research and architectural practice in the decades representation from which students construct their tural problems with varied scales and programs in ahead through the study of such topics as global- own informed and reasoned ideas about what this the context of the South. Emphasizes the relation- ization and non-western architecture, mega-cities, topic means for their own developing architectural ship between architecture, community and context. sprawl and urbanization, energy and infrastructure, practices. May be repeated for a maximum of six Projects involve collaboration with other disciplines landscape and urban design, science and sustain- credits. Preq: ARCH 810 or equivalent or consent in the studio to result in architectural solutions ability. Preq: ARCH 862. of instructor. for the built environment. Design problems vary ARCH (E C E) 868 Architectural Robotics 3(3,0) ARCH 820 Building Design and Construction according to current issues in the South. May be See E C E 868. Principles 3(3,0) Essential principles for quality repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. Preq: ARCH ARCH 869 Selected Topics in History, Theory design and construction. Emphasis is on design, 842 or consent of program coordinator. and Criticism 1-5(1-5,0) Critical consideration of programming and sustainability issues for differ- ARCH 857 Design Studio V 6(0,18) Design studio special topics in architectural history, theory and ent project types. Nature and characteristics of for increasingly comprehensive design projects, criticism from which students construct their own construction materials, equipment and systems with varied scales and programs, with an emphasis informed and reasoned ideas about what the topic used in modern buildings are presented as well on pre-design, site design, sustainability, and col- means for their own developing architectural prac- as how they affect function and feasibility. Preq: laborative processes. Emphasizes the relationship tices. May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. Consent of instructor. between architecture, site, and context. Studio may Preq: ARCH 860 and 861 or equivalent. ARCH 821 Research Methods 3(3,0) Covers foun- be located in Clemson, Charleston, Barcelona, or ARCH 870 Structures I 3(3,0) Forces and their dations and procedures of architectural research. 2012-13Genoa. Preq: ARCH 852. applications to statically determinant structural Explores alternate research methodologies and their ARCH 858 Thesis Research 3(0,9) Architectural components and systems such as shear, moment philosophical and epistemological limits. predesign inventory and analysis for the thesis and other stress strain patterns are explored in ARCH 832 Community 1:1 3(3,0) Engages full-scale project. Preq: ARCH 854. multiple structural materials. Preq: PHYS 208/210 design projects and initiatives that are community- ARCH 859 Thesis Manuscript 1-3(0,3-9) Architec- or equivalent. based and offer opportunities in field research, tural predesign synthesis of research for the thesis ARCH 871 Structures II 3(3,0) Addresses advanced studio design-centric problems, and documentation. project. Preq: ARCH 858. topics in structures, exterior envelopes and contem- Projects focus on sustainable and sinuous public ARCH 860 Architectural History and Theory I porary production technologies. Continues the space and how design and planning can improve 3(3,0) Overview of architecture and urbanism exploration of structural elements and systems, the interface between the built and natural environ- from the Renaissance to the Industrial Revolution, expanding to include more complex determinant, ment while enhancing the human experience. Preq: emphasizing the trajectory of western modernity, indeterminate, long-span and high-rise systems. ARCH 852 or consent of instructor. historical transformations of architectural practices, Preq: ARCH 870. ARCH 840 Design Studio 6(0,12) Studio for stu- and the theoretical, philosophical and cultural ARCH 872 Productions and Assemblies 3(3,2) dents entering the Master of Architecture program foundations of changing design approaches. Close Overview of traditional and contemporary ma- with undergraduate degrees in subjects other than readings of primary and secondary sources are terials and methods of construction. Combines Architecture or Environmental Design. Consid- complemented by analytical studies of noteworthy lectures with hands-on lab experience to examine ers aspects of visualization and representation of precedents. traditional and contemporary modes of construc- architecture, the history and theory of architecture, tion, their selection, impact and reuse. architectural technology and strategies of design. Coreq: ARCH 810. Courses of Instruction

A RCH 873 Environmental Systems 3(3,2) Exam- ARCH 889 Mentorship 1-6 Mentorship in profes- ART ines in detail the relationship between human sional practice. Paid work/study in a variety of comfort and the design of building envelopes and related disciplines provides students with hands-on ART 605 Advanced Drawing 3(0,6) Advanced- level environmental systems. Covers the evolution of experience in design and fabrication fields relevant studies of drawing which explore the synthesis of contemporary environmental systems and their to the environmental design professions. Consists refined drawing skills and philosophies of art. Stu- appropriate application and integration with other of two parts: a professional component, managed by dent’s understanding of drawing as a form of art is design issues. an approved sponsor and an academic component, developed through studio practice augmented by critiques, demonstrations, lectures, field trips and ARCH 874 Building Processes: Technical Resolu- taught by the instructor. May be repeated for a independent research. Preq: ART 305 or consent tion 3(1,3) maximum of 18 credits. Preq: Consent of instructor Develops the designer’s ability to assess, of instructor. select and conceptually integrate structural systems, and acceptance by sponsor. building envelope systems, environmental systems, ARCH 890 Directed Studies 1-5(1-5,0) Special topics ART 607 Advanced Painting 3(0,6) Advanced studio life-safety systems and building service systems in a in architecture undertaken on an individual basis course in painting. Study of contemporary painters sustainable building design. with faculty guidance. Preq: Consent of advisor. and directions is included. Students select painting media and are expected to develop a strong direc- ARCH 875 Construction and Building Systems ARCH 891 Thesis Project 3-9(0,9-27) Complex ar- tion based on prior painting experience. Preq: ART 3(3,0) chitectural project emphasizing design exploration Sets a standard level of building technol- 307 or consent of instructor. ogy preparation for entering graduate Architecture and independent work. To be taken Pass/Fail only. students who have an undergraduate architectural Preq: ARCH 857, 858. ART 609 Advanced Sculpture 3(0,6) Intensive independent studio concentration to further develop degree that included courses in architectural tech- ARCH 892 Comprehensive Studio 6(0,18) Archi- personal direction and content. Emphasis is on nology. Main focus is on analyzing how construction tectural design studies addressing comprehensive continued investigation of sculptural context, mate- and building systems contribute to architectural building projects. Topics include site design, pro- rials and processes, and relative historical research. design. gramming, building systems design and materials Preq: ART 309 or consent of instructor. ARCH 876 Smart Materials and Kinetic Structures selection. Final product is a complete building 3(3,0) Study of adaptive and kinetic systems and design with detailed drawings and models. Preq: ART 611 Advanced Printmaking 3(0,6) Culmina- structures in architecture using smart and emergent ARCH 857. tion of process, techniques and individual development. Students are expected to have mastered materials. Explores the materials, methods and ARCH 893 Synthesis Studio 6(0,12) Studio themes process and technique for the benefit of the means for buildings to transform and adjust to and programs, defined by individual critics, carry image produced. Creativity and self-expression different functions or climatic conditions and allow an educational objective and present an opportu- are highly emphasized as students select a process various performances. Preq: Consent of instructor. nity for the critic to develop with his/her students for concentrated study. Preq: ART 311 or consent ARCH 878 Lighting for Architecture 3(3,0) a specific area of work or research. Culminates in a Studies of instructor. interrelationships among the fields that constitute comprehensive proposal. Preq: Second-year studio. ART 613 Advanced Photography 3(0,6) Continua- lighting and impact on building form, materials ARCH 894 Research Studio 6(0,12) Themes and tion of ART 313. Advanced problems in photogra- and spatial use. Also considers contributions of programs, defined by individual critics, carry an phy. Preq: ART 313 or consent of instructor. daylight and electric light to human response and educational objective and present an opportunity performance. Preq: Consent of instructor. for the critic to develop with his/her students a ART 617 Advanced Ceramic Arts 3(0,6) Students ARCH 879 Selected Topics in Architectural Technol- specific area of work or research. Preq: ARCH 893. are directed toward further development of ideas and skills. Glaze calculation and firing processes ogy 1-5(1-5,0) Critical consideration of special topics ARCH 895 Architecture + Health Studio: Selected are incorporated to allow for a dynamic integra- in architectural technology from which students Projects 3-6(0,6-12) Studio for students in Archi- tion of form and ideas. Preq: ART 317 or consent construct their own informed and reasoned ideas tecture + Health Concentration offering selected of instructor. about what the topic means for their own develop- projects engaging a variety of health-related topics ing architectural practices. May be repeated for a from health community design, sustainable/green ART 620 Selected Topics in Art 1-3(0,6-9) Intense maximum of six credits. architecture, long-term care and community health- course in studio art. May be repeated for a maxi- ARCH 881 Professional Practice Survey 3(3,0) care projects associated with health and wellbeing. mum of six credits, but only if different topics are Provides an understanding of the basic principles Projects executed are similar to professional prac- covered. Preq: Senior standing or consent of and legal aspects of architectural practice orga- tice, combining teamwork with individual design instructor. nization: financial management; risk mitigation alternatives. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 ART 690 Directed Studies 1-5(0,2-10) Study of areas and arbitration; business planning; time, project credits. Preq: Consent of instructor. in the visual arts not included in other courses or and personnel management; client, owner and ARCH 896 Architecture + Health Studio: Tectonic additional advanced work. Must be arranged with user needs; selecting consultants; project delivery Projects 6(0,12) Studio for students in Architecture a specific instructor prior to registration. May be methods; internship, licensure and registration; 2012-13repeated for a maximum of 18 credits. Preq: Con- + Health Concentration focused on the design and professional leadership; ethical standards; and technical development of small-scale healthcare sent of instructor. expanding practice settings. projects and spaces. Projects are often conducted ART 803 Fundamentals of Visual Art 3(0,6) ARCH 882 Building Economics, Costs and Legal by interdisciplinary teams as design-build projects Intensive introduction of visual art and design Issues 3(3,0) Explores economic factors determining where full-scale mock ups are conceived and fundamentals. Includes two- and three-dimensional materials, building components and methods of constructed for evaluation and research. May be studio work with emphasis on time-based media construction. Legal aspects of design are discussed repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. Preq: Con- and design. in the context of building cost. Preq: ARCH 881 or sent of instructor. ART 805 Visual Arts Seminar on Theories and consent of instructor. ARCH 897 Architecture + Health Studio: Hospital Practice I 3(3,0) Issues related to the practice of ARCH 886 Health Facilities Planning and Design and Urban Design 3-6(0,6-12) Studio course for the artist, emphasizing theories and criticism of 3(3,0) Current planning and design considerations students in Architecture + Health Concentration, contemporary art. for healthcare facilities. Conducted as a series of focused on the master planning and conceptual ART 806 Visual Arts Seminar on Theories and professional seminars examining overall infra- design of an academic medical center or hospital Practice II 3(3,0) Continuation of ART 805. structural planning and design considerations and within an urban context. The master planning ART 813 Photo-Based Imaging Theories and detailed considerations for specific areas in hospi- and design problem is preceded by a comparative Techniques 3(0,6) Offers in-depth examination of tals. Topics are covered by Architecture + Health analysis of both urban structures and hospital photographic imaging processes for artistic expres- faculty and nationally recognized practitioners. structures. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 sion, utilizing both traditional and digital tools Coreq: ARCH 897. credits. Coreq: ARCH 886. and concepts. Preq: Master of Fine Arts student or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

ART 821 Visual Narrative 3(3,0) Students develop A A H 632 Twentieth Century Art II 3(3,0) Over- ASTR 875 Selected Topics 1-3(1-3,0) Study of one or visual communication skills through the vernacu- view of trends in art and architecture since World more advanced topics in contemporary astrophysics. lar of cinema, and express concepts and ideas War II. Specific artists, artworks and movements are May be repeated for credit, but only if different topics in sequential narrative design. Preq: Consent of presented in a socio/historic context with specific are covered. Preq: Consent of instructor. instructor. emphasis on the transition from a late-modernist ART 840 Visual Arts Studio 3-6(0,9-18) Studio to a post-modern perspective. Preq: Consent of ATHLETIC LEADERSHIP instructor. work in visual arts with adjunct lectures and gal- A L 653 Athletic Injuries: Prevention, Assessment lery tours. May be substituted for ART 800-level A A H 815 Art and Architectural History Seminar and Rehabilitation 3(3,0) Gives students an under- visual arts studio. I 3(3,0) Particular aspect of period of art/architec- standing of prevention, treatment and rehabilita- ART 850 Visual Arts Studio 3(0,9) Concentrated tural history. Preq: Consent of instructor. tion procedures of injured athletes. Preq: A L 349. and advanced work in ceramics, drawing, painting, A A H 816 Art and Architectural History Seminar A L 849 Athletic Leadership Development 3(3,0) printmaking, sculpture, photography, graphic de- II 3(3,0) Continuation of A A H 815. Investigation of leadership principles and theories sign, or multimedia. Preq: Consent of department A A H (COMM, ENGL) 840 Selected Topics 3(3,0) as they relate to collegiate athletic coaching and chair or instructor. See ENGL 840. the effect they have on the performance of the ART 851 Visual Arts Studio 3-6 Continuation of collegiate academic athlete. Collegiate coaching ART 850. May be repeated for maximum of six ASTRONOMY responsibilities and requirements for various levels credits. Preq: Consent of department chair or of appointment are examined. Preq: Consent of instructor. ASTR 802 Stellar Structure and Evolution 3(3,0) Physical principles governing the structure, power, instructor. ART 870 Visual Arts Studio 6(0,16) Advanced luminosity and evolution of stars; equation of state, A L 861 Athletic Leadership for Intercollegiate Ad- theory; directed research in art criticism; applied equations for pressure and thermal balance, heat ministration 3(3,0) Investigates effective leadership work in ceramic arts, drawing, painting, sculpture, transport, thermonuclear power and numerical principles and theories relative to the supervision photography, graphic design, or multimedia. Preq: techniques of structure calculation. Preq: PHYS 455 and administrative responsibilities of intercollegiate Consent of department chair or instructor. or equivalent or consent of instructor. athletics. Preq: Consent of instructor. ART 871 Visual Arts Studio 3-6(0,8-16) Continua- ASTR 803 Galactic Structure 3(3,0) Kinematics, A L 862 Psychological Issues in Collegiate Ath- tion of ART 870. May be repeated for maximum dynamics and content of the Milky Way galaxy; letics 3(3,0) Investigation and intervention of of six credits. Preq: Consent of department chair galactic rotation, galactic distance scale, stellar psychological issues that athletes, coaches and or instructor. populations, spiral structure, the galactic center and administrators face at the collegiate level. Preq: ART 880 Visual Arts Studio 3-15(0,6-30) Continu- the evolution of the Milky Way and other galaxies. Consent of instructor. ation of ART 871. May be repeated for maximum Preq: Consent of instructor. A L 864 Ethical Issues in Collegiate Athletic Ad- of 15 credits. Preq: Consent of department chair ASTR 810 Astrophysics I: Radiation Processes and ministration 3(3,0) Investigation of current ethical or instructor. Measurements 3(3,0) Physical principles governing issues and the promotion of positive character ART 891 Master’s Thesis Research 3-15(0,6-30) radiative processes in and measuring radiation from development in collegiate athletic programs. Preq: May be repeated for maximum of 15 credits. Preq: astrophysical environments. Coverage includes Consent of instructor. Consent of department chair or instructor. approaches to radiative transfer, fundamental theory of radiation fields, emission and absorp- AOUT MOTIVE ENGINEERING ART AND ARCHITECTURAL tion processes, plasma effects, telescope optics and AU E 805 Ground Vehicle Aerodynamics 3(3,0) HISTORY image formation, astronomical instrument design, Basic and applied aspects of aerodynamics relevant photon detector and function. Preq: Consent of for internal and external design for performance, A A H 611 Directed Research in Art History I 3(3,0) instructor. Comprehensive studies and research of special including drag, handling, noise and ventilation. topics not covered in other courses. Emphasis is ASTR 820 Astrophysics II: Stellar Astrophysics Wind tunnel and track testing methods and com- on field studies, research activities and current 3(3,0) Physical and observational parameterization putational modeling approaches are utilized. developments in art history. of stars, statistical mechanics and equations of state AU E 816 Engine Combustion and Emissions applied to stellar interiors, stellar energy transport 3(2,3) Spark and compression ignition engines A A H 612 Directed Research in Art History II mechanisms, nuclear reactions in astrophysics, 3(3,0) Continuation of A A H 611. are investigated in terms of design, performance construction of stellar models, adiabatic stellar and emissions. Includes exergy models. Integrates A A H 623 Studies in the Art and Architecture pulsations, stellar evolution and nucleosynthesis, of the Renaissance I 3(3,0) Consideration of the theory of fuel air cycles with laboratory breakdown degenerate stars, and supernovae. Preq: Consent and dynamometer testing to correlate prevalent visual arts and architectural monuments of the of instructor. th th 2012-13mathematic models with test results. Renaissance (Western Europe from the 15 –18 ASTR 830 Astrophysics III: Galactic Astronomy centuries), with a study in depth of selected ex- AU E 817 Alternative Energy Sources 3(3,0) De- 3(3,0) Physical processes in the interstellar medium, mand for petroleum alternative propulsion sources amples from the period. Preq: A A H 204 or 206 physics of dust grains, physical models of and or consent of instructor. has focused attention on hybrid vehicles with fuel observational constraints on star formation and cells, electric motors and battery packs and inter- A A H 624 Studies in the Art and Architecture of protostellar evolution and protoplanetary disks, the Renaissance II 3(3,0) Consideration of the nal combustion engines burning hydrogen and (thermo)dynamics of stellar systems, models of reformulated fuels. Comparison of performance, visual arts and architectural monuments of the galaxy formation, the Milky Way as a galaxy, stellar Renaissance (Western Europe from the 15th–18th emissions, fuel efficiency, operational requirements populations, galactic dynamics and chemical evolu- and vehicle configurations is studied. centuries), with a study in depth of selected ex- tion. Preq: Consent of instructor. amples from the period. Preq: A A H 423. AU E 825 Automotive Sensors and Actuators ASTR 840 Astrophysics IV: Cosmology 3(3,0) 3(3,0) Study of automotive sensor and actuator A A H 630 Twentieth Century Art I 3(3,0) Ac- Course covers galaxies and cosmology. Topics quaints students with the major artists’ monuments requirements, design and selections as well as include observed cosmological properties of the future needs. Sensor and actuator networks, noise and issues of the Modern period in art. Through universe, physics and observed properties of ac- lecture/discussions and the reading of primary and interference issues, wired and wireless systems tive galactic nuclei and quasars and their use as are examined as well as integrated smart sensors sources, course places the major modern move- cosmological probes, cosmological models, galaxy ments in the context of the period (1860s–1945). and actuators with applications to traditional and formation and evolution, large-scale structure in intelligent vehicle systems. Preq: Consent of instructor. the universe, and primordial nucleosynthesis. Preq: Consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

AU E 826 On-Board Vehicle Diagnostics and Reli- AU E 835 Automotive Electronics Integration 3(3,0) AU E 867 Vehicle Manufacturing Processes I ability 3(3,0) Discussion of legislated state, federal Addresses the integration of electronic components 3(3,0) In-depth analysis of main component and and international requirements. On-board automo- and systems in automotive designs. Provides an subsystem prototyping, fabrication assembly and tive sensors to monitor vehicle operation and typical overview of the major electronic systems in automo- integration processes used during production of diagnostic algorithms are studied. Includes analytical biles and describes how automotive manufacturers automotive vehicles. Also discusses design for methods for designing fault-tolerant systems and specify, integrate and evaluate these systems. manufacturing, computer-aided manufacturing assessing vehicle reliability including safety-critical AU E 847 Vehicle Suspension Systems Design and and rapid tooling technologies. Preq: Consent of systems and “limp-home” modes, as well as use Analysis 3(3,0) Study of concepts, theory, design instructor. of hand-held scanners and specialized diagnostic and application of automotive suspension systems. AU E 868 Vehicle Manufacturing Processes II equipment to classify faults. Discusses suspension structure, configuration, 3(3,0) Continuation of AU E 867 with more AU E 827 Automotive Control Systems Design geometry, kinematics, motion, static and dynamic emphasis placed on opportunities and challenges 3(3,0) Investigation into derivation of models and load conditions as well as active, semi-active and presented by automotive manufacturing in a global design of control strategies for powertrain and passive systems. Suspension design factors and their environment, integrated processes and product chassis control modules and integration into au- effects are presented. Computer-aided engineering development and flexible and agile manufacturing. tomotive platforms. Also presents software design, tools and other analytical techniques are demon- Preq: AU E 867. sensor selection, system architecture, diagnostics strated. Preq: M E 453 or equivalent. AU E 875 Vehicle Development and Realization and reliability issues. Application is made to engine AU E 848 Vehicle Braking Systems 3(3,0) Study 3(3,0) In-depth analysis of component and sub- management, transmission and chassis systems with of vehicle braking performance; development of systems design, representation, data management a consideration of vehicle performance, safety and system specifications; regulatory, customer and and analysis for vehicles. Voice of the customer, information provision. Preq: M E 416 or equivalent. manufacturing requirements; brake balance and customer-driven design, product design specifi- AU E 828 Fundamentals of Vehicle Drivelines and effects on stability and stopping distance; ABS cations, life cycle product management, CAD/ Powertrain Integration 3(3,0) Study of vehicle systems; and computer simulation for system per- CAE representations, domestic and international powertrain arrangement, manual and automatic formance. Preq: M E 453 or equivalent. standards, prototyping, design review and supplier transmissions, automotive axles, four-wheel and AU E 849 Automotive Chassis Design 3(3,0) Integra- relationships are considered using case studies. two-wheel drives and design and manufacturing of tive systems approach to the design and manufac- AU E 876 Mass Customization Design for Vehicles gearing systems. Other topics, such as powertrain ture of automotive chassis and body components. 3(3,0) Consideration of concepts of platforms control to address dynamics in shifting, engine bal- Considers influence of design and manufacture on and product families, identification of common ancing and fuel economy, are addressed. Modeling overall structural performance of the automobile, functionalities and the translation of functions and computer simulation are used extensively to ride comfort, safety, durability, weight and cost. into forms taking commonality into consideration. analyze dynamic performance of various transmis- Preq: AU E 855 or equivalent, AU E 881. Also investigates designing product families and sions. Preq: M E 405, 416, or consent of instructor. AU E 850 Automotive Stability and Safety Systems their role in vehicle design, the tie between market AU E 829 Tire Behavior and Its Influence on 3(3,0) Discussion of passive/active systems and needs and appropriate manufacturing paradigm Vehicle Performance 3(3,0) In-depth analysis of design philosophies. Investigates stability issues and specific applications to vehicle systems designs: the tire and its influence on vehicle performance associated with vehicle performance and use of chassis, wiring harnesses, engines. including design, construction, structural response, sensors and control system strategies for stability AU E 877 Light-Weight Vehicle Systems Design rolling resistance, force and moment generation and enhancement. Implementation and application to 3(3,0) Methodological approaches to weight trade- behavior under dry/wet conditions. Tire models, intelligent cruise control, lane departure warning off during design of vehicle systems, accounting their limitations and governing equations, tire systems, ABS, traction control, active steering sys- for other functions, cost, safety, materials charac- characteristics on vehicle handling and safety and tems and vehicle dynamic control systems are also teristics and manufacturing constraints. Includes advanced control concepts in vehicle stability/brak- discussed. Preq: M E 453 or equivalent. topology optimization, multimaterial approaches ing are investigated. Preq: M E 453 or equivalent. AU E 853 Crash Analysis Methods and Crashwor- and identification of the function optimal materials AU E 832 Vehicle Development and Integration thiness 3(3,0) Consideration of crash legislation and material combinations using multi-objective Processes, Methods and Tools 3(3,0) Overview of and testing; design constraints for crash; computa- formulations. the vehicle development process and the tools used tional methods to analyze the mechanical response AU E 880 Vehicle Design/Manufacture Project in it, including voice of the customer, concept cre- of automotive structure, systems and components Management 3(3,0) Development of manage- ation, packaging, product specification and target to dynamic impact loading such as in crash situa- ment, leadership, sociocultural and technical setting, including cost structures, lifecycle product tions; crush characteristics, structural collapse and skills training for the successful management of an management, prototype development and the role their influence on safety; large-scale finite element automotive development or research team. Includes of the supplier. Preq: AU E 881. 2012-13analysis for large-scale deformation. Preq: AU E 852, problem identification, team dynamics, decision AU E 833 Automotive Manufacturing Process De- 855, or consent of instructor. making, ethics, strategy setting, project planning, velopment, Methods and Tools 3(3,0) Overview AU E 855 Structural/Thermal Analysis Methods scope management and implementation, target of automotive manufacturing systems. Issues such for Automotive Structure, Systems and Compo- costing, marketing, design methods and design as supplier integration, flexible manufacturing, ag- nents 3(3,0) Methods to analyze the response of for X-concepts. gregate planning, quality engineering and their ap- automotive structure, systems and components AU E 881 Automotive Systems: An Integrated Over- plications to manufacturing systems are presented. to static, dynamic and thermal loading. Includes view 3(3,0) Promotes understanding of the vehicle as Emphasizes opportunities and challenges presented coverage of critical loading conditions and system a complex system and interactions of its subsystems with automotive manufacturing in a global environ- response objectives. Analysis methods focus on in terms of performance. Topics include propulsion ment, integrated processes, product development finite element approaches supplemented by simple systems, suspensions and steering systems, tire-road and automotive supply chain management. computational methods when appropriate. interface, structural behavior and crashworthiness, AU E 834 Automotive Production Preparation, AU E 866 Advanced Materials for Automotive Ap- materials and manufacturing, driver/occupants- Management and Launch 3(3,0) Effective leader- plications 3(3,0) In-depth study of the broad range vehicle interactions and onboard electronics. Model- ship and management of the product development of engineering materials used in the construction ing and simulation are used. and launch process. Includes responsibility and role of motor vehicles. Considers interrelations between definition, process management tools and software materials microstructure, components manufactur- systems, detailed management of the supply chain, ing process and components service behavior. Preq: performance metrics and cost models and factors Consent of instructor. affecting launch success. Case studies of historic launch data and improvements are utilized. Courses of Instruction

AU E 882 Systems Integration Concepts and AU E 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 BIOCH (GEN) 810 Principles of Molecular Biology Methods 3(3,0) Study of methods and tools to 3(3,0) Introduction to the principles and tech- handle functional, geometric, production and BIOCHEMISTRY niques used to analyze prokaryotic and eukaryotic IT integration. Includes instruction in managing gene and genome structure, regulation of transcrip- performance trade-offs from the combination of BI OCH 606 Physiological Chemistry 3(3,0) Stud- tion initiation, regulation of protein synthesis and systems designed for individual functions. Topics ies chemical basis of the mammalian physiological protein function. Preq: Enrollment in Genetics or also include optimization methods, complexity, vali- processes of muscle contraction, nerve function, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology or consent dation, signal and IT design and testing methods, respiration, kidney function and blood homeosta- of instructor. robustness, architecture and quality. sis. Discusses composition of specialized tissue such as muscle, nerve, blood and bone and regulation BIOCH 814 Advanced Biochemistry 3(3,0) Contem- AU E 883 Applied Systems Integration 3(2,3) Ap- of water, electrolytes and acid-base balance. Preq: porary topics of functional and cellular aspects in plication of integration methods to practical and BIOCH 305 or Organic Chemistry. biochemistry with particular focus on new observa- complex vehicle design and manufacturing systems. tions, emerging ideas and important techniques. Includes prototyping, measurements, tolerancing BIOCH 623 Principles of Biochemistry 3(3,0) Study Preq: Two-semester sequence in biochemistry or and validation, as well as diagnosis and sensitivi- of the chemistry of amino acids, monosaccharides, consent of instructor. ties, methods to diagnose sporadic software errors fatty acids, purines, pyrimidines and associated compounds leads to an understanding of their BIOCH 815 Lipids and Biomembranes 3(3,0) Dis- with hardware in the loop, design reviews, FMEA cusses isolation, chemical and physical properties, on function signal, geometry, production. Also properties and the relationship between structure and function that makes them important in bio- and metabolism of lipids; purification, structure, includes Fault Tree analysis, innovation and change function and biosynthesis of biomembranes. Preq: management, risk analysis and value analysis. Preq: logical processes. The use of modern techniques is stressed. Preq: CH 224 or equivalent. BIOCH 632 or consent of instructor. M E 882, consent of instructor. BIOCH 816 Signal Transduction 3(3,0) Charac- AU E 884 Styling Design 3(3,0) Considers funda- BIOCH 631 Physical Approach to Biochemistry 3(3,0) Study of chemical and physical properties of teristics and components of signal transduction mentals of styling design for the outer body and processes in model species of plants, animals and the interior cockpit. Utilizes concept sketching, amino acids, lipids, nucleic acids, sugars, and their biopolymers. Physical and mathematical analyses are microbes. Preq: BIOCH (GEN) 810 and GEN drawing and prototyping, including virtual and (BIOCH) 820, or consent of instructor. physical, layered and clay based. Includes 2-D and correlated with biological structure and function. Preq: BIOCH 301 with a C or better or consent of BIOCH 818 Cellular Metabolism 3(3,0) Evolution, 3-D representations, brand identifications, textures, regulation, characterization and manipulation of materials, lighting, colors, and their use in automo- instructor. Coreq: Physical Chemistry. BIOCH 632 Biochemistry of Metabolism 3(3,0) metabolic pathways. Preq: BIOCH 814 and GEN tive industrial design. (BIOCH) 820, or consent of instructor. AU E 885 Vehicle Layout Engineering and Er- Study of central pathways of carbohydrate, lipid and nucleotide metabolism. Bioenergetics, limit- BIOCH (GEN) 820 Genomics and Proteomics gonomic Design 3(2,3) Study of vehicle layout 3(3,0) See GEN 820. specifications and considerations related to exterior ing reactions, and the regulation and integration and interior design. Ergonomics methods and tools of the metabolic pathways are emphasized. Preq: BIOCH 821 Proteins 3(3,0) Isolation, composition, as related to occupant accommodation and driver BIOCH 301 and 431 with a C or better or consent structure and properties of proteins; methods of function are presented. Issues of assembly and of instructor. isolation, analysis and characterization; properties manufacturing ergonomics are also covered. Case BIOCH 633 General Biochemistry Laboratory I of “unusual” protein systems. Preq: BIOCH 623 or studies are utilized. 2(0,4) Experiments selected to illustrate current 631 or consent of instructor. AU E 886 Vehicle Noise, Vibration and Harsh- methods used in biochemical research. Coreq: BIOCH 822 Enzymes 3(3,0) Kinetics, mechanisms ness 3(3,0) Application of engineering tools and BIOCH 431 or consent of instructor. of action, inhibitions and general properties of specifications for noise, vibrations and harshness. BIOCH 634 General Biochemistry Laboratory II enzymes. Preq: BIOCH 623 or 631. Sources, mitigation methods, complexity and influ- 2(0,4) Continuation of BIOCH 433. Preq: Concur- BIOCH (GEN) 825 Seminar I 1(1,0) See GEN ences on other vehicle functions are considered. rent enrollment in BIOCH 432. 825. Utilizes design, simulation and validation methods. BIOCH 636 Molecular Biology: Genes to Proteins BIOCH 828 Supramolecular Structure 3(3,0) Cel- Preq: M E 845 or equivalent. 3(3,0) Examines how nucleic acids and proteins lular structures such as viruses, ribosomes and vari- AU E 887 Methods for Vehicle Testing 3(2,3) are synthesized in prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. ous membrane systems, including rafts and some Investigates test planning for various performance Designed for students interested in biochemistry, organelles, are described using modern methods of regimes, data acquisition and analysis, uncertainty cell biology, molecular biology and cell physiology. structural characterization. The methods and the analysis, sensor selection, noise filtering, data re- Preq: BIOCH 301 and GEN 302 with a C or better, theory of the methods are discussed along with the duction methods and track testing methods. Project or consent of instructor. structures and their functions. Preq: BIOCH 814 includes actual vehicle tests. 2012-13BIOCH (GEN) 640 Bioinformatics 3(3,0) See or consent of instructor. AU E 890 Automotive Engineering Project GEN 640. BIOCH 832 Structure and Function of Nucleic 1-3(0,3-9) Industrial project work culminating in BIOCH 643 Molecular Basis of Disease 3(3,0) Top- Acids 3(3,0) Physical, chemical and biochemical writing engineering reports. Projects cover compre- ics in heritable human metabolic disorders includ- properties of nucleotides, oligonucleotides, RNA hensive analytical and/or experimental treatment ing clinical features and newborn screening, genetic and DNA; antisense oligonucleotides and aptmers; of phenomena of current interest in automotive testing, the biochemical basis and treatment. Preq: unusual structures of RNA and DNA; nucleic acids- engineering emphasizing modern technological BIOCH 301 or 305; and GEN 300 or 302 with a protein interactions; nucleic acids-metal interac- problems. May be repeated for a maximum of C or better; or consent of instructor. tions; small RNAs and RNA interference; catalytic nine credits. BIOCH (GEN) 805 Issues in Research 3(3,0) nucleic acids; nucleic acids repair. Preq: BIOCH 814 AU E 892 Sustainable Vehicle Systems Seminar Scientific writing, oral presentations and critical or GEN 814 or consent of instructor. 1(1,0) Sustainable vehicle systems seminar. May be evaluation of them; legal and ethical issues associ- BIOCH 841 Biochemical Genetics 3(3,0) Regula- repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. ated with modern biochemical research. Science tion of replication and transcription. Students AU E 893 Selected Topics in Automotive Engineer- job hunting, time management and creativity for present papers from recent literature and write a ing 3(3,0) Advanced concepts in multibody systems professional scientists are treated. Preq: Graduate research proposal. Preq: One year of biochemistry dynamics including kinematics and kinetics of enrollment in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology or consent of instructor. multibody systems, various methods for equation or consent of instructor. BIOCH (GEN) 851 Seminar II 1(1,0) Investigation formulation and their limitations, numerical solu- of current topics in biochemistry. May be repeated tions methods, and applications to automotive for a maximum of ten credits. To be taken Pass/ systems and subsystems. Fail only. Courses of Instruction

BIOCH 890 Special Topics in Biochemistry 1-6(1- BIO E 671 Biophotonics 3(3,0) Biophotonics is an BIO E 813 Industrial Bioengineering 3(3,0) A 6,0) Group discussions of recent developments interdisciplinary subject of applying photonics to broad-based understanding of industry-related in biochemical research. May be repeated for a study biological samples from individual cells to functions and knowledge base to allow students to maximum of six credits, but only if different top- the entire body. Course introduces fundamental quickly adapt to industrial careers in medical device ics are covered. Preq: BIOCH 814 or consent of and frontier topics in optical imaging aspects research and development and to understand the instructor. of biophotonics for senior-level undergraduates additional roles and interplay between quality, BIOCH 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 and graduate students to gain the ability to solve sales, product development methodology, and bioimaging-related biomedical problems. Preq: BIOCH 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 regulations. Preq: Consent of instructor; graduate MTHSC 208; PHYS 221; E C E 320; or consent standing in bioengineering. of instructor. BIOENGINEERING BIO E 814 Medical Device Commercialization BIO E 682 Biomaterial Implantology 3(2,3) Pro- 3(3,0) Overview of design control and regulations BIO E 612 Orthopaedic Engineering and Pathology vides training in the planning and conduct of ex- for medical device reprocessing and their practical 3(3,0) Interdisciplinary study of clinical orthopaedic perimental surgery, including laws and regulations; application in the scope of project management cases (bone growth, bone remodeling, osteoar- institutional requirements; selection of animal and commercialization. Introduction to a cross thritis, implant fixation and joint replacements); models; ethical considerations of animal research; disciplinary approach for launching and marketing biomechanical, biomaterials, tribology and clinical preparation of animals for surgery; general and spe- a new device, including device lifecycle manage- diagnosis of failed implants (total joint replacements, cial surgical techniques; aseptic surgical techniques; ment and intellectual property laws relative to the fracture fixation and spinal instrumentation); basic and basic and applied instrumentation. Preq: Junior medical device reprocessing industry. Preq: Consent concepts of orthopaedic pathology for engineers. standing in Bioengineering. of instructor. Preq: BIO E 302, 320, BIOSC 315. BIO E 800 Seminar in Bioengineering Research BIO E 815 Design, Manufacturing and Validation BIO E 615 Research Principles and Concepts 1(1,0) 1(2,0) Original research in bioengineering; weekly Methods for Reusable Medical Devices 3(3,0) Introduces seniors and graduate students to prin- one-hour seminar associated with weekly recitation Overview of design theories, methods and best ciples and practices of scientific research. Topics covering seminar preparation, presentation, profes- practices governing the medical device reprocess- include developing scientific concepts, develop- sional writing, bioengineering ethics and related ing industry. Materials, fabrication processes and ing projects, pursuing research, collaborating in topics. To be taken Pass/Fail only. manufacturing techniques with an emphasis on multidisciplinary teams, patenting and publishing BIO E 801 Biomaterials 3(3,0) Structure and remanufacturing, reprocessing and sustainablity. technical and scientific information and reviewing properties of the main classes of materials used Students gain the knowledge and skills needed to professional and ethical standards of performance. in artificial organs and surgical implants; metals, comply with process verification and validation To be taken Pass/Fail only. ceramics, polymers, composites and materials of requirements for Quality System Regulations with BIO E 623 Cardiovascular Engineering and Pathol- biological origin; mechanical properties, corrosion emphasis on a reprocessing approach. Preq: BIO E ogy 3(3,0) Medical and bioengineering aspects and design. Preq: Consent of instructor. 811 or consent of instructor. of artificial cardiovascular and vascular devices; BIO E 802 Compatibility of Biomaterials 3(1,6) BIO E 820 Structural Biomechanics 3(3,0) Me- physiology and pathological aspects of patients with Determining compatibility of biomaterials with chanical functions of the human body treated as need for such devices; diagnostic techniques and the physiological environment; optical microscopy, an engineering structure and the devices used to surgical management of diseases and pathology; microradiography and ultraviolet fluorescence; nor- assist and supplement these functions; movement design aspects of current devices and selection; state mal histology of tissues, basic pathological reactions of the musculoskeletal system; locomotion; gait; of the art in experiments and human clinical trials. and tissue reactions to materials. prehension; lifting; function of artificial limbs; or- Preq: BIO E 302, 320, 370, BIOSC 315. BIO E 803 Polymeric Biomaterials 3(3,0) Interplay thopedic prostheses and braces; effect of vibration BIO E 631 Medical Imaging 3(3,0) Introduction to of physicochemical properties of polymeric materi- and impact on the body; mathematical and other the history, physics, and basis of medical imaging als and the design of biomedical devices and their models of the body. Preq: Consent of instructor. devices, including X-ray, Computed Tomography, in vitro and in vivo performance; critical manu- BIO E 824 Cellular and Molecular Analysis in Tis- Magnetic Resonance Imaging, and Ultrasound. facturing aspects of selected augmentation and sue Engineering 4(3,3) Describes the molecular Students understand imaging from both an engi- prosthetic devices for soft and hard tissues; analysis basis for cell regulation by extracellular stimuli neering and clinical prospective. Students have the of case studies and reports on recent research find- including growth factors, matrix and force. Also opportunity to work with real medical-images to ings. Preq: Consent of instructor. describes theoretical and laboratory instruction in understand the trade-offs between modalities. Preq: BIO E 807 Nanotechnology and Biomaterials 3(3,0) research methods used to analyze cellular signaling BIO E 370 or equivalent or consent of instructor. The emerging field of nanotechnology and its rela- and functional response in the design and evalua- BIO E 635 Computer Modeling Multiphysics tion to solving bioengineering and health-related tion of tissue engineering constructs. Preq: BIO E Problems 3(3,0) Introduces students to a holistic 2012-13problems is treated. Also considers the promise of 849 or consent of instructor. way to deal with complicated engineering problems nanotechnology in the creation and utilization of BIO E 825 Cardiac Pathophysiology and Pharma- using a computer modeling approach. For example, materials and devices at the level of atoms and mol- cology 3(3,0) Advanced structural and functional a real-world problem governed by combined me- ecules. New scientific approaches, research tools, aspects of the cardiovascular system, including chanical, electrical, thermal, electrochemical and clinical tools, and devices are presented. cardiac physiology and cellular electromechanical mass-transport phenomena is dealt with in an BIO E 811 Sterilization and Cleaning Engineering physiology, pathological processes and congenital integrated and multidisciplinary way rather than for Medical Devices 3(2,3) Detailed overview of defects of the cardiovascular system as depicted in the conventional piece-wise, single-discipline way. sterilization, cleaning, and packaging requirements an invasive cardiovascular laboratory. Standard Preq: MTHSC 208. for reprocessing medical devices. Emphasizes cardiovascular pharmacologic agents are discussed BIO E 640 Biotechnology for Bioengineers 3(3,0) evaluation methods for materials analysis, biocom- as they relate to the electrophysiology patient. Preq: Explores the principles necessary to use microorgan- patibility, and sterilization/cleaning methods in BIO E 370, BIOSC 315, or equivalent, and consent isms, tissue culture and enzymes in bioengineering manufacturing and healthcare sectors. Compliance of instructor. applications, including molecular techniques, fer- with industry and government regulations is ad- mentation, process scale-up, purification processes dressed, including packaging processes, container and FDA regulations. Emphasizes production of types, and equipment design and processing for biopharmaceuticals derived from recombinant sterilization and cleaning. Preq: BIO E 801, or systems, including uses in medical systems. Preq: consent of instructor. BIOCH 305 or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

BIO E 826 Cardiac Electrophysiology Laboratory BIO E 832 Advanced Electrophysiology Problem BIO E 890 Internship 1-5 Observation and assign- 3(0,9) Introduction to procedure room prepara- Solving 2(0,6) Trouble shooting of electrical noise, ment in a medical college, dental college, hospital, tion, aseptic technique, regulatory compliance, grounding problems, fractured cables, insulation veterinary clinic, dental clinic, health service, or patient identification and procedural consent; breaks, computer and imaging errors. Covers industrial department. Preq: Consent of depart- medical record and laboratory results review; treatment of complications from procedures such ment chair. and appropriate conduct with patients and staff. as respiratory failure, cardiac tamponade, cardiac BIO E 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 Instruction on identification and use of standard arrest, stroke, loss of pacing capture, use of transcu- BIO E 892 Nonthesis Independent Study in Bioen- surgical instruments, cardiac catheter placement taneous pacing, external defibrillation, inappropri- gineering 1-6 Independent study in bioengineering and potential complications. Calibration and ate shocks, placement of pericardial drains, chest for work necessary to complete requirements for assessment of intracardiac and intra-arterial pres- tubes, and hematoma expansion. Coreq: BIO E 831 the Master of Science degree in Bioengineering, sure waveforms. Coreq: BIO E 825 or consent of or consent of instructor. nonthesis option. May be repeated for additional instructor. BIO E 846 Biomedical Basis for Engineered Re- credit. To be taken Pass/Fail only. BIO E 827 Cardiac Electrophysiology and Ar- placement 3(3,0) Form and function of human BIO E 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 rhythmias 3(3,0) Recording and interpreting organs, major systems and examples of engineering electrocardiograms (ECG). Identification and repair and replacement methods are presented in measurement of ECG waveforms, parameters, light of pathological or traumatic organ malfunc- BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES recording errors and artifacts. Use of standard tion. Core course for all Bioengineering graduate BIOSC (ENT) 600 Insect Morphology 4(3,3) See ECGs, Holter and Event monitors, implantable students, taken preferably during their first fall ENT 600. loop recorders, stress tests, signal averaged, ECGs, semester. BIOSC 601 Plant Physiology 3(3,0) Relations and T-wave alternans testing. Mechanisms of arrhythmia BIO E 847 Transport Processes in Bioengineer- processes that pertain to maintenance, growth formation and methods of pharmacologic and ing 4(4,0) Mathematical modeling of blood flow and reproduction of plants, including absorption interventional treatments. Coreq: BIO E 826 or through capillaries and solute transfer from capil- of matter and energy, water relations of the plant, consent of instructor. laries to tissues by diffusion and convection, phar- utilization of reserve products and liberation of BIO E 828 Implantable Cardiac Devices 3(1,6) macokinetic analysis of drug adsorption, transport energy. Preq: BIOL 104/106 or 111 or BIOSC 205 Design of clinically used pacemakers, defibrilla- and elimination routes in body, and analysis of the and CH 102. Coreq: BIOSC 602. tors, and cardiac resynchronization devices. Covers design and performance of extracorporeal devices BIOSC 602 Plant Physiology Laboratory 1(0,3) modes and basic timing cycles of pacemakers; test- for organ replacement, including hemodialysis, Laboratory exercises and experiments designed to ing of leads for sensing, impedances, and capture blood oxygenation and immobilized enzyme reac- indicate the relations and processes that pertain to thresholds; pacemaker malfunction assessment; tors. Preq: MTHSC 208 or equivalent. maintenance, growth and reproduction of plants, programming of antitachycardia pacing and defi- BIO E 848 Cellular Interactions with Biomaterials including absorption of matter and energy, water brillation threshold testing for defibrillators; and 4(2,2) Cell biological concepts and issues relevant relations of the plant, utilization of reserve products device surgical implantation and explanation and to cell-biomaterial interactions; methods for study- and liberation of energy. Coreq: BIOSC 601. methods of lead extraction. Preq: BIO E 826 or ing cell structure and function including basic cell BIOSC (GEN) 605 Molecular Genetics of Eukary- consent of instructor. culture techniques and in vitro biocompatibility otes 3(3,0) See GEN 605. BIO E 829 Interventional Electrophysiology Pro- analyses; biomaterial physio-chemical properties BIOSC 606 Introductory Plant Taxonomy 3(3,0) cedures 3(1,6) Interventional electrophysiology which influence cellular interactions; interactions Introduction to the basic principles and concepts procedures, including baseline interval measure- between implant materials and host tissues at the of plant systematics with emphasis on the plants ments, pulse stimulator control for diagnostic cellular and molecular level; overview of tissue of South Carolina. Preq: BIOL 104/106 or 111 or information, conduction system and refractory engineering. BIOSC 205. Coreq: BIOSC 607. periods assessment. Supraventricular and ventricu- BIO E 849 Tissue Engineering 3(3,0) Principles and lar tachyarrhythmias assessment, post-pacing and BIOSC 607 Plant Taxonomy Laboratory 1(0,3) practices of bioartificial organ and tissue develop- Introduction to the basic techniques of plant tax- pacing protocols; radiofrequency ablation and com- ment; cellular/material interaction and translation plications; radiofrequency generator and irrigated onomy with laboratory and field emphasis on the of information from two-dimensional surfaces to flora of South Carolina. Coreq: BIOSC 606. tip ablation systems and transseptal punctures. Preq: three-dimensional scaffolds; selection and process- BIO E 826 and 827 or consent of instructor. ing of biomaterials to form tissue scaffolds; analysis BIOSC 608 Comparative Vertebrate Morphology BIO E 830 Interventional Electrophysiology Im- of tissue engineered devices, standards and regula- 3(3,0) Phylogeny and diversity of vertebrates and aging 2(0,6) Methods of imaging utilized during tion. Preq: BIO E 801, 846. study of their comparative morphology, leading to an understanding of the relationships and electrophysiologic procedures. Three-dimensional BI O E 850 Selected Topics in Biomedical Engineer- functioning of living organisms. Preq: BIOL 104 CT images of the heart editing; echocardiographic 2012-13ing 1-4(0-4,12-0) Advanced topics in bioengineering or 111. Coreq: BIOSC 609. planer images for three-dimensional cardiac cham- intended to develop in-depth areas of particular bers; standard radiographic imaging techniques, student interest. Credit may be earned for more BIOSC 609 Comparative Vertebrate Morphol- including rotational angiography; 3-D electro- than one semester. Preq: Consent of instructor. ogy Laboratory 2(0,5) Comparative anatomy of representative vertebrates; methods used in anatomic maps for arrhythmia assessment and BIO E 870 Bioinstrumentation 3(2,2) Concepts and ablative treatment. Coreq: BIO E 829 or consent preparing specimens for study and display. Coreq: techniques of instrumentation in bioengineering BIOSC 608. of instructor. emphasizing effects of instrumentation on the BIO E 831 Advanced Electrophysiology Procedures biological system under investigation; transducers BIOSC 610 Limnology 3(3,0) Detailed introduction 2(0,6) Electrophysiologic procedures and methods and couplers; data conversion; conditioning and to the physical, chemical and biological interrela- to treat atrial fibrillation and ventricular tachy- transmission; experimental problems in acute tionships that characterize inland water environ- cardia; recording, imaging, mapping and ablative and chronic procedures with static and dynamic ments. A fundamental approach to the interactions methods; and setup and maintenance of robotic subjects. of components of the environment is developed at mapping and ablation. Preq: BIO E 828 and 829 a theoretical level. Preq: Junior standing in a life BIO E 882 Biomaterials Implantology 4(2,6) All science or consent of instructor. or consent of instructor. phases of experimental surgery including selection of animal models, preparation of animals for surgery, general and special surgical techniques, and basic and applied instrumentation. Preq: BIOSC 459 or equivalent. Courses of Instruction

BIOSC 611 Limnological Analyses 2(1,2) Examines BIOSC 640 Developmental Animal Biology 3(3,0) BIOSC (PL PA) 654 Plant Virology 4(3,3) Study a broad range of topics covered with both standing Events and mechanisms responsible for the devel- of plant viruses: their morphology, biochemistry, and running fresh waters. About one-third of the opment of multicellular animals. Gametogenesis, purification and transmission; symptoms resulting laboratory exercises address the major physical fertilization, embryonic development, cellular from virus infection; virus vector relationships. Se- components of lakes and streams. The remainder differentiation, morphogenesis, larval forms and rological and necleic acid hybridization procedures. provides rationale and methods for quantitative metamorphosis, asexual reproduction, regenera- Diagnosis of viral diseases and the identification analyses of biota, as well as some integrated analy- tion, malignancy and aging are analyzed in terms of causal agents. Replication of plant viruses, the ses of whole ecosystems. Preq or Coreq: BIOSC 610 of fundamental concepts and control processes. interaction between viral host and plant genome. or 643. Preq: BIOCH 301 or 305 or consent of instructor. Control of plant viral diseases. Preq: BIOCH 301, BIOSC (E N R) 613 Restoration Ecology 3(3,0) Coreq: BIOSC 650. MICRO 305, or consent of instructor. See E N R 613. BIOSC 641 Ecology 3(3,0) Study of basic ecological BIOSC (MICRO) 656 Medical and Veterinary BIOSC (AVS, MICRO) 614 Basic Immunology principles underlying the relationships between Parasitology 3(3,0) Introduction to parasitism in 3(3,0) See MICRO 614. organisms and their biotic and abiotic environ- the animal kingdom; emphasizes basic and applied principles related to economically and medically BIOSC (ENT) 615 Insect Taxonomy 3(1,6) See ments. Includes physiological, population and important diseases. Classical and experimental ENT 615. community ecology, with applications of each to human ecological concerns. Preq: BIOL 104/106, approaches to the study of parasitism are examined BIOSC 617 Marine Biology 3(3,0) Survey of organ- 111, BIOSC 205, or consent of instructor. in reference to protozoa, helminths and arthropods. isms that live in the sea and their adaptations Preq: BIOL 104/106 or 111. Coreq: BIOSC 657. to the marine environment. Emphasizes charac- BIOSC 642 Biogeography 3(3,0) Study of patterns BIOSC (MICRO) 657 Medical and Veterinary Para- teristics of marine habitats, organisms and the of distribution of plants and animals in space and sitology Laboratory 2(1,2) Laboratory to reinforce ecosystems. Preq: BIOL 104/106, 111, or consent time. Preq: BIOSC 302 or 303 and 304 or 305 or material presented in BIOSC 656. Introduces of instructor. consent of instructor. BIOSC 643 Freshwater Ecology 3(3,0) Study of basic students to both live and preserved human/animal BIOSC 620 Neurobiology 3(3,0) Broad background parasites. Also introduces techniques used in col- in neurobiology. Topics include neuroanatomical ecological principles and concepts as they apply to freshwater environments: rivers and streams, wet- lection, preservation and examination of animal structure-function; conduction in the neuron; parasites. Coreq: BIOSC 656. neurite growth and development; neuromuscular lands, lakes and ponds and reservoirs. Preq: Junior BIOSC 658 Cell Physiology 3(3,0) Study of the junction; chemistry, physiology and pharmacol- standing in a life science or consent of instructor. chemical and physical principles of cell function ogy of specific neurotransmitters and receptors; BIOSC 644 Freshwater Ecology Laboratory 2(1,2) emphasizing bioenergetics and membrane phe- visual process; axoplasmic transport; hypothalamic- Laboratory-based course providing a synthesis of nomena. Preq: BIOCH 301 or 305 or consent of pituitary regulation; theories of behavior; theories major components of freshwater ecosystems. Activi- instructor. of learning and memory. Preq: BIOCH 301 or 305 ties are hypothesis driven and relate to each other or consent of instructor. to form an overall synthesis of the field. Hands-on BIOSC 659 Systems Physiology 3(3,0) Physiological systems of vertebrates and their homeostatic con- BIOSC (PL PA) 625 Introductory Mycology 3(3,0) experience allows engagement in creative inquiry. trols. Function of the major physiological systems Introduction to the biology of all the groups of Preq or Coreq: BIOSC 443 or equivalent of consent is described in terms of anatomical structure and fungi and some related organisms, with consider- of instructor. chemical and physical principles. Preq: One year ations of the taxonomy, morphology, development, BIOSC 645 Ecology Laboratory 2(1,2) Modern each of biology, chemistry and physics or consent physiology and ecology of representative forms. and classical approaches to the study of ecological of instructor. Preq: BIOL 104/106 or 111 or BIOSC 205. Coreq: problems discussed in BIOSC 441. Students are BIOSC (PL PA) 626. introduced to field, laboratory and computer-based BIOSC 660 Systems Physiology Laboratory 2(1,2) Modern and classical experimental methods are BIOSC (PL PA) 626 Mycology Practicum 2(1,3) analyses of plant and animal populations and com- used to demonstrate fundamental physiological Application of the principles of mycological tech- munities. Preq or Coreq: BIOSC 641. principles discussed in BIOSC 659. Students are niques, including isolation, culture, identification BIOSC 646 Plant Ecology 3(3,0) Ecology of plants introduced to computer-aided data acquisition and and microscopic study of fungi. Includes examples in relation to their biotic and abiotic environments. computer simulations of physiological function. from all major groups of fungi. Coreq: BIOSC (PL Individual organisms, populations and communities Preq or Coreq: BIOSC 659. PA) 625. are considered with an emphasis on seed plants in BIOSC 661 Cell Biology 3(3,0) In-depth analysis of BIOSC 628 Quantitative Biology 4(3,3) Applies terrestrial environments. Preq: BIOL 104/106, 111, how and where intracellular and extracellular mol- quantitative methods to a wide range of biological or BIOSC 205, or consent of instructor. ecules control general and specific cellular functions problems. Main focus is on building modeling BIOSC 647 Plant Ecology Laboratory 2(1,2) Experi- such as gene expression, secretion, motility, signal- skills using population, physiological, genetic and mental and observational approach to addressing 2012-13ing, cell-cycle control and differentiation. Taught evolutionary problems. Also includes a review principles discussed in BIOSC 646. Students and graded at a level where students are expected of statistical principles and introduces basic bio- are introduced to field and laboratory methods to infer from and integrate cellular events. Preq: informatics techniques. Preq: BIOL 104, 111, or involving individual organisms, populations and BIOCH 301 or consent of instructor. equivalent; MTHSC 108 or equivalent. communities. Preq or Coreq: BIOSC 646 or consent BIOSC 662 Cell Biology Laboratory 2(1,2) Ac- BIOSC 632 Animal Histology 3(3,0) Structural and of instructor. companies BIOSC 661; focuses on molecular and functional study of the basic tissues of animals BIOSC 650 Developmental Biology Laboratory microscopic analysis of eukaryotic cells. Coreq: and tissue makeup of organs. Emphasis is on light 2(1,2) Examines a broad range of topics concerned BIOSC 661. microscopy level with selected tissue studied at with the development of multicellular animals such the electron microscope level. Preq: BIOSC 303 or as gametogenesis, fertilization, embryonic develop- BIOSC 664 Mammalogy 4(3,3) Origin, evolution, consent of instructor. Coreq: BIOSC 633. ment, cell differentiation, morphogenesis, larval distribution, structure and function of mammals with laboratory emphasis on mammals of the BIOSC 633 Animal Histology Laboratory 2(1,2) Mi- metamorphosis, and regeneration. Laboratory exer- Southeast. Field trips and live trapping of mam- croscopic examination of basic animal tissue types cises provide the rationale and methods for the de- mals are required. Preq: BIOSC 303 or consent and the tissue makeup of organs which comprise scriptive and experimental analysis of development of instructor. systems. Coreq: BIOSC 632. in representative invertebrates and vertebrates. Preq or Coreq: BIOSC 640 or equivalent. BIOSC (ENT) 636 Insect Behavior 3(2,3) See ENT 636. Courses of Instruction

BIOSC 666 Evolution of Human Behavior 3(3,0) BIOSC 677 Ichthyology 3(2,3) Systematics, life his- BIOSC 732 SC Life: Forensic Science Topics for Familiarizes students with the evolutionary basis of tory, distribution, ecology and current literature Teachers 3(2,2) Application of a broad spectrum human behavior. Examines topics such as altruism, of fish. Laboratory study of morphology and of forensic science to answer questions of interest cooperation, mating systems, parental investment identification of U.S. genera and all Southeastern to the legal system. Lectures, laboratories and field and social systems using diverse examples, from species. Field trips are required. Preq: BIOSC 303 trips focus on different subdivisions of forensic hunter-gatherer to technological societies. Preq: or consent of instructor. science. Restricted to elementary and secondary ANTH 351, BIOSC 335, 470, or PSYCH 201; or BIOSC (AVS) 680 Vertebrate Endocrinology 3(3,0) school teachers. May be repeated for credit, but consent of instructor. Introduction to the basic principles of neuroendo- only if different topics are covered. Preq: Consent BIOSC (W F B) 668 Herpetology 4(3,3) Physiology, crine integration and homeostatic maintenance in of instructor. functional morphology, ecology, evolution, biome- vertebrates. Comparative morphology and physiol- BIOSC 733 SC Life: Technology Topics for Teach- chanics and current literature of amphibians and ogy of various endocrine tissues and hormone ers 3(2,2) Lectures and laboratories focus on ways reptiles. Laboratory study examines morphology chemistry and modes of action are considered. to help teachers integrate technology into the and identification of world families and United Preq: BIOSC 303, organic chemistry or consent classroom. Restricted to elementary, middle, and States genera, as well as southeastern species. Field of instructor. secondary school teachers. May be repeated for trips are required. Preq: BIOSC 303 or consent of BIOSC 681 Web Design for the Life Sciences and credit, but only if different topics are covered. Preq: instructor. Agriculture 3(2,2) Addresses basic principles and Consent of instructor. BIOSC (ENT, W F B) 669 Aquatic Insects 3(1,6) theories of Web design and site construction, in- BIOSC 802 Conservation Genetics 3(3,0) Intro- See ENT 669. cluding usability and accessibility considerations. duction to theoretical population genetics and BIOSC 670 Behavioral Ecology 3(3,0) Historical Web and graphics design software are used to de- empirical studies of evolutionary genetics. Empha- and modern developments in animal behavior velop sites suitable for life science and agricultural sizes exploring conservation genetics issues from an emphasizing the evolutionary and ecological deter- organizations. Service-learning is used with student applied perspective by doing exercises using real minants of behavior. A synthesis of ethology and projects. Preq: AG ED 200, CP SC 120, or consent data sets and population genetics analyses programs comparative psychology. Preq: BIOSC 302 or 303 of instructor. as well as discussions of empirical studies of species or consent of instructor. BIOSC 682 Laboratory Techniques for Teaching of conservation concern. Preq: BIOSC 335, GEN BIOSC 671 Behavioral Ecology Laboratory 2(1,2) Science 3(1,6) Focuses on basic lab skills needed 300 or 302, or consent of instructor. Laboratory exercises that explore the behavior of to plan, prepare, and conduct inquiry-based labo- BIOSC 803 Population Dynamics 4(2,6) Funda- animals. Emphasizes behavioral observation and ratories and to familiarize pre-service teachers mental mechanisms basic to regulation of natural analysis and presentation of findings in a report with a variety of scientific equipment and their animal populations. Laboratory research project in format. Includes a semester-long independent methodologies. Topics include ways to integrate population dynamics complements theory. research project. Preq or Coreq: BIOSC 670 or technology into the classroom, lab safety, and the BIOSC 810 Behavioral Ecology 3(3,0) Behavior of consent of instructor. development of inquiry-based classroom activities. animals and the ecological context in which vari- BIOSC 672 Ornithology 4(3,3) Biology of birds: Preq: BIOL 104/106 or 111. ous behaviors are shown; empirical and theoretical their origin and diversification, adaptations, BIOSC 684 Human and Comparative Vertebrate aspects of behavioral ecology at individual, popula- phylogeny, classification, structure and function, Embryology 3(3,0) Study of human and compara- tion and community levels. Preq: BIOSC 441 and behavior, ecology and biogeography. Field identi- tive embryology with an introduction to related 470 or consent of instructor. fication is emphasized and field trips are required. clinical correlations. Students develop an under- BIOSC (ENTOX) 811 Immunotoxicology 3(3,0) Preq: BIOSC 303 or consent of instructor. standing of normal and abnormal human and See ENTOX 811. BIOSC 673 History of Modern Biology 3(3,0) comparative vertebrate embryonic development. BIOSC 812 Seminar 1(1,0) Review and presentation Examines the intellectual and social factors defin- Preq: BIOL 111 or consent of instructor. of current literature in biological sciences. May be ing the study of life from the scientific revolution BIOSC 687 Electron and Optical Microscopy repeated for a maximum of four credits. To be taken of the 1600s to the modern biological sciences. Theory 3(2,2) Offers a theoretical and practical Pass/Fail only. Preq: Consent of instructor. Investigates the historical origins of biological introduction to light and electron microscopy. BIOSC 813 Graduate Teaching Assistant Collo- disciplines and explores the differing cultures, Topics include Koehler illumination, polarization, quium 1(1,0) Designed for graduate teaching as- methodologies and philosophical commitments interference, phase contrast, DIC epifluorescence, sistants (GTAs) during their first year of laboratory of these communities. Preq: Introductory course laser scanning light microscopy, SEM, TEM, EDS, instruction. Covers a variety of topics designed to in biology or consent of instructor. ultramicrotomy, tomography and digital imaging. prepare GTAs for departmental instructional du- BIOSC (ANTH) 674 Primatology 4(3,3) Biology of Preq: Consent of instructor. ties, as well as information concerning safety and human primates, including their evolution, taxono- BIOSC 730 SC Life: Topics for Teachers 3(2,2) professional ethics in the laboratory classroom. To 2012-13Topics relating to the SC Life curriculum. Lectures, my, physiology, life history, behavioral ecology and be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: Graduate teaching conservation. Three field trips are required, during laboratories and extensive field studies focus on assistant in Biological Sciences. which students conduct behavioral observations the natural history and biodiversity of South BIOSC 816 Advanced Ecosystem Analysis 4(3,3) and later analyze their data and present it in report Carolina. Restricted to elementary and secondary Description and analysis of ecological systems; format. Preq: ANTH 351, BIOSC 303, 335. school teachers. May be repeated for credit, but biogeochemical, physicochemical and ecological BIOSC 675 Comparative Physiology 3(3,0) Physi- only if different topics are covered. Preq: Consent principles emphasizing fundamental unity of eco- ological systems of invertebrates and vertebrates of instructor. systems and their abiotic environment. Laboratory with emphasis on environmental adaptation. Physi- BIOSC 731 SC Life: DNA Technology for Teachers focuses on application of theory to actual field and ological principles as they relate to metabolism, 3(2,2) Lectures and laboratories focus on applica- laboratory research problems. Preq: BIOSC 641, thermoregulation, osmoregulation, respiration, tion of DNA technology in society. Restricted to MTHSC 210, 605, or consent of instructor. and neural and integrative physiology. Preq: One elementary, middle and secondary school teachers. BIOSC 820 Community Ecology 3(3,0) Examines year each of biology, chemistry and physics or May be repeated for credit, but only if different top- species interactions in plant and animal commu- consent of instructor. ics are covered. Preq: Consent of instructor. nities and uses experimental, observational and BIOSC 676 Comparative Physiology Laboratory theoretical approaches to study competition, preda- 2(1,2) Modern classical experimental methods tion, facilitation, habitat selection and succession. demonstrate fundamental physiological principles Emphasizes how species diversity is maintained and discussed in BIOSC 475. Students are introduced the consequences of diversity at local and regional to computer-aided data acquisition and manipula- scales. Preq: BIOSC 441 or equivalent. tion as well as computer simulations of physiological function. Preq or Coreq: BIOSC 675. Courses of Instruction

BIOSC 825 Comparative and Veterinary Immunol- BIOSC 846 Understanding Plant Biology 3(3,0) BMOLE 623 Bioseparations 3(3,0) Study of prin- ogy 3(3,0) Survey of the evolutionary relationships, Online course for teachers and others who want cipal methods of separation and purification of the physiology and the cellular/molecular biology to increase their content knowledge about plants. bioproducts, such as proteins, amino acids and of the immune systems of animals; demonstrations Study of plants from bryophytes to angiosperms, pharmaceuticals. Topics include analytical biosepa- that focus on those animals having high economic including growth, photosynthesis, nutrition, re- rations, membrane separations, sedimentation, cell input, biomedical importance, or a key ecological production, ecology and evolution. Preq: Consent disruption, extraction, adsorption, chromatography, position; current research with a historical per- of instructor. precipitation, crystallization and drying. Preq: spective. Preq: AVS 825, MICRO 614, or consent BIOSC 847 Understanding Microbiology 3(3,0) BIOCH 301, 305, or 423; CH E 330; or consent of instructor. Online course for teachers and others who want to of instructor. BIOSC 826 Epigenetics in Eukaryotes 3(3,0) Fo- increase their knowledge of microorganisms. Topics BMOLE 625 Biomolecular Engineering 3(3,0) cuses on epigenetics in eukaryotes and discusses include prokaryotic cell structure and function, Introduction to basic principles of biomolecular how epigenetic changes modulate gene expression microbial growth and growth control, food micro- engineering: the purposeful manipulation of bio- and post-translational modification. Topics include biology, bacterial genetics, immunology, virology, logical molecules and processes applied to problems specific decorations of the DNA, the proteins microbial diseases, and epidemiology. Laboratory and issues in the life sciences, biotechnology and that help compact DNA, and the importance of concepts are emphasized. medicine. Topics include carbohydrates, proteins, chromatin structure in maintaining characteristics BIOSC 848 Understanding Scientific Research nucleic acids and lipids with emphasis on their of cell or organism, such as immortalization or 3(3,0) Examines research problems in selected areas structure-property-function relations; molecular aging. Preq: MICRO 417, H417 or 617, or consent of biological sciences as an introduction to research recognition; biochemical pathway engineering; and of instructor. planning and techniques. Teachers undertake an cell growth. Preq: CH E 230 and 319 or consent of BIOSC (ENTOX) 830 Mechanistic Toxicology instructor-approved, individual research project or instructor. 3(3,0) See ENTOX 830. a group research project involving their classroom BMOLE 626 Biosensors and Bioelectronic BIOSC (ENTOX) 831 Biomarkers in Toxicology during the academic year. Both are assisted by and Devices 3(3,0) Development of methodologies 3(1,6) See ENTOX 831. under the supervision of the instructor. used to design, fabricate and apply biosensors BIOSC 840 Understanding Biological Inquiry BIOSC 849 Understanding Scientific Communica- and bioelectronic devices for the environmental, 3(3,0) Online course for teachers and others who tion 3(3,0) Online course to help teachers develop medical and chemicals industries. Application want to apply inquiry methods to biological prob- their ability to write grant proposals, scientific of the fundamentals of measurement science to lems. Provides a broad background into the scien- manuscripts, and conference presentations on bio- optical, electrochemical, mass and thermal means tific methods utilized in the biological sciences and logical topics, and to communicate about biological of signal transduction. Use of the fundamentals the application of inquiry-based teaching methods issues with public audiences. of surface science to interpret bio-immobilization in the classroom. BIOSC (ENTOX) 854 Aquatic Toxicology 3(3,0) and biomolecule-surface interactions. Preq: CH See ENTOX 854. E 330, and BIOCH 301 or 305, or consent of BIOSC 841 Understanding Ecology and Ecosystems instructor. 3(3,0) Online course for teachers and others who BIOSC 863 Special Problems 1-4 Research not want to understand ecological interactions and related to thesis. Preq: Consent of instructor. BMOLE 627 Membranes for Biotechnology and systems. Provides a broad background in ecology Biomedicine 3(3,0) Students learn principles BIOSC 871 Selected Topics 1-4(1-4,0) Cellular and of membrane science and technology and study that includes populations, habitats, communities, developmental biology, ecology, behavior, evolu- trophic interactions and ecosystems; and provides a membrane applications in the biotechnology and tionary biology, molecular biology, physiology, biomedical industries. Advanced topics include foundation for understanding interactions between systematics and other topics of interest to graduate organisms and their environments. surface modification of membranes, synthesis of students in the biological sciences. May be repeated porous membranes for biomedical applications BIOSC 842 Understanding Cellular Processes for credit, but only if different topics are covered. such as tissue engineering, environmentally respon- 3(3,0) In-depth analysis of essential cell biology top- Preq: Consent of instructor. sive membranes and membrane-based biomedical ics. Students study how and where intracellular and BIOSC 872 Selected Topics Laboratory 1-4(0,2-8) devices. Preq: CH E 330 or equivalent or consent extracellular molecules control cellular functions Specialized laboratory experiences in cellular and of instructor. such as gene expression, secretion, motility, signal- developmental biology, ecology, behavior, evolu- ing, cell-cycle control and differentiation. BMOLE 810 Biosensors and Bioelectronic De- tionary biology, molecular biology, physiology, vices 3(3,0) Study of methodologies in design, BIOSC 843 Understanding Genetics and Evolu- systematics and other topics of interest to graduate fabrication and application of biosensors and tionary Biology 3(3,0) Online course for teachers students in the biological sciences. May be repeated bioelectronic devices for monitoring the environ- who want to increase their content knowledge in for credit, but only if different topics are covered. mental, medical and chemical industries. Includes genetics and evolution. Topics include Mendelian 2012-13Preq: Consent of instructor. measurement science fundamentals applied to genetics, molecular genetics, gene expression and BIOSC 888 Electron and Light Microscopy Practi- optical, electrochemical, mass and thermal means regulation, population genetics, forces of evolution- cum 3(1,5) Continuation of BIOSC 687, offering of signal transduction. Also considers surface sci- ary change, and the role of evolutionary change in graduate students practical training on light and ence fundamentals to interpret bioimmobilization, the origin of new species. electron microscopes. Proficient students become biofouling and nonspecific interactions of enzymes, BIOSC 844 Understanding the Human Body 3(3,0) approved end users by performing approved, antibodies and DNA at surfaces. Preq: Consent of Online course for teachers and others who want to independent imaging projects. Preq: BIOSC 687 instructor. increase their content knowledge about the anato- and consent of instructor. my and physiology of the 11 organ systems in the BIOSC 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 BI OSYSteMS ENGINEERING human body. Studies include food processing and BIOSC 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 nutrient allocation, circulation and respiration, ex- B E (CSENV) 608 Land Treatment of Wastewater cretion, communication via hormones and nervous and Sludges 3(3,0) See CSENV 608. transmission, reproduction, behavior, locomotion BIOMOLECULAR ENGINEERING B E 610 Biological Kinetics and Reactor Modeling and support. Preq: Consent of instructor. BMOLE 603 Biotransport Phenomena 3(3,0) 3(2,3) Fundamentals of microbial and biochemical BIOSC 845 Understanding Vertebrate Biology Analysis of single and multidimensional steady-state kinetics used in analysis and design of biological 3(3,0) Online course for teachers and others who and transient problems in momentum, mass and systems. Topics include mathematical and com- want to increase their content knowledge about the energy transfer in biological systems. Mathematical puter modeling of biological kinetics and systems, taxonomy, morphology, adaptations and evolution similarities and differences in these mechanisms are estimating model coefficients, and development of vertebrates. Preq: Consent of instructor. stressed and mathematical descriptions of physi- of microbial kinetic models as basis for batch and ological and engineering systems are formulated. continuous reactor design. Preq: B E 212, MTHSC Preq: CH E 330, MTHSC 208. 208 or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

B E 612 Heat and Mass Transport in Biosystems B E 640 Renewable Energy Resource Engineering B E 865 Advanced Biological Transport Processes Engineering 3(3,0) Fundamentals of heat and mass 3(2,2) Investigation into merging renewable energy 3(3,0) Study of transient transport processes in transport used in engineering design and analysis resources, including detailed study of solar, wind biological materials and systems. Incorporates of biological systems; principles of steady state and bioenergy alternatives. Also includes principles, mathematics describing active and passive cellular and transient energy and mass balances including technologies and performance evaluation of compo- transport. Emphasizes numerical solution tech- chemical and biological generation terms. Preq: nents for these technologies and an introduction to niques for coupled transport relationships in non- B E 410, MTHSC 208. Coreq: M E 310 or consent tidal, hydro, geothermal and other energy; energy ideal, heterogeneous systems, including biological of instructor. conservation; cogeneration; financial, economi- kinetic and thermodynamic considerations. Preq: B E 614 Biosystems Engineering Unit Operation cal and other issues related to alternative energy BIOCH 305, CH E 601, MTHSC 634, or consent 3(2,3) Applies the basic principles of statics, dynam- sources. Preq: Science or engineering major, consent of instructor. ics and thermodynamics to design of mechanical of instructor. B E 871 Selected Topics in Biosystems Engineering and electrical systems supporting biological opera- B E (EE&S, FOR) 651 Newman Seminar and 1-3(1-3,0) Supervised, in-depth study of an area tions and processes. Preq: B E 314, M E 310. Lecture Series in Natural Resources Engineer- related to biosystems engineering not covered in B E 615 Instrumentation and Control for Bio- ing 1(0,2) Topics dealing with development and other courses. May be repeated for a maximum systems Engineers 4(3,3) Overview of modern protection of land, air, water and related resources of six credits. instrumentation techniques and digital electronic are covered by seminar with instructor and invited B E 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 components and subsystems to integrate them into lecturers. Current environmental and/or resource B E 901 Special Problems in Agricultural Engi- digital data acquisition and control systems for bio- conservation issues are addressed. Preq: Senior neering 3(3,0) Library and/or laboratory research systems. Emphasizes laboratory use of equipment. standing, consent of instructor. on one of the following subjects, depending on Topics include characteristics of instruments, signal B E 664 Non-Point Source Management in Engi- student’s field of study or interests: power and ma- conditioning, transducer theory and applications, neered Ecosystems 3(2,3) Fundamentals of non- chinery, soil and water resources, farm structures, programmable logic controllers, and digital data point source pollution including quantification of electric power and processing, food engineering, acquisition and control. Preq: E C E 307. environmental impact and ecosystem management forest engineering or waste management. A techni- B E 617 Applied Instrumentation and Control for related to contaminants and nutrients and to cal report is required. Biosystems 2(1,3) Study of hardware and software planning and design of ecological systems. Preq: B E 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 implementation of digital data acquisition and MICRO 305, senior standing in engineering, or control systems for application to agriculture, consent of instructor. BTO ANY aquaculture, biotechnology and other biosystems. B E (EE&S) 684 Municipal Solid Waste Manage- Topics include digital electronic circuits and com- ment 3(3,0) See EE&S 684. BTO 821 Inorganic Plant Metabolism 3(3,0) Study ponents, microcomputer architecture, interfacing B E 781 Special Problems 1-3(1-3,0) Students select of plant, soil, water and nutrient relations. Topics and programming. Preq: B E 415 or consent of subjects and conduct library, laboratory and/or include permeability, uptake and translocation, instructor. field research. A technical report documenting the transpiration and mineral nutrition. Offered fall B E 622 Hydrologic Modeling of Small Watersheds study is required. May be repeated for a maximum semester of odd-numbered years only. Preq: BIOSC 3(3,0) Design of structures and development of best of six credits. Preq: Master’s degree candidate in 601 and 602 or consent of instructor. management practices for runoff, flood and sedi- Engineering. BOT 822 Organic Plant Metabolism 3(3,0) Dis- ment control from rural and urban areas, including B E 822 Principles and Practice of Stream Resto- cusses respiration and photosynthesis; synthesis, natural and disturbed watersheds. Topics include ration 3(2,3) Introduction to hydraulic and sedi- translocation, storage, transformation and degra- modeling of prismatic and non-prismatic channels, ment transport processes associated with stream dation of organic materials, fats, carbohydrates, culverts and detention/retention ponds. Preq: B E restoration practice. Emphasis is on learning to proteins, pigments and nucleic acids. Offered 322 or consent of instructor. research, document and present a rationale for a spring semester of even-numbered years only. Preq: B E 628 Biochemical Engineering 3(3,0) Use of recommended alternative to a degraded stream. BIOSC 601 and 602 and BIOCH 623 or consent microorganisms and enzymes for the production of Research centers around a degraded stream system. of instructor. chemical feedstocks, single-cell protein, antibiotics Preq: B E 622 or consent of instructor. BOT (CSENV) 824 Mode of Action of Growth and other fermentation products. Topics include B E 835 Industrial Biotechnology Techniques 4(3,3) Substances 4(3,3) See CSENV 824. kinetics and energetics of microbial metabolism, Introduces industrial biotechnology techniques BOT 831 Advanced Plant Taxonomy 4(3,3) Study design and analysis of reactors for microbial growth with emphasis on bioproduction, pilot biopro- of the principles of plant classification including and enzyme-catalyzed reactions, and considerations cessing equipment operation, biopharmaceutical relationships and characteristics of major groups of scale-up, mass transfer and sterilization during storage, process simulation and economics, project of vascular plants. Students collect and identify reactor design. Preq: B E 410 or CH E 330 or con- 2012-13management, good laboratory practice (GLP), spring flora of the area. Offered spring semester sent of instructor. and current good manufacturing practice (cGMP) of odd-numbered years only. Preq: BIOSC 606 or B E 635 Applications in Biotechnology Engineer- geared toward the biotechnology industry. Preq: consent of instructor. ing 3(2,3) Bioengineering principles applied to B E 638 or BIOCH 633, GEN (BIOSC) 616, or BOT 850 Plant Tissue and Cell Culture 3(2,3) the expanding fields of agricultural biotechnol- consent of instructor. Methods and principles of plant tissue and cell ogy, ecotechnology and biomedical technology. B E 838 Advanced Bioprocess Engineering 3(3,0) culture: cloning, embryogenesis, protoplast fusion, Special applications include waste treatment and Advanced bioprocessing techniques with emphasis plant regeneration, potential of plant genetic en- ecological engineering, bioreactor propagation of on processing and modeling aspects of eukary- gineering. Offered fall semester of odd-numbered plant and animal cells and tissues, applied genom- otic systems and associated bioproducts. Modules years only. Preq: Introductory plant physiology or ics and synthetic seed production, biosensors and include thermal processing, supercritical fluid consent of instructor. biomonitoring, biological implants and materials extraction, and advanced biological thermodynam- BOT 860 Plant Anatomy and Cell Biology 4(3,3) biocompatibility. Preq: B E (CH E) 428. ics, chromatography and spectroscopy. Preq: B E Covers the subcellular structure and the compara- B E 638 Bioprocess Engineering Design 3(2,2) 438/638 or consent of instructor. tive organization and function of plant cell-types, Design and analysis of systems for processing tissues and organs. Emphasizes the interplay biological materials. Topics include biotechnol- between the environment and the plant body and ogy, thermodynamics, transport processes and among genomes, membrane compartments and the biological properties related to bioprocess design cytoplasm as these relate to the highly orchestrated and computational simulation. Unit operations stages in development. Offered spring semester of include basic bioreactor operation, bioseparations, even-numbered years only. and preservation techniques. Preq: B E 428. Courses of Instruction

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION M B A 817 Business Forecasting Techniques and M B A 834 Business Plan Capstone 3(3,0) Students Applications 3(3,0) Study of forecasting techniques finalize business plans and deliver presentations to M B A 803 Statistical Analysis of Business Opera- and their application for developing and assessing a group of business leaders who may award up to tions 3(3,0) Application of modern statistical infer- forecasts. Topics include economic data sources, $100,000 as seed capital. ence in business operations. Topics include testing multiple regression and time series analysis, and in- M B A 835 Investment Management 3(3,0) Discusses statistical hypotheses, consequences of making deci- terpretation of forecasts for management and other current techniques and strategies in the analysis of sions with incomplete information, univariate and clients. Preq: M B A 802 and 803, or equivalent. various investment alternatives. Includes portfolio multivariate regression with emphasis on business M B A 819 Introduction to Accounting and Fi- management with an introduction to options and applications and design of experiments and analysis nance 3(3,0) Basic concepts of accounting and futures markets. Preq: Principles of accounting and of variance. Special attention is given to efficient finance with emphasis on using financial data for a demonstrated proficiency in basic finance. and relevant data collection and interpretation. decision making; measuring, processing, report- M B A (FIN) 836 Real Estate Principles 3(3,0) M B A 805 Enterprise, Government and the Public ing and analysis of financial information; use of Advanced survey course to acquaint students 3(3,0) Regulatory environment of business and how discounted cash flow analysis in valuation and with the theories, practices and principles of real it evolves. Through use of economic logic and busi- the measurement of risk and return. Designed for estate. Topics include urban economics, real estate ness cases, students are equipped to understand the MBA students lacking background in accounting law, brokerage, real estate valuation, financial all-pervading nature and importance of government and finance. Preq: Consent of MBA director. institutions, tax issues, investment analysis, and regulation in the economy. M B A 820 Globalization and Macro Markets 3(3,0) development. Preq: M B A 807 or 819 or consent M B A 806 Operations Management 3(3,0) How Operation of international markets, factors that de- of instructor. firms create value and how decisions in the areas of termine exchange rates and influence trade, role of M B A 837 Legal Environment of Business 2(2,0) capacity, facilities, technology, vertical integration, government and non-government organizations on Legal and case analysis of court systems and dispute workforce, quality, production planning/materials economic outcomes, structured financial products resolution, contracts, business torts, EEOC, Age control, and organization influence a firm’s abil- to reduce international business risk. Preq: Consent Discrimination in Employment Act, Americans ity to add value; decisions and analysis tools used of instructor. with Disabilities Act, Employment-at-Will com- for these decisions. Preq: M B A 818 and 830, or M B A 826 Business Marketing 3(3,0) Strategic pared to union participation; international legal equivalent, or consent of instructor. marketing as it applies to industrial, organizational considerations as these topics relate to business con- M B A 807 Financial Management 3(3,0) Theory of and institutional markets; consumer marketing cerns. May not be used for credit toward a graduate financial management as it relates to the financial versus business-to-business marketing; current degree. Preq: Consent of MBA director. problems faced by business concerns. Concepts business marketing literature and practices. Preq: M B A 839 Business Negotiations and Legal Dis- developed are used to assess the validity of emerging Principles of marketing or equivalent or consent pute Resolution 3(3,0) Negotiation and dispute formalized techniques for improving decision mak- of instructor. resolution in the business environment. Negotia- ing in the financial area. Topics include financial M B A 828 Services Marketing 3(3,0) Nature of tion techniques and practices, negotiation team planning, short- and long-term fund raising, capital services marketing and the special requisites that building, international negotiation issues, as well budgeting, the administration of working capital, distinguish successful services marketing from as alternative dispute resolutions as applied to legal recapitalization, listing of securities and reorganiza- goods marketing. Topics include promoting and issues within the business environment. Preq: M B tion. Case material and problems are used. Preq: M making the service tangible, designing optimal A 837, 838 or consent of instructor. B A 804 or 854 or equivalent, and M B A 803 or service operations, the ideal service worker, pricing 853 or equivalent. M B A 840 Entrepreneurship and Venture Manage- of services and critical points of services delivery. ment 2(2,0) Prepares students for the challenges M B A (MGT) 809 Organizational Behavior and Preq: Principles of marketing or equivalent or of managing human resources and organizational Human Resources Management 3(3,0) Theories consent of instructor. behavior at a new business venture. Students learn and models of behavior; human resources man- M B A 829 Marketing Foundations 2(2,0) Principles about the psychological drivers of employee behav- agement concepts and processes as they apply to and concepts involved in planning, pricing, pro- ior and understand how to manage employees in a managing individual and work-group behavior moting and distributing goods and services. Preq: start-up business environment. in organizations. Organizational behavior topics Consent of MBA director. include leadership, motivation and teamwork. Hu- M B A 841 Real Estate Finance 3(3,0) The applica- man resource management topics include human M B A 831 Communications and Sales 2(2,0) tion of financial analysis and theory to real estate, resources strategy, selection, performance evalua- Students learn the principles of effective busi- mortgage credit analysis and current financing tech- tion, reward systems and employee development. ness communication, with a focus on delivering niques for residential and commercial properties is presentations and persuasive business pitches. En- emphasized. Topics include financial institutions, M B A 811 International Business Management trepreneurs also learn how to adapt a message to a mortgage financing techniques, financial decisions 3(3,0) Survey and analysis of managerial theory 2012-13variety of audiences, including investors, employees and construction financing. Preq: M B A (FIN) 836. and the practice of international business, includ- and customers. ing the influence of cultural, economic, political M B A 842 Real Estate Valuation 3(3,0) Study of and financial factors affecting the management of M B A (FIN) 832 International Financial Manage- real estate appraisal with primary emphasis on the firm. Case studies of companies engaged in ment 3(3,0) Factors that influence the financial two student projects: a house appraisal and a com- international business are discussed. management of multinational corporations. Topics mercial property appraisal. Topics include highest include international parity conditions, currency and best use analysis, the three approaches to value, M B A 812 Financial Markets and Institutions 3(3,0) exposure management, capital budgeting of inter- advanced capitalization techniques, discounted Topics critical to the proper management of finan- national projects and political risks. Preq: M B A cash flow analysis and the standards of professional cial institutions including financial regulations, 807 or 857 or consent of instructor. practice. Preq: M B A (FIN) 836. financial security types and their yields, interest rate theories, interest rate risk management, foreign M B A 833 Real Estate Investments 3(3,0) Study M B A 843 Entrepreneurial Accounting 2(2,0) currency risk management, stock index futures and of real estate investment analysis and decision An introduction to basic accounting principles. numerous operating functions in banking. Preq: M making featuring the use of the discounted cash Students learn to analyze financial statements, B A 807 or consent of instructor. flow model and other tools to evaluate investment understand GAAP, and comprehend double-entry alternatives from the perspective of an equity real bookkeeping from the perspective of a manager of M B A 814 Directed Research in Quantitative estate investor. Emphasizes market analysis, owner- a new business venture. Analysis 3(3,0) ship alternatives and financing considerations. Preq: M B A 815 Directed Research in Qualitative M B A (FIN) 836. Analysis 3(3,0) Courses of Instruction

M B A 844 Entrepreneurial Law 1(1,0) Exposes stu- M B A 859 Managerial Decision Modeling 3(3,0) M B A 875 Enterprise Development 3(3,0) Stud- dents to issues ranging from registering a business Survey of decision modeling techniques useful in ies the entrepreneurial process from conception to protecting intellectual property. Students also managerial decision making, including linear pro- to birth of new venture emphasizing discovery, learn about the fundamental concepts of business gramming, project management, queuing models, searching for opportunities and gathering resources law relating to tort law, contract law, liability law transportation problems and Monte Carlo simula- to convert opportunities to businesses. Students and business taxation. tion. Preq: Consent of MBA director. learn how to evaluate entrepreneurs and their M B A (MGT) 845 Technology and Innovation M B A 860 Advanced Marketing Strategy 3(3,0) plans by working in teams to write a business plan Management 3(3,0) Interdisciplinary examination Advanced marketing theory and critical thinking for a new venture. of problems and issues in integrating technol- skills applied to support strategic decision making. M B A 876 Sustainable Business Practices 3(3,0) Ex- ogy and innovation into processes and products; Data analysis and advanced marketing models are amination of emerging field of sustainable business evaluating tangible and intangible aspects of new employed with emphasis on building analytic and practices and its role in strategy development and technology adoption; management research and assessment skills. Offered spring semester only. implementation. Specific emphasis is on history, development; and functional integration of market- Preq: M B A 858 or MKT 865 or consent of science and politics of sustainability, including its ing and operations. instructor. effects on production, consumption and environ- M B A 846 Use of Derivatives in Financial Engineer- M B A (MGT) 861 Information Systems 3(3,0) mental impact. Preq: Consent of instructor. ing 3(3,0) The valuation and use of basic derivative The critical role of information systems in con- M B A 880 MBA Seminar 1-3(1-3,0) Presents various securities such as futures and options; the finan- temporary business organizations; key information topics, such as professional development for MBA cial engineering of securities combinations such systems and technologies; their impacts both within students, project research methods for graduate as swaps, spreads and straddles; applications of and across organizational settings. research assistants, and other special topics. To be derivatives and financial engineering in managing M B A 862 Managerial Economics 3(3,0) Use of taken Pass/Fail only. May be repeated for a maxi- financial risks. Preq: M B A 807 or 867 or consent economic analysis in managerial decision making. mum of four credits. Preq: Consent of instructor. of instructor. Topics include the theory of cost, production, M B A 881 Seminar on Ethics and Leadership 1(1,0) M B A 847 New Venture Creation 2(2,0) Students industrial organization, coordination and control Exposes MBA students to various ethical, leader- work to set up a new venture, build networks and of the firm, from theoretical concepts to actual ship and personal development venues through create a business plan while understanding how to decision making. Offered fall semester only. Preq: a combination of speakers, networking activities, identify and exploit opportunities. Consent of MBA director. workshops, competitions, personal development ex- M B A 848 Entrepreneurial Marketing and Digital M B A 863 Advanced Managerial Economics 3(3,0) ercises and other related activities. May be repeated Strategies 3(3,0) Students learn basic marketing Advanced economic analysis for managerial deci- for a maximum of two credits. To be taken Pass/ principles and digital strategies, including Web sion making. Topics include advanced price theory, Fail only. Preq: Consent of instructor. optimizations and social media strategies. Entrepre- theory of firm, internal organization of the firm, the M B A 888 Internship in Business Administration neurs also learn about electronic commerce and the economics of strategic behavior in the market and 2-6 Preplanned, preapproved, faculty-supervised economics of digital business. the empirical estimation of demand and cost func- internship designed to give students on-the-job M B A 849 Entrepreneurial Strategy 3(3,0) Employs tions. Preq: M B A 862 or consent of instructor. learning in support of classroom education. A a case-based approach, focusing on the strategies M B A 870 Strategic Management 3(3,0) Investiga- two-credit hour internship must be no fewer than employed by companies in a variety of industries. tion of the ongoing process of positioning a firm 120 contact hours (e.g., four weeks, 30 hours per By extension, entrepreneurs utilize strategic frame- for competitive advantage in its changing business week; or eight weeks, 15 hours per week; or 15 works to understand the external and internal forces environment focusing on the role of general man- weeks, eight hours per week) with the same intern- that may impact their own venture. agers in formulating and implementing strategies ship provider. To be taken Pass/Fail only. May be M B A 850 Business Communications 1(1,0) for single and multibusiness firms. Business cases, repeated for a maximum of six credits. Preq: Thirty Techniques, skills, problems and approaches for class discussions and group projects are used to semester hours of graduate credit and consent of effective business communications; strengths and integrate content from previous business courses. MBA director. weaknesses of various communications forms Offered spring semester and summer session only. M B A 899 Selected Topics in Business Administra- with concentration on informative and persuasive Preq: M B A 807, 809, 838, 854, 856, 861, 862; or tion 1-6(1-6,0) Current topics in business adminis- models. Includes practical experience in written consent of instructor. tration as they relate to the manager. Topics may work and presentations, video and verbal feedback, M B A 871 Programming and System Development come from a single functional area or may integrate teamwork, problem solving and situational presen- 3(3,0) Programming concepts and structures in two or more functional areas (accounting, econom- tations. To be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: Consent developing information systems applications. Spe- ics, finance, management, or marketing). May be of MBA director. cific techniques and tools covered are updated to repeated for a maximum of nine credits. 2012-13incorporate the newest technologies. Preq: Consent M B A 851 Business Operations and Logistics 1(1,0) Entrepreneurs learn to understand the funda- of instructor. CAREER AND TECHNOLOGY mentals of operations strategy to achieve efficient M B A 872 Entrepreneurial Finance 3(3,0) Topics EDUCATION organizational performance and effective use of include business valuation, financial forecasting, CTE (ED) 700 Supervising the Student Teacher in resources in their new business ventures. financing strategies and business harvesting. In- the Public School 2-3(2-3,0) See ED 700. M B A 852 Social Entrepreneurship 1(1,0) Social cludes case studies and computer modeling. Preq: CTE (H R D) 845 Needs Assessment for Education Entrepreneurship is the study of sustainability, ECON 855 or M B A 807. and Industry 3(3,0) See H R D 845. hybrid entrepreneurship principles and the role of M B A (MGT) 874 Managing Continuous Improve- start-up companies as social ventures. ment 3(3,0) How to initiate and lead change toward CTE (H R D) 847 Instructional Systems Design 3(3,0) See H R D 847. M B A 854 Managerial Accounting 3(3,0) Analysis, a total quality environment; basic tools of qual- interpretation and use of accounting informa- ity management; use of teams to achieve change; CTE (H R D) 860 Instructional Materials Develop- tion for planning and control in business and quality function deployment; ISO 9000; supplier ment 3(3,0) See H R D 860. nonbusiness organizations. Includes profit plan- development; and use of survey methods to track CTE 865 American Industries 3(3,0) Concepts and ning, budgeting and standards; product and progress of change. Preq: MGT 803 or consent of principles of American industry and technology. In- segment costing and evaluation; and case studies instructor. dustrial plant visits supplement study of industrial and computer-based assignments. Offered spring organization, economics, management, production semester only. Preq: M B A 819 or equivalent or and products. consent of instructor. CTE (H R D) 870 Consulting for Education and Industry 3(3,0) See H R D 870. Courses of Instruction

CTE (AG ED, ED) 889 Research in Education 3(3,0) CH E 823 Mass Transfer and Stagewise Contact CH 611 Instrumental Analysis 3(3,0) Principles of See AG ED 889. Operations 3(3,0) Stagewise contact operations operation and application of modern chemical CTE 895 Special Problems I 3(3,0) Special problems emphasizing distillation; vapor-liquid equilibria; instrumentation in the field of analytical chemistry. in industrial education varying with interests, ex- integral and differential distillation; binary and Topics include basic electronics, statistics, optical, periences and needs of students. Preq: Submission multicomponent rectification; analytical meth- mass, magnetic resonance, electron and x-ray spec- of a written proposal, completion of nine hours in ods; batch rectification; azeotropic and extractive troscopies, radiochemistry, and separation science. the major and consent of advisor. distillation. Preq: CH 331, 332. CTE 896 Special Problems II 3(3,0) Continuation CH E 834 Advanced Chemical Engineering CH 614 Bioanalytical Chemistry 3(3,0) Survey of of CTE 895. Preq: CTE 895, written proposal and Thermodynamics 3(3,0) Classical and statistical selected areas of importance in bioanalytical chem- consent of advisor. thermodynamics applied to problems in chemical istry. Includes fundamental principles, advanced engineering emphasizing modern methods of pre- topics and applications of analytical measure- CHEMICAL ENGINEERING dicting thermophysical properties of gases and liq- ments of biomolecules, bioassays, immunoassays, uids. Students’ and instructor’s interests influence separations, mass spectrometry, method valida- CH E 601 Transport Phenomena 3(3,0) Math- course content but usually include fundamentals of tion, macromolecular crystallography, microscopy ematical analysis of single and multidimensional applied statistical mechanics, molecular theory of and imaging. Preq: CH 313, 411, or consent of steady-state and transient problems in momentum, dense fluids, descriptions of intermolecular forces, instructor. energy and mass transfer. Both the similarities and gas-liquid and liquid-liquid critical phenomena, CH 621 Advanced Organic Chemistry 3(3,0) Survey differences in these mechanisms are stressed. Preq: theories of interfacial phenomena and adsorption, of modern organic chemistry with an emphasis on CH E 312, MTHSC 208. statistical mechanics of polymeric systems, statisti- synthesis and mechanisms. Preq: CH 224, 332 or CH E 612 Polymer Engineering 3(3,0) Design-ori- cal mechanics of polydispersed systems, computer equivalent. ented course in synthetic polymers. Topics include simulation of fluids by Monte Carlo, molecular CH 625 Medicinal Chemistry 3(3,0) Survey of the reactor design used in polymer production, effect dynamics and stochastic dynamics methods. Preq: pharmaceutical drug discovery process. Covers dis- of step versus addition kinetics on reactor design, CH E 804 or equivalent. covery of candidate compounds; bioassay methods; epoxy curing reactions, polymer solubility, influ- CH E 845 Selected Topics in Chemical Engineering associated regulatory and commercial issues. Case ence of polymerization and processing conditions 3(3,0) Topics not covered in other courses emphasiz- studies are selected from the current literature. Preq: on polymer crystallinity. Preq: CH 224 and 332 or ing current literature and results of current research. CH 224 or equivalent or consent of instructor. consent of instructor. Topics vary from year to year to keep pace with CH 627 Organic Spectroscopy 3(2,3) Survey of CH E 645 Selected Topics in Chemical Engineering developments. May be repeated for credit. modern spectroscopic techniques used in the 3(3,0) Topics not covered in other courses, em- CH E 890 Special Projects 1-6 Comprehensive determination of molecular structure. Emphasis is phasizing current literature, research and practice analytical and/or experimental treatment of phe- on the interpretation of spectra: nuclear magnetic of chemical engineering. Topics vary from year to nomena of current interest in chemical engineering resonance, ultraviolet, infrared, mass spectroscopy, year. May be repeated, but only if different topics emphasizing modern technological problems. May optical rotatory dispersion and circular dichroism. are covered. Preq: Consent of instructor. be repeated for maximum of six credits. To be Preq: One year each of organic chemistry and physi- CH E 650 Chemical Reaction Engineering 3(3,0) taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: Consent of instructor cal chemistry. Review of kinetics of chemical reactions and an and department chair. CH 635 Atomic and Molecular Structure 3(3,0) introduction to the analysis and design of chemical CH E 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 Introduction to quantum theory and its application reactors. Topics include homogeneous and het- CH E 895 Chemical Engineering Graduate Semi- to atomic and molecular systems. Topics include erogeneous reactions, batch and continuous flow nar 1(1,0) Series of weekly, one-hour seminars harmonic oscillator, hydrogen atom, atomic and reaction systems, catalysis, and design of industrial given by students, faculty and guests on topics of molecular orbital methods, vector model of the reactors. Preq: CH E 312, 321, CH 332. current interest. Credits earned in this course do atom, atomic spectroscopy and molecular spectros- CH E 803 Advanced Transport Phenomena 3(3,0) not apply to or alter the required minimum of six copy. Offered spring semester only. Preq: CH 332 Analysis of heat, mass and momentum transfer; research hours for the MS degree or the required or consent of instructor. derivation and application of the governing equa- 30 research credit hours for the PhD degree. To be CH 651 Frontiers in Polymer Chemistry 3(3,0) tions; solution of steady and unsteady-state multi- taken Pass/Fail only. Survey of selected areas of current research in poly- dimensional problems in fluid flow, heat transfer CH E 945 Selected Topics in Chemical Engineering mer science with particular emphasis on polymer and mass transfer. 3(3,0) More comprehensive study of topics first synthesis. Although a text is required for review CH E 804 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics covered in CH E 845. and reference, course is primarily literature based 3(3,0) Study of equilibria of physical and chemical CH E 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 and focused on areas of high impact to multidisci- systems and generalized properties of hydrocarbons. 2012-13plined technology. Preq: CH 223, 224, MS&E 415 Includes application of thermodynamic methods CHEMISTRY or consent of instructor. in equipment design. CH 671 Teaching Chemistry 3(3,0) Topics in CH E 805 Chemical Engineering Kinetics 3(3,0) Ki- CH 602 Inorganic Chemistry 3(3,0) Basic principles chemistry addressed in the context of constructiv- netics of chemical reactions, particularly in design of inorganic chemistry are discussed with special ist methodologies. Also considers laboratory work and operation of chemical reactors. emphasis on atomic structure, chemical bonding, and management, laboratory safety and the use CH E (EE&S) 814 Applied Numerical Methods solid state, coordination chemistry, organometallic of technology in the chemistry classroom. Preq: in Process Simulation 3(3,0) Numerical solution chemistry, and acid-base theories. The chemistry 300-level chemistry course or high school teaching techniques as applied to chemical process systems; of certain selected elements is treated. Offered fall experience or consent of instructor. semester only. Preq: CH 331, 332. finite difference techniques for partial differential CH 704 Selected Topics for Chemistry Teachers equations stressing applied numerical methods CH 604 Bioinorganic Chemistry 3(3,0) Covers fun- 1-6(1-6,1-6) Directed individual study in designing rather than theoretical numerical analysis. Stan- damentals of bioinorganic chemistry with review of experiments and teaching materials or an in-depth dard methods for ordinary differential equations necessary inorganic and biochemical concepts. Top- study of one or more advanced topics. For graduate are reviewed. Preq: Consent of instructor. ics include metal uptake, transport and storage in students in Elementary and Secondary Education. CH E 818 Polymer Processing 3(3,0) Processing of biological systems; functions of metals in proteins; May be repeated, but only if different topics are polymeric materials; polymer flow characterization; metal ion interactions with nucleic acids; physical covered. Offered spring semester of odd-numbered extrusion; mixing; filtration; injection molding; methods used in bioinorganic chemistry; heavy years only. fiber and film formation; physical science principles element toxicity, radiopharmaceuticals and other such as fluid flow, heat transfer, crystallization and metallodrugs. Preq: BIOCH 301 or CH 205. rheology applied to polymer processing operations. Courses of Instruction

CH 800 Professional Development Issues in Chem- CH 818 Surface and Thin Film Analysis 3(2,2) CH 840 Techniques of Experimental Chemistry istry 1(1,0) Covers development of professional Fundamental principles underlying the most 3(1,6) Theory and practice in major experimental behavior for graduate students in chemistry, includ- commonly employed techniques for surface and techniques used in chemical research; chroma- ing communication skills, teaching techniques, thin films analysis. Representative techniques in- tography; NMR, IR, visible, UV, and ORD/CD research ethics, career management, “grantsman- clude atomic force microscopy, scanning electron spectrophotometry; glassblowing and high vacuum ship,” and intellectual property issues in science. microscopy, secondary ion mass spectrometry, techniques; mass spectrometry; ESR; Mössbauer Preq: Graduate standing in Chemistry. Auger electron spectroscopy and Rutherford back- spectrometry and tracer analysis. CH 805 Theoretical Inorganic Chemistry 3(3,0) scattering. Laboratory exercises give insights into CH 841 Chemical Applications of NMR Spectros- Application of group theory to structure and analytical methods. copy 3(2,2) Basic concepts of NMR spectroscopy properties of inorganic molecules. Offered spring CH 821 Organic Chemistry I 3(3,0) Theoretical with application to organic, inorganic, physical semester of odd-numbered years only. Preq: CH 435 concepts of organic chemistry, stereochemistry and and analytical chemistry; design of spectroscopic and 804 or consent of instructor. mechanisms of organic reactions. Offered fall semes- experiments and interpretation of spectra; modern CH 807 Chemistry of the Transition Elements ter only. Preq: CH 421 or satisfactory performance techniques including multipulse, multinuclear and 3(3,0) Structure, spectroscopy and reactivity of on the organic chemistry placement examination. two-dimensional methods. Offered fall semester transition metals and their compounds. Offered CH 822 Organic Chemistry II 3(3,0) Continuation only. Preq: CH 331 and 332 or consent of instructor. fall semester only. Preq: CH 804 or consent of of CH 821; mechanisms of organic reactions in- CH (EE&S) 842 Actinide Chemistry 3(3,0) See instructor. cluding photochemistry and Woodward-Hoffman EE&S 842. CH 808 Chemistry of the Nonmetallic Elements rules; modern synthetic organic chemistry. Offered CH 851 Graduate Student Seminar 1-2(1-2,0) Stu- 3(3,0) Development and application of a bonding spring semester only. Preq: CH 821 or consent of dents and faculty review current topics in chemistry. model for descriptive inorganic chemistry of boron, instructor. May be taken more than one semester. carbon, silicon, nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen and CH 830 Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry 3(3,0) CH 852 Departmental Seminar 1-2(1-2,0) Off- sulfur. Offered spring semester of odd-numbered Principles of classical thermodynamics, chemical ki- campus speakers are invited to present aspects years only. Preq: CH 804 or consent of instructor. netics and quantum chemistry. Offered fall semester of their research to the chemistry faculty and CH 809 Chemical Applications of X-Ray Crystal- only. Preq: CH 331 or equivalent. graduate students every week during the academic lography 3(2,2) Physical description of the crystal- CH 831 Chemical Thermodynamics 3(3,0) Classical year. Some of these talks may form the basis for line state, symmetry in crystals, X-ray diffraction, thermodynamics emphasizing theory and signifi- cumulative examination questions. Attendance is modern methods of structure determination, and cance of energetics and systems of variable composi- mandatory. May be taken more than one semester. chemical interpretation of structural results. Of- tion. Offered fall semester of odd-numbered years Preq: Approved bachelor’s degree. fered spring semester of odd-numbered years only. only. Preq: CH 331 or equivalent. CH 860 Chemical Biology 3(3,0) Covers funda- Preq: CH 331 and 332 or consent of instructor. CH 834 Statistical Thermodynamics 3(3,0) Study mentals of chemical biology by examining the CH 812 Chemical Spectroscopic Methods 3(2,3) of statistical thermodynamics including ensemble structure, function, bonding and reactivity of Emission and absorption spectroscopy, chemical method, ideal gases, internal degrees of freedom, nucleic acids, proteins, carbohydrates and lipids. microscopy, X-ray diffraction, and fluorescence solid state, imperfect gases, distribution function Topics are covered from the perspective of organic, techniques in analytical chemistry; theory and method in fluids, and time-dependent fluctuations. inorganic, analytic and physical chemistry. Credit operation of instruments. Preq: CH 831. will be given for only one of CH 860, BIOCH 631. CH 813 Electrochemical Science 3(3,0) Theory and CH 835 Chemical Kinetics 3(3,0) Rate processes Preq: Undergraduate coursework in organic, inor- experimental study of electrochemical thermody- and reaction mechanisms; order of reaction; ganic, physical and analytic chemistry; or consent namics, electrified interfaces, interfacial charge theory of rate processes; relation of reaction rates of instructor.. transfer, electrolyte solutions, electrode processes, to mechanism; homogeneous and heterogeneous CH 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 and membrane electrochemistry; amperometric, catalysis; experimental methods; chain reactions; CH 900 Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry voltammetric, electrolytic and potentiometric meth- diffusion; effects of solvent, temperature and pres- 1-4(1-4,0) Metal-metal bonding; homogeneous ods; practical applications of electrochemistry in sure on reaction rates and mechanisms. Lectures catalysis; photochemistry; bioinorganic chemistry; analysis, materials synthesis and energy technology. are supplemented by assigned problems, paper and solid state chemistry. Topics vary with interests of Preq: Graduate standing in Chemistry or Chemical oral examination of topic of special interest to the students. May be repeated for credit if different Engineering or consent of instructor. student. Offered spring semester of odd-numbered topics are covered. CH 814 Analytical Imaging 3(3,0) Covers fun- years only. CH 910 Selected Topics in Analytical Chemistry damental principles and application of major CH 837 Quantum Chemistry 3(3,0) Mathematical 1-4(1-4,0) New techniques and their applica- imaging techniques, including light, electron and 2012-13and conceptual formulation of quantum theory tions in analytical chemistry; laser methods; data scanning probe microscopy, magnetic resonance of electronic structure of atoms and molecules; acquisition processing; electronics, instrument/ imaging, and computer tomography. Preq: Physics, eigenvalue solution of one-dimensional Schroe- computer interfacing; field methods of sampling Physical Chemistry or equivalent; or consent of dinger equation and application of this method and analysis. Topics vary with interests of students. instructor. to chemical problems. Offered fall semester of May be repeated for credit, but only if different CH 815 Mass Spectrometry 3(3,0) The fundamental odd-numbered years only. topics are covered. and practical aspects of mass spectrometry are CH 838 Computational Chemistry 3(3,0) Theoreti- CH 920 Selected Topics in Organic Chemistry presented. Topics include vacuum technology, ion cal methods and software used in computational 1-4(1-4,0) Heterocyclic compounds; stereochem- optics, mass analyzers, ionization techniques, and chemistry; quantum chemical methods including istry; natural products; organometallic chemistry; hyphenated methods. Preq: Graduate standing or molecular orbital methods and density functional photochemistry. Topics vary with interests of consent of instructor. theory; classical simulation techniques including students. May be repeated for credit, but only if CH 816 Separation Science 3(3,0) Fundamental potential energy functions, molecular mechanics, different topics are covered. thermodynamic and kinetic concepts of separa- molecular dynamics and Monte Carlo. Advanced CH 930 Selected Topics in Physical Chemistry 1-4(1- tion and practical aspects of current separation topics vary with interests of students. Preq: CH 331 4,0) Special problems in molecular spectroscopy, techniques used in analytical chemistry. Offered and 332 or equivalent. molecular orbital treatments, applications of group spring semester of odd-numbered years only. theory to chemical structure, irreversible thermodynamics and special topics in statistical mechanics. Topics vary with interests of students. May be repeated for credit, but only if different topics are covered. CH 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 Courses of Instruction

CITY AND REGIONAL C R P 806 Urban Systems and Growth Management C R P 834 Spatial Modeling Using GIS 3(2,3) Use PLANNING 3(3,0) Overview of basic principles of resource of geographic information systems (GIS) in spatial allocation including public finance and project analysis, information management and synthesis of C R P 601 Introduction to City and Regional appraisal techniques. Introduces infrastructure spatial patterns and processes. Emphasizes develop- Planning 3(3,0) Introduces students from other planning and capital improvement plans followed ing an operational understanding of the modeling disciplines to City and Regional Planning. Spatial by basic concepts of growth management and an techniques and data used in different applications and nonspatial areas of discipline are explored overview of growth management laws and tools. such as land use allocation, corridor location, site through a wide ranging lecture/seminar program. Course is team-taught to address diverse subject location and market analysis, environmental assess- Preq: Consent of instructor. matter. Preq: Consent of instructor. ment and cost-benefit analysis. Preq: C R P 634 or C R P 603 Seminar on Planning Communication C R P 807 Professional Studio 4(1,9) Serves as 804; or consent of instructor. 3(3,0) In-depth analysis of methods to communi- a vehicle for synthesis and application of skills C R P 835 GIS and Remote Sensing Applications cate planning and policy decisions effectively. Fa- developed in other courses and includes participa- for Trend Analysis 3(2,3) Principles of remote miliarizes students with the various communication tion in one or more real-world planning projects sensing and land information systems in trend skills needed by planners, policy makers and other in addition to seminars and readings devoted to analysis. Addresses aspects of change detection for professionals to become successful practitioners. development of professional practice skills. Preq: monitoring natural resources and urban growth. Preq: Consent of instructor. Consent of instructor. Designed for those interested in planning, natural C R P (C E) 612 Urban Transportation Planning C R P 809 Current Issues in Planning 1(1,0) resources management and environmental analysis. 3(3,0) See C E 612. Students are exposed to current practice issues in Lectures and hands-on laboratory work emphasize C R P 800 Human Settlement 3(3,0) Overview of various fields of the planning profession through a the use of imagery for database generation and forces and trends affecting community growth and series of guest speakers representing various areas of analysis. Preq: C R P 634, 804, or 834; or consent change—historical, ecological, economic, demograph- planning practice. The course is organized around of instructor. ic, design and development—pertaining to human the various concentration areas of the Clemson C R P 840 Seminar in Coastal Planning 3(3,0) settlement patterns and their interrelationship in MCRP program. Preq: MCRP status. Issues relating to development and conservation the urbanization process, especially at the national, C R P 813 Fundamentals of Transportation Plan- of coastal environments, focusing on inherent regional, townscape and neighborhood scale. Team- ning 3(3,0) Identifies issues and questions transpor- tradeoffs between growth and environmental taught from various perspectives. Intended as a tation planners face, characterizes policy shaping quality. Discusses ecology and carrying capacity foundation core course for Master’s in Real Estate transportation, instructs on methods to solve of coastal areas and appropriate management ap- Development, City and Regional Planning, and Land- transportation planning problems and portrays the proaches to balance coastal resource demand. Preq: scape Architecture. Preq: Consent of instructor. political and organizational environment in which Consent of instructor. C R P 801 Planning Process and Legal Foundations transportation planners operate. Students integrate C R P 841 Seminar in Environmental Planning 3(3,0) Introduction to the city and regional plan- concepts and considerations via a systems approach 3(3,0) Current and emerging environmental is- ning profession and related processes with the legal with sensitivity to the transportation planning sues and appropriate planning options, including foundation for comprehensive planning and tools of environment. Preq: Consent of instructor. population dynamics and limits to growth, entropy implementation. Preq: Consent of instructor. C R P 814 Public Transit 3(3,0) Familiarizes students law, waste management and global climate change; C R P 802 Site Planning and Infrastructure 3(3,0) with core concepts and practices in public transit. students pursue individual research on an envi- Covers the principles and practice of site planning, Course modules examine modes and design, ronmental issue of particular concern and report including site analysis, site design, infrastructure planning issues and organizational environments findings. Preq: Consent of instructor. planning; exploration of site planning options inherent to public transit, and technical opera- C R P (PRTM) 844 Outdoor Recreation Resource for residential, commercial, office, industrial and tions. Course concludes with an examination of Management and Planning 3(3,0) Issues relating mixed-use projects; street network, civic space, and comprehensive transit systems. Preq: Consent of to planning and development of natural areas for open space planning; emphasis on walkable, mixed- instructor. recreational purposes. Emphasis is on the policy- use, transit-oriented, sustainable development. C R P 815 Transportation Innovation 3(3,0) making process at the federal, state, regional and Preq: Consent of instructor. Through lectures, seminar discussions and col- local levels. Preq: Consent of instructor. C R P 803 Quantitative Analysis 4(2,6) Basic tools laborative learning activities, course interaction C R P (PO ST) 845 Water Policy and Law 3(3,0) of quantitative analysis and planning methods in develops students’ transportation knowledge, Surveys the history, science, economics, politics, the context of analytical, procedural and institu- research and ideas. Students are encouraged to use legal framework and current debates regarding tional needs of the planner. Students learn data information already obtained to create visionary the allocation of freshwater resources in the U.S., collection, analysis and interpretation of different thinking and interaction skills needed to become with emphasis on relevant Southeastern issues. Sci- planning problems. Emphasis is placed on under- 2012-13transportation leaders. Preq: C R P 813. entists, engineers, planners, landscape architects, standing the logic of statistical analysis, methods C R P 820 Negotiation and Development Dispute policy makers and economists will benefit from of planning analysis and policy formation. Preq: Resolution 3(3,0) Skill-building course in conflict understanding water allocation and associated Consent of instructor. resolution and consensus building through bargain- conflicts. C R P 804 Land Use Analysis and Assessment ing and negotiation, primarily in the design pro- C R P 858 Research Design 3(3,0) Provides op- 4(2,6) Introduction to basic methods of land use fessions. Students play active roles in discovering, portunity for students in their final year of study planning including land suitability analysis, land applying, reflecting on and critiquing the theories, in the planning program to develop a proposal market forecasts and formulating alternative land styles and techniques of conflict resolution and for the terminal project or thesis. Students are use plans. Development impact assessment and consensus building that work in different types responsible for completing the research, writing project appraisal methods are introduced to evalu- of disputes. Preq: Graduate standing in a design and editing necessary for an acceptable proposal. ate land use plans. Preq: C R P 803. related field. Preq: Consent of faculty. C R P 805 Planning Theory and History 3(3,0) C R P 822 Urban Design 3(3,0) Urban design C R P 859 Planning Terminal Project 3(0,9) Stu- Development of the planning practice and theories theory and practice covering both project design dents select, with approval of advisor, and conduct of planning process: historical evolution of plan- and regulatory frameworks; analysis of historical research on individual planning problems of suit- ning practice in the U.S., social issues in planning, precedents and current theories; review of the able scope. Oral, written, and, where appropriate, theories of planning and critiques of those theories urban design process, including urban landscape visual presentations of solution are required. and ethical issues in planning practice. Preq: Con- analysis, problem identification, development of Students must enroll during final semester. Preq: sent of instructor. alternatives, and plan generation; special focus on C R P 858. form-based codes. Preq: Consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

C R P (PO ST) 870 Seminar in Sustainable Develop- C E 608 Structural Loads and Systems 3(3,0) In- C E 636 Sustainable Construction 3(3,0) Presents ment 3(3,0) See PO ST 870. depth discussion of minimum design loads and the “why,” “what” and “how” for sustainable con- C R P 872 Housing Issues in the United States 3(3,0) load combinations. Includes overview of various struction projects. Students gain a working under- Regulation, stimulation, salvage and replacement steel and concrete systems. Discusses practical se- standing of how to minimize the negative impacts of housing through public policy administrative lection and design issues and design of proprietary of buildings and other large construction projects. procedures. Specific housing programs are analyzed building materials and components such as steel Preq: C E 331 or consent of instructor. in detail. Preq: Consent of instructor. joists, diaphragms, engineered wood products, etc. C E 638 Construction Support Operations 3(3,0) C R P 873 Economic Development Planning 3(3,0) Preq: C E 206, 301. Describes activities necessary for the completion Economic development planning process, focusing C E 610 Traffic Engineering Operations 3(3,0) Basic of a construction job although not specifically on applied programmatic techniques, especially at characteristics of motor-vehicle traffic, highway recognized as direct construction activities: general the state, local and neighborhood levels. Empha- capacity, applications of traffic control devices, traf- conditions, safety, security, quality assurance, value sizes theoretical models, economic development fic design of parking facilities, engineering studies, engineering; organizational support features and process, private/public partnerships, economic traffic safety, traffic laws and ordinances, public typical implementation procedures. Preq: C E 331 development tools, political context, and economic relations. Preq: C E 311 or consent of instructor. and EX ST 301, or consent of instructor. development planning administration and organi- C E 611 Roadway Geometric Design 3(2,3) Geo- C E 643 Water Resources Engineering 3(3,0) zation. Preq: Consent of instructor. metric design of roadways, at-grade intersections, Extension of the concepts of fluid mechanics to C R P 889 Selected Topics in Planning 3(3,0) Top- and interchanges in accordance with conditions applications in water supply, water resource as- ics emphasizing current literature and results of imposed by driver ability, vehicle performance, sessment, water transmission, water distribution current research. May be repeated for credit. Preq: safety and economics. Preq: C E 311 or consent networks, pump and pipe selection, pipe networks Consent of instructor. of instructor. and analysis of open channel appurtenances. Preq: C R P 890 Directed Studies in City and Regional C E (C R P) 612 Urban Transportation Planning C E 341. Planning 1-6(0,3-18) Students pursue individual 3(3,0) Urban travel characteristics, characteristics C E 646 Flood Hazards and Protective Design 3(3,0) professional interests under guidance of City of transportation systems, transportation and land- Study of flood hazards and methods of protective and Regional Planning graduate faculty. May be use studies, trip distribution and trip assignment design of the built environment. Floodplain map- repeated for credit. models, city patterns and subdivision layout. Preq: ping and delineation. Methods for determining C R P 891 Planning Thesis 6(0,18) Students, work- C E 311 or consent of instructor. base flood elevations. Flood-resistant construction, ing individually, program a planning problem of C E 621 Geotechnical Engineering Design 3(3,0) flood proofing and governmental regulations are appropriate scope and conduct research. Oral, Relationship of local geology to soil formations, discussed. Includes case studies and design projects. written and, where appropriate, visual presenta- groundwater, planning of site investigation, sam- Coreq: C E 342 or consent of instructor. tions of theses are required. To be taken Pass/Fail pling procedures, determination of design param- C E 647 Stormwater Management 3(3,0) Evalua- only. Preq: Consent of faculty. eters, foundation design and settlement analysis. tion of peak discharges for urban and rural basins, C R P 893 City and Regional Planning Internship Preq: C E 321 or consent of instructor. design of highway drainage structures such as 1(0,3) Ten weeks of supervised professional employ- C E 624 Earth Slopes and Retaining Structures inlets and culverts; stormwater and receiving water ment with an approved planning entity. To be 3(3,0) Principles of geology, groundwater and quality; best management practices; detention and taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: Two semesters of City seepage, soil strength, slope stability and lateral retention ponds; and erosion and sediment control. and Regional Planning or equivalent. earth pressure and their application to the design Preq: C E 342. Coreq: EE&S 202 or 401; or consent of instructor. C R P 894 Planning Internship Seminar 1(1,0) of excavations, earth fills, dams and earth-retaining Seminar-based analysis of student internships, structures. Preq: C E 321 or consent of instructor. C E 656 Pavement Design and Construction 3(3,0) enabling students to compare experiences and gain C E 633 Construction Planning and Scheduling Introduction to design methods, construction greater understanding of professional practice by 3(3,0) Principles and applications of the Critical practices, maintenance strategies and decision reflecting on planning issues. To be taken Pass/Fail Path Method (CPM) and Project Evaluation and making process related to pavements. Other topics, only. Preq: C R P 893. Review Techniques (PERT). Project breakdown and such as environmental considerations and special network graphics. Identification of the critical path pavement types and materials, are also covered. C E 311 and 351 or equivalent; C E CIVIL ENGINEERING and resulting floats. Definition and allocation of Preq: Coreq: materials, equipment and manpower resources. 321 or equivalent. C E 601 Indeterminate and Matrix Structural Resource leveling, compression and other net- C E 657 Materials Testing and Inspection 3(3,0) Analysis 3(3,0) Analysis of indeterminate structures work adjustments. Computer applications using Introduction to the role of testing and inspection using moment distribution, energy methods such packaged routines. Preq: C E 331 or consent of professionals in civil engineering projects. Uses a as virtual work and Castigliano’s Theorem, and the 2012-13instructor. practical approach to applying concepts to real-world matrix formulation of the direct stiffness method. C E 634 Construction Estimating and Project Con- situations through the completion of several team Preq: C E 301 or consent of instructor. trol 3(3,0) Study of specifications, contracts and projects such as material characterization, construc- C E 604 Masonry Structural Design 3(3,0) Introduc- bidding strategies; purchasing and subcontracting tion QC/QA, forensic evaluation and proposal de- tion to design of structural elements for masonry policies; accounting for materials, supplies, subcon- velopment. Preq: C E 321 and 351 or equivalent. buildings. Lintels, walls, shear walls, columns, tracts and labor; procedural details for estimating C E 662 Coastal Engineering I 3(3,0) Introduction to pilasters and retaining walls are included. Rein- earthwork, reinforced concrete, steel and masonry; coastal and oceanographic engineering principles forced and unreinforced elements of concrete or overhead and profit items. Preq: C E 331 or consent including wave mechanics, wave-structure interac- clay masonry are designed by allowable stress and of instructor. tion, coastal water-level fluctuations, coastal-zone strength design methods. Introduction to construc- C E 635 Infrastructure Project Planning 3(3,0) Cov- processes and design considerations for coastal tion techniques, materials and terminology used in ers concepts related to planning, cost estimating, structures and beach nourishment projects. Preq: masonry. Preq: C E 402 or consent of instructor. financing and executing public works projects from C E 341 or consent of instructor. C E 607 Wood Design 3(3,0) Introduction to wood the agency owner perspective. Advanced concepts C E 682 Groundwater and Contaminant Transport design and engineering; properties of wood and of engineering economic analysis, risk analysis and 3(3,0) Basic principles of groundwater hydrology wood-based materials; design of beams, columns, database management systems are addressed. Tradi- and transport of contaminants in groundwater walls, roofs, panel systems and connections. Preq: tional and innovative project contracting strategies, systems; groundwater system characteristics; C E 402 or 406, or consent of instructor. including incentive contracts and public-private steady and transient flow; well hydraulics, design partnerships, are discussed. Preq: C E 352. and testing; contaminant sources, movement and transformations. Preq: C E 341. Coreq: EE&S 202 or 401; or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

C E 691 Selected Topics in Civil Engineering 1-6(1- C E 813 Highway and Airport Pavement Design C E 827 Special Cements and Concrete 3(3,0) 6,0) Structured study of civil engineering topics 3(3,0) Structural design of rigid and flexible pave- Study of material science and engineering aspects not found in other courses. May be repeated for a ments; design of bases and subbases; theory of of specialty concretes that are used in unique civil maximum of six credits, but only if different topics stresses and application of plate bearing, triaxial engineering applications, including high-strength are covered. Preq: Consent of instructor. and California Bearing Ratio design methods to concrete, high performance concrete, highly flow- C E 801 Finite Element Analysis 3(3,0) Finite ele- flexible pavements; Westergaard analysis for rigid able concrete, underwater concrete, shotcrete and ment methods in solution of engineering problems; pavements; pavement evaluation methods. Preq: others. Exposes students to properties and applica- stiffness matrices for bar, beam, triangular, rectan- C E 311, 321, and 351; or consent of instructor. tions of specialty cements and admixtures that are gular and quadrilateral elements in planer systems; C E 814 Intelligent Transportation Systems 3(3,0) often used in these special applications. Preq: C E plate bending, shell and 3-D elements; applications Students learn concepts of Intelligent Transporta- 826 or equivalent. to solutions of structural and soil mechanics prob- tion Systems (ITS), including traffic flow principles, C E 828 Repair and Rehabilitation of Concrete lems using special and general purpose programs. advanced traffic sensor and communications Structures 3(3,0) Provides students with a knowl- Preq: C E 401 or consent of instructor. technologies and real-time management strategies, edge of different types of failures in concrete C E 802 Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design to increase the safety and efficiency of the surface associated with material durability, construction 3(3,0) Second course in design of reinforced con- transportation system. Covers the process of plan- and design (load) related failures. Also provides crete structures; advanced concepts in analysis and ning, design and operations of ITS. Preq: Consent knowledge to identify, assess and remediate damage design of beams, columns, shear walls and slabs; of instructor. in concrete pavements and structures. Introduces introduction to the seismic design of concrete C E 815 Transportation Safety Engineering 3(3,0) the concepts and tools related to structural health structures. Preq: C E 402 or consent of instructor. Methodology for conducting transportation acci- monitoring. Preq: C E 826 or equivalent. C E 803 Advanced Steel Design 3(3,0) Advanced dent studies; accident characteristics as related to C E 829 Geosynthetics 3(3,0) Study of geosynthetics design of structural steel buildings emphasizing operator, facility and mode; statistical applications including geotextiles, geogrids, geomembranes, the relationship between design and response of to accident data; current trends and problems in geonets, geosynthetic clay liners, geopipe and the structural system. Includes theoretical basis transportation safety. Preq: C E 311 or consent of geocomposites which are used in many aspects of of building code provisions, limit state design, instructor. civil engineering for soil structures, retaining walls, beam-columns, plate girders and composite sec- C E 820 Geotechnical Site Characterization 3(3,0) pavement construction and rehabilitation, drain- tions and connections. Also includes the seismic Study of advanced methods of subsurface investiga- age, filtration and containment facilities. Covers design of steel structures. Preq: C E 406 or consent tion for design of civil structures in soil and rock. production of geosynthetics, material properties, of instructor. Includes field reconnaissance, interpretation of design aspects and field installation. Preq: C E 321 and 351 or their equivalents. C E 804 Prestressed Concrete 3(3,0) Introduction geologic maps and cross sections, drilling, in situ to the analysis, behavior and design of prestressed testing, sampling, characterization of soil and rock C E 832 Capital Project Management Fundamentals concrete members and structures. Covers allowable formations and selection of engineering properties. 3(3,0) Fundamental concepts of designing and con- stress design and strength design of P/C members, Preq: C E 321 or equivalent. structing capital projects: what they are, why they are shear design, loss of prestress force, design of C E 821 Advanced Soil Mechanics 3(3,0) Study of done, who is involved and how to best design and continuous structures. Preq: C E 401 and 402, or stresses in soils, stress-strain and shear strength build them; phases of a capital project; and varia- consent of instructor. properties of soil, plastic equilibrium of soil masses, tions of organizational and contractual structures used for capital projects. Preq: Consent of instructor. C E 805 Advanced Structural Mechanics 3(3,0) De- failure conditions, earth pressures, with applica- velopment and utilization of mechanics principles tions to geotechnical engineering design. Preq: C E 833 Capital Project Controls 3(3,0) Principles in solution of structural problems; unsymmetrical C E 321 or consent of instructor. and best practices of project controls for capital bending and curved beams; beams on elastic C E 822 Foundation Engineering 3(3,0) Require- construction projects, including conceptual and foundations; plastic structure analysis of beams ments for satisfactory foundations; theory and de- detail estimating, scheduling and earned value man- and frames; eigenvalue problems; plastic stress- sign of shallow foundations; pressure distribution agement (EVM); development of project baseline strain relations; strain energy; and introduction to beneath rigid and flexible shallow foundations; incorporating scope, schedule and budget; use of finite element analysis. Preq: C E 301 or consent bearing capacity and settlement of deep founda- baseline to monitor and manage cost and schedule of instructor. tions; foundation failures. Preq: C E 321 or consent performance; and shortcomings of EVM. Preq: C E 832 and consent of instructor. C E 806 Dynamic Analysis of Structures 3(3,0) of instructor. Analysis of structures subjected to dynamic load- C E 823 Asphalt Concrete Properties 3(3,0) Includes C E 834 Key Topics in Capital Project Management ing; response of lumped and distributed parameter identification and suitability of aggregates for 3(3,0) Investigates key topics associated with plan- systems of one or many degrees of freedom; and construction. Covers characteristics and properties ning and managing capital construction projects, introduction to earthquake analysis, including 2012-13of bituminous materials and materials behavior, how these topics are integrated into a capital con- modal and time history analysis. Coreq: C E 401 construction and design problems. Requires use struction project management plan that achieves or consent of instructor. of microcomputers and the mainframe. Preq: C E business and project objectives and how the project team uses the project management plan to success- C E 807 Wind Engineering 3(2,2) Effects of 351 or consent of instructor. fully complete the construction project. Preq: C E wind on buildings, bridges and other structures; C E 825 Soil Dynamics and Geotechnical Earth- 832 and consent of instructor. meteorological aspects of wind generation; types quake Engineering 3(3,0) Fundamentals of soil dy- and characteristics of various wind events; aerodynamics, plate tectonics and earthquakes; application C E 835 Construction Project Modeling 3(3,0) namics of flow around structures; wind-induced of the concepts to seismic ground response, design Mathematical and computer models are used to loads; structural responses; design basis safety and ground motions, soil liquefaction, seismic slope simulate construction operations. Covers linear serviceability criteria. stability, dynamic lateral earth pressures, and soil models and optimization applications to construction materials, scheduling and equipment alloca- C E 808 Earthquake Engineering 3(3,0) Effects of improvement. Preq: C E 321 or consent of instructor. tion; typical computer models used in construction earthquake-induced forces on buildings, bridges and C E 826 Properties of Portland Cement Concrete using simple modeling examples. Preq: C E 331 or other structures; development of design codes and 3(3,0) Material science and engineering of Portland consent of instructor. their application to the design of structures to resist cement concrete. Topics include physical and seismic forces; fundamental structural dynamics and chemical properties of cements; mixture propor- C E 836 Civil Engineering Quality Management analysis techniques used to compute the response tioning; mixing; placement; curing techniques; 3(3,0) Principles of total quality management of structures or obtain design forces. Includes an specifications, tests and evaluation of fresh and (TQM) and their applications in the engineering introduction to performance-based seismic design hardened concrete; durability issues; and consid- and construction industry; TQM implementation concepts and displacement-based design methods. erations in specialized applications. Preq: C E 351 techniques emphasizing the construction environ- Preq: C E 806 or consent of instructor. or consent of instructor. ment; concepts of quality assurance (QA) and quality control (QC) in construction. Courses of Instruction

C E 837 Construction Specifications and Contracts C E 861 Mechanics of Sediment Transport 3(3,0) COMM 670 Communication and Health 3(3,0) 3(3,0) Elements of specifications delineating re- Characterization of sediments; physical principles Considers institutional and health-care commu- sponsibilities of all involved parties and identifying governing fluvial, estuarial and coastal transport nication issues as well as the relationship between courses of action during abnormal circumstances; of cohesionless and cohesive sediments, including social issues, communication and health. Preq: necessary parts of a contract dealing with govern- incipient motion, stable channel design, bedforms, COMM 201 with a C or better or consent of mental regulations and institutional preferences, and bedload and suspended transport. Preq: C E instructor. licenses, bonds, insurance and taxes. Preq: C E 331 342 or consent of instructor. COMM (ENGL) 691 Classical Rhetoric 3(3,0) See or consent of instructor. C E 868 Environmental Fluid Mechanics and Hy- ENGL 691. C E 838 Materials Management 3(3,0) Functions draulics 3(3,0) Study of turbulence and basic flow COMM (ENGL) 692 Modern Rhetoric 3(3,0) See of construction materials management including equations as they impact the environment. Includes ENGL 692. design interface, purchasing, expediting, transpor- slender flows including circular and plane turbulent COMM 800 Communication Pedagogy 1(1,0) tation, field control and warehousing; design and jets, jets in crossflows, wall, surface jets and plumes; Development of teaching skills within the field application of integrated materials management near-field and far-field analysis of discharge in riv- of Communication Studies, focusing on teaching computer systems; new technology that impacts ers including continuous momentum discharges, general education courses. Explores the facilitation materials management including bar coding, nonbouyant plumes and passive slugs; mixing in of a positive classroom environment, addressing electronic data interchange and voice recognition. lakes and reservoirs; and stratified flows. student needs, and evaluation of student work. Preq: Consent of instructor. C E 875 Numerical Models in Hydraulics 3(3,0) Discussion of teaching philosophy and pedagogy. C E 839 Sustainable Infrastructure Systems 3(3,0) Students learn applications of numerical modeling, COMM 801 Communication Theory I 3(3,0) Ex- Covers sustainable infrastructure systems with em- finite difference, finite volume and finite element, plores the history, development and current state phasis on science-based stools to design and analyze as tools for solving complex problems in the areas of scientific theories related to the study of human these systems. Examines theoretical background of hydraulics/fluid mechanics. Students learn communication. Covers social and scientific tradi- and specific cases for topics including life-cycle techniques of developing and analyzing computa- tions of theory. Students gain an understanding of assessment, systems analysis and economic valu- tional models for parabolic, elliptic and hyperbolic metatheory and its relationship to historical and ation for sustainability. Preq: C E 436 or consent equations used in the area of hydraulics. Preq: C E contemporary forms of theorizing about human of instructor. 342 or consent of instructor. communication. C E 840 Project Management Applications 3(3,0) C E 889 Special Problems I 1-3 Research design COMM 802 Communication Theory II 3(3,0) Quantitative tools for effective management and problems from field of structures, construction, Surveys theories and analytic concepts used in control of engineered projects from design through soil mechanics, transportation, ocean and coastal the pluralistic field of Communication Studies. construction; cost coding and control, advanced engineering, or materials engineering. Subject mat- Draws on qualitative, rhetorical, critical, aesthetic, schedule management techniques and quality ter varies with interest and experience of student and humanistic traditions. May include, but is not management principles; extensive hands-on use and instructor. limited to, social theory, interpretive criticism, of the microcomputer. Preq: C E 433 and 434, or C E 890 Special Problems II 1-3 Research design feminism, sound studies, aesthetics, queer theory, consent of instructor. problems from field of structures, construction, cultural studies, and philosophy. Emphasis is on C E 846 Flow in Open Channels 3(3,0) Free surface soil mechanics, transportation, ocean and coastal applications to social media studies. flow problems; applications of digital computer; engineering, or materials engineering. Subject mat- COMM 803 Survey of Communication Technology concepts of boundary layer theory; uniform and ter varies with interest and experience of student Studies 3(3,0) Surveys the approaches to research- varied flow; hydraulic jump; design criteria for and instructor. ing uses, meanings, and effects of contemporary prismatic channels and transitions; applications C E 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 communication technologies in the pluralistic field of unsteady flow. Preq: C E 342 or consent of C E 893 Selected Topics in Civil Engineering 1-6(1- of Communication Studies (e.g., interpersonal, instructor. 6,1-6) Topics not covered in other courses. May be small groups, policy, globalization, organizations, C E 851 Reliability 3(3,0) Elements of probabilistic repeated for credit. history, sustainability, infrastructure, children and methods; classical theory of structural reliability C E 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 media, cultural studies, networks), drawing on and reliability-based design methods. Term project social scientific and humanistic traditions. required on reliability design in a relevant field of COMM (ENGL) 804 Fundamentals of Health Com- civil engineering. COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND SCIENCE munication 3(3,0) See ENGL 804. C E 853 Applications in Traffic Engineering 3(2,3) COMM 805 Communication and Social Move- Highway capacity analysis; design of unsignalized CES 603 Career Success in Research and Develop- ments 3(3,0) Examines arguments, tactics, and intersections; intelligent transportation systems; ment 1(1,0) Assists students in making personal structures of social movements from discursive, parking; traffic signal coordination; microscopic 2012-13and professional transition into industrial research rhetorical, social perspectives in the field of com- and macroscopic traffic simulation. Preq: C E 410 careers. Offers advice and introduces and demon- munication studies. Using case studies, questions of or consent of instructor. strates practical techniques to help students avoid history, external and internal rhetoric, control and C E 854 Travel Demand Forecasting 3(2,3) In-depth early career land mines. Preq: Junior standing in adaptation are considered. Movements as diverse as coverage of travel-demand forecasting theory and engineering or science discipline. feminism, environmentalism, alternative globaliza- the four-step process; site impact analysis; disag- tion, and various rights-oriented movements may gregate demand models. Students work in groups COMMUNICATION STUDIES be considered. to develop a computer-based travel forecasting COMM (ENGL) 651 Film Theory and Criticism COMM (ENGL) 807 Health Communication model for a small city. Preq: C E 412 or consent 3(2,3) See ENGL 651. Campaign Planning and Evaluation 3(3,0) See of instructor. COMM 664 Advanced Organizational Communica- ENGL 807. C E 855 Transportation Seminar 1(1,0) Practi- tion 3(3,0) Application of communication theory COMM 808 Representation and Popular Culture cal discussion of the transportation profession and research to the analysis of particular organiza- 3(3,0) Seminar explores how popular culture arti- featuring faculty and off-campus experts. Course tional communication processes. Students study facts represent various groups of people based on is highlighted by a retreat where students present significant issues and/or methods of intervention such characteristics as race, class, gender, sexuality, their transportation research. and innovation in organizational communication. nationality, etc. A range of theoretical perspectives C E 860 Advanced Fluid Mechanics 3(3,0) Laminar Preq: COMM 364 or consent of instructor. are incorporated, including but not limited to race and turbulent flows; boundary layer and free shear theory, feminist theory, queer theory, postcolonial- flows (jets, wakes, etc.); descriptions of velocity, ism and hegemonic masculinity theory. shear stress and pressure measurements, and aerodynamic drag. Courses of Instruction

COMM (ENGL) 809 Communication, Culture COMM 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-9(0,3-27) CP SC 606 General Purpose Computation on and the Social Net 3(3,0) Seminar explores com- Students complete research toward production of Graphical Processing Units 3(3,0) Instruction in munication and cultural practices that are evolving a Master’s thesis. A maximum of six hours may the design and implementation of highly parallel, around social media. be applied toward a degree, though additional GPU-based solutions to computationally inten- COMM 810 Communication Research Methods I hours may be taken for credit. May be repeated sive problems from a variety of disciplines. The 3(3,0) Explores methods of social scientific research for a maximum of nine credits. Preq: Successful OpenCL language with inter-operable OpenGL methodologies. Methods range from experimental completion of core program requirements and all components is used. Applications to models of designs to survey and cross sectional designs. Final additional courses as approved by the department physical systems are discussed in detail. Preq: CP SC projects include the employment of one or more director of graduate studies. 212 and MTHSC 206; or consent of instructor. methodologies to create a communication-based COMM 899 Independent Study 1-3(1-3,0) Students CP SC 611 Virtual Reality Systems 3(3,0) Design research proposal. focus on special interests or projects in communica- and implementation of software systems neces- COMM 811 Communication Research Methods tion studies outside the scope of existing courses. sary to create virtual environments. Techniques II 3(3,0) Explores select issues in and methods May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. Preq: for achieving real-time, dynamic display of photo- for qualitative research. Students discuss and Consent of faculty member. realistic, synthetic images are discussed. Includes practice data gathering and analysis techniques as- hands-on experience with electromagnetically- sociated with ethnographic, interview, and textual COMMUNITY AND RURAL tracked, head-mounted displays and requires, as approaches. Particular attention is given to research DEVELOPMENT a final project, the design and construction of a technologies. virtual environment. Preq: CP SC 405 with a C C R D (AP EC) 611 Regional Impact Analysis 3(3,0) or better. COMM 827 Sports Media 3(3,0) Explores the Techniques for analysis of the growth and decline CP SC 612 Eye Tracking Methodology and Ap- history, forms and trends in sports media from of regions including economic-base theory, shift plications 3(3,0) Introduction to the human a communication perspective, and examines the share, regional input-output, regional econometric visual system; visual perception; eye movements; impact and influence of sport in society, identifying models and fiscal impact models. Preq: AP EC 202 eye tracking systems and applications in psychology, current and future trends in digital media. or ECON 211 and 212. industrial engineering, marketing and computer sci- COMM (A A H, ENGL) 840 Selected Topics 3(3,0) C R D (AP EC) 612 Regional Economic Develop- See ENGL 840. ence; hands-on experience with real-time, corneal- ment Theory and Policy 3(3,0) Development of reflection eye trackers, experimental issues. Final COMM (ENGL) 850 Research and Studies in rural economic activity in the context of historical, project requires execution and analysis of an eye Scientific, Business and Technical Writing 3(3,0) theoretical and policy aspects of friction associated tracking experiment. Preq: CP SC 360 or PSYCH See ENGL 850. with spatial separation. Location factors, transfer 310 or MKT 431. costs, location patterns and regional-growth policy COMM 856 Trends in Public Relations Theory and CP SC 614 Human and Computer Interaction are considered. Preq: AP EC 202 or ECON 211 or Research 3(3,0) Seminar surveys the major theoreti- 3(3,0) Survey of human and computer interaction, equivalent. cal approaches to public relations, as well as major its literature, history and techniques. Covers cogni- and recent trends in public relations research and C R D 692 Case Study Project 3(3,0) Capstone tive and social models and limitations, hardware theory development. course engaging students in in-depth case study and software interface components, design meth- COMM 864 Communication and Organizing 3(3,0) projects in community and economic development. ods, support for design, and evaluation methods. Explores theoretical and research literature on Designed to enhance professional development, Preq: CP SC 212 and 215 with a C or better, or human communication and organizing processes career interests and practical experience. Students equivalent. may participate in an internship, field experience, from numerous methodological perspectives. Topics CP SC 616 2-D Game Engine Construction 3(3,0) service learning activity, or investigation of a com- may include organizational culture, organizational Introduction to the tools and techniques necessary munity, leadership, or economic development socialization, power and politics, identification and to build 2-D games. Techniques draw from subject topic. Preq: C R D 336 and consent of instructor. communication networks and technology. areas such as software engineering, algorithms and COMM 869 Political Communication 3(3,0) Semi- artificial intelligence. Students employ techniques nar examines various forms of political communi- COMPUTER ENGINEERING such as sprite animation, parallax scrolling, sound, cation through the application of multiple critical See courses listed under Electrical and Computer Engi- AI incorporated into game sprites and the construc- methodologies. Participants become familiar with neering. tion of a game shell. Preq: CP SC 212 and 215 with traditional public address scholarship and contem- a C or better. porary study of campaigns, policy, leadership, media COMPUTER SCIENCE CP SC 619 Physically Based Animation 3(3,0) and popular culture. CP SC 604 Computer Graphics Images 3(3,0) Physically based modeling and dynamic simulation COMM 871 Leadership Communication 3(3,0) 2012-13Theory and practice behind the generation and ma- techniques as used for the automatic description of Develops ability and knowledge of communicative nipulation of two-dimensional digital images within motion and geometry for animation and computer aspects of leadership. Students integrate theories a computer graphics context. Image representation graphics. A variety of approaches are explored, with and practices of persuasion, motivation and media and storage, sampling and reconstruction, color a special emphasis on the use of particle-systems to to actualize a leadership vision. Students explore systems, affine and general warps, enhancement represent complex phenomena. Preq: CP SC 405 or issues and research in ethical and intercultural ap- and morphology, compositing, morphing, non- consent of instructor. plications, including implications of institutional photorealistic transformations. Preq: CP SC 212 CP SC 620 Computer Security Principles 3(3,0) structures and their impact on society. and MTHSC 311; or D P A 401; or consent of Covers principles of information systems security, COMM 874 Special Topics in Communication instructor. including security policies, cryptography, authentica- Studies 3(3,0) Varying topics within the field of CP SC 605 Computer Graphics 3(3,0) Compu- tion, access control mechanisms, system evaluation communication studies. May be repeated for a tational, mathematical, physical and perceptual models, auditing and intrusion detection. Com- maximum of six credits, but only if different top- principles underlying the production of effective puter security system case studies are analyzed. Preq: ics are covered. three-dimensional computer graphics imagery. CP SC 322 and 360 with a C or better. Preq: CP SC 212 and MTHSC 311, or D P A 401, CP SC 624 System Administration and Security or consent of instructor. 3(3,0) Topics related to the administration and security of computer systems are covered. Primary emphasis is placed on the administration and security of contemporary operating systems. Preq: CP SC 360 and 332 or 422 with a C or better. Courses of Instruction

CP SC 628 Design and Implementation of Pro- CP SC 807 3D Modeling and Animation 3(3,0) CP SC 827 Translation of Programming Languages gramming Languages 3(3,0) Overview of program- Foundation principles and practice of modeling, 3(3,0) Theoretical foundations and algorithms ming language structures and features and their animating and rendering of 3D computer graph- for compiling and interpreting programming implementation. Control and data structures ics scenes. Students complete a series of projects languages. Topics include lexical analysis, syntactic found in various languages are studied. Runtime using industry-standard software. Topics include analysis, semantics analysis, optimization and code organization and environment and implementation modeling techniques, technical animation, rigging, generation. Implementation of a compiler or a models are also included. Preq: CP SC 231, 350, materials, lighting, scripting and post production. major component of a compiler is normally a term and 360 with a C or better. Preq: Digital Production Arts major or consent of project. Preq: Introduction to Theory of Computer CP SC 655 Computational Science 3(3,0) Introduc- instructor. Science and Programming Systems coursework or tion to the methods and problems of computation- CP SC 808 Advanced Animation 3(3,0) Founda- consent of instructor. al science. Course uses problems from engineering tion principles of the production of computer CP SC 828 Theory of Programming Languages and science to develop mathematical and computa- animation, from original concept development 3(3,0) Syntax and semantics of programming tional solutions. Case studies use techniques from and character design, through rigging of articulated languages; finite state and pushdown processors; Grand Challenge problems. Emphasizes the use figures, character animation methods, and digital context-free models of syntax; parsing algorithms of networking, group development and modern cinematography. Preq: CP SC 807 or consent of and semantic models. Preq: Introduction to Theory programming environments. Preq: MTHSC 108, instructor. of Computer Science and Programming Systems 311 and previous programming experience in a CP SC 809 Rendering and Shading 3(3,0) The coursework or consent of instructor. higher level language. art and science of lighting and shading for ef- CP SC 829 Advanced Compiler Topics 3(3,0) Code CP SC 662 Database Management Systems 3(3,0) fective computer graphic imagery, including the generation, register allocation, program optimiza- Introduction to database/data communications mathematical, physical and perceptual elements tion, data flow, interprocedural operations, parallel concepts as related to the design of on-line infor- contributing to the simulation of a desired visual compilation and distributed compilation. Preq: mation systems. Problems and solutions involving look. Shading languages, advanced rendering tools, CP SC 827 or consent of instructor. structuring, creating, maintaining and accessing global illumination effects, production of photoreal CP SC 830 Systems Modeling 3(3,0) Fundamental multiple-user databases are presented and solutions and non-photoreal imagery. Preq: CP SC 807 or concepts and techniques used in the stochastic developed. Comparison of several commercially consent of instructor. modeling of computer and computer-based com- available teleprocessing monitor and database man- CP SC 810 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence munication systems. Applications include hardware agement systems is made. Preq: CP SC 360. 3(3,0) Problem solving and game playing; knowl- configuration design, software performance evalu- CP SC 663 On-line Systems 3(3,0) In-depth study edge representation; expert systems; natural lan- ation and reliability estimation of fault-tolerant of the design and implementation of transaction guage processing; perception and learning. Preq: systems. Preq: MTHSC 600 or 800 or consent of processing systems and an introduction to basic Consent of instructor. instructor. communications concepts. A survey of commer- CP SC 815 Special Effects Compositing 3(3,0) CP SC 838 Advanced Data Structures 3(3,0) Search cially available software and a project using one of Video special effects, compositing problems, ef- trees; data structures for sets; index structures the systems is included. Preq: CP SC 462. fects animation, matchmoving and 3-D geometry, for data bases; data abstraction and automated CP SC 672 Software Development Methodology color and texture reconstruction from 2-D images; implementation; implicit data structures; storage 3(3,0) Advanced topics in software development extensive use of scripting languages and high-end compaction of lists; data structures for decision methodology. Techniques such as chief program- software platforms. Preq: CP SC 605 or 807 or trees; data structures in areas such as computer mer teams, structured design and structured consent of instructor. graphics, artificial intelligence, picture processing walk-throughs are discussed and used in a major CP SC 819 Physically Based Visual Effects 3(3,0) and simulation. Preq: Consent of instructor. project. Emphasis is on the application of these Examines the use of physically based dynamic CP SC 839 Foundations of Theoretical Com- techniques to large-scale software implementation simulation techniques in the production of visual puter Science 3(3,0) Preparation for the study projects. Additional topics such as mathemati- effects. Emphasizes tools, techniques and pipeline. of advanced issues in computational complexity, cal foundations of structured programming and Laboratory assignments are done using both com- algorithm correctness and inherent limits to com- verification techniques are also included. Preq: CP mercial software and the student’s custom code. puting; set theory and proof techniques; classes SC 360 and 372. Preq: CP SC 817 or consent of instructor. of the Chomsky hierarchy. Preq: Introduction to CP SC 681 Selected Topics 1-3(1-3,0) Areas of CP SC 820 Parallel Architecture 3(3,0) Study of par- Theory of Computer Science coursework or con- computer science in which nonstandard problems allel processing issues including vector and pipeline sent of instructor. arise. Innovative approaches to problem solutions processors, arrays of processing elements, associative CP SC 840 Design and Analysis of Algorithms which draw from a variety of support courses are processors, data flow computers, networks of proces- 3(3,0) Basic techniques for design and analysis of developed and implemented. Emphasis is on inde- 2012-13sors. Also includes survey of parallel programming algorithms; models and techniques for obtaining pendent study and projects. May be repeated for a languages, design and implementation of parallel upper and lower time and space bounds; time/ maximum of six credits, but only if different topics algorithms, and future trends. Preq: Computer Or- space trade-offs; inherently difficult problems. are covered. Preq: Consent of instructor. ganization course or consent of instructor. Preq: Discrete Mathematics coursework or consent CP SC 740 Computer Science for High School CP SC 822 Case Study in Operating Systems 3(2,2) of instructor. Teachers I 3(2,2) Modern problem-solving and Case study of the design of an operating system. CP SC 845 Bioinformatics Algorithms 3(3,0) Cov- programming methods for high school teachers; Class periods are devoted to reviewing source code ers algorithms such as dynamic programming for algorithm development, software life cycle con- and deducing the structure of the system. Lab ex- biological problems, including sequence alignment cepts, system hardware and software components ercises require students to make major changes to and phylogeny tree constructions; statistical and and an introduction to programming in PASCAL. the system to enhance its performance on particular mathematical modeling of high throughput data, Restricted to graduate students and in-service workloads. Preq: Introduction to Operating Systems such as differentially expressed genes from microar- teachers in secondary education. Preq: Introductory coursework or consent of instructor. ray data and HMM for gene prediction; graph and computer programming. CP SC 824 Advanced Operating Systems 3(3,0) Re- network theory for biological networks. CP SC 805 Advanced Computer Graphics 3(3,0) cent trends in system design and implementation; Advanced techniques used in the artificial render- operating system structures to support reliable se- ing of natural scenes; current practice in computer cure systems; verification techniques; fault tolerant graphics; full software implementation of each tech- systems; operating system considerations for closely nique; extensive coding. Preq: Computer Graphics coupled multiprocessor systems; network operating coursework or consent of instructor. systems. Preq: Introduction to Operating Systems coursework or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

CP SC 851 Software Systems for Data Communica- CP SC 865 Data Mining 3(3,0) Study of principles CP SC 940 Topics in Advanced Algorithms 3(3,0) tions 3(3,0) Structure of software systems support- of data mining: concepts and techniques of data Study of selected topics in advanced algorithms ing communications among computing devices analysis including regression, clustering, clas- drawn from graph algorithms (network flows, having diverse processing and communication ca- sification, association, prediction, etc.; efficient matchings, cuts, planarity testing), approximation pabilities; characterization of data communications data mining algorithms; data mining applications algorithms (traveling salesman, linear relaxation software in terms of unified network architectures in various areas including market analysis and techniques), distributed algorithms (mutual exclu- consisting of several functional layers; evaluation management, WWW mining, bioinformatics, sion, synchronization, self-stabilization), parallel of several network architectures. Preq: Consent of etc. Course projects for designing and using data algorithms (parallel prefix, models, sorting), or instructor. mining algorithms in the applications are required. randomized algorithms (sampling, probabilistic CP SC 852 Internetworking 3(3,0) Network archi- Preq: Knowledge of statistics and database systems methods, random walks). May be repeated for a tecture and communication protocols underlying or consent of instructor. maximum of nine credits, but only if different the global interoperability of the Internet. Topics CP SC 870 Software Design 3(3,0) Fundamental topics are covered. Preq: CP SC 840 or consent include addressing and routing, interconnection of concepts of object modeling using object-oriented of instructor. autonomous networks, naming and name resolu- analysis and design; realistic application of software CP SC 950 Selected Topics in Computer Science tion, connection management, flow and congestion engineering principles within a variety of problem 1-3(1-3,0) Study of advanced topics from current control and network management. Preq: CP SC domains; mainstream language with facilities for problems of interest in computer science. May be 851, E C E 638, or consent of instructor. object-training programming. Preq: Proficiency in repeated for a maximum of 12 credits, but only CP SC 853 Implementation of TCP/IP Protocols programming in a procedural language. if different topics are covered. To be taken Pass/ 3(3,0) Case study of the architecture of a widely- CP SC 871 Foundations of Software Engineering Fail only. used implementation of the TCP/IP protocol 3(3,0) Techniques and issues in software design and CP SC 951 Seminar in Algorithms 1-3(1-3,0) Ad- stack. Source code reviews illustrate layered design development; tools, methodologies and environ- vanced topics from current problems of interest in and use of core kernel services. Student projects ments for effective design, development and testing algorithms. May be repeated for credit. include implementation of a complete IP transport of software; organizing and managing the develop- CP SC 955 Seminar in Programming Languages protocol. Preq: CP SC 822 and 852, or consent of ment of software projects. Preq: Graduate standing 1-3(1-3,0) Advanced topics from current problems instructor. in Computer Science or consent of instructor. of interest in programming languages. May be CP SC 854 Performance Analysis of Internet Proto- CP SC 872 Software Specification and Design repeated for credit. cols 3(3,0) Analyzes network performance, focusing Techniques 3(3,0) Techniques, tools, environments CP SC 957 Seminar in Software Engineering 1-3(1- on experimental methods and current Internet and formal methods for software specification and 3,0) Advanced topics from current problems of protocols. Covers random processes, time series design; verification of design correctness. Preq: interest in software engineering. May be repeated analysis and simulation concepts. Incorporates Introduction to Software Engineering coursework for credit. experimental-based research in computer network- or consent of instructor. CP SC 981 Seminar in Computer Science 1-3(1- ing. Preq: CP SC 852 or consent of instructor. CP SC 873 Software Verification, Validation and 3,0) Topics of current research interest. May be CP SC 855 Embedded Network Systems 3(3,0) Dis- Measurement 3(3,0) Proofs of correctness; test repeated for credit. cusses hardware fundamentals, technology applica- planning; static and dynamic testing; symbolic CP SC 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 tions, operating systems, programming platforms, execution; automated testing; verification and software design and implementation, energy con- validation over the software life cycle; software servation techniques, self-stabilization paradigm, metrics; software maintenance. Preq: Introduction CONSTRUCTION SCIENCE AND routing algorithms, clustering algorithms, time to Software Engineering coursework or consent MANAGEMENT synchronization algorithms and sensor-actuator of instructor. C S M 655 Reducing Adversarial Relations in integration. Preq: Consent of instructor. CP SC 875 Software Architecture 3(3,0) Creation, Construction 3(3,0) Focuses on the delivery of CP SC 862 Database Management System Design analysis and maintenance of architectures for projects and how adversarial relations can affect 3(3,0) Concepts and structures for design and im- software systems. Basic principles, patterns and the successful completion of the venture. Topics plementation of a DBMS; theoretical foundations techniques. Quality attributes of the architecture include management of human resources, under- for query systems; data modeling and information are used to make a quantitative analysis. Students standing needs and processes of the participants, representation; user interface and internal system create and analyze two architectures from different where problems lie, methods of avoiding and design considerations; system performance model- domains. settling disputes. Preq: Construction Science and ing and measurement; topics from the literature. CP SC 877 Fundamentals of Biometric Systems Management or Architecture major, senior stand- Preq: Introduction to Database coursework or 3(3,0) Methods and principles for the automatic ing, or consent of department chair. consent of instructor. 2012-13identification/authentication of individuals. Tech- C S M 852 Construction Management Research CP SC 863 Multimedia Systems and Applications nologies include fingerprint, face, iris and hand 3(3,0) Research methodology applied to the con- 3(3,0) Principles of multimedia systems and ap- geometry. Additional topics include biometric struction industry. Preq: Consent of instructor. plications; techniques in effectively representing, system design, performance evaluation, multi-modal C S M 860 Construction Financial Planning and processing and retrieving multimedia data such biometrics and ethics/privacy issues. Preq: Consent Analysis 3(3,0) Theory of financial management as sound and music, graphics, image and video; of instructor. as it relates to the financial challenges faced by the operating system and network issues in supporting CP SC 881 Selected Topics 1-3(1-3,0) Advanced top- construction firm. Preq: Consent of instructor. multimedia; advanced topics in current multimedia ics from current problems of interest in computer C S M 861 Construction Control Systems 3(3,0) research. Term project requires implementing some science. Topics vary from semester to semester. May Development and analysis of cost, resource and selected components of a multimedia system. Preq: be repeated for credit, but only if different topics are quality control programs for a company’s construc- Consent of instructor. covered. Preq: Consent of instructor. tion projects. Preq: Consent of instructor. CP SC 888 Directed Projects in Computer Science C S M 862 Personnel Management and Negotia- 1-6 Directed individual project supervised by de- tions 3(3,0) The role of management and unions in partment faculty. To be taken Pass/Fail only. the construction industry. Topics include contract CP SC 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 negotiation, collective bargaining, dispute resolution and management for productivity improvement. Preq: Consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

C S M 863 Advanced Planning and Schedul- CSENV 609 Biology of Invasive Plants 3(3,0) CSENV (ENTOX, GEOL) 685 Environmental Soil ing 3(3,0) Analysis and control of construction Introductory course covers mechanisms of plant Chemistry 3(3,0) Study of soil chemical processes projects using advanced techniques for planning, invasions. Emphasizes unique traits that confer (sorption, desorption, ion exchange, precipitation, scheduling and resources control. Preq: Consent invasiveness and/or weediness to plants and how dissolution and redox reactions) of nutrients and of instructor. these plant traits interact with the environment inorganic and organic contaminants in soils and C S M 864 Construction Business Strategy and to facilitate invasion of agricultural lands, forests, organic matter. Chemical complex equilibria and Marketing 3(3,0) Techniques for business strategy rangelands and less-managed landscapes. Covers adsorption phenomena at the solid (soil, sediment development and marketing of various types of con- various cultural, chemical and biological control and mineral) water interface are emphasized. Preq: struction companies. Preq: Consent of instructor. aspects. Preq: BIOL 104/106, or BIOSC 304, or CSENV 202, CH 102 or consent of instructor. C S M 865 Project Management 3(3,0) Theory of consent of instructor. CSENV 690 Beneficial Soil Organisms in Plant project administration and control with special CSENV 621 Principles of Field Crop Production Growth 3(3,0) Aspects of biological nitrogen emphasis on the role and responsibilities of the 3(3,0) Principles for production of field crops. Topics fixation, mycorrhizal fungi, microbial-pesticide project manager. Preq: Consent of instructor. include botany and physiology, tillage, harvesting, interactions, bioremediation, nutrient cycles and C S M 866 Contractor Role in Development 3(3,0) storage and crop quality. Principles are illustrated biological pest control related to plant growth, soil/ Addresses the various roles and responsibilities of using examples from various crops. Offered fall environmental quality and sustainable agriculture. the contractor in development including discussion semester only. Preq: AGRIC 104 or equivalent in- Students who desire laboratory experience in these of the owner/designer/constructor relationship. troductory plant science, CSENV 202. topics may register for CSENV 406 after consulta- Does not count toward Master’s in Construction CSENV 622 Major World Crops 3(3,0) Examines tion with instructor. Offered spring semester only. Science and Management degree requirements. the distribution, adaptation, production and Preq: CSENV 202, MICRO 305, PL PA 401, or Preq: Consent of instructor. utilization of major agronomic crops of the world. consent of instructor. C S M 881 Professional Seminar 3(3,0) New and Emphasizes crops important to U.S. agriculture. CSENV 701 Soils and Man 3(3,0) Different kinds emerging methods for management of the construc- Specific crops discussed in more detail include of soils, their properties, uses, management, con- tion or construction-related firm. Preq: Consent corn, wheat, rice, sorghum, soybean, cotton, to- servation and relationship with the environment of instructor. bacco and peanuts. Offered spring semester only. and other human endeavors. Preq: AGRIC 104 or equivalent introductory plant CSENV 801 Crop Physiology and Nutrition 3(3,0) C S M 889 Special Problems 3(3,0) Research science, CSENV 202. design problem on a construction-related topic. Basic concepts and physiologic aspects of growth Preq: C S M 852 or consent of department chair. CSENV 623 Field Crops—Forages 3(3,0) Estab- and culture applied to crop management practices. lishment, management and utilization of forage Offered fall semester of odd-numbered years only. C S M 890 Directed Studies 3-6 Special topics not crops in a forage-livestock agro-ecosystem context. Preq: BIOSC 401, 402; or equivalent. covered in other courses. Emphasis is on field stud- Hay, silage and pasture utilization are discussed. CSENV 802 Pedology 3(3,0) Current concepts and ies, research activities and current developments in Computer model is used to study complexity of building science. Preq: Consent of instructor. theories in soil genesis and morphology; advanced forage-livestock production systems. Preq: AGRIC study of soil taxonomy. Offered fall semester of odd- C S M 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-9 With ap- 104, CSENV 202, or consent of instructor. numbered years only. Preq: CSENV 403. proval of the advisory committee, students carry CSENV (AP EC) 626 Cropping Systems Analysis out independent research and analysis. Thesis is CSENV 804 Theory and Methods of Plant Breeding 3(2,2) Application of agronomic and economic 3(3,0) Concepts and principles of plant breeding presented orally and in writing and in strict compli- principles in solving problems relating to the pro- ance with the guidelines of the Graduate School. and genetics as applied to development and main- duction and marketing of agronomic crops. Major tenance of improved crop varieties; theoretical part of the course is a case study in which detailed considerations of various breeding methods. Of- CROP AND SOIL analysis of a farm, agribusiness, or environmental fered fall semester of even-numbered years only. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES situation is made with students making formal Preq: CSENV 405, EX ST 801, or consent of written and oral presentations of results. Offered CSENV 603 Soil Genesis and Classification 2(1,3) instructor. fall semester only. Preq: AGRIC 104, AP EC 202, Soil morphology and characterization, pedogenic CSENV 805 Soil Fertility 3(3,0) Soil properties Junior standing. processes, soil-forming factors and classification of affecting nutrient availability and plant growth; soils. Offered fall semester only. Preq: CSENV 202 CSENV (HORT) 633 Landscape and Turf Weed inventory of major soil groups with reference to or consent of instructor. Management 3(2,2) See HORT 633. plant stress features; behavior of essential elements CSENV 605 Plant Breeding 3(2,2) Application of CSENV 646 Soil Management 3(3,0) Basic soil prop- in soils in relation to plant availability; current soil genetic principles to the development of improved erties are related to compaction, water and solute fertility research. Offered spring semester of even- crop plants. Principle topics include the genetic movement and root growth. Practical management numbered years only. Preq: CSENV 403 or 452 or 2012-13problems are considered and solutions developed consent of instructor. and cytogenetic basis of plant breeding, mode of reproduction, techniques in selfing and crossing, based on basic soil characteristics. Problems include CSENV 806 Special Problems 1-3(0,3-9) Research methods of breeding, inheritance in the major erosion, no-tillage, compaction, irrigation, leaching, not related to a thesis. crops, and biometrical methods. Offered spring waste application, golf-green management and CSENV 807 Soil Physics 4(3,3) Principles and semester only. Preq: GEN 302 or equivalent. orchard establishment. Offered fall semester only. applications of transport of water and solutes in Preq: CSENV 202. CSENV (B E) 608 Land Treatment of Wastewater soils emphasizing unsaturated flow phenomenon. and Sludges 3(3,0) Principles for designing envi- CSENV 652 Soil Fertility and Management 3(3,0) Offered fall semester of even-numbered years only. ronmentally acceptable land application systems Soil properties, climatic factors and management Preq: MTHSC 108 or equivalent. using municipal and industrial wastewater and systems in relation to soil fertility maintenance CSENV 808 Soil Chemistry 3(2,3) Principles and sludges are presented. Topics include land-limiting for crop production; plant nutrition and growth theories concerning the structure and chemical constituent analysis; soil-plant interactions; system in relation to crop fertilization and management. properties of soil colloids, ion exchange and surface equipment and design; system operation and man- Offered spring semester only. Preq: CSENV 202 or phenomena, chemical equilibria, soil acidity and agement; public acceptance, social and regulatory consent of instructor. oxidation-reduction reactions. Offered fall semester issues. Case studies and field trip(s) are planned. CSENV 653 Soil Fertility Laboratory 1(0,3) Evalua- of odd-numbered years only. Preq: Senior standing in agriculture or engineering tion and interpretation of soil fertility production. CSENV 810 Soil Microbiology 3(3,0) Biological

or consent of instructor. Offered spring semester only. Preq: CSENV 202 or nitrogen fixation, mycorrhizal fungi and pesticide consent of instructor. interactions in soils with emphasis on microbial- plant-soil relationships. Offered fall semester of even-numbered years only. Preq: CSENV 690 or MICRO 610 and consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

CSENV 812 Crop Ecology and Land Use 3(3,0) D P A 860 Digital Production Studio 1-6(0,2-12) ED EC 880 Current Issues in Early Childhood Concepts and factors affecting adaptation and Students develop as accomplished visual problem 3(3,0) Focuses on factors that impact early child- distribution of crop plants; microclimate and crop solvers in a digital production team setting. As part hood policy, identification of current problems/ response to environmental factors with modifica- of the studio experience, students take a production issues and development of research-based advocacy tions of microclimate by agricultural operations; project from concept, through story development, strategies. interactions among crop plants and between weeds character design, modeling and rigging, animation, ED EC 885 Thesis Hours in Early Childhood Educa- and crop plants under field conditions. Offered fall lighting, and post production. May be repeated for tion 3(3,0) Students work with thesis advisor and semester of even-numbered years only. a maximum of 12 credits. Preq: Enrollment in the committee to complete thesis requirements; thesis CSENV (BOT) 824 Mode of Action of Growth Digital Production Arts program. must address a STEM discipline. Required of stu- Substances 4(3,3) Study of the physiology and D P A 880 Graduate Research Studio 1-6(0,2-12) dents enrolled in thesis track in Early Childhood biochemistry of both natural and synthetic growth Students complete a project or projects, under the Education. May be repeated for a maximum of six regulators, hormones, growth retardants, herbicides direction of a faculty adviser, in an area supporting credits. Preq: 18 credit hours including ED F 778, and other inhibitors. Considers methodology and personal goals and vision. Work may be individually 879; consent of thesis advisor. mechanism of action. Offered spring semester of or team oriented, and may be of a technical or an ED EC 890 Assessment and Program Planning odd-numbered years only. Preq: BIOSC 601 and artistic nature. May be repeated for a maximum of in Early Childhood 3(3,0) Study of instructional 602 and general biochemistry or BOT 822 or six credits. Preq: Enrollment in the Digital Produc- planning and assessment for young children in all consent of instructor. tion Arts program. content areas including math, science and technol- CSENV (PES) 850 Agricultural Biotechnology D P A 891 Master of Fine Arts Thesis Research 1-6 ogy. Also explores multiple assessment and screen- 2(2,0) Fundamentals of biotechnology for students Students complete a studio research project, under ing strategies for infants, toddlers and preschool specializing in applied life sciences. Scientific the guidance of the student’s advisor and thesis children with typical and atypical development; principles, limitations, novel concepts and wide- committee. The thesis project is developed to a includes quantitative and qualitative assessment ranging applications of biotechnology to agricul- refined degree, articulated in the form of a written methods for program planning. tural industry. document, and presented orally in a thesis defense. ED EC 895 Math, Science and Technology Inquiry CSENV 890 Special Topics in Agronomy 1-3(1-3,0) May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. Preq: in Early Childhood 3(3,0) Emphasizes theory to Group discussion of recent developments in agro- Consent of thesis committee chair. practice and exploration of the processes of inquiry nomic research. May be repeated for a maximum in mathematics, science and technology for early of six credits. Preq: Consent of instructor. EARLY CHILDHOOD childhood education. EDUCATION ED EC 896 Early Childhood Math and Science Cur- DIGITAL PRODUCTION ARTS ED EC 800 Parent Education in Early Childhood ricula 3(3,0) Provides a vertical articulation of math D P A 600 Technical Foundations of Digital Pro- Multicultural Settings 3(3,0) Focuses on a mul- and science curricula for the early childhood years duction I 3(3,0) The technical, conceptual, and ticultural perspective on parent involvement in through an in-depth analysis of national standards algorithmic foundations of computer graphics. early childhood education settings. Theory and for content and pedagogy. Students experience the Covers the Unix operating system, scripting, C applications of parent involvement in multicultural progression of math and science understanding in programming, and an interactive graphics API. environments are studied with an emphasis on the early years. Preq: Consent of instructor. Not open to Computer activities that set the stage for science and math Science, Computer Engineering, or Computer concept development and on uses of technology ECONOMICS Information Systems majors. with young children. ECON 605 Introduction to Econometrics 4(3,3) In- D P A 601 Technical Foundations of Digital Produc- ED EC 810 Advanced Early Childhood Education troduction to the methods of quantitative analysis tion II 3(3,0) The mathematical and algorithmic Foundations and Methods 3(3,0) In-depth study of economic data. Reviews basic statistical methods foundations of computer graphics. Covers spatial of developmentally appropriate and effective in- and probability distribution. Topics include data data structures, object oriented programming in structional methods in early childhood classrooms management using professional statistical software C++, mathematics for graphics, and 3-D graphics and the history of early childhood education as a applications; multiple regression analysis; hypoth- API. Preq: D P A 400 or consent of instructor. Not professional field. esis testing under conditions of multicollinearity, open to Computer Science, Computer Engineer- ED EC 820 Advanced Early Childhood Education heteroscedasticity; and serial correlation. Preq: ing, or Computer Information Systems majors. Curriculum 3(3,0) In-depth study of curriculum ECON 211 and 212; MTHSC 108 or 207; EX ST D P A 602 Visual Foundations of Digital Pro- development and current approaches in the field 301 or MTHSC 301 or 309. duction I 3(0,6) Presents the visual foundations of early childhood education. Students explore ECON 606 Advanced Econometrics 3(3,0) Reviews underlying computer graphics production. Covers 2012-13the research literature on effective curriculum in statistical inference using multiple regression (OLS) perspective, observational drawing, color and value, early childhood education at both the national and analysis and model specification. Topics include principles of composition and design, and story- international levels. Preq: Consent of instructor. multicollinearity; heteroscedasticity and serial cor- boarding. Incorporates the studio method, involves ED EC 840 Theories of Early Childhood Education relation; two-stage least squares and instrumental students in hands-on work and the critique process, 3(3,0) Examines the theoretical, philosophical and variables models; simultaneous equations models; and stresses examples from the history of art, anima- research foundations of early childhood education limited dependent variable models using maximum tion and film. Preq: Consent of instructor. Not open with emphasis on how these foundations interact likelihood estimation and time-series analysis; and to Architecture or Visual Arts majors. with science, math and technology concept develop- presentation of results in technical writing. Preq: D P A 603 Visual Foundations of Digital Produc- ment in young children. Students develop skills in ECON 405 or consent of instructor. tion II 3(0,6) Extends the foundational visual critical inquiry as they explore specific topics related ECON 610 Economic Development 3(3,0) Con- principles underlying computer graphics produc- to early child care and education. sideration and analysis of economic and related tion begun in D P A 402. Stresses representation ED EC 850 Creative and Cognitive Development problems of underdeveloped countries. Attention of the figure in drawing and the use of cameras. in Early Childhood: Creating Connections to is given to national and international programs Incorporates the studio method and the critique Math and Science 3(3,0) Examines the theoretical, designed to accelerate solution of these problems. process, and stresses examples from the history of philosophical and cognitive foundations of creative Preq: ECON 314 or consent of instructor. art, animation and film. Preq: D P A 402 or consent thought during the early childhood years. Students of instructor. Not open to Architecture or Visual develop skills in critical inquiry as they explore the Arts majors. connections between creativity and math/science education during the early childhood years. Courses of Instruction

ECON 611 Economics of Education 3(3,0) Analy- ECON 628 Cost-Benefit Analysis 3(3,0) Develops ECON (AP EC) 808 Econometrics III 3(3,0) Con- sis of economic issues related to education. The techniques for the appraisal of public expenditure tinuation of ECON 807. Covers current economic decision to invest in education, elementary and programs with particular emphasis on investment models and estimation procedures. Offered spring secondary school markets and reform, the market in infrastructure. Topics include the choice of an ap- semester only. Preq: ECON 807. for college education, teacher labor markets and propriate discount rate and the calculation of social ECON (AP EC) 809 Advanced Natural Resource education’s effects on economic growth and costs and benefits in the presence of market distor- Economics 3(3,0) See AP EC 809. income distribution. Preq: ECON 314 or consent tions. Preq: ECON 314 or consent of instructor. ECON (AP EC) 810 Natural Resources Manage- of instructor. ECON 630 Topics in Mathematical Economics ment and Policy 3(3,0) See AP EC 810. ECON 612 International Microeconomics 3(3,0) 3(3,0) Skills acquired in freshman mathematics ECON (AP EC) 811 Economics of Environmental Analysis of the essential aspects of international are applied to selected topics in economic theory. Quality 3(3,0) Pricing and distribution emphasiz- economic linkages. Discusses gains and Course is a good complement to ECON 314 and ing effects upon economic welfare; goods allocated redistributive effects of trade and the barriers to provides excellent preparation for 400-level courses by government purchase for joint consumption trade within the context of a variety of economic in economics, especially ECON 405. May be taken and those distributed by rationing; alternate plans models. Also discusses the history of trade policy concurrently with ECON 314. Preq: ECON 314, for allocating public goods. Offered fall semester and the political economy of its determination. and MTHSC 108 or 207. of even-numbered years only. Preq: ECON 314 or Preq: ECON 314 or consent of instructor. ECON 640 Game Theory 3(3,0) Introduction to equivalent. ECON 613 International Macroeconomics 3(3,0) the formal analysis of strategic interaction among ECON 815 Economic History of the United States Examination of macroeconomic linkages between rational, self-interested rivals. Basic theoretical 3(3,0) Introduces approach of modern economic an individual country and the rest of the world aspects of games are discussed and applied to such history, which emphasizes the use of modern eco- and how these linkages are affected by the choice topics as bargaining, voting, auctions and oligopoly. nomic theory and statistical methods to answer of exchange rate regimes. Topics include the Preq: ECON 314 and MTHSC 106, or ECON 430, questions of long-standing interest to economists relation between domestic and foreign interest or consent of instructor. and historians. Covers all major periods of U.S. his- rates and exchange rates and the ability to pursue ECON 655 Applied Microeconomic Research tory from the colonial era through the emergence independent monetary policies. Preq: ECON 315. 3(3,0) Students conduct research in applied mi- of the modern welfare state. Preq: ECON 801 and ECON 622 Monetary Economics 3(3,0) Intensive croeconomics. Topics vary according to student 805; ECON 806 highly recommended study of the role of monetary factors in economic and professor interests. Students read papers in the ECON (AP EC) 816 Labor Economics 3(3,0) Wage change. Modern monetary theories and their em- literature, formulate their own economic hypoth- and employment theory; labor markets; labor pirical relevance for policy are developed against a eses and collect and analyze data to test those hy- history; current problems in labor and manpower background of monetary history and institutions. potheses. May be repeated for a maximum of nine economics. Preq: ECON 314 and 315 or consent of instructor. credits. Preq: ECON 314 or consent of instructor. ECON (AP EC) 817 Advanced Production Econom- ECON 623 Economics of Health 3(3,0) Applies ECON (AP EC) 657 Natural Resource Use, Tech- ics 3(3,0) See AP EC 817. microeconomic theory to examine the demand nology and Policy 3(3,0) See AP EC 657. for health services and medical care, the market for ECON (AP EC) 820 Public Finance 3(3,0) Impact ECON 751 Selected Topics for Teachers 3(3,0) Cur- of government on resource allocation, income medical insurance, the behavior of physicians and rent economic policy issues such as inflation, regu- hospitals, and the role of government in health-care distribution and stability; role of regulation; prin- lation, protectionism and energy policy. Emphasis ciples of taxation. provision and regulation. Preq: ECON 314. is on the presentation of these topics to secondary ECON 624 Organization of Industries 3(3,0) school students. Topics vary from year to year. May ECON 821 Public Choice 3(3,0) Economic theory Empirical, historical, and theoretical analyses of be repeated for credit. Preq: ECON 200, 211. to analyze collective decisions. Topics include the pure theory of collective choice and applied market structure and concentration in American ECON (AP EC) 800 History of Economic Thought industry: the effects of oligopoly, monopoly, and analyses of democratic governments and their 3(3,0) Development of economic thought from policy processes. cartelization upon price, output, and other policies early Greek to Keynesian economics; writings of of the firm; antitrust and other public policies and major economists such as Smith, Ricardo, Marx, ECON (AP EC) 822 Public Policy Economics 3(3,0) problems are studied. Preq: ECON 314 or consent Marshall and Keynes; development of major eco- See AP EC 822. of instructor. nomic theories. ECON 823 Microeconomics for Public Policy ECON 625 Antitrust Economics 3(3,0) Analysis of ECON (AP EC) 801 Microeconomic Theory 3(3,0) 3(3,0) Economic aspects of public policy making; economic and legal issues created by the exercise Microeconomic theory and its use to analyze and individual behavior as governed by the market and of market power. The motivation and execution of predict the behavior of industries, firms and con- other incentive mechanisms. Equips students with government policy toward mergers, predatory consumers under various market conditions. Offered methodological tools for evaluating public policies. duct and various restraints of trade are extensively 2012-13Preq: Admission to the Policy Studies program or fall semester only. consent of instructor. examined. Preq: ECON 309 or 314 or consent of ECON (AP EC) 802 Advanced Economic Concepts instructor. and Applications 3(3,0) Rigorous development of ECON (AP EC) 824 Organization of Industry 3(3,0) ECON 626 Seminar in Sports Economics 3(3,0) price theory under alternative product and resource The structure of markets and firms; forces that Economic analysis of sports teams, leagues and market structures. Preq: Consent of instructor. determine the size of firms and the boundaries of institutions. Topics include antitrust issues, public markets; the behavior of firms, both singly and in ECON (AP EC) 804 Applied Mathematical Eco- concert, to exploit market positions. funding of sports venues, labor relations, wagering nomics 3(3,0) See AP EC 804. markets, athlete compensation and application of ECON 825 Antitrust Economics 3(3,0) Theoretical economic principles to sports settings. Empirical ECON 805 Macroeconomic Theory 3(3,0) Mac- analysis of monopoly, monopolizing practices and research project is cornerstone of course. Preq: roeconomic theory involving static and dynamic the exercise of market power. Study of government ECON 314 and 405 or consent of instructor. models and their use in analysis of economic policy towards mergers, predation and restraints of problems and policies. ECON 627 Development of the American Economy trade. Preq: ECON (AP EC) 801. 3(3,0) Explores several topics relevant to under- ECON (AP EC) 806 Econometrics I 3(3,0) See AP ECON (AP EC) 826 Economic Theory of Govern- standing the American experience. Considers the EC 806. ment Regulation 3(3,0) The scope of governmental institutions and developments critical to America’s ECON 807 Econometrics II 3(3,0) Economic models regulation in the economy of the United States, its ascendancy from a small country to a dominant expressed as systems of equations; problems of evolution and development; the application of the global economic power. Investigates immigration, identification, parameter estimation, measure- tools of economic analysis to the issues of regulated innovation, education, finance and the changing ment errors and statistical inference; techniques enterprise. Preq: ECON 314 or equivalent. role of race and gender in the economy. Preq: of simulation, forecasting, model validation and ECON 314, 315. interpretation. Offered fall semester only. Courses of Instruction

ECON (AP EC) 827 Economics of Property Rights ECON 900 Selected Topics in Economics 3(3,0) ECON 924 Advanced Industrial Organizations 3(3,0) Analyzes the evolution and impact of various Current topics in economic theory and empirical 3(3,0) Coverage of advanced concepts and methods property rights institutions on individual behavior research. May be repeated for credit, but only if involving strategic interaction among firms. Topics and the subsequent use of resources. Particular at- different topics are covered. may include pricing, capacity choice, advertising, tention is paid to the importance of property rights ECON (AP EC) 901 Price Theory 3(3,0) Neoclassical collusion and industry dynamics. Preq: ECON (AP structures in the organization of business and in paradigm of market price and quantity; rigorous EC) 824 or consent of instructor. managerial decision making. Preq: ECON 801. consideration of consumer behavior, the theory of ECON 940 Empirical International Economics ECON (AP EC) 828 Applied Demand Analysis the firm and market equilibrium, production and 3(3,0) Investigates empirical applications of inter- 3(3,0) See AP EC 828. resource demands and the supply of resources. Preq: national issues. Typical topics include the theoreti- ECON (AP EC) 831 Economic Development 3(3,0) ECON (AP EC) 801 or equivalent. cal and empirical international issues, including Economic analysis of development of urban areas ECON (AP EC) 904 Seminar in Resource Econom- the Heckscher-Ohlin model, the gravity model of within the system of cities; central place theory ics 3(3,0) See AP EC 904 trade, models of exchange rate determination and and general equilibrium models of interregional ECON 905 Advanced Macroeconomic Issues dynamic stochastic general equilibrium models. economic activity emphasizing central place 3(3,0) Current unsettled issues in macroeconomic Preq: ECON 840 or 841. systems, spatial interaction and stochastic pro- analysis. Topics include disequilibrium macro ECON (AP EC) 950 Monetary Economics 3(3,0) cesses; internal development of the city focusing models, macro models of open economies, rational Economic analysis of money in our economy and on housing and land use patterns, transportation expectations and its critics, government stabiliza- effects of monetary policy on prices, interest rates, and urban form. tion policies and the controversy surrounding the output and employment. ECON (AP EC) 832 Community and Regional concept of Ricardian equivalence. Preq: ECON ECON 981 Applications of Economic Analysis Economics 3(3,0) See AP EC 832. 805 or equivalent. 1-2(1-2,0) Presentations of economic research by ECON 836 Research in Economics of Education ECON (AP EC) 906 Seminar in Area Economic guest lecturers, principally department faculty 3(3,0) Theoretical and econometric analysis of Development 3(3,0) See AP EC 906. members. Presentations include description of education including such topics as human capital ECON 909 Time-Series Econometrics 3(3,0) Intro- one or more research projects typically taken from theory, pricing and competition in higher educa- duces methods and models of time-series analysis. a common agenda. Discussion of methodology, tion, public financing and provision of education, Reviews statistical concepts and introduces unique data and data collection. Course is for first-year cost/benefit analyses of education reforms such aspects of time-series data. Covers models useful PhD students. To be taken Pass/Fail only. May be as accountability, school finance equalization and for estimation, forecasting and inference in mac- repeated for a maximum of four credits. school choice. Includes discussion and research on roeconomics and finance. Topics include autore- ECON 982 Workshop in Applied Economics 3(3,0) current topics in the economics of education. Preq: gressive-moving average models, their multivariate Forum for presentation and critical evaluation AP EC (ECON) 806 or consent of instructor. generalization, nonlinear models of conditional of ongoing research by candidates for the PhD ECON (AP EC) 840 International Trade Theory heteroskedasticity, regime-switching models and degree in Applied Economics. May be repeated 3(3,0) Theory of free trade from Ricardo to the nonstationary processes. Preq: ECON 807. for a maximum of nine credits. Preq: Consent of present; theory and application of optimal and ECON 915 General Equilibrium and Economic instructor. second-best tariffs; recent empirical testing of trade Growth 3(3,0) Risk sharing and efficient alloca- ECON (AP EC) 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research and tariff theory. Preq: ECON 314 and (AP EC) tions are presented. Basic aggregation theory is 1-12 See AP EC 991. 802 or consent of instructor. covered producing the representative agent model. ECON (AP EC) 841 International Finance 3(3,0) The neoclassical growth model with and without EDUCATION technological progress is presented, followed by the Financial economics of decision making in a ED 641 Middle School Curriculum 3(3,0) Concepts endogenous growth model. The modifications to multinational environment featuring autonomous and methods for teaching middle school students. this model produce multiple development regimes, governments and multiple currencies. Typical Discusses nature of middle school students, teacher convergence, biconvergence and switching phe- topics include the macroeconomic problems of characteristics, curricular and co-curricular pro- nomena. Preq: ECON 805 unemployment and inflation in an international grams, organization and teaching. economy, management of exchange rate risk, credit ECON 916 Advanced Economic Growth 3(3,0) ED (CTE) 700 Supervising the Student Teacher in risk, political risk and taxation Preq: ECON 315 Alternative models of endogenous growth are the Public School 2-3(2-3,0) Knowledge and skills or equivalent. developed, including the public education models desirable for supervisors of student teachers; use of growth, endogenous technology-R&D models, ECON 845 Advanced Game Theory 3(3,0) Intro- of observation instruments for recording objective international trade and diffusion models, public duces central concepts in game theory, emphasizing data and evaluating teaching performance. To be policies and institutions, geography and growth, economic problems involving strategic behavior 2012-13taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: Professional teaching and finance and growth. Particular focus is on by consumers, firms and governments. Covers certificate, at least one year of teaching experience, the empirical applications of growth models. Preq: static and dynamic games, with both complete recommendation from employing school district, ECON 915. and incomplete information. Specific topics may or consent of instructor. include oligopoly, bargaining, auction theory, ECON (AP EC) 917 Advanced Seminar in Labor ED 735 Teacher Professional Development: Selected mechanism design, repeated games and informa- Economics 3(3,0) Continuation of ECON 816, Topics 1-3(1-3,0) Selected topics determined by tion transmission. bridging the gap between theory and modern professional-development needs for teachers. Does empirical research in labor economics. Emphasizes ECON (AP EC) 855 Financial Economics 3(3,0) not count toward a master’s degree; for professional reading recent empirical research papers to under- Study of modern theory of corporate finance. In- development credit only. May be repeated, but only stand the techniques of modern research in labor cludes basic theories of efficient markets, portfolio if different topics are covered. selection, capital asset pricing, option pricing and economics. Preq: ECON (AP EC) 816. ED 837 Independent Study in Education 1-3(1- agency costs. Preq: ECON (AP EC) 801 or consent ECON 920 Empirical Public Economics 3(3,0) 3,0) Master’s-level study of selected topics under of instructor. Studies the effects of taxation on household and the direction of a faculty member chosen by the firm behavior, public goods, income transfer and ECON 888 Directed Reading in Economics 1-3(1- student. Student and faculty member develop a welfare policies. Considers fiscal federalism, public 3,0) Directed reading and research in the student’s course of study different from any existing courses policy and economic growth. Includes selected field of interest. May be repeated for a maximum and designed for the individual student. May be topics on effects of legislation and institutions on of three credit. repeated for a maximum of 24 credits, but only if economic outcome. Preq: ECON (AP EC) 801, ECON 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 different topics are covered. 807, (AP EC) 820. Courses of Instruction

ED 838 Selected Topics in Education 1-3(1-3,0) ED 903 Introductory Doctoral Seminar I 1(1,0) EDUCATIONAL COUNSELING Specific master’s-level topics not found in other Familiarizes new doctoral students with the aca- (Counselor Education) courses are selected for in-depth study. May be demic culture of doctoral studies and, specifically, repeated for a maximum of 24 credits, but only if the Curriculum and Instruction doctoral program ED C 764 Theoretical and Practical Application of different topics are covered. at Clemson. This introductory seminar emphasizes Student Development and Leadership in a Uni- versity Setting 3(3,0) Development of leadership, ED 839 Introduction to Linguistics 3(3,0) Introduc- the processes of scholarship, including academic programming, problem-solving, conflict-resolution, tion to linguistics, including the subfields of syntax, research and writing. confrontation and referral skills; legal and ethical morphology, phonology, semantics, pragmatics and ED 904 Introductory Doctoral Seminar II 1(1,0) issues and the implications for practitioners; com- sociolinguistics. Also includes the study of writ- Familiarizes new doctoral students with the aca- parative studies of housing programs and utilization ing systems and applications to literacy, language demic culture of doctoral studies and, specifically, of resources and support services available on the acquisition, and language contact and change. the Curriculum and Instruction doctoral program campus. Preq: Graduate standing in Education or consent at Clemson. This introductory seminar emphasizes of instructor. the roles and responsibilities of teacher educators. ED C 801 Foundations of School Counseling 3(3,0) Theory and practice of school counseling; ED 845 Integrating Arts into the Curriculum 3(3,0) ED 938 Grant Development in Education-Related principles and policies underlying programs. Preq: Series of workshops introducing the integration Fields 3(3,0) Addresses the process for writing and Consent of instructor. of drama, music, dance, visual arts and creative submitting grant proposals, including training writing with academic subjects in the classroom. grants, demonstration projects, research grants and ED C 803 Student Development Services in Higher Includes review of research on the impact of arts curriculum development projects. Education 3(3,0) Pupil personnel services offered by institutions of higher education. education on student achievement, engagement ED 942 Studies of Curriculum and Instruction and school culture. in Mathematics Education 3(3,0) Addresses ED C 804 Theories of Student Development in ED 851 International Education in Primary and philosophical, theoretical, and empirical issues Higher Education 3(3,0) Developmental aspects of Secondary School Settings 3(3,0) Investigates related to curriculum, instruction, and assess- the young adult age group and the relationship to educational processes in international settings, ment in mathematics education. Curricular issues postsecondary schools and training programs. including an examination of prevalent learning relevant to this class span pre-K through grade 12 ED C 805 Clinical Mental Health Counseling 3(3,0) theories, curricula, assessment, classroom norms, and include the emergence of national, state, and History and description of various counseling and their connections to social, cultural, and geo- common core standards. Preq: Admission into the services provided in agency settings; the type of political contexts. Curriculum and Instruction doctoral program; client populations served and existing legislative ED 854 International Perspectives on Poverty and consent of instructor. acts mandating these services. the Schools 3(3,0) Explores the global impact of ED 947 Current Scholarship in Mathematics ED C 806 Student Affairs Issues 3(3,0) Introduc- poverty on schools and students, reviews the inter- Education 3(3,0) Enhances appreciation for tion to the current issues in the student personnel national research on poverty and schools, identifies and understanding of research methods and profession and future challenges facing student af- effective instructional and curricular strategies findings in mathematics education. Includes an fairs departments. Preq: ED C 803, 804, or consent for P–12 students living in poverty, and analyzes analysis of research methodology and techniques of instructor. international policies that address the needs of in mathematics education, the history of research ED C 807 Counseling Children and Adolescents these students. in mathematics education, and various theories 3(3,0) Theory and techniques in the area of coun- ED 860 Classroom Action Research 3(3,0) Devel- of mathematics learning. Preq: Admission into the seling youth in educational institutions and other ops skills for doing research in a K–12 setting on Curriculum and Instruction doctoral program; settings; common challenges faced by children and instructional methodology and/or curriculum. consent of instructor. adolescents, developmental considerations, and Study of research literature, research methods and ED 954 Curriculum Theory 3(3,0) Main currents evidence-based interventions. Preq: ED F 701 and IRB procedures. Includes classroom action research of curriculum theory in American education. Preq: ED C 810; or consent of instructor. project. Preq: Teaching certification, admission to ED EL 760. ED C 808 Legal and Ethical Issues in Student Af- MEd degree program, ED F 778, 808, or consent ED 955 Theoretical Bases of Instruction 3(3,0) fairs Practice and Counselor Education 3(3,0) of instructor. Seminar in the application of learning theory to Study of current legal and ethical issues confronting ED 867 Practicum in the Instruction of English instructional practice emphasizing instructional counselor educators and administrators working to Speakers of Other Languages to Elementary strategies in the classroom. in student affairs practice and student affairs and Secondary Learners 1-3(0,3-9) Supervised ED (ED F, ED SP) 980 Internship in Curriculum counseling. Examines a representative sample of observation and teaching experiences in teacing and Instruction 1-6(0,3-18) Practical experiences key concepts, federal and state court cases and English to Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) linking the student’s program of study to his/her explores the application of legal and ethical issues in cooperation with selected elementary and/or 2012-13to student affairs practice and counseling. field of professional service. To be taken Pass/Fail secondary schools. May be repeated for a maximum only. Preq: Consent of advisor. ED C 809 Higher Education Administration 3(3,0) of three credits ED (ED F, ED SP) 991 Doctoral Dissertation Knowledge, skills and processes essential to ef- ED (AG ED, CTE) 889 Research in Education 3(3,0) Research 1-18 fectively administer a program or service in higher education. Examines relationships between envi- See AG ED 889. ED (ED F, ED SP) 994 Directed Research ronmental factors and strategies for planning and ED 901 Selected Topics Doctoral Study 1-3(1-3,0) 1-4(1-4,0) Research in a line of inquiry in education managing student affairs programs and services. Doctoral-level education topics not covered in other under the direction of faculty. May be taken with Preq: Consent of instructor. courses are selected for in-depth study and research. different faculty members and may be repeated May be repeated for a maximum of 24 credits, but for a maximum of 18 hours. To be taken Pass/Fail ED C 810 Theories and Techniques of Counseling only if different topics are covered. only. Preq: ED F 778, 808 or consent of instructor. 3(3,0) Counseling theories and techniques. Preq: ED 902 Independent Doctoral Study 1-3(1-3,0) Consent of instructor. Study of selected topics in education under the ED C 811 Multicultural Counseling 3(3,0) Respon- direction of a faculty member chosen by the sibility of counselors to all people regardless of race, student. Student and faculty member develop a sex, gender, socioeconomic status, subculture, etc.; course of study different from any existing courses content and theory related to counseling multicul- and designed for the individual student. May be tural individuals/groups. repeated for a maximum of 24 credits, but only if different topics are covered. Courses of Instruction

ED C 812 Career Counseling 3(3,0) Gathering, ED C 824 Ethical Issues in Counseling 3(3,0) ED C 915 Internship in Counseling Setting 3(1,6) interpreting and utilizing educational, social and Explores the ethical standards and dilemmas Postmaster’s supervised internship in counseling. occupational information; techniques used in facing today’s counseling professionals, includ- Provides experience in counseling as well as coor- placement, survey and follow-up. ing foundations of ethical principles and ethical dination of services for a diverse client population. ED C 813 Appraisal Procedures 3(2,2) Experience in decision-making. Students explore ethical issues Students participate in direct services with clients gathering, interpreting and utilizing data related to that cover traditional topics, such as confidentiality, in an approved agency. May be repeated for a the individual; especially significant to counselors. dual relationships, and record keeping; as well as maximum of six credits. Preq: Master’s degree in Preq: Consent of instructor. contemporary issues, such as multicultural com- Counseling or related field approved by program coordinator. ED C 814 Development of Counseling Skills 3(3,0) petence and online counseling, that are prevalent On-campus experience to help counselors develop in most counseling settings. Preq: ED C 810 or ED C 920 Counselor Supervision 3(3,0) Overview communication skills through role-playing activi- consent of instructor. of conceptual and empirical literature on counselor ties, audio and videotaping, interviewing, lecture ED C 830 School Counseling Practicum 3(1,6) Su- supervision that includes models, approaches, tech- and discussion. Preq or Coreq: ED C 810. pervised field experience in counseling and other niques, relationship/process issues, legal concerns and ethical considerations. Students develop super- ED C 815 Group Counseling 3(3,0) Experience as services in a school setting. To be taken Pass/Fail vision skills through readings, seminar discussions a member of a group to aid the student in under- only. Preq: ED C 801, 810, 814; Preq or coreq: ED and supervision of master’s-level students. Preq: standing group dynamics and the role of a group C 807, 815. Master’s degree in Counseling or related area or member as a participant and facilitator; emphasis is ED C 834 Student Affairs Practicum 3(1,6) Su- consent of instructor. on small group participation, communication skills pervised field experience in counseling and other and self-understanding. Preq: ED C 810, 814. student services in a postsecondary school setting. ED C 816 Introduction to Couples and Family To be taken Pass/Fall only. Preq: ED C 803 804, or EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS Counseling 3(3,0) Major models and techniques of consent of instructor (100 clock hours). ED F (AG ED, CTE) 680 Digital Technology in marriage and family counseling; history, research, ED C 836 Clinical Mental Health Practicum 3(1,6) the 21st Century Classroom 3(2,2) Fundamentals legal, ethical and other professional issues; concepts Supervised field experiences in counseling and of computer applications for teachers. Develops related to family life cycle, healthy family function- other services in a community-agency setting. To competence in general computer applications such ing, divorce, ethnicity, problem conceptualization be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: ED C 805, 814, 815 as word processing and database management and and nontraditional structures. Preq: ED C 810 or (or concurrent enrollment), consent of instructor. addresses educational uses of the Internet and 814 or consent of instructor. ED C 840 Independent Study in Counseling 1-3(1- computer-assisted instruction, with emphasis on ED C 817 Crisis Intervention Counseling 3(3,0) 3,0) Individualized, in-depth study of a particular legal and ethical issues and the impact of computer Examines diverse crisis situations and the assess- topic not offered in other courses. Reading, re- technology upon society. Preq: Admission to gradu- ment and treatment strategies used by counselors search and independent study are supervised by a ate teacher education program. to assist individuals, groups and organizations faculty member. May be repeated for a maximum ED F (AG ED, CTE) 682 Advanced Educational to manage and resolve crises. Preq: ED C 810 or of six credits. Preq: Consent of instructor. Applications of Microcomputers 3(2,2) Provides consent of instructor. ED C 841 School Counseling Internship 3-6 In a students with the knowledge and skills needed to ED C 818 Psychopathology for Counselors 3(3,0) supervised field experience, students apply knowl- apply microcomputer technology to the utilization Conceptual models employed in classifying and edge in individual and group counseling, classroom and generation of educational software in accor- describing various mental disturbances as well as guidance and consultation to assist students in dance with sound educational principles. Preq: ED approaches used to alleviate these disturbances. school settings. May be repeated for a maximum F (AG ED, CTE) 480. Preq: ED C 810, enrollment as Counseling master's of 12 credits. To be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: ED ED F 690 Classroom Management 3(3,0) Aids stu- student, consent of instructor. C 830; preq or coreq: ED C 812, 813. dents in developing strategies and plans to manage ED C 819 The Contemporary College Student ED C 844 Student Affairs Internship 3-6 Ap- a classroom effectively. Topics include both time 3(3,0) Analytical approach to the unique character plication of previous knowledge to professional and behavioral management. Students learn how to of the contemporary college student, the effects of and postsecondary settings in a supervised field prevent problems as well as address problems once change on that character and the role of college in experience in counseling/student services. May they have occurred. Preq: ED F 302 or PSYCH 201; enhancing student development in that context. be repeated for a maximum of six credits. To be ED F 334, 335, or suitable alternative; 2.0 mini- Preq: ED L 855 or consent of instructor. taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: ED C 834, consent of mum grade-point ratio; or consent of instructor. ED C 821 Counseling Psychodiagnosis 3(3,0) instructor. ED F 697 Instructional Media in the Classroom Comprehensive overview of the DSM-IV-TR; mul- ED C 846 Clinical Mental Health Counseling In- 3(3,0) Integrated approach to the use of audiovisual tiaxial assessment and diagnosis of mental disorders 2012-13ternship 6 Students apply previous knowledge of media stressing systematic planning, selection, including coding and reporting procedures. Preq: counseling theory and techniques in a supervised utilization and evaluation as well as production ED C 810, 818, enrollment as Counseling master’s field experience in professional mental health coun- of materials and equipment operation. Preq: 2.0 student, or consent of instructor. seling settings. May be repeated for a maximum of minimum grade-point ratio. ED C 822 Addictions Counseling 3(3,0) Compre- 12 credits. Preq: ED C 805, 810, 811, 814, 815, 818, ED F (ED L) 800 Philosophy, Schooling and Edu- hensive overview of the phenomenon of chemical 821, 823 (or concurrent enrollment), 836, consent cational Policy 3(3,0) See ED L 800. dependence and addiction; current methods of of instructor. ED F 801 Human Growth and Development 3(3,0) identification and intervention; awareness of how ED C 851 Leadership in School Counseling 3(3,0) Theory and research in human development and addictions affect individuals, families, schools and Leadership, management and evaluation of school its impact on the teaching/learning process. Preq: communities. Preq: Consent of instructor. counseling programs. Coreq: Must be taken concur- ED F 334, 335, 336, or equivalent; classroom ED C 823 Advanced Counseling Techniques and rently with first semester of ED C 841. teaching experience. Strategies 3(3,0) Development of in-depth counsel- ED C 885 Selected Topics 1-3(1-3,0) Developing ED F 802 Advanced Educational Psychology ing skills; techniques for working with a wide variety trends in counseling not covered in other courses. 3(3,0) Educational applications of research and of populations and/or problems. Preq: ED C 814, May be repeated, but only if different topics are theory on objectives, motivation, class climate, 815, completion of 30 hours in a master’s program covered. class management and learning theory. Preq: in Counseling, or certification as a school counselor. ED F 302 or equivalent; classroom teaching experience recommended. Courses of Instruction

ED F 803 Early Adolescent Growth and Develop- ED F 974 Emerging Qualitative Research Methods E D L 715 School and Community Relationships ment 3(3,0) Theory and research in early adolescent and Design 3(3,0) Examines emerging and lesser- 3(3,0) Interdependence of school and community; growth and development and the teaching/learning known qualitative research methods and designs, identifying and defining societal expectations of process for middle-grades youth. Preq: Graduate such as self-study, portraiture, arts-based research, schools and effect of these expectations on educa- standing or consent of instructor. photovoice, rhizomatic analysis and critical policy tional policy; impact of social, political, economic ED F 808 Educational Tests and Measurements analysis. Preq: ED F 878 and 879. and demographic change on educational policy. 3(3,0) Construction, use and interpretation of sub- ED F 975 Seminar in Human Growth and Develop- ED L 720 School Personnel Administration 3(3,0) jective and standard tests; measurement applications. ment 3(3,0) Selected topics in human development School personnel selection, practices and problems. ED F 866 Integrating Service Learning into Cur- from any area of the lifespan. Development topics are Preq: ED L 700, 705. riculum 3(2,3) Opportunities for certified teachers examined for their impacts on the teaching/learning ED L 725 Legal Phases of School Administration to build competence in service learning through process, administrative processes and/or counsel- 3(3,0) Legal principles involved in school adminis- personal participation in service and in reflection. ing approaches. Preq: ED F 701 or equivalent and tration and in court actions. Preq: ED L 710. Students develop a plan to integrate service learning teaching, counseling, or administrative experience. ED L 730 Techniques of Supervision—the Public activities into the curriculum of their school and/ ED F 976 History of American Education 3(3,0) Schools 3(3,0) Improving, coordinating and evalu- or district. Designed for 12–25 elementary, middle- Historical development of educational purpose ating instruction; modern trends of supervisory school, high-school and adult-education teachers. and the social and cultural forces which shaped practices. Preq: ED L 710. Preq: Teaching certification. that development. ED L 735 Educational Evaluation 3(3,0) Evaluation ED F 871 Cultural Diversity in Education 3(3,0) ED F 977 Experimental and Nonexperimental Re- theory and design applied to classroom instruction Sociological and anthropological examination of search Methods in Education II 3(3,0) Advanced and to evaluation procedures applicable to school contemporary P-12 educational policy issues. concepts and skills needed to analyze, conduct and center and district programs and projects. Preq: ED F 877 Experimental and Nonexperimental evaluate educational research; nonexperimental, ED L 710. Research Methods in Education I 3(3,0) Types quasiexperimental and experimental design specific ED L 740 Curriculum Planning and Improvement of educational research and uses; logical bases of to problems in educational research; complemen- for School Administrators 3(3,0) Role of leader- quantitative and qualitative analysis techniques; tary educational research methods involving quali- ship in curriculum planning and improvement: basic research issues important in education; educa- tative approaches; coding and computer analysis of curriculum evaluation and development, change, tional research design and procedures; introduction sample data; summarization and interpretation of programmatic requirements, cocurriculum, orga- to measurement and evaluation; applications to data; applications of measurement and evaluation nization, scheduling, planning, management and special problems in classroom settings and program in educational research. Preq: ED F 778, 808, EX technology. Preq: ED L 710. ST 801, or equivalent. development; and evaluation in curriculum, admin- ED L 745 School Finance 3(3,0) School finance istration and educational support services. Preq: EX ED F 978 Multivariate Educational Research 3(3,0) relative to programs, revenues and experience. ST 301 or equivalent or consent of instructor; ED Investigates descriptive and inferential statistical Preq: ED L 735. F 808 recommended. methods for the exploratory analysis of outcomes ED L 750 Elementary Principal and Supervisor ED F 880 Instructional Technology in the Elemen- in multigroup educational settings in which individuals tend to differ on multiple independent and Field Experience I 3(1,4) First practicum in a series tary and Middle School 3(2,2) Research-based of two with an experienced elementary/middle strategies for integrating instructional technology dependent variables. Preq: ED F 878 or consent of instructor. (pre-K–8) school principal or supervisor. ED L 750 within the curriculum; methodologies for deploying and 751 must be taken in a sequence in a single ED F 979 Qualitative Research in Education 3(3,0) technology in support of national standards through academic year. Preq: ED L 705. participation in and development of project-based Application of qualitative studies to educational learning activities. Preq: Consent of instructor. questions; nature of qualitative research; rationale ED L 751 Elementary Principal and Supervisor Field Experience II 3(1,4) Second practicum in ED F 908 Advanced Educational Tests and Measure- and applications of qualitative research methods; integration of qualitative and quantitative research a series of two with an experienced elementary/ ment 3(3,0) Theoretical and quantitative aspects of middle (pre-K–8) school principal or supervisor. modern and classical test theory from the practitio- methods in educational research. Preq: ED F 778, 878, or equivalent. ED L 750 and 751 must be taken in a sequence in ner’s perspective; solving contemporary problems a single academic year. Preq: ED L 750. involving intra-student and class level comparisons ED F 980 (ED, ED SP) Internship in Curriculum of student progress; the subsequent impact of as- and Instruction 1-6(0,3-18) See ED 980. ED L 755 Secondary Principal and Supervisor Field sessment on classroom high-stakes accountability Experience I 3(1,4) First practicum in a series of ED F (ED, ED SP) 991 Doctoral Dissertation Re- two with an experienced secondary (grades 7–12) decisions. Preq: ED F 808 or equivalent; ED F 778 search 1-18 See ED 991. or equivalent. principal or supervisor. ED L 755 and 756 must 2012-13ED F (ED, ED SP) 994 Directed Research 1-4(1-4,0) be taken in a sequence in a single academic year. ED F 970 Identity, Schooling and Democratic See ED 994. Preq: ED L 705. Education 3(3,0) Examines current theories of ED L 756 Secondary Principal and Supervisor Field education that address the relationships between EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP race, ethnicity, gender, social class and democratic Experience II 3(1,4) Second practicum in a series education in American public schools. ED L 700 Public School Administration 3(3,0) of two with an experienced middle/high school (grades 7–12) principal or supervisor. ED L 755 ED F 971 Case Study and Ethnographic Research Theoretical bases of school administration; organizational principles, patterns and practices in and 756 must be taken in a sequence in a single Methods and Design 3(3,0) Examines case study academic year. Preq: ED L 755. and ethnographic research methods and design. public schools; decision making; administration of Preq: ED F 878 and 879. programs and services. Preq: Three graduate educa- ED L 765 Assessment in Higher Education 3(3,0) tion courses or consent of instructor. Outcomes assessment and institutional effective- ED F 972 Phenomenology and Grounded Theory ness movement including assessment techniques, Research Methods and Design 3(3,0) Examines ED L 705 The Principalship 3(3,0) Roles and responsibilities of the principalship including the instrument selection, analysis of assessment data phenomenology and grounded theory research and reporting of assessment findings. Preq: Consent methods and design. Preq: ED F 878 and 879. organization and administration of schools. ED L 710 Organizational Theory for School of instructor. ED F 973 Narrative and Historical Research Meth- ED L 795 School Leadership Information Systems ods and Design 3(3,0) Examines narrative and Administrators 3(3,0) Theory of management, communication, human relations, social systems, 3(2,2) Use of computers and related technologies for historical research methods and design. Preq: ED decision making by public school leaders; logistics of F 878 and 879. motivation, contingency, decision making and change. Preq: ED L 700. information management, sources of information, communication with technology and integration of technology into the leadership function. Courses of Instruction

ED L (ED F) 800 Philosophy, Schooling and ED L 900 Principles of Educational Leadership ED L 972 Ethics in Educational Leadership 3(3,0) Educational Policy 3(3,0) Development of con- 3(3,0) Advanced leadership theory; the nature of The ethical issues involved in administering educa- temporary educational theory and its impact on leadership, major theories of leadership and their ap- tional institutions; moral leadership, ethical work current schooling practices and educational policy plication in educational organizations. Preq: Admis- environments and decision-making models. development. sion to PhD program in Educational Leadership. ED L 975 College Teaching 3(3,0) Comprehensive ED L 805 Advanced Educational Leadership: ED L 905 Theory and Practice in Educational preparation for teaching at the college level: course Theory and Practice 3(3,0) Principles and theories Leadership 3(3,0) Advanced organizational and design and development around student outcomes/ of leadership as practiced in the institutional set- leadership theory; major theories of organization objectives; teaching strategies that motivate today’s ting. Preq: ED L 715, 730. and their applications in understanding the roles of diverse students and promote active, multimodal, ED L 810 Introduction to School Building Plan- governmental agencies in society. Preq: Admission collaborative and experiential learning; assessment ning 3(2,2) Planning of educational facilities from to the doctoral program. of student learning and teaching effectiveness; conception of need through utilization of facility. ED L 910 Introductory Doctoral Seminar 3(3,0) institutional issues; and job search preparation. Preq: ED L 700. Educational leadership for beginning doctoral stu- Preq: Consent of instructor. ED L 815 The Superintendency 3(3,0) Current, dents providing an introduction to the conceptual ED L 976 External Effectiveness in Higher Educa- in-depth study of the superintendency including and theoretical frameworks of educational leader- tion 3(3,0) Optimum structures and strategies for relationships with school boards, faculty, staff and ship for both public school and higher education fund raising, public relations, constituent relations, community. For practicing and aspiring educational administration. Preq: Consent of instructor. governmental affairs and governing boards neces- administrators. Preq: Admission to the Educational ED L 911 Systematic Inquiry in Educational Leader- sary for a college or university to communicate Specialist program or the doctoral program. ship 3(3,0) Introduces entry level doctoral students effectively with its constituents. ED L 820 Politics of Education 3(3,0) Politics of to multiple approaches in inquiry practices for the ED L 977 Diversity Issues in Higher Education education in the United States including complex field of educational leadership. Preq: Admission 3(3,0) Students read research and analyze informa- interrelationships among administrators, special to doctoral program in Educational Leadership or tion highlighting the complex nature of diversity is- interest groups, politicians and knowledge brokers. equivalent and/or consent of instructor. sues in postsecondary environments. Students also ED L 830 Business Management in Education ED L 915 Educational Planning 3(3,0) Systems ap- examine the history of student diversity in higher 3(2,3) Fiscal management of individual schools proach to planning and management; the measure- education and explore the impact of multicultural and districts including budgeting, purchasing and ment and interpretation of performance results. higher educational environments on students, accounting for funds. Preq: ED L 725, 745. ED L 925 Instructional Leadership 3(3,0) Prepara- faculty and postsecondary institutions. Preq: Enroll- tion for a career in educational leadership; the prin- ment in the Ph.D. Educational Leadership program ED L 839 Research Methods in Educational Leader- or consent of instructor. ship 3(3,0) Development of design, method and cipal’s functions in the effective school’s movement procedures for conducting the educational special- as incorporated in instructional leadership. ED L 980 Current Issues in Educational Leader- ist project. Course culminates in the completion ED L 935 History of Higher Education 3(3,0) ship 1-3(1-3,0) Topics and issues as determined by and presentation of the project prospectus for Development of higher education from the 11th the needs of the students and the instructor. Preq: approval by the instructor and the student’s major century to the present with emphasis on the Graduate standing, consent of instructor. advisor. Preq: ED L (ED F) 800, 805, 820, consent United States. ED L 985 Internship in Educational Leadership of instructor. ED L 950 Educational Policy Studies 3(3,0) Critical I 3 First in a two-semester internship to provide ED L 840 Field Problems in School Administration analysis of the sources and nature of educational experience in leadership role under the guidance of and Supervision of Instruction 3(2,3) Application policy and how policy is developed, administered an experienced field mentor at the student’s chosen of research techniques and practices in solution and assessed for public schools. Preq: Admission level of specialization in educational leadership (pub- of field problems in school administration and to doctoral studies. lic schools or institutions of higher education). Preq: ED L 900, 905, 910, or consent of advisor. supervision. Preq: ED F 778, ED L 700. ED L (VT ED) 955 The Two-Year College 3(3,0) ED L 850 Practicum in School System Leadership Historical developments, functions, organization ED L 986 Internship in Educational Leadership II I 3 First in a two-semester practicum with an and administration of the two-year college. Preq: 3 Second in a two-semester internship to provide experienced school-system-level administrator or Admission to doctoral studies or consent of experience in leadership role under the guidance of supervisor. Preq: ED L (ED F) 800, 805, 815, or instructor. an experienced field mentor at the student’s chosen consent of instructor. level of specialization in educational leadership ED L 960 Legal Principles in the Administration (public schools or institutions of higher education). ED L 851 Practicum in School System Leadership of Institutions of Higher Education 3(3,0) Gen- Preq: ED L 985. II 3 Second in a two-semester practicum with an eral principles of higher education law from the experienced school-system-level administrator or 2012-13points of view of statute and common law practice. ED L 988 Directed Research 3(3,0) First in a se- supervisor. Preq: ED L 850. Preq: Admission to doctoral studies or consent of quence of three required post-candidacy courses in instructor. which students refine the conceptual basis for their ED L 855 Applied Research and Evaluation in High- research questions in directed study with faculty. er Education 3(3,0) Basic issues of measurement ED L 962 Governance in Higher Education 3(3,0) Preq: Admission to doctoral candidacy or consent emphasizing questionnaire development, scales Exposes students to literature on the organization of instructor. and measures commonly used in higher education and governance of higher education institutions. research, assessment and program evaluation. Helps future leaders of higher education under- ED L 989 Advanced Doctoral Seminar I 3(3,0) stand the distinctive organizational and behavioral Explores educational leadership topics. Culminates ED L 885 Selected Topics in Educational Adminis- in the selection of a topic for presentation and tration 1-3(1-3,0) Current literature and results of features of postsecondary institutions and gives them the knowledge base to make better decisions approval and the development of Chapter I of a current research. Topics vary from year to year. May prospectus. Preq: ED L 900, 905, 910, consent of be repeated for a maximum of six credits. for their institutions. Preq: Admission to doctoral studies and consent of instructor. instructor. ED L 895 Advanced Field Designs for Educational ED L 990 Advanced Doctoral Seminar II 3(3,0) Personnel 3(2,1) Presents state-of-the-art field ED L 965 Higher Education Finance 3(3,0) Higher education finance relative to sources of revenue, Seminar for advanced students focusing on the designs and multivariate statistics for education preparation of dissertation Chapters I–III. personnel; and provides hands-on experience with expenditures and planning. advanced statistical procedures using PASW and ED L 970 Foundations of Higher Education 3(3,0) ED L 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-18 AMOS. Addresses demands by publicists and policy Survey of American higher education including its makers, and is particularly valuable for PhD students historical, political, philosophical and social aspects. in education pursuing research in curriculum, policy, Preq: Admission to doctoral studies. diversity and leadership. Preq: ED F 789 or EX ST 801, or equivalent. Courses of Instruction

ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER E C E 635 Grounding and Shielding 3(3,0) E C E 659 Integrated Circuit Design 3(2,2) Design ENGINEERING Introduction to electromagnetic compatibility concepts and factors influencing the choice of tech- concepts and techniques for students who will be nology; fundamental MOS device design; silicon E C E 604 Semiconductor Devices 3(3,0) Consid- designing or working with electronic systems when foundaries, custom and semicustom integrated eration of the principles of operation, external they graduate. Topics include electromagnetic circuits; computer-aided design software/hardware characteristics and applications of some of the more interference and noise control, crosstalk and signal trends and future developments; hands-on use of important semiconductor devices available. Preq: E integrity, grounding, filtering, shielding, circuit CAD tools to design standard library cells; systems C E 320. Coreq: MTHSC 311 or 434. board layout, lighting and electrostatic discharge design considerations, testing and packaging. Preq: E C E 606 Introduction to Microelectronics Process- protection. Preq: E C E 381. E C E 321. Coreq: MTHSC 311 or 434. ing 3(3,0) Microelectronic processing, MOS and E C E 636 Microwave Circuits 3(3,0) Analysis of E C E 667 Introduction to Digital Signal Process- bipolar monolithic circuit fabrication, thick and microwave networks comprising transmission lines, ing 3(3,0) Introduction to characteristics, design thin film hybrid fabrication, applications to linear waveguides, passive elements, interconnects and ac- and applications of discrete time systems; design and digital circuits, fundamentals of device design. tive solid state microwave circuits. Use of modern of digital filters; Fast Fourier Transform (FFT); Preq: E C E 320. Coreq: MTHSC 311 or 434. CAD tools to design RF/Microwave passive/active LSI hardware for signal processing applications. E C E 617 Elements of Software Engineering 3(3,0) networks. Fabrication of typical circuits. Preq: E C E Preq: E C E 330. Foundations of software design, reasoning about 381 or equivalent. Coreq: MTHSC 311 or 434. E C E 668 Embedded Computing 3(2,2) Principles software, the calculus of programs, survey of formal E C E 638 Computer Communications 3(3,0) of using computing in the larger context of a specification techniques and design languages. Preq: Digital data transmission techniques, modems system. Topics include bus and processor design E C E 322, 352, MTHSC 419. and communications channels, communications types (e.g. microprocessor, microcontroller, DSP), E C E 618 Power System Analysis 3(3,0) Study of software and protocols, multiprocessors and dis- codecs, digital circuit power management, real time power system planning and operational problems. tributed processing; concurrency and cooperation scheduling and embedded operating systems. Lab Subjects covered include load flow, economic dis- of dispersed processors. Preq: Senior standing in work consists of projects on embedded hardware patch, fault studies, transient stability and control Electrical or Computer Engineering or Computer (e.g. PC-104+). Preq: E C E 223, 371; or consent of problems. System modeling and computer solu- Science or consent of instructor. of instructor. tions are emphasized through class projects. Preq: E C E 639 Fiber Optics 3(3,0) Underlying principles E C E 673 Introduction to Parallel Systems 3(3,0) E C E 360, 380. of design for optical fibers in practical systems are Introduces parallel computer architectures and E C E 619 Electric Machines and Drives 3(3,0) covered. Optical fiber as a waveguide is examined their programming. Includes an introduction to Performance, characteristics and modeling of AC using wave optics and ray optics. Design criteria for MPI and OpenMP and a number of engineering and DC machines during steady-state and transient using mono- and multi-mode fibers are discussed. problems, including numerical simulations. conditions. Introduction to power electronics Other topics include fabrication and measurement. Introduces scalability analysis. Preq: CP SC devices and their use in adjustable speed motor Preq: E C E 381. Coreq: MTHSC 434 or consent (E C E) 322 or E C E 329 or equivalent. drives. Preq: E C E 321, 360, 380. Coreq: MTHSC of instructor. E C E 692 Special Problems 1-3 Special assignment 434 or consent of instructor. E C E 640 Performance Analysis of Local Com- in electrical or computer engineering. Typical E C E 622 Electronic System Design I 3(2,2) Em- puter Networks 3(3,0) Introduction to design and assignments include computer programs, term pa- phasizes the application of theory and skills to the performance analysis of local computer networks. pers, technical literature searches, hardware projects design, building and testing of an electronic system Emphasis is on performance analysis of representa- and design project leadership. May be taken only with both analog and digital components. Applica- tive multi-access procedures. Three common types once for credit. tion varies each semester. Extensive use is made of of networks are considered in detail. Preq: E C E E C E 693 Selected Topics 1-3(1-3,0) Classroom study computer software tools in the design process. Preq: 272, 317. of current and new technical developments in elec- E C E 321, 330, 360, 371, 381. E C E 642 Knowledge Engineering 3(3,0) Introduc- trical and computer engineering. May be repeated E C E 629 Organization of Computers 3(3,0) Com- tion to theoretical and practical aspects of knowl- for a maximum of six credits, but only if different puter organization and architecture. Topics include edge engineering or applied artificial intelligence. topics are covered. Preq: Consent of instructor. a review of logic circuits, bus structures, memory Topics include symbolic representation structures E C E 701 Master of Engineering Design Project organization, interrupt structures, arithmetic and manipulation, unification, production systems 1-6 Practical problems in engineering analysis and units, input-output structures, state generation, and structures, rule-based and expert systems, plan- design culminating in the written report required central processor organization, control function ning and AI system architectures; system design for the MEngr degree. To be taken Pass/Fail only. implementation and data communication. Reg- in PROLOG and LISP. Project is required. Preq: May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. istered Transfer Language (RTL) for description E C E 322, 352. E C E 720 Digital Communication Engineering I and design of digital systems. Preq: E C E 272 or 2012-13E C E 646 Antennas and Propagation 3(3,0) Study 3(3,0) Analysis of modulation and detection for digi- consent of instructor. of the theoretical and practical aspects of antenna tal communication engineering systems degraded E C E 630 Digital Communications 3(3,0) Introduc- design and utilization, input impedances, structural by noise. Preq: E C E 317, 330 and enrollment in tion to modern digital communication systems considerations and wave propagation. Preq: E C E the Electrical Engineering Master of Engineering emphasizing modulation and detection, taking into 330, 381 or 436; MTHSC 311 or 434. program. account the effects of noise. Preq: E C E 317, 330. E C E 649 Computer Network Security 3(1,4) E C E 757 Error Control Block Coding 3(3,0) Analy- E C E 632 Instrumentation 3(3,0) Theory and Hands-on practicum in the administration and se- sis and design of error control coding and decoding analysis of transducers and related circuits and curity of modern network service with an emphasis for the reliable transmission of digital data. Preq: instrumentation. Generalized configurations and on intrusion prevention techniques, detection and E C E 317 and enrollment in the Electrical Engineer- performance characteristics of instruments are recovery. Preq: Graduate standing in a technical ing Master of Engineering program. considered. Transducer devices for measuring field. E C E 801 Analysis of Linear Systems 3(3,0) Founda- physical parameters such as motion, force, torque, E C E 655 Robot Manipulators 3(3,0) Analysis of tions of linear system analysis; matrix algebra, linear pressure, flow and temperature are discussed. Preq: robot manipulator systems with special focus on graph theory and operational mathematics applied E C E 321. Coreq: MTHSC 311 or 434. interaction of these technologies with society. Em- to formulation and solution of system equations in phasis is on rigid-link robot manipulator systems. time and frequency domains. Topics include history of robot technology, kinematics, dynamics, control and operator interfaces. Case studies reinforce impact of robot technology on society and vice versa. Preq: MTHSC 206, 311, or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

E C E 802 Electric Motor Control 3(3,0) Dynamic E C E 823 Integrated Circuit Technology 3(3,0) E C E 835 Finite Element Methods in Electro- modeling and analysis of electrical machines for de- Physical and chemical principles underlying the magnetics 3(3,0) Finite-element methods (FEM) sign of AC and DC drive systems; implementation major processing operations used in the fabrica- as applied to electromagnetics; fundamentals of of such models on a digital computer; voltage-fed tion of integrated circuit semiconductor devices, list-linked FEM data structures, sparse matrix solu- inverters; pulse width modulation and analysis process simulation, diagnostic testing and factors tions, edge-based vector bases, radiation boundary techniques for inverters; harmonic generation and affecting device yield and reliability. Preq: Consent conditions and perfectly absorbing media. Coreq: reduction. Preq: E C E 434. of instructor. E C E 830. E C E 807 Computer Methods for Power Systems E C E 824 Power System Protection 3(3,0) Coor- E C E 839 Integral Equations in Electromagnetics Analysis 3(3,0) Electric power system operation; dination of power system protection components 3(3,0) Integral equation formulation in electromag- development of models of transmission line compo- including microprocessor based relay-adaptive pro- netics, solution techniques, moment methods and nents and networks; computer methods for solving tection of power system, power system disturbance application to practical problems. Preq: E C E 830 linear and nonlinear systems of network equations; identification and system restoration following or consent of instructor. operating problems in load flow, scheduling and a major disturbance. Preq: E C E 418 or consent E C E 840 Physics of Semiconductor Devices 3(3,0) economic dispatch. Preq: E C E 418. of instructor. Coreq: MTHSC 434 or consent of Semiconductor device physics emphasized rather E C E 811 Integrated Circuit Design 3(2,2) Design instructor. than circuits; detailed analysis of the p-n junction, concepts and factors influencing the choice of E C E 825 Solid-State Electronics 3(3,0) Modern traps, surface states and conduction processes, and technology; fundamental MOS device design; sili- physics approach to electrons in solids; elemen- devices; analysis and models of Schottky diode, MIS con foundries; custom and semicustom integrated tary quantum mechanics; statistics; plasmas; band diode, MOSFET, charge couples devices and solar circuits; computer-aided design software/hardware theory; application of these principles to modern cells; charge control concepts, transit time effects, trends and future developments; the hands-on use amplifiers; e.g., the traveling-wave tube, tunnel surface-type devices and practical aspects of device of CAD tools to design MOS standard cells; systems diode, masers, and parametric amplifiers. process. Preq: E C E 404, 406. design, testing and packaging. Preq: E C E 459. E C E 827 Finite Difference Methods in Electro- E C E 842 Computer Architecture 3(3,0) Funda- E C E 816 Electric Power Distribution System En- magnetics 3(3,0) Investigates finite-difference mental issues that arise in the composition of gineering 3(3,0) Radial circuit analysis techniques, methods (FD) as applied to electromagentics; FD logic elements into computer systems; design and feeder and transformer modeling, load modeling, approximations, error, stability and numerical dis- analysis of processors, busses, memory hierarchies, loss minimalization and voltage control, causes of persion; solution of Poisson’s, Helmholtz and wave communications controllers and associated soft- power quality problems, motor starting analysis, equations; banded matrices, iterative methods and ware. Preq: E C E 429 or equivalent. strategies for analyzing impacts of disturbances. eigensolutions; the finite-difference time-domain E C E 844 Digital Signal Processing 3(3,0) Digital Preq: E C E 418 or consent of instructor. method, Yee Lattice, mesh truncation methods, filter design; discrete Hilbert transforms; discrete E C E 817 Power System Transients 3(3,0) Electri- perfectly matched layers, source conditions, near- random signals; effects of finite register length in cal transients in power systems; frequency domain to-far field transformation, subcellular modeling for digital signal processing; homomorphic signal pro- and time domain techniques for power systems fine features and wide-band characterization. Preq: cessing; power spectrum estimation; speech process- transient analysis; capacitor switching, load switch- E C E 436 or 446 or equivalent. Coreq: E C E 830. ing, radar and other applications. Preq: E C E 467. ing, fault-induced transients, line reclosing and E C E 828 Guided Waves, Wave Propagation and E C E 846 Digital Processing of Speech Signals single pole switching. Preq: E C E 418 or consent Radiation in Stratified Media 3(3,0) Covers sev- 3(3,0) Application of digital signal processing of instructor. eral important topics of applied electromagnetics, techniques to problems related to speech synthesis, E C E 818 Random Process Applications in En- including advanced transmission-line theory for recognition and communication; digital models gineering 3(3,0) Theory of random processes guided electromagnetic waves, analysis of elec- and representations of speech wave forms; Fourier emphasizing engineering applications; stochastic tromagnetic wave propagation in layered media analysis; homomorphic processing; linear predic- convergence and limit theorems; martingales; and computation of electromagnetic radiation in tive coding; algorithms for recognizing isolated mean-square calculus; Karhunen-Loeve expansions; stratified regions. Preq: E C E 829, 830. words and continuous speech; man-machine com- systems with stochastic inputs; Poisson processes; E C E 829 Special Functions in Engineering 3(3,0) munications by voice. Preq: E C E 467. shot noise; Weiner processes; white noise processes; Complex calculus and analytic functions; origin of E C E 847 Digital Image Processing 3(3,0) Review Markov systems; queuing systems; and estimate special functions in engineering; series and integral of fundamental concepts, issues and algorithms theory. Preq: E C E 317 and 330 or consent of representations of special functions; properties in image processing. Includes image formation, instructor. and applications of gamma, Bessel, Legendre, file formats, filters, edge detection, stereo, motion E C E 819 Detection and Estimation Theory 3(3,0) Chebyschev, etc. functions; computation of special and color. Preq: E C E 467. Theory of statistical testing of hypotheses applied functions; applications in selected engineering E C E 848 Telecommunication Network Model- to detection and estimation of communication 2012-13problems. Preq: Consent of instructor. ing and Analysis 3(3,0) Protocols, modeling and signal parameters; detection of signals with ran- E C E 830 Electromagnetics 3(3,0) Wave equations analysis of telecommunication networks with dom amplitude, phase and arrival time in noise; and waves, electromagnetic potentials, theorems emphasis on quantitative performance modeling detection of single and multiple observation; esti- and advanced concepts, guided waves, radiation, of networks and systems using packet switching mates and their properties; signal resolution. Preq: boundary value problems and simple Green’s func- and circuit switching techniques. Preq: CP SC 825 E C E 630, 818 or 820. tions. Preq: E C E 380, 381; or equivalent. or E C E 438. E C E 820 Digital Communication Systems I 3(3,0) E C E 831 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory 3(3,0) E C E 849 Advanced Topics in Computer Commu- Modern communications systems emphasizing Advanced boundary-value problems in cylindrical nications 3(3,0) Performance analysis and design of modulation and methods of taking into account and spherical coordinates, special functions, Som- computer communication networks with emphasis effects of noise on various systems. Preq: E C E merfeld integrals, Green’s functions and integral on recent developments; routing flow control, er- 317, 330 equations. Preq: E C E 830. ror control, and end-to-end performance analysis, E C E 821 Digital Communication Systems II 3(3,0) E C E 834 Asymptotic Methods and Diffraction local area, packet radio and long haul store-and- Continuation of E C E 820. Theory 3(3,0) Canonical diffraction problems forward networks. Preq: E C E 438 or 440, consent E C E 822 Information Theory 3(3,0) Statistical for which exact solutions are available; asymptotic of instructor. problems encountered in information handling; reevaluation of these solutions in terms of inci- relations of probability, information and coding dent, reflected and diffracted rays leads to Keller’s theory; unified treatment of set theory, sample postulates for an extended theory or geometrical space, random variables, information measure theory of diffraction; application of diffraction and capacity applied to communication. Preq: from edges and curved surfaces to scattering and E C E 317 or equivalent. antenna problems. Preq: E C E 830. Courses of Instruction

E C E 850 QoS in Wireless Networks 3(3,0) Design E C E 863 Power System Dynamics and Stability E C E 903 Computer Architecture Seminar 1(1,0) principles and core techniques for quality assured 3(3,0) Modeling of synchronous machines and Recent research publications related to computer communications in Internet and wireless networks. their control systems; power system stability for architecture including parallel systems, distrib- Introduces protocols and mathematical founda- small and large disturbances; excitation systems, uted computing, reconfigurable architectures and tions of IntServ, DiffServ and traffic engineering. governor control, power system stabilizers and state software development for high performance com- Covers mobility aware, channel adaptive and cross variables formulation for power systems dynamic puting. Students read and discuss one research layer QoS assurance techniques. Preq: E C E 638 stability studies. Preq: E C E 418, 419. paper weekly and present one research paper each and 640, or consent of instructor. E C E (ARCH) 868 Architectural Robotics 3(3,0) semester. May be repeated for a maximum of three E C E 851 Advanced Topics in Computer Architec- Focuses on understanding, developing and test- credits. Preq: Consent of instructor. ture 3(3,1) Analysis and design of multiprocessor ing robotic systems for the built environment. E C E 904 Computer Vision Seminar 1(1,0) Review and modular computer systems; recent develop- Collaborative teams of students from Electrical of recent research publications related to computer ments in integration, fabrication and application and Computer Engineering and Architecture and vision including tracking, correspondence, recon- of multiprocessor systems. Preq: E C E 842. their allied disciplines study and develop working struction and segmentation. Students read and E C E 854 Analysis of Robotic Systems 3(3,0) Meth- robotic prototypes responsive to challenges and discuss one research paper per week and present ods of designing and operating robotics systems for opportunities of living in today’s built and natural one research paper each semester. May be repeated advanced automation; on-line identification and environments. Preq: Consent of instructor. for a maximum of three credits. description of 3-D objects by digitized images; off- E C E 869 Advanced Kinematics in Robotics 3(3,0) E C E 905 Computer Security Seminar 1(1,0) line collision-free path planning and on-line colli- Complex robotic systems, such as multi-fingered Review of current research publications related to sion avoidance traveling using artificial intelligence. robot hands, dual-armed robots and multi-joint computer and network security including software Preq: M E (E C E) 456 or consent of instructor. “snakelike” robots; kinematic redundancy, load assurance, biometrics, applied cryptography and E C E 855 Artificial Intelligence 3(3,0) Emulating distribution and dexterous manipulation; effective other security relevant topics. Students read and intelligent behavior by computer; models of cog- modeling and solution techniques for these types discuss one research paper weekly and present nitive processes; logical foundations; constraint of underconstrained systems. Preq: E C E 409, 455 one or more research papers each semester. May satisfaction problems; natural language under- E C E 872 Artificial Neural Networks 3(3,0) Design, be repeated for a maximum of three credits. Preq: standing; pattern-directed inference and chaining analysis and application of artificial neural net- Consent of instructor. paradigms; goal-directed behavior, planning and works, neuron models, network architectures, train- E C E 906 Mechatronic Systems 1(1,0) Mechatron- search; learning; advanced database structure and ing (supervised and unsupervised) and hardware ics describes the synergistic use of tools from me- inference strategies; examples of LISP, PROLOG, implementation; extended studies of selected ap- chanical engineering, electrical engineering, control and OPS5. Preq: E C E 442. plications and simulation exercises. Preq: MTHSC engineering, systems engineering and computer E C E 856 Pattern Recognition 3(3,0) Several ap- 311 or consent of instructor, graduate standing. engineering to create new classes of systems and proaches to general pattern recognition problems E C E 873 Parallel and Distributed Systems 3(3,0) system performance. In this seminar, students study with practical computer-oriented applications; Design, analysis and evaluation of algorithms for current advances and results from this evolving field. feature extraction; classification algorithms; dis- parallel and distributed computer systems; time May be repeated for a maximum of three credits. criminant functions; learning schemes; statistical complexity, speedup, efficiency and isoefficiency; E C E 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 methods; information theoretic approaches; ap- communication costs; numerical algorithms includ- plications; current developments. ing solving systems of equations (both sparse and ELEMENTARY EDUCATION E C E 857 Coding Theory 3(3,0) Principles of alge- dense) as well as symbolic algorithms; substantial E D EL 760 Curriculum Development in the El- braic coding and its application to transmission of parallel programming projects. ementary School 3(3,0) Analysis of trends and information over noisy communications channels; E C E 874 Advanced Nonlinear Control 3(3,0) practices relative to elementary curriculum plan- introduction to abstract algebra; code performance Basics of nonlinear control based on Lyapunov ning. Designed to develop an understanding of the bounds; code representations; linear codes of the techniques; adaptive control design, robust control essential elements of curriculum decisions followed Hamming and Bose-Chandnuri types and burst- design and observer design; understanding and by the process of improving the curriculum. Preq: error correcting codes; problems of implementation development of Lyapunov control design tools. ED F 701, 702, or consent of instructor. and decoding. Preq: E C E 317 or equivalent. Preq: E C E 801 or equivalent. ED EL 804 Advanced Methods of Teaching in the E C E (M E) 859 Intelligent Robotic Systems 3(3,0) E C E 877 Computer Vision 3(3,0) Investigation Elementary School 3(3,0) Principles and practices Integration and fusion of data from multiple sen- into fundamental concepts, issues and algorithms involved in promoting effective learning in elemen- sors on multiple robots; intelligent decision making in computer vision. Includes segmentation, texture, tary schools; analysis and evaluation of educational on motion planning and execution based on sensed detection, 3-D reconstruction, camera calibration, models and research. Preq: ED EL 760 or consent data involving mutual compliance; simultaneous 2012-13shape and energy minimization. Preq: E C E 847 of instructor. force and position controls using computers. Preq: E C E 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 E C E (M E) 854. ED EL 826 Elementary School Science: Theory to E C E 892 Special Problems in Electrical and Practice 3(3,0) In-depth study of current research E C E 860 Advanced Coding Theory 3(3,0) Intro- Computer Engineering 1-3(1-3,0) Term paper, and trends in science theory, teaching strategies duction to convolutional codes and trellis-coded special design, or other problems in electrical and and curriculum development from birth to grade modulation. Topics include code generation and computer engineering approved by the instructor. six. Preq: Admission to MEd program in Early representation, distance properties, decoding tech- May not be used for investigation associated with Childhood or Elementary Education or consent niques, performance analysis, multidimensional the MS thesis or the engineering report. May be of instructor. codes and lattice theory and coding for fading repeated for credit. channels; applications to wireline communications ED EL 831 Elementary School Social Studies: E C E 893 Selected Topics in Electrical and Com- Theory to Practice 3(3,0) In-depth study of cur- and mobile communications. Preq: E C E 630 or puter Engineering 1-3(1-3,0) Topics not covered 820; and 857. rent research and trends in Social Studies theory, in other courses; current literature and results of teaching strategies and curriculum development E C E 862 Real Time Computer Application in current research. Topics vary from year to year in from kindergarten to grade six. Preq: Admission Power Systems 3(3,0) Principles of monitoring, keeping with developments in the field. May be to Masters level study in Elementary Education or control and operation of power systems; load repeated for credit. Preq: Consent of instructor. consent of instructor. frequency control, on-line load flow, power system state estimation, unit commitment and load forecasting. Preq: E C E 418. Courses of Instruction

ED EL 890 Education Research Project 3(2,3) ESED 861 Practicum in Engineering and Science ENGL 608 Chaucer 3(3,0) Selected readings in Students select, with approval of professor, and Education 1-3(1-3,0) Practicum that includes teach- Middle English from The Canterbury Tales and other conduct research on an education issue of suit- ing or mentoring undergraduates in Engineering works by Chaucer. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of able scope. Oral, written and visual presentation and Science (General Engineering or student’s instructor. of the research project is required. Students must home department). Counts towards a Certificate ENGL 610 Drama of English Renaissance 3(3,0) enroll during final semester. Preq: Consent of in Engineering and Science Education. May be Selected readings in non-Shakespearean dramatic instructor. repeated for a maximum of three credits. literature of the 16th and 17th centuries. Preq: ENGL ED EL 892 Elementary School Mathematics: ESED 870 Theories of Engineering and Science 310 or consent of instructor. Theory to Practice 3(3,0) In-depth study of current Learning 3(3,0) Provides graduate students in engi- ENGL 611 Shakespeare 3(3,0) Study of selected trag- research and trends in mathematics theory, teach- neering and the sciences a foundation in theories of edies, comedies and history plays of Shakespeare. ing methods and curriculum development from learning with a particular focus on their application Required of all English majors. Preq: ENGL 310 or birth to grade six. Preq: Admission to MEd program to the teaching and learning of science, technology, consent of instructor. in Early Childhood or Elementary Education or engineering or mathematics. Preq: Enrollment in ENGL 614 Milton 3(3,0) Development of Milton’s consent of instructor. a science, technology, engineering or mathematics art and thought from the minor poems and selected ED EL 937 Designing Elementary Curriculum graduate program. prose through Paradise Lost, Paradise Regained and 3(3,0) Theoretical issues and guidelines for ESED 871 Engineering and Science Education Samson Agonistes, set against the background of educators engaged in the curriculum development Research Methods 3(3,0) Introduces methods the late Renaissance. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent process at the elementary level. Preq: Admission to and tools available for conducting pedagogically of instructor. the PhD program in Curriculum and Instruction, sound engineering and science education research. ENGL 615 The Restoration and Eighteenth ED 954, 955, 956. Quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods are Century 3(3,0) Readings in Dryden, Swift, Pope ED EL 938 Teacher as Researcher 3(3,0) Various discussed and practiced. and Dr. Johnson. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of methodologies of field-based research. Students ESED 875 Current Issues in STEM Education instructor. complete a literature review and design a field- Research 3(3,0) Designed for doctoral students ENGL 616 The Romantic Period 3(3,0) Readings based research project. Preq: Admission to the PhD interested in STEM education research. Covers from the poetry and critical prose of Blake, Word- program in Curriculum and Instruction, ED 878, research issues of current relevance to a breadth of sworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats and other 879, EX ST 801, one of the following: EDSEC 846, STEM education fields. Students have the opportu- representative figures. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent 847, 848, 849, EDLT 944. nity to investigate a current topic of their choosing. of instructor. Preq: Enrollment in a PhD program. ENGL 617 The Victorian Period 3(3,0) Readings ENGINEERING and Science ESED 888 Preparing for the Professoriate 3(3,0) from the poetry and nonfiction prose of selected Prepares students for obtaining a faculty position Education Victorian authors, including works of Carlyle, Ten- and achieving tenure in science and engineering nyson, Browning, Arnold and other representative ESED 800 Engineering and Science Education Re- disciplines. Students develop a professional port- figures. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. search Methods 1(1,0) Brings contemporary issues folio, prepare for the application/interview process and write a mini-proposal. Preq: Enrollment in a ENGL 618 The English Novel 3(3,0) Study of the in engineering and science education research into English novel from its 18th century beginnings the classroom. Experts from academia, industry and doctorate program in the College of Engineering and Science. through the Victorian period. Preq: ENGL 310 or the corporate world give presentations on various consent of instructor. issues, including recruitment of minorities, reten- ESED 991 Dissertation Research and Writing tion issues, technology integration into engineering 1-12(1-12,0) This course is designed for students ENGL 619 Postcolonial and World Literatures curricula, distance learning, engineering content who are conducting research and/or writing their 3(3,0) Selected readings in postcolonial literature into K-12 curriculum, learning theories and educa- dissertation under the supervision of a faculty and theory, focusing on issues of nationalism, mi- tion policy issues. member in the Engineering and Science Educa- gration, resistance, race, language and master narratives. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. ESED 820 Teaching Undergraduate Engineering tion. Credit is to be arranged. Preq: Enrollment in 3(3,0) Designed for engineering graduate students a doctorate program in the College of Engineering ENGL 620 American Literature to 1799 3(3,0) seeking a career in academe. Includes both discus- and Science. Focused study of authors, movements, themes, sion and practice of effective teaching techniques, critical approaches and genres in literature of colonial and early national America from early assessments and technologies, as well as an overview ENGINEERING GRAPHICS of current engineering education research. European explorations of the continent to 1799. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. ESED 821 Teaching Undergraduate Science 3(3,0) E G 690 Special Topics in Engineering and Com- 2012-13puter Graphics 1-3(1-3,0) Comprehensive study of ENGL 621 American Literature from 1800 to Graduate students in the sciences who are interested in an academic career learn to improve their any computer-aided topic in engineering graphics 1899 3(3,0) Focused study of authors, movements, teaching by incorporating results of modern science not covered in other courses. May be repeated for a themes, critical approaches and genres in the poetry education research, including effective teaching maximum of six credits. Preq: Consent of instructor. and prose of major American authors and literary techniques, assessment issues and the use of tech- movements from the nineteenth century. Preq: nology. Preq: Enrollment in a science, technology, ENGLISH ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. engineering or mathematics graduate program. ENGL 600 The English Language 3(3,0) Studies in ENGL 625 The American Novel 3(3,0) Survey of the ESED 825 Engineering and Science Student English usage and historical development of the lan- most significant forms and themes of the American Strategies 3(3,0) Elucidates relationships between guage. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. novel from its beginnings to 1900. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. students’ prior knowledge, problem solving skills ENGL 601 Grammar Survey 3(3,0) Survey of mod- and cognitive processes in undergraduate engineer- ern grammars, focusing on the impact of structural ENGL 626 Southern Literature 3(3,0) Intellectual ing and science courses. Focuses on steps involved grammar on traditional grammar. Recommended and literary achievement of the South from 1607 in problem solving, how misconceptions are to the present, with emphasis upon the writers of for English teachers. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent th manifested in students’ work and how instruction of instructor. the 19 century. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. can be structured to address those misconceptions. ENGL 607 The Medieval Period 3(3,0) Selected works ESED 850 Special Topics in Engineering and of Old and Middle English literature, excluding ENGL 628 Contemporary Literature 3(3,0) Focuses Science Education 1-4(1-4,0) Advanced topics Chaucer. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. on American, British and other fiction, poetry and intended to develop in-depth areas of particular drama from the Post-World War II to the present. student interest. May be repeated for a maximum Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. of 15 credits. Preq: Consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

ENGL 629 Dramatic Literature I 3(3,0) Selected ENGL 644 Renaissance Literature 3(3,0) Selected ENGL 659 Special Topics in Language, Criticism, reading in dramatic literature from the classical readings in non-Shakespearean British literature Theory 3(3,0) Advanced studies in topics not era of Greece and Rome to the Renaissance. Preq: from 1500–1660. Includes drama, poetry and prose. central to other English courses, such as certain ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. authors, works, genres, themes, or areas of knowl- ENGL (THEA) 630 Dramatic Literature II 3(3,0) ENGL 645 Fiction Workshop 3(3,0) Workshop edge and culture. Specific topics are announced Principles and progress of drama from the Restora- in the creative writing of prose fiction. May be when offered. May be repeated once for credit tion to the present; analysis of representative plays; repeated once for credit. Preq: ENGL 345 or con- with department chair’s consent. Preq: ENGL 310 critical reports; discussion of trends in dramatic lit- sent of instructor. or consent of instructor. erature. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. ENGL 646 Poetry Workshop 3(3,0) Workshop in the ENGL 660 Issues in Writing Technologies 3(3,0) ENGL 631 Modern Poetry 3(3,0) The modern tradi- creative writing of poetry. May be repeated once for Examination of writing technologies from different tion in English and American poetry from Yeats credit. Preq: ENGL 346 or consent of instructor. historical periods. Investigates how writing is under- to the present; relevant critical essays. Preq: ENGL ENGL (THEA) 647 Playwriting Workshop 3(0,3) stood, circulated, legislated, and protected in terms 310 or consent of instructor. See THEA 647. of its production technology. Preq: Sophomore literature; ENGL 211 or consent of instructor. ENGL 632 Modern Fiction 3(3,0) American and ENGL 648 Screenwriting Workshop 3(2,3) Work- British novels and short stories of the 20th century. shop in the creative writing of screenplays. May ENGL 663 Topics in Literature to 1699 3(3,0) Se- Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. lected readings in literature from antiquity through be repeated once for credit. Preq: ENGL 348 or th ENGL 633 The Anglo-Irish Literary Tradition consent of instructor. the 17 century for focused study of authors, move- 3(3,0) Exploration of the unique literary heritage ments, themes, critical approaches and genres. Top- ENGL 649 Creative Non-Fiction 3(3,0) Advanced ics vary and are constructed by individual faculty. and achievement of English-language Irish writers workshop in writing non-fiction prose for magazine in the 19th and 20th centuries. Major figures of the May be repeated for a maximum of six credits, but and freelance markets. Preq: ENGL 312 or 334 or only if different topics are covered. Preq: ENGL 310 Irish tradition: W. B. Yeats, James Joyce, Samuel consent of instructor. Beckett and other writers; consideration of the or consent of instructor. ENGL 650 Film Genres 3(2,3) Advanced study ENGL 664 Topics in Literature from 1700 to 1899 specifically Irish aspects of their works. Preq: ENGL of films that have similar subjects, themes and 310 or consent of instructor. 3(3,0) Selected readings in 18th and 19th century techniques, including such genres as the Western, literature for focused study of authors, movements, ENGL 634 Environmental Literature 3(3,0) Survey horror, gangster, science fiction, musical and/or of literature that examines the relationship between themes, critical approaches and genres. Special top- screwball comedy. Also considers nontraditional ics vary and are constructed by individual faculty. human beings and the natural world, including genres, screen irony, genre theory and historical analysis of environmental themes in myths and May be repeated for a maximum of six credits, but evolution of genres. Topics vary. Preq: ENGL 357 only if different topics are covered. Preq: ENGL 310 legends and in selected poetry and prose of 19th- and or consent of instructor. th or consent of instructor. 20 -century England and America. Preq: ENGL 310 ENGL (COMM) 651 Film Theory and Criticism or consent of instructor. ENGL 665 Topics in Literature from 1900 3(3,0) 3(2,3) Advanced study into the theory of film/ th st ENGL 635 Literary Criticism 3(3,0) Major critical Selected readings in 20 and 21 century literature video making emphasizing understanding a variety for focused study of authors, movements, themes, approaches to literature. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of critical methods to approach a film. Examines the of instructor. critical approaches and genres. Topics vary and are history of film theory and defines the many schools constructed by individual faculty. May be repeated ENGL 636 Feminist Literary Criticism 3(3,0) Intro- of film criticism, including realism, formalism, for a maximum of six credits, but only if different duction to the germinal works of feminist literary feminism, semiotics, Marxism and expressionism. topics are covered. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of theory and criticism. Outlines the development Preq: ENGL 357 or consent of instructor. instructor. of modern literary criticism by studying feminist ENGL 652 Great Directors 3(2,3) Intensive study ENGL 675 Writing for Electronic Media 3(3,0) versions of the major critical methodologies. Preq: of one to three film directors with an emphasis on ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. Workshop in new forms of writing and hypertextual understanding the entire canon of each director. design for interactive electronic media, including ENGL 637 Directed Studies 1-3(1-3,0) Class and Students study similarities in techniques, shifts in social networks, online and video communities. May tutorial work for students with special interests thematic emphasis and critical methodologies for be repeated once for credit at the undergraduate or projects in American, British, or European approaching the works of each director. Topics vary. level. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. literature outside the scope of existing courses. Preq: ENGL 357 or consent of instructor. ENGL 678 Digital Literacy 3(3,0) Examines how Applications must be approved during the registra- ENGL 653 Sexuality and the Cinema 3(2,3) Ex- tion period of the semester preceding the one in technology has expanded ideas of literacies and amination of male/female sexual roles and their texts. Includes reading, studying and analyzing which directed studies will occur. May be repeated evolution in American genre films, avant-garde by arrangement with the department. Preq: ENGL print and digital texts to determine how digital 2012-13cinema and international films. Includes the study techniques change patterns of reading and how 310 or consent of instructor. of movies in relation to cultural values and social readers make sense of electronic texts. Preq: ENGL ENGL 640 Literary Theory 3(3,0) Examination of stereotypes, introduction to feminist film theory, 310 or consent of instructor. how approaches such as Marxism, Psychoanalysis, and consideration of film pornography. Preq: ENGL 682 African American Literature to 1920 Feminism, Deconstruction, New Historicism, Post- ENGL 357 or consent of instructor. Colonialism, Cultural Studies and Queer Theory 3(3,0) Critical examination of the development of ENGL 655 American Humor 3(3,0) Native Ameri- the African American literary tradition from the answer the question, “What is literature?” Preq: can humor of the 19th and 20th centuries. Preq: 310 ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. Colonial Period to the Harlem Renaissance that or consent of instructor. considers the historical and cultural contexts of a ENGL 641 Literary Editing 3(3,0) Examination of ENGL (HUM) 656 Literature and Arts of the Ho- variety of texts, themes and theories. Preq: ENGL how the theories and practices of editing construct locaust 3(3,0) Addresses the Holocaust through 310 or consent of instructor. texts, stressing the problems and objectives of edit- literature, art, architecture, music and film. Begin- ENGL 683 African American Literature from 1920 ing and providing practical experience with literary ning with historical, political and economic forces editing. Preq: Sophomore literature. to the Present 3(3,0) Critical examination of the that contributed to the Holocaust, course then development of the African American literary tradi- ENGL 642 Cultural Studies 3(3,0) Investigation of focuses on highly diverse creative responses to this tion from the Harlem Renaissance to the present the similarities and connections between a wide event—responses that often reflect the difficulties that considers the historical and cultural contexts of variety of cultural products, events and practices— and politics of these commemorative gestures. Preq: a variety of texts, themes and theories. Preq: ENGL from fast food through opera to on-line shopping— ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. 310 or consent of instructor. using theories ranging from Marxism to hybridity. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

ENGL (EDSEC) 685 Composition and Language ENGL 801 Topics in Composition 3(3,0) Principal ENGL 831 Special Topics 3(3,0) Topics not covered Studies for Teachers 3(3,0) Examines the prin- theories and practices in modern grammar, stylistics in other courses. May be repeated for a maximum ciples and practices of composing and teaching and semantics related to teaching composition. of nine credits. composition. Historical study of English language ENGL 802 Topics in Literary Genres 3(3,0) Princi- ENGL 832 Topics in Scientific, Technical and Busi- with attention to phonology, morphology, syntax, pal literary genres. ness Writing 3(3,0) Covers topics not covered in semantics, practical aspects of language grammars. ENGL 803 Topics in Rhetorical Theory 3(3,0) other professional communication seminars. Practicum in composing and assessing processes, Major rhetorical theories, figures and historical ENGL 833 Rhetoric of Science 3(3,0) Rhetorical collaborative learning, writers’ purposes, audience movements. approaches to understanding science and scientific expectations and language conventions. Preq: ENGL rhetorics. 310 or consent of instructor. ENGL (COMM) 804 Fundamentals of Health Communication 3(3,0) Fundamentals of health ENGL 834 Usability Testing Methodologies in ENGL 687 Topics in Book History 3(3,0) Examines communication and the Health Communication Professional Communication 3(3,0) Research the material and theoretical constructions of the Certificate; two theoretical bases underlying this in- methodologies used in testing the usability of book. Covers both historical and contemporary terdisciplinary program in health communication, professional communication. dimensions of dissemination, reception, artistry, one based on social science theory and one based ENGL 835 Topics in Literary Criticism 3(3,0) and influence of books. Preq: ENGL 103. Prin- on humanities, i.e. rhetorical theory; history of cipal statements of literary critics from the classical ENGL 688 Genre and Activity Theory 3(3,0) Ex- both theoretical bases. Preq: Graduate standing or era to the present. amination of the forms that texts take, of the print consent of Health Communication Coordinator. ENGL 836 Digital Publishing Technologies: Theo- and digital media in which they are composed and ENGL 805 Topics in Medieval Literature 3(3,0) ries in Practice 3(3,0) User-centered design theories of the ways they circulate among experts, in the Principal works in verse and prose from c. public and around the world. Preq: Junior standing. applied to multimedia interfaces and on-line docu- 1100–1500. ments for professional communicators. ENGL 689 Special Topics in Writing and Publica- ENGL 806 Medical Rhetoric and Writing 3(3,0) ENGL 838 Global Professional Communication tion Studies 3(3,0) Selected readings from topics in Issues in medical writing and health communica- 3(3,0) Implications of professional communication writing and publication studies, emphasizing areas tion, including grant writing and writing for visual such as major theories, practices, research and critical in an international context; theories, methods and and electronic media; general and specific forms practices of global professional communication. approaches. May be repeated for a maximum of six and documents for professional writers in health credits, but only if different topics are covered. Preq: ENGL 839 Writing Proposals and Grant Applica- professions. Preq: Graduate standing or consent of tions 3(3,0) Practice in reading requests for oral and ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. Health Communication Coordinator. ENGL 690 Advanced Technical and Business digital proposals, analyzing rhetorical contexts and ENGL (COMM) 807 Health Communication theories of proposals, and writing proposals and Writing 3(3,0) Advanced work in writing Campaign Planning and Evaluation 3(3,0) Appli- proposals, manuals, reports, and publishable grant applications; and making oral and digital cation of theories, practices and tools developed in presentations of proposals. articles. Client-based and collaborative writing. ENGL 804 and 806 to planning, implementing and Preq: ENGL 304 or 314 or consent of instructor. ENGL (A A H, COMM) 840 Selected Topics 3(3,0) evaluating a public health campaign that targets a Independent/directed study; tutorial work in lin- ENGL (COMM) 691 Classical Rhetoric 3(3,0) particular health practice. Preq: ENGL 804 and 806 Traces the development of rhetoric from Protagoras guistics, professional communication, or American, or consent of Health Communication Certificate British or European literature not offered in other through Isocrates, Plato, Aristotle, Cicero and Coordinator. Quintillian, and considers questions essential to courses. Preq: Consent of director of MA in English ENGL 808 Topics in Renaissance and Restoration or MA in Professional Communication program. understanding persuasive theory and practices. Literature 3(3,0) Principal works in verse and prose Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of instructor. ENGL (COMM) 850 Research Methods in Profes- from c. 1500–1700. sional Communication 3(3,0) ENGL (COMM) 692 Modern Rhetoric 3(3,0) Covers various ENGL (COMM) 809 Communication, Culture and research methods with emphasis on humanistic and Examines the “new rhetorics” of the 20th century, the Social Net 3(3,0) See COMM 809. empirical inquiry. Readings and research examine which are grounded in classical rhetoric but include how professional communication creates new findings from biology, psychology, linguistics and ENGL 810 Literary Criticism and Theory 3(3,0) knowledge and affects the daily lives of others. anthropology, among other disciplines. Preq: ENGL Introduces significant methods, approaches and 310 or consent of instructor. theorists in the current practice of literary and ENGL 851 Seminar in Professional Writing 3(3,0) cultural criticism. Establishes a basic familiar- Advanced seminar in the principles and practice ENGL 694 Writing About Science 3(3,0) Advanced ity with the vocabulary and techniques of major of writing and editing documents for government, work in scientific writing and editing for peer critical movements and offers a foundation for industry and the sciences. Students produce proj- and lay audiences. Preq: ENGL 310 or consent of specialized study. ects suitable for publication or presentation; profes- instructor. 2012-13ENGL 811 Topics in Neoclassic and Romantic Lit- sional development for technical communicators. ENGL 695 Technical Editing 3(3,0) Practical experi- erature 3(3,0) Principal works in verse and prose ENGL 852 Rhetoric and Professional Communica- ence in editing and preparing technical manuscripts from c. 1700–1832. tion 3(3,0) Theories of effective communication, for publication. General introduction to the func- classical to contemporary, that inform decision- tions of the technical editor. Preq: ENGL 314 or ENGL 814 Topics in Victorian and Modern Brit- making strategies in professional communica- consent of instructor. ish Literature 3(3,0) Principal works in verse and prose from c. 1832 to present. May be repeated for tion. ENGL 698 Writing Center Theory and Practice a maximum of nine credits. ENGL 853 Visual Communication 3(3,0) Under- 3(3,1) Preparation for students to work in the standing the language of images used in textual and Clemson University Writing Center. Required of ENGL 820 Topics in American Literature to 1865 extratextual communication; theories of percep- all undergraduate writing fellows. Preq: Sophomore 3(3,0) Significant authors; works in poetry and tion, methods of visual persuasion, gender analysis, standing and consent of instructor. prose; literary-intellectual movements such as Puritanism, the Enlightenment, Romanticism and and cognitive and aesthetic philosophies of visual ENGL 700 Children’s Literature for Teachers 3(3,0) Transcendentalism from c. 1607–1865. rhetoric; technologies of visual communication; Literature for preschool through junior high. ENGL 823 Topics in American Literature Since and technologies of visual production. ENGL 800 Introduction to Research 1(1,0) Literary 1865 3(3,0) Significant authors; works in poetry ENGL 854 Teaching Professional Writing 3(3,0) history and research; use of libraries and biblio- and prose; literary-intellectual movements such as Examines theories and practices of teaching writ- graphical tools; exposition of scholarship. Required realism, naturalism, modernism and postmodern- ten, graphic and oral communication. Students of all candidates for the Master of Arts degree and ism from 1865 to the present. May be repeated for prepare course descriptions, rationales and syllabi Master of Education degree with a concentration a maximum of nine credits. for teaching various forms of business, scientific in Secondary Education–English. and technical writing. Courses of Instruction

ENGL 856 Theories and Practices of Workplace ENT 607 Applied Agricultural Entomology 4(3,3) ENT 810 Selected Topics 1-4(1-4,0) Current areas of Communication 3(3,1) Workplace cultures and Topics include recognition, biology, damage and entomological research and pest management. May their theoretical and practical applications for control of economically important insects and be repeated for credit. Preq: Consent of instructor. professional communication. mites found on major Southeastern field, fruit, ENT 853 Applied Systematics 3(2,3) Application of ENGL 860 The Rhetoric of Web Publishing 3(3,0) nut and vegetable crops. Principles and practices evolutionary principles to resolution of contempo- Seminar in the theory and practice of communicat- of crop protection including pesticide application, rary zoological problems; legal issues and technical ing on the World Wide Web. Focuses on content economic basis for decision making and develop- skills for efficient operation of international zoo- strategies for large-scale Web site deployment, ment of scouting programs are introduced. Offered logical information storage and retrieval system. and examines taxonomies of Web page types and fall semester of even-numbered years only. Preq: Offered spring semester of even-numbered years patterns of user experience interactions. Preq: ENT 301 or equivalent. only. Preq: Taxonomic course in entomology or ENGL 853. ENT (PL PA) 608 Diseases and Insects of Turf- zoology or consent of instructor. ENGL 872 Print and Digital Portfolios 3(3,0) Fo- grasses Laboratory 1(0,3) See PL PA 608. ENT 863 Special Problems in Entomology 1-3(0,3- cuses on theories, development, construction and ENT 609 Urban Entomology Laboratory 1(0,3) 9) Entomological research not related to thesis. assessment of print and digital portfolios in edu- Identification of household and structural pests Preq: Consent of instructor. cational contexts including the classroom, school common to the urban environment. Students also ENT 870 Insect Physiology and Molecular Biology reform and other large-scale efforts, programmatic gain hands-on experience in termite and general 4(3,3) Advanced instruction on the structure and assessments and personal/professional develop- pest control. Preq: BIOL 103 and 104, or 110 and function of insect physiological processes at the ment. Special attention is given to ways the medium 111, or ENT 301, or consent of instructor; concur- molecular, cellular and tissue levels; physiological shapes reflection, presentation, connections and rent enrollment in ENT 604. and molecular mechanisms underlying the various artifacts within the portfolio. ENT (BIOSC) 615 Insect Taxonomy 3(1,6) Iden- internal systems of insects. Laboratory emphasizes ENGL 885 Composition Theory 3(3,0) Teaching tification of the principal families of the major hands-on experimentation and the scientific writ- college-level courses, stressing contemporary compo- orders of adult insects. Laboratory work consists of ing technique to report experimental findings. Preq: sition theory, research and practice. Required of all intensive practice of such identification; lecture ma- BIOL 111, CH 223, ENT 301, 495, or consent of MA in English and MAPC Teaching Assistants. terial deals with theoretical discussion of taxonomic instructor. ENGL 886 Composition Practicum 1(1,0) Students features observed in the laboratory. Offered spring ENT 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 continue training for teaching ENGL 103, Acceler- semester of odd-numbered years only. Preq: ENT ENT 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 ated Composition. Specific attention is given to (BIOSC) 400 or consent of instructor. translating theoretical concepts into creating assign- ENT (BIOSC) 636 Insect Behavior 3(2,3) Funda- ENVIRONMENTAL AND ments, designing curriculum and grading. Course is mentals of insect behavior in an evolutionary and to be taken only fall semester of student’s teaching ecological perspective. Laboratory emphasizes gen- NATURAL RESOURCES assistantship year. No credit towards a degree will eration and testing of hypotheses and observation, E N R (BIOSC) 613 Restoration Ecology 3(3,0) Ap- be awarded. Preq: Graduate teaching assistantship description and quantification of insect behavior. plies ecological principles to the restoration of dis- and ENGL 885 or equivalent. Offered fall semester of odd-numbered years only. turbed terrestrial, wetland and aquatic ecosystems. ENGL 887 Writing Center Theory and Practice Preq: ENT 301 or consent of instructor. Includes the restoration of soils and waterways, of 1(1,0) Prepares graduate students in English and ENT (BIOSC, W F B) 669 Aquatic Insects 3(1,6) flora and fauna and of natural ecological processes Professional Communication Programs to work Identification, life history, habitats and inter- such as plant succession and nutrient cycling. Preq: with students in the Writing Center. Preq: Graduate relationships of aquatic insects; techniques of Introductory course in ecology or conservation standing or consent of instructor. qualitative field collecting; important literature biology, consent of instructor. ENGL 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 and research workers. Offered spring semester of E N R (FOR) 616 Forest Policy and Administration ENGL 892 Master’s Project 3(3,0) Required for non- odd-numbered years only. Preq: ENT 301 or consent 3(3,0) See FOR 616. thesis option in the Professional Communication of instructor. E N R 629 Environmental Law and Policy 3(3,0) MA program. Students create a communication ENT (GEN) 695 Insect Biotechnology 3(3,0) Con- Develops an understanding of the three branches deliverable for the professional world, keep a jour- siders many unique features exhibited by insects of government that affect and dictate use and nal as a record of the project, and write a scholarly and describes applications of biotechnology to protection of natural resources. Attention is paper. Students present projects to their advisor. enhance useful products from insects and to affect given to major federal environmental statutes. the control of destructive insects. Preq: ENT 301, Includes examination of how policy is developed, ENTOMOLOGY GEN 302. implemented and evaluated in the public and ENT 700 Entomology for Teachers 3(2,2) General private sectors. Preq: Junior standing or consent ENT (BIOSC) 600 Insect Morphology 4(3,3) Study 2012-13of instructor. entomology course for secondary school science of insect structure in relation to function and of the teachers with emphasis on collecting and identify- E N R (FOR) 634 Geographic Information Systems variation of form in insects. Offered fall semester of ing the more common insects; insect morphology, for Landscape Planning 3(2,3) See FOR 634. even-numbered years only. Preq: ENT 301. physiology, metamorphosis and methods available E N R 650 Conservation Issues 3(3,0) Interactive ENT 604 Urban Entomology 3(3,0) Study of pests for control of destructive species. Not open to study and discussion of issues related to the con- common to the urban environment with emphasis Entomology majors pursuing the MS or PhD de- servation of natural resources, emphasizing current on arthropod pest biology, pest importance and grees. Offered spring semester only. Preq: Consent issues in the conservation of biodiversity, identifi- management strategies. Students learn both theo- of instructor. cation of conflicting issues between consumptive retical and practical aspects of urban pest manage- ENT 808 Taxonomy of Immature Insects 3(1,6) and nonconsumptive resource management, and ment. Preq: BIOL 103 and 104, or 110 and 111, or Identification of immature insects emphasizing the development of viable solutions for conservation ENT 301, or consent of instructor. Holometabola. Identified collection is required. Of- of resources. Preq: W F B (BIOSC) 313 or consent ENT (PL PA) 606 Diseases and Insects of Turf- fered fall semester of odd-numbered years only. of instructor. grasses 2(2,0) See PL PA 606. ENT 809 Seminar in Entomology 1(1,0) Current literature and research in entomology. Class attendance is mandatory. May be repeated for credit. To be taken Pass/Fail only. Courses of Instruction

ENVIRONMENTAL EE&S 685 Hazardous Waste Management 3(3,0) EE&S (GEOL) 808 Groundwater Modeling 3(3,0) ENGINEERING AND SCIENCE Introduction to problems, regulations, treatment See GEOL 808. and ultimate disposal of hazardous and toxic ma- EE&S (GEOL) 809 Subsurface Remediation Model- EE&S 601 Environmental Engineering 3(3,0) Intro- terials. Spill cleanup, groundwater transport, land ing 3(3,0) See GEOL 809. duction to the field of environmental engineering. disposal, incineration and treatment technologies EE&S (GEOL) 810 Analytical Methods for Hydro- Topics include environmental phenomena, impact are discussed. Offered spring semester only. Preq: geology 3(3,0) See GEOL 810. of pollutants in the aquatic environment, solid-waste EE&S 202 or 401 or consent of instructor; one management, air pollution control, radiological semester of general chemistry. EE&S 812 Environmental Nuclear Engineering 3(3,0) Environmental aspects of nuclear technol- health and simple water and wastewater treatment EE&S 686 Pollution Prevention and Industrial systems. Preq: Junior standing in engineering or ogy emphasizing nuclear reactors and the nuclear Ecology 3(3,0) Topics include pollution prevention fuel cycle; environmental transport of radioactive consent of instructor. Coreq: C E 341, CH E 230, technology, the role of pollution prevention within M E 308 or consent of instructor. materials; radioactive effluents from nuclear power a corporation, source reduction and recycling, pol- plants; nuclear power plant safety; environmental EE&S 602 Water and Waste Water Treatment lution prevention assessments, treatment to reduce aspects of fuel cycle activities; waste management. Systems 3(3,0) Study of fundamental principles, disposal, life-cycle assessment, design for environ- Offered fall semester only. Preq: EE&S 610, consent rational design considerations and operational ment, industrial ecology. Emphasis is on case stud- of instructor. procedures of the unit operations and processes ies. Preq: Junior standing in College of Engineering employed in water and waste water treatment. and Science; or consent of instructor. EE&S 813 Environmental Radiation Protection Laboratory 3(1,6) Continuation of EE&S 611; Both physiochemical and biological treatment EE&S 690 Special Projects 1-3(1-3,0) Studies or techniques are discussed. Introduction to the advanced experiments in radiation detection, radia- laboratory investigations on special topics in the tion protection, health physics and environmental integration of unit operations and processes into environmental engineering and science field. water and waste treatment systems. Preq: EE&S 202 monitoring. Offered fall semester only. Preq: EE&S Arranged on a project basis with a maximum of 611 and consent of instructor. or 401; or consent of instructor. individual student effort and a minimum of staff EE&S 610 Environmental Radiation Protection guidance. May be repeated for a maximum of three EE&S (CH E) 814 Applied Numerical Methods in 3(3,0) Fundamental principles of radiological credits. Preq: Consent of instructor. Process Simulation 3(3,0) See CH E 814. health and radiation safety. Topics include radia- EE&S 701 Special Problems 1-6(1-6,0) Environ- EE&S 816 Technical Nuclear Forensics 3(3,0) Tech- tion fundamentals, basic concepts of environmen- mental engineering problems selected to meet the nical nuclear forensics is a discipline that involves tal radiation protection, internal and external interests and experience of students and instructor. the collection, analysis and evaluation of samples dosimetry, environmental dose calculations and Formal report is required. Restricted to MEngr from pre-detonation or post-detonation of a nuclear radiation protection standards. Offered fall semes- students. To be taken Pass/Fail only. weapon. These radiological and nuclear materials, ter only. Preq: Consent of instructor. as well as devices, debris, and immediate effects EE&S 802 Environmental Engineering Prin- EE&S 611 Ionizing Radiation Detection and Mea- created by a nuclear detonation, are studied. Preq: ciples 3(3,0) Fundamental principles required EE&S 610 or consent of instructor. surement 3(2,3) Laboratory exercises in ionizing for simulation and modeling of environmental radiation detection and measurements. Topics engineering phenomena; mass transfer, reactor EE&S 820 Environmental Systems Analysis 3(3,0) include nuclear electronics; counting statistics; kinetics, simulation techniques and applications Analysis of a systems view of environmental prob- radiation interactions; basic gas, scintillation and to various natural and engineered systems. Offered lems, with particular emphasis on conflicting objec- semiconductor detectors; gamma-ray spectroscopy; fall semester only. tives such as economic and environmental concerns. health physics survey instrumentation; and ther- Example problems span traditional environmental EE&S 803 Physicochemical Operations in Water moluminescent dosimetry. Offered spring semester engineering processes, natural resources, proactive and Wastewater Treatment Systems 3(3,0) Prin- only. Preq: EE&S 410 or consent of instructor. environmental management and sustainability. ciples of physicochemical operations used in water Preq: MTHSC 311 or consent of instructor. EE&S 630 Air Pollution Engineering 3(3,0) In- and wastewater treatment including sedimentation, troductory course in air pollution and its control. filtration, mixing, gas transfer, adsorption, ion EE&S 832 Air Pollution Meteorology 3(3,0) Ap- Topics include air pollutants and effects, sources, exchange, coagulation, precipitation, disinfection plications of meteorology to air pollution; micro- dispersion models, engineering controls and and oxidation. Offered spring semester only. Preq: meteorology; plume rise modeling; atmospheric air-quality legislation. Preq: EE&S 202 or senior EE&S 802, 843. diffusion; deposition and washout of pollutants; air standing in engineering or physical sciences or chemistry; applications of diffusion modeling to air EE&S 804 Biochemical Operations in Wastewater consent of instructor. quality planning. Preq: Consent of instructor. Treatment Systems 3(3,0) Principles of biochemical EE&S (B E, FOR) 651 Newman Seminar and operations used in wastewater treatment; modeling EE&S 833 Air Pollution Control Systems 3(3,0) Lecture Series in Natural Resources Engineering of ideal biochemical reactors and design criteria for Principles and design of air pollution control 1(0,2) See B E 651. 2012-13aerated lagoons, activated sludge, trickling filters, equipment including mechanical collectors, electro- EE&S 680 Environmental Risk Assessment 3(3,0) rotating biological contactors, nitrification, deni- static precipitators, baghouse filters, wet scrubbers, Quantitative estimation of the human health risk trification and digestion. Offered spring semester adsorbers and incinerators. Offered spring semester posed by the release of a contaminant to the en- only. Preq: EE&S 802, 851. only. Preq: EE&S 430 or consent of instructor. vironment. Topics include methods for analyzing EE&S 805 Laboratory in Water and Wastewater EE&S 834 Particles in the Atmosphere 3(3,0) Chem- emission rate, environmental transport, exposure Treatment Operations 3(0,6) Laboratory exer- ical and physical behavior of atmospheric particles and health effects; methods of uncertainty analysis; cises in selected water and wastewater treatment and their interaction with other particles, gases and and the role of risk assessment in environmental operations including sedimentation, filtration, light; generation, measurement methods and con- regulation and environmental decision making. adsorption, coagulation, softening, aeration, trol strategies of atmospheric particles. Preq: EE&S Preq: EE&S 202 or 401 or consent of instructor. activated sludge, aerobic digestion and anaerobic 630, MTHSC 208, or consent of instructor. EE&S (B E) 684 Municipal Solid Waste Manage- digestion. Offered spring semester only. Coreq: EE&S 837 Biodegradation and Bioremediation ment 3(3,0) Introduction to the problems, regula- EE&S 803 or 804. 3(3,0) Basic principles of biodegradation for major tions, collection, handling, recycling and disposal EE&S 806 Process and Facility Design for Envi- classes of organic contaminants including haloge- of municipal solid wastes in the urban and rural ronmental Control Systems 2-4(2-4,0) Integration nated aliphatics and aromatics, fuel hydrocarbons, sectors. Emphasis is on integrated waste-manage- of unit operations into complex systems for treat- pesticides and nitrated energetic compounds; ment systems with resource recovery, composting, ment of industrial/domestic water and wastewater, biotransformations of metals; biodegradation incineration, landfill disposals and their costs. Preq: contaminated groundwater or air, landfill leachate principles applied to the development of bioreme- EE&S 202 or senior standing in engineering or and toxic liquid wastes. Student teams design an diation technologies including intrinsic, in situ and science or consent of instructor. integrated system for either water/wastewater or a on-site engineered approaches. Preq: EE&S 851. hazardous/toxic waste. Offered fall semester only. Preq: EE&S 803, 804. Courses of Instruction

EE&S (CH) 842 Actinide Chemistry 3(3,0) Chemi- mental control and wastewater treatment; kinetic ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND cal and physical aspects of actinide metals and and energetic aspects. Offered fall semester only. POLICY compounds (including properties, structure and EE&S 852 Subsurface and Wetland Hydraulics bonding, reactions, kinetics, thermodynamics), 3(3,0) Hydraulics of subsurface water including EN SP 672 Environmental Planning and Control coordination and solution chemistry, behavior hydraulic head and gradient concepts, Darcy’s 2(2,0) Application of planning and control to ef- and speciation in the environment, separation and Law, saturated/unsaturated flow, flow in aquifers fective environmental quality improvement. Water purification, chemistry of the nuclear fuel cycle and and aquitards, flow to wells and interactions with supply and treatment, wastewater treatment and waste treatment and related topics; fundamental surface water in wetlands including discharge and disposal, solid waste disposal, air pollution abate- concepts, history and recent developments. Preq: development of seepage faces. Mathematics is at the ment, and land use and zoning are considered CH 402, MTHSC 208, PHYS 221, or consent of level of elementary ordinary and partial differential from the standpoint of control. Not intended for instructor. equations. Preq: Differential equations, fluid me- graduate students in engineering. Preq: Consent EE&S 843 Environmental Chemistry 3(3,0) Prin- chanics or EE&S 802 or consent of instructor. of instructor. ciples of chemical kinetics and thermodynamics EE&S 855 Surface and Subsurface Transport applied to fundamental understanding of aqueous 3(3,0) Quantitative analysis of reactive transport ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY environmental samples including natural waters, and biodegradation in ground water and surface ENTO X 600 Wildlife Toxicology 3(3,0) Assessment wastewaters and treated waters; factors controlling water; applications of the advection-dispersion of impacts of toxic substances on reproduction, chemical concentrations, acid-base equilibria, solu- equation with reaction terms including classical health and well-being of wildlife species; acute and bility equilibria, complex formation, electrochemis- chemical reactions, radioactive decay and reactions chronic effects of agricultural chemicals, pesticides, try, adsorption phenomena. Offered fall semester mediated by microbes. Preq: C E 340 and MTHSC hazardous waste, industrial waste and oil releases only. Preq: CH 102 or equivalent. 208 or equivalent. are discussed. Preq: BIOCH 305 or organic chem- EE&S 844 Environmental Chemistry Laboratory EE&S 856 Pollution of the Aquatic Environment istry, one year of general biology, W F B 350 or I 3(2,3) Laboratory experience in basic analytical 3(3,0) Effects of domestic and industrial water consent of instructor. methods used in water quality studies; experi- pollution on the physical, chemical and biological ENTOX 621 Chemical Sources and Fate in Envi- mental design, sampling, wet-chemical analytical characteristics of natural waters; associated environ- ronmental Systems 3(3,0) Chemical cycles in the techniques, data collection and analysis, data mental determinants of human disease, toxicology environment are discussed on global and micro- interpretation and data quality techniques. Offered and epidemiology of chronic disease. Offered fall cosm scales. The dependence of fate processes on fall semester only. Preq: Two semesters of general semester only. physical and chemical properties and environmen- chemistry. EE&S 861 Environmental Engineering and Science tal conditions is examined. Breakdown, movement EE&S 845 Environmental Organic Chemistry Seminar 1(1,0) Current advances and research and transport of selected toxicants are addressed to 3(3,0) Application of parameters that describe the developments in various areas of environmental illustrate the mechanisms that govern chemical fate. equilibrium distribution and exchange rates for en- engineering and science. Off-campus speakers, Preq: Organic and analytical chemistry or consent vironmentally significant organic compounds to the students and faculty participate. To be taken Pass/ of instructor. modeling of processes in engineered and natural Fail only. ENTOX (ENT) 630 Toxicology 3(3,0) Basic prin- systems, including environmental parameter estima- EE&S 880 Environmental Risk Assessment 3(3,0) ciples of toxicology including quantitation of toxic- tion techniques, structure-activity relationships and Methodology of quantitative risk assessment includ- ity, toxicokinetics, biochemical action of poisons integration of environmental processes to model ing identification and quantification of the source and environmental toxicology are studied. Acute contaminant distribution and residence time in term, calculation of environmental transport and and chronic effects of various classes of poisons environmental systems. Offered spring semester estimation of health effects. Applications involve are discussed (e.g., pesticides, drugs, metals and only. Preq: Two semesters of general chemistry, various classes of contaminants in atmospheric and industrial pollutants) in relation to typical routes of EE&S 843 or equivalent. aquatic environmental pathways. Offered spring exposure and regulatory testing methods. Offered EE&S 847 Advanced Environmental Chemistry semester only. Preq: MTHSC 208, graduate stand- fall semester of odd-numbered years only. Preq: 3(3,0) Advanced principles and methods in envi- ing in engineering or science. Organic chemistry, one year of general biology, or ronmental engineering chemistry with applications EE&S 881 Special Problems 1-4 Problems selected consent of instructor. to both natural and treatment systems; current to meet interests and experiences of student and ENTOX 637 Ecotoxicology 3(3,0) Study of the investigative and study techniques; nature, fluxes instructor. effects of stressors on the ecosystem. Explores the and controlling processes of chemical species and EE&S 883 Selected Topics in Environmental integrative relationships that comprise the field of radionuclides in environmental systems. Preq: ecotoxicology in a hierarchical format that focuses EE&S 843 or equivalent. Engineering 1-4(1-4,0) Topics in environmental engineering not covered in other courses. Topics on the various levels of ecological organization. EE&S 849 Environmental Chemistry Laboratory 2012-13Preq: ENTOX 430 or consent of instructor. vary to keep pace with current developments. May II 3(1,6) Theory and applications of instrumental be taken concurrently with EE&S 884, which (if ENTOX (CSENV, GEOL) 685 Environmental Soil methods of analysis as applied to measurements offered) would be a different topic. Chemistry 3(3,0) See CSENV 685. for environmental control; spectroscopy and ENTOX (BIOSC) 811 Immunotoxicology 3(3,0) spectrophotometric techniques; electrochemical EE&S 884 Selected Topics in Environmental Study of how environmental contaminants, drugs analyses; chromatographic methods of analysis; Engineering 1-4(1-4,0) Topics in environmental and natural biotoxins affect the immune system of light scattering and electrophoretic measurements. engineering not covered in other courses. Topics man and animals; cellular and molecular mecha- Offered fall semester only. vary to keep pace with current developments. May be taken concurrently with EE&S 883, which (if nisms of action by immunotoxic agents. Preq: AVS EE&S 850 Stream and Estuarine Analysis 3(3,0) offered) would be a different topic. 825, ENTOX 630, consent of instructor. Physical, chemical and biological processes and ENTOX 822 Analytical Toxicology Laboratory relationships which exist in streams and estuar- EE&S 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 3(1,6) Laboratory instrumentation, procedures and ies; estuarine environment; free-flowing streams; EE&S 961 Environmental Engineering and Science experimental methods used for identification and mechanisms describing transport of conservative Doctoral Student Seminar 1(1,0) Current advanc- quantitation of toxic substances and their transfor- and nonconservative materials through estuarine es and research developments in various areas of mation products in environmental and biological systems; the estuary as a resource and techniques for environmental engineering and science. Doctoral samples; application of these procedures in the its management. Offered fall semester only. students are required to enroll each semester that isolation, detection and quantitation of toxicants EE&S 851 Biological Principles of Environmental the course is offered and present one seminar per year. To be taken Pass/Fail only. in authentic samples. Preq: Organic and analytical Engineering 3(3,0) Basic principles of biology and chemistry or consent of instructor; instrumental EE&S 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 biochemistry as applied to problems of environ- analysis recommended. Courses of Instruction

ENTO X (BIOSC) 830 Mechanistic Toxicology ENTOX 863 Selected Topics 1-4(0-4,0-6) Topics EX ST 804 Sampling 3(3,0) Principles of scientific 3(3,0) Detailed biochemical toxicology: control, in environmental toxicology not covered in other sampling; finite population sampling; simple ran- regulation and activity of metabolic enzymes; mo- courses. Topics vary with current developments in dom, stratified, multistage and systematic sampling; lecular and cellular mechanisms of toxic action; pro- the discipline. May be repeated, but only if different optimum allocation; methods of obtaining, process- posed mechanisms for initiation and development topics are covered. Preq: Consent of instructor. ing and reporting survey information; sampling as of cancer; mode of action and kinetics of cholinest- ENTOX 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 related to the environment, natural resources and erase inhibitors; structure/activity relationships of ENTOX 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 social and economic problems. Preq: EX ST 801. ion channel blockers; biochemical and molecular EX ST 805 Design and Analysis of Experiments biomarkers. Preq: ENTOX (ENT) 430. EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP AND 3(3,0) Basic designs and analysis; data transforma- ENTOX (BIOSC) 831 Biomarkers in Toxicology tions; single degree of freedom, orthogonality 3(1,6) Methodology used in biomarker identifica- ENTREPRENEURSHIP and responses in ANOVA; covariance; response tion and evaluation of the effects of toxic substances E L E 600 Technology Entrepreneurship 3(3,0) surfaces; incomplete blocks; introduction to least on living systems using biomarkers in sentinel Introduction to technology entrepreneurship with squares analysis of experiments; uses of standard organisms and surrogate biomarkers. Preq: Organic emphasis on ideation, opportunity assessment, mar- computer programs for selected analyses. Preq: chemistry and biochemistry with laboratory; EN- ket and technology forecasting, intellectual property EX ST 801. TOX 400 or (ENT) 430; or consent of instructor. protection, financial modeling and business valu- EX ST 811 Special Problems in Experimental Sta- ENTOX 841 Procedures and Techniques in Eco- ation, project management and cross-functional tistics 1-3(0,2-6) Statistical aspects of an individual- logical Risk Assessment 2(1,3) Evaluation and team building. Open to science and engineering ized research problem; determining an appropriate application of the procedures and techniques used majors only. Preq: Junior standing. experimental design; performing proper analyses in ecological risk assessments, including labora- E L E 800 Special Topics in Technology Entrepre- and generating effective reports. tory and field methods, to determine, measure neurship 1-6(1-6,0) Comprehensive study of a topic EX ST 812 Selected Topics 1-3(1-3,0) Topics in ap- and evaluate the risks to aquatic, terrestrial and of current interest in technology entrepreneurship. plied statistics not covered in other courses. May be avian species; impacts to biota within, and result- May be repeated for a maximum of six credits, repeated, but only if different topics are covered. ing from, chemical waste disposal facilities and but only if different topics are covered. Preq: E EX ST 815 Environmental and Ecological Statistics hazardous waste sites. Preq: CH 223, 224, 313; EX L E 400. 3(3,0) Overview of statistical techniques in Environ- ST 804 or 805; ENTOX (ENT) 630; or consent mental Science and Ecology. Probability distribu- of instructor. EXPERIMENTAL STATISTICS tions and sampling; population estimation using ENTOX 852 Ecological Models 3(2,3) Systems EX ST 602 Introduction to Statistical Comput- capture/recapture, line transect and line intercept analysis applied to ecology; construction of models ing 3(3,0) Introduction to statistical computing methods; spatial point pattern analysis; modelling which predict ecological consequences of stresses packages. Topics include data importation, basic environmental and ecological data; environmental to the environment; frequency response analysis, descriptive statistic computation, basic graphic monitoring. Preq: EX ST 801 and 803 or consent energy models, information flow, and transfer func- preparation, and statistical analysis methods and of instructor. tions for population interactions. Preq: Course in procedures. Preq: EX ST 301. EX ST 816 Spatial Statistics 3(3,0) Introduction ecology and in computer programming or consent to spatial data analysis emphasizing concepts and of instructor. EX ST 611 Statistical Methods for Process Devel- opment and Control 3(3,0) Experimental design interpretation, spatial point processes, clustering, ENTOX (BIOSC) 854 Aquatic Toxicology 3(3,0) techniques for use in process development, applica- spatial autocorrelation, semivariograms, kriging, Combines concepts of solution chemistry with tion of screening experiments and response surface spatial regression and analysis of variance. Preq: EX toxicology to establish stressor-response relation- experiments, techniques for process control with ST 801 and 803 or consent of instructor. ships for aquatic organisms at various trophic levels. implications for product quality control. Includes EX ST 817 Multivariate Statistics in Agriculture, Bioavailability is a unifying concept and concepts of discussions of the use of statistical computer Forestry and Natural Resources 3(3,0) Applica- contaminant exposure and organism response are set analyses and interpretations including computer- tion of multivariate techniques for linear models in an ecological risk assessment framework. generated graphics. Preq: MTHSC 206 or consent (MANOVA, Hotellings T2), covariance structure ENTOX 855 Sediment Toxicology and Chemistry of instructor. (principal components, factor analysis), classifi- 3(3,0) Focuses on the chemistry and toxicology of EX ST 801 Statistical Methods I 4(3,3) Role and cation (discriminant and cluster analyses) and contaminants in freshwater sediments. Sediment application of statistics in research; estimation, structural equation modeling drawing examples geochemistry, ecology, toxicity bioassay method- test of significance, analysis of variance, multiple from life sciences, natural resources, tourism and ology and sediment sampling are discussed in a comparison techniques, basic designs, mean square related programs. Preq: EX ST 801 and 803 or course framework that deals directly with contami- expectations, variance components analysis, simple consent of instructor. nant bioavailability questions. Preq: ENTOX 854 2012-13 and multiple linear regression, and correlation, EX ST 819 Biostatistics 3(3,0) Statistical analyses or consent of instructor. and nonparametric procedures. Preq: Consent of applicable to disease/mortality occurrence. Intro- ENTOX 860 Graduate Seminar 1(1,0) Recent re- instructor. duction to epidemiology study designs and appro- search in environmental toxicology; presentation, EX ST 802 Statistical Methods II 3(3,0) Extended priate statistical analyses. Statistical methodology review and discussion of current issues by graduate coverage of several methods introduced in EX ST applicable to life-tables and survival curves and students in an area of specialization selected by the 801: multiple regression model building and diag- clinical trials. Preq: EX ST 801. instructor. May be repeated four times for credit. nostics, experiment design and analysis, and non- To be taken Pass/Fail only. parametric methods; mixed models and repeated F AMILY AND COMMUNITY ENTOX 861 Departmental Seminar 1(1,0) Presents measures analyses; categorical data analysis; multi- STUDIES current research by Department of Environmental variate methods and sampling designs; appropriate Toxicology faculty, staff, finishing graduate students use of statistical software. Preq: EX ST 801. FCS 810 Life in the Global Community 3(3,0) Exam- and invited speakers. Improves students’ skills in ines global perspectives and trends related to social, EX ST 803 Regression and Least Squares Analysis psychological and physical well being of children, evaluation of research plans and oral presentations 3(3,0) Regression analysis: simple and multiple and increases their awareness of literature resources youth, adults, families, primary institutions of soci- linear, curvilinear and multiple curvilinear; curve ety and civil society. Considers accommodation and and employment opportunities in the field. May fitting; least squares and computer techniques be repeated four times for credit. resistance to globalization as well as analysis and for fitting of constants and analysis of planned comparative review of the effects of globalization experiments. Offered spring semester only. Preq: on everyday life in selected countries. EX ST 801. Courses of Instruction

FCS 811 Human Development and Family Life in FCS 835 Institutions in Community Life 3(3,0) FINANCE Cultural Context 3(3,0) Examines cultural context Interdisciplinary review of core community in- in human development and family life; the impacts stitutions and their impact on families and com- FIN 602 Advanced Corporate Finance 3(3,0) Study of culture on physical, cognitive and social develop- munities. Focuses on four institutions: education, of the decision process and analytical techniques ment; the influences of different environmental religion, health and government. Each institution used in evaluating corporate investment and financ- experiences on individual and family functioning; is examined both individually and from a systems ing decisions. Topics include capital budgeting, practical applications of a cross-cultural human perspective for its relationship with other institu- capital structure and bankruptcy, valuation, corpo- and family development perspective; and the state tions and with families and communities. rate governance, executive compensation, mergers and acquisitions, and restructuring. Preq: FIN 312 of human development around the world. Preq: FCS 836 Area Studies 3(3,0) Expands students’ with a C or better. FCS 810. knowledge of the nature of family and community FCS 812 Democracy and the Growth of Civil Society life in various regions of the world (e.g., Eastern FIN 606 Analysis and Use of Derivatives 3(3,0) 3(3,0) Study of democracy as a political system and a Europe; Middle East; Latin America; the Carib- Consideration of the option pricing theory and way of life. Examines the nature of civil society and bean). Topics include political, social and economic strategy techniques most commonly used in the its relation to the development and sustainability of trends; social and political transformation; cross market for options. An overview of the futures democratic values and institutions and the cultural, cultural issues; globalization; human rights; and markets is also considered. Special emphasis is economic and political correlates of civic participa- civil society. May be repeated for a maximum of given to interest-rate futures, stock-index futures tion at various points in the lifespan. Preq: FCS 810 six credits. and foreign-exchange futures. Preq: FIN 305 with a C or better. or consent of instructor. FCS 840 Topics in Societal and International FCS 820 International Human Rights Law 3(3,0) Research 1-3(1-3,0) Covers selected topics in FIN 615 Real Estate Investment 3(3,0) Focuses Examines international human rights law, the research design and data analysis with attention on the structure and analysis of real estate invest- origins of international human rights, the emer- to community-based and field research, and ment emphasizing financial theory and analysis gence of international human rights law, issues research in international settings. Preq: Consent technique. Case study and project-oriented home- related to the implementation, the position of the of instructor. work assignments facilitate the understanding of real estate investments. Preq: FIN 307 with a C U.S. regarding ratification of human rights trea- FCS 851 International Law and Policy on Chil- or better. ties, processes for monitoring and implementing dren’s Issues 3(3,0) Comparative analysis of law human rights and treatment of human rights in and policy on children’s issues. Attention is given FIN 616 Real Estate Valuation 3(3,0) Advanced the courts. to relevant international instruments, particularly course in commercial real estate valuation. Topics FCS (P ADM) 827 Public Personnel Administration the Convention on the Rights of the Child and to include income capitalization, cash equivalency, 3(3,0) See P ADM 827. related concepts in the law and policy of various highest and best use analysis, the cost approach, the direct sales comparison approach and DCF FCS (P ADM) 829 Public Financial Management nations, including the United States. Preq: FCS analysis. Preq: FIN 307 with a C or better. 3(3,0) See P ADM 829. 820. FIN 617 Real Estate Finance 3(3,0) Advanced course FCS 830 Community Development: Principles and FCS 852 Right to Health 3(3,0) Examination of the applying financial analysis and theory to real estate. Practices 3(3,0) Comparative theory and practice relationship between health and human rights em- Mortgage credit analysis and current financing tech- of community development, community building phasizing the application of a rights-based approach niques for residential and commercial properties and community transformations that support to health-related interests of children, families and are emphasized. Topics include financial institu- child, youth and family well-being. Includes U.S. communities. Topics include discussion of the tions, syndications and construction financing. community development examples with selected content and contours of a right to health and of Preq: FIN 307 with a C or better. examples from other nations. emerging trends in health and human rights. Preq: FIN (M B A) 832 International Financial Manage- FCS 831 Community Transformation 3(3,0) FCS 820 or consent of instructor. ment 3(3,0) See M B A 832. Advanced course on community transformation FCS (P ADM) 862 Administrative Leadership 3(3,0) theories, theologies and practice. Discusses and See P ADM 862. FIN (M B A) 836 Real Estate Principles 3(3,0) See illustrates major paradigm shifts within the last FCS (P ADM) 878 Selected Topics in Public Ad- M B A 836. three decades in the way community development ministration 3(3,0) See P ADM 878. is thought about and done. Case studies on com- FCS 890 Research Project 1-6 Research in Family FOOD SCIENCE munity transformation from selected nations are and Community Studies not related to a thesis. FD SC 601 Food Chemistry I 3(3,0) Basic composi- utilized. Preq: FCS 830 or consent of instructor. FCS 892 Special Topics 1-3(1-3,0) Selected current tion, structure and properties of food and the FCS 832 Policies and Programs in Human Services and classic topics not covered in other courses. May chemistry of changes occurring during processing 3(3,0) Philosophy, theories and principles for or- 2012-13be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits, but only utilization. Offered fall semester of even-numbered ganizing human services in and across selected na- if different topics are covered. years only. Preq: BIOCH 305 or consent of instruc- tions, emphasizing strategies for and barriers to the FCS 893 Practicum 1-6 Students synthesize, integrate tor. development of collaborations among and between and apply knowledge and skills learned through FD SC 602 Food Chemistry II 3(3,0) Application governmental and nongovernmental organizations. courses to family and community issues, working of theory and procedures for quantitative and Discusses community-level child and family sup- with faculty and community leaders to gain profes- qualitative analysis of food ingredients and food port, poverty alleviation, health care, early child- sional experience. To be taken Pass/Fail only. May products. Methods for protein, moisture, lipid, hood education care and old-age assistance. Preq: be repeated for a maximum of six credits. Preq: carbohydrate, ash, fiber, rancidity, color and vita- FCS 830 or consent of instructor. Consent of instructor. min analyses and tests for functional properties of FCS 833 Humanitarian Assistance 3(3,0) Introduc- FCS 896 Independent Study 1-6(1-6,0) Individual ingredients are examined. Offered spring semester tion to humanitarian assistance. Topics include readings or research on a topics selected according of odd-numbered years only. Preq: BIOCH 305 or historical background, current status, determinants, to the student’s interests or professional develop- consent of instructor. legal issues, and health and social service delivery ment needs. May be repeated for a maximum of six FD SC 603 Food Chemistry and Analysis 2(1,3) to current and past refugee and internally-displaced credits. To be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: Consent Principles of analytical procedures and techniques people, and ethnopolitical conflicts and terrorism of coordinator of graduate studies. used to quantitatively and qualitatively determine as major sources of humanitarian crises. Preq: FCS FCS 991 Doctoral Research 1-18 chemical composition of foods, and elucidate 830 or consent of instructor. the physio-chemical properties of food materials. Laboratories provide experience in critical thinking, performing food analysis, and analyzing data. Preq: BIOCH 305, BIOSC 434, or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

FD SC 604 Food Preservation and Processing 3(3,0) FD SC 812 Microbiological Aspects of Food Systems FOR 610 Harvesting Processes 4(3,3) Study of for- Principles of food preservation applied to flow 3(3,0) Function and characteristics of microorgan- est harvesting processes with detailed analysis of processes, ingredient functions and the importance isms in the utilization and manufacture of food production, cost, environmental impacts, safety, of composition and physical characteristics of foods products; food fermentations, microbially induced transportation and business considerations. Preq: related to their processing; product recalls and chemical and physical changes, environmental Senior standing or consent of instructor. product development concepts. Preq: Physics and aspects, and production of food ingredients and FOR 613 Integrated Forest Pest Management 4(3,3) organic chemistry or biochemistry. resources. Preq: MICRO 407 or equivalent or Nature and control of pests of forest trees and prod- FD SC 606 Food Preservation and Processing Labo- consent of instructor. ucts. Focuses on the relation of pests to silviculture, ratory 1(0,3) Laboratory exercises on preservation FD SC 815 Food Service Systems Management management and natural forest ecosystems. Offered methods, equipment utilized and processes fol- 4(3,3) Management of the procurement, produc- fall semester only. Preq: Junior standing in Forest lowed in food manufacture. Coreq: FD SC 404. tion, distribution and service of food that meets Resource Management. FD SC 607 Quantity Food Production 2(1,3) Prin- nutrition guidelines, cost parameters and consumer FOR 615 Forest Wildlife Management 3(2,3) Prin- ciples of the production of food in quantity for use acceptance criteria; supervision of customer satis- ciples, practices and problems of wildlife manage- in food service systems, Emphasis is on functions of faction systems, marketing functions and human ment with emphasis on upland forest game species. components of foods and of ingredients in food, on resource systems. Habitat manipulation through use of appropriate the quality of the final product, on safe production FD SC 820 Selected Topics in Food Science 1-3(1- silvicultural practices in association with other of food and on proper use of equipment. Coreq: 3,0) Special topics in food science not covered in techniques is evaluated. Preq: FOR 460 or consent FD SC 306, 404. other courses. May be repeated for a maximum of of instructor. FD SC 608 Food Process Engineering 4(3,3) Study nine credits. FOR (E N R) 616 Forest Policy and Administration of basic engineering principles and their applica- FD SC 821 Selected Topics 1-4(0,3-12) Indepen- 3(3,0) Introduction to development, principles and tion in food processing operations. The relation dent research investigation in food science areas legal provisions of forest policy in the United States between engineering principles and fundamentals not conducted in other courses. May be repeated and an examination of administrative and executive of food processing is emphasized. Preq: FD SC 214, for a maximum of 12 credits. Preq: Consent of management in forestry. CH 102, MTHSC 106, PHYS 207 or 200 or 122 instructor. FOR 617 Forest Resource Management and or consent of instructor. FD SC 851 Food Science Seminar 1(1,0) Current Regulation 3(3,0) Fundamental principles and FD SC 610 Food Product Development 4(3,3) research and related developments in food science analytical techniques in planning, management A strategic and systems approach to integrated reviewed by faculty, students and invited lecturers. and optimization of forest operations. Preq: FOR product development practices for developing new May be repeated for a maximum of two credits, but 302, 308, 418, 465. food products within a team setting. Focuses on only if different topics are covered. FOR 618 Forest Resource Valuation 3(3,0) Analysis the Stage-Gate process for moving from product FD SC 855 Practicum Teaching Experience 1(1,0) of capital investment tools and their application idea to launch and application of sensory analysis Students integrate and apply knowledge and skills to decision making among forestry investment techniques. in assisting a faculty member in the teaching of an alternatives; valuation of land, timber and other FD SC 630 Dairy Processing and Sanitation 3(2,3) undergraduate lecture or laboratory course in food, resources associated with forestry, including the Processing, manufacture and distribution of fluid, nutrition, and/or packaging science. impact of inflation and taxes. Preq: FOR 304 or frozen, cultured and other dairy products. Empha- FD SC 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 consent of instructor. sizes sanitation in a commercial food processing FOR 623 Current Issues in Natural Resources 2(2,0) plant environment, chemical and microbiological as- FOOD TECHNOLOGY Lectures in various fields of forestry delivered by pects, processing procedures, equipment operation, selected representatives from forest industries, con- ingredient applications, formulation and functional FD TH 851 Food Technology Seminar 1(1,0) sultants, agencies, associations and other forestry properties. Preq: BIOL 104/106, CH 102. Current and ongoing research and developments operations. Course will not be taught when enroll- FD SC 802 Nutraceuticals and Functional Food in food technology reviewed by faculty, students ment is less than 15. To be taken Pass/Fail only. 2(2,0) Students identify sources, formulations, and invited lecturers. Preq: Enrollment in the Offered fall semester only. Preq: Junior standing or functional properties, and processing regulations Food Technology PhD program or consent of consent of instructor. instructor. for nutraceuticals and functional foods, and review FOR (HORT) 627 Urban Tree Care 3(3,0) Prin- the chemistry of separation and identification of FD TH 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 ciples, practices and problems of protecting and bioactive ingredients. Preq: FD SC 601 and 602. maintaining trees in urban and recreational areas. FD SC 810 Chemical and Biochemical Aspects of FORESTRY Examines environmental and biological factors Foods 4(4,0) Chemical, biochemical and functional 2012-13FOR 600 Public Relations in Natural Resources affecting trees in high-use areas, their manage- properties of food components and their interac- 3(3,0) Identifying relevant policies, their character- ment and cultural requirements and the practices tions in food emulsions, foams, colloids, and gel istics and acceptance to natural resource manage- necessary for their protection and care as valuable and solution states; the influences of processing ment and techniques of maintaining appropriate assets in the landscape. Preq: Consent of instructor. on isolation, utilization and production of the public relations. Preq: Senior standing. FOR 631 Recreation Resource Planning in Forest constituents using techniques based on constituent FOR 608 Wood and Paper Products 3(3,0) Study Management 2(1,3) Analysis of forest recreation as properties. Preq: BIOCH 623 and FD SC 401 or of wood structures and identification; physical and a component of multiple-use forest management; consent of instructor. mechanical properties of wood products; standard techniques of planning; physical and biological ef- FD SC 811 Physical and Thermophysical Properties testing procedures; manufacture of lumber, ply- fects on forest environments; and forest site, user of Foods 3(3,0) Principles involved in relating physi- wood, oriented strand board; drying, preservation, and facility management. Offered spring semester cal and thermophysical properties to food quality. grading and use of wood products. Also discusses of odd-numbered years only. Includes standard methods and instruments to common grades of paper and paperboard; fiber FOR 633 GPS Applications 3(2,3) Develops compe- determine texture and the relationship of physical sources; pulping and paper-making equipment tence in global positioning system (GPS) technol- properties to sensory evaluation; interrelationships and processes; chemical recovery process; and ogy including theory, methods and application to of chemical structure and physical properties in environmental issues. Preq: Junior standing or natural resources mapping. Topics include basic food processing operations. Preq: FD SC 810 or consent of instructor. concepts of GPS; projection systems; types of data; consent of instructor. mission planning; and data capture, correction and export to geographical information systems (GIS). Preq: Senior standing or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

FOR (E N R) 634 Geographic Information Systems FOR 807 Special Problems in Forestry 1-12 Special F N R 730 Master Naturalist for Teachers 3(2,4) for Landscape Planning 3(2,3) Develops compe- problems in forestry research methods that do not Teachers learn about the natural history and natu- tence in geographic information systems (GIS) directly pertain to the candidate’s thesis. ral resources of South Carolina, including geology, technology and its application to various spatial FOR 811 Forest Wetland Ecology and Management biology, ecology and human impacts. Addition- analysis problems in landscape planning. Topics 2(2,0) Assessment of ecological processes and how ally, this online course with associated field trips include data development and management, spatial they influence forest wetland productivity, manage- may be used to help teachers as part of obtaining analysis techniques, critical review of GIS applica- ment and regulation. Offered spring semester only. certification through the South Carolina Master tions, needs analysis and institutional context. Preq: Introductory ecology or consent of instructor. Naturalist program. GIS hardware and software, hands-on application. FOR 812 Fire Ecology and Management 3(2,3) His- F N R 808 Graduate Seminar 1(1,0) Covers research Credit may be received for only one of C R P 434, torical presence of fire in various regions of North methods, current literature, scientific communica- FOR (E N R) 434. America and its effects on forests; analysis of current tion and scientific presentations in forestry, forest FOR 641 Properties of Wood Products 3(3,0) Basic fire management strategies with emphasis on usage resources and wildlife and fisheries science. To be properties of wood including the hygroscopic, ther- of prescribed fire as an ecosystem management tool. taken Pass/Fail only. May be repeated for a maxi- mal, electrical, mechanical and chemical properties; Preq: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. mum of two credits. standard testing procedures for wood. Preq: Junior FOR 814 Advanced Forest Resource Management standing or consent of instructor. and Planning 3(3,0) Current forest resource man- FRENCH FOR 642 Manufacture of Wood Products 3(3,0) agement and planning topics; operational emphasis FR 151 French for Graduate Students 3(3,0) Inten- Manufacture of lumber, plywood, poles, piles; on application of various quantitative tools to solve sive program only for graduate students preparing drying, preservation, grading and uses of wood economic and management problems; advanced for the reading examination in French. A minimum products. Manufacture of particleboard, flake- topics in forest regulation, forest valuation, math- grade of B on final exam will satisfy Graduate board, oriented-strand board, fiberboard and ematical programming and harvest scheduling, School foreign language requirement. To be taken paper products. Includes physical, mechanical and simulation, multiple-use alternatives and selected Pass/Fail only. May be repeated once for credit. chemical properties and their applications. Preq: areas. Offered spring semester of odd-numbered Preq: Graduate standing. Consent of instructor. years only. Preq: FOR 417 or consent of instructor. FR 699 Selected Topics in French Literature 3(3,0) FOR 644 Forest Products Marketing and Interna- FOR 815 Systems Processes in Natural Resources Selected topics that have characterized French tional Trade 3(3,0) Study of marketing and inter- 3(2,3) Use of system thinking and system analysis literature, language and culture. May be repeated national trade practices currently employed by the to define the issues, model, simulate and evaluate for a maximum of six credits. Preq: Consent of forest products industry and the application of ba- alternatives for forest landscape problems and department chair. sic marketing principles and global trade concepts opportunities. in the industry’s current and future environment. FOR (PRTM) 816 Remote Sensing and GIS in GENETICS Preq: FOR 442 or consent of instructor. Natural Resources 3(2,3) Practical application of FOR 650 Woody Plant Stress Physiology 3(3,0) computer mapping, spatial analysis and natural G S EN (BIO C) 605 Molecular Genetics of Eukaryotes Structure, function and physiology of tree shoot resource inventory using remote sensing and 3(3,0) Molecular genetic analyses of eukaryotes in re- and crown growth, wood formation, diameter geographical information systems. Offered spring lation to mutations and repair, complex phenotypes, growth, root growth and reproduction, especially semester of odd-numbered years only. Preq: FOR biochemical pathways, short- and long-term regula- as related to stress factors. Preq: BIOSC 401 or FOR (E N R) 434 or consent of instructor. tion of gene expression, and evolution. Preq: GEN 460 or consent of instructor. 302 or equivalent and one semester of biochemistry, FOR 845 Biodiversity in Managed Forests 3(2,3) or consent of instructor. FOR (EE&S, B E) 651 Newman Seminar and Theory and practice of maintaining biodiversity Lecture Series in Natural Resources Engineering are fundamental to successful management of GEN 610 Population and Quantitative Genetics 1(0,2) See B E 651. forests. Conservation of biodiversity is viewed from 3(3,0) Classical and computational genetics topics, FOR 665 Silviculture 4(3,3) Discussion of the theory the macro (landscape) and micro (stand) levels. including Mendelian vs. non-Mendelian inheri- and practice of manipulating forests to meet the Socioeconomic and policy as well as ecological tance, genetic variation, evolutionary, conservation, needs and values of landowners and society in ac- perspectives are considered in design of appropri- coalescent theory, molecular evolution, quantitative cordances with biological, ecological and economic ate management practices. Preq: FOR 415, 460, or trait locus, and association mapping in the frame- principles. Preq: FOR 206 and Forestry Summer consent of instructor. work of population and quantitative genetics. Preq: Camp or consent of instructor. EX ST 301 and GEN 302 with a C or better, or FOR 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 consent of instructor. FOR 707 Special Problems in Forestry 1-3(1-3,0) FOR 893 Selected Topics in Forest Resources 1-4(0- Directed individual study of a special problem in GEN 611 Population and Quantitative Genetics 2012-134,0-12) Specialized topics not covered in other Laboratory 2(0,4) Crosses are performed using an applied field of forestry. Written report of study courses which explore current areas of research results is required. eukaryotic organisms with appropriate markers, and and management in forest and natural resources in molecular markers are amplified, sequenced and FOR 805 Forest Landscape Ecosystems 4(3,3) Three a format of lecture, lab, or both. May be repeated analyzed. Collected data are used to test hypotheses basic landscape components of soils, landform and for a maximum of eight credits, but only if differ- regarding possible modes of inheritance and for vegetation; their interrelationships in forest ecosys- ent topics are covered. Preq: Graduate standing or patterns of molecular evolution. Population and tems; factors and processes of soils as interacting consent of instructor. molecular evolutionary genetics concepts are also components with landform and vegetation. Offered FOR 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 examined. Preq: GEN 410 or concurrent enrollment, fall semester of even-numbered years only. Preq: or consent of instructor. Graduate standing or consent of instructor. F orestry and Natural GEN 620 Molecular Genetics and Gene Regulation FOR 806 Advanced Silviculture—Forest Tree Resources 3(3,0) Molecular genetics, including replication, Growth and Development 3(3,0) Growth and transcription and translation, gene expression, development of economically important forest tree F N R 666 Stream Ecology 3(2,3) Covers the ecology of flowing water systems. Topics include recombinant DNA technology, developmental, species; structure, function, phenology and wood human, cancer and behavioral genetics. Preq: formation related under forest stand conditions geomorphology, physical and chemical factors of streams, biology of stream-dwelling organisms, BIOCH 301 and GEN 302 with C or better, or emphasizing manipulation of forest tree growth consent of instructor. by cultural practice; current research in growth trophic relationships, competition, colonization, and culture of forest trees and stands. Offered fall drift, community structure, disturbance and hu- semester of odd-numbered years only. Preq: BIOSC man impacts. Preq: Junior standing or consent of 401, 402; or consent of instructor. department chair. Courses of Instruction

GEN (BIOCH) 640 Bioinformatics 3(3,0) Theory GEN 815 Developmental Genetics 3(3,0) Current GEOG 710 Teaching Geography 3(3,0) Investigates and application of computational technology to research in developmental genetics including world regions as a set of problems posed to teach- analysis of the genome, transcriptome and pro- model systems, homeotic genes of Drosophila, pri- ers of geography; comparative analysis of basic teome. Preq: GEN 302 and BIOCH 301 with a C mary induction, adhesion, molecules and cancer, geographic concepts. Oriented to public school or better, or consent of instructor. axis formation, global pattern mutants in plants, teachers of geography. GEN 650 Comparative Genetics 3(3,0) Outlines the homeobox genes in plants, and photo regulation. genome structure, function and evolution based Preq: GEN 814 or consent of instructor. GEOLOGY on available complete genome sequences. Topics GEN (BIOCH) 820 Genomics and Proteomics GEOL 603 Invertebrate Paleontology 3(2,3) Study include evolution of multigene families, origin of 3(3,0) Genomes, transcriptomes and proteomes of of life of past geologic ages, as shown by fossilized eukaryotic organelles, molecular phylogeny, gene a variety of organisms are studied along with the remains of ancient animals, with emphasis on duplication, domain shuffling, transposition and technology used to obtain them. Bioinformatics the invertebrates. Preq: GEOL 101 or consent of horizontal gene transfer. Preq: GEN 420 and 440 tools and access to this information are developed, instructor. with a C or better, or consent of instructor. and the significance of this information for the life GEOL 605 Surficial Geology 4(3,3) Study of surface GEN 670 Human Genetics 3(3,0) Basic principles sciences is made clear. Preq: BIOCH 814 or GEN 814 or consent of the instructor. features of the earth and the processes that produce of inheritance; population, molecular and bio- them. Analysis of landforms including their form, chemical genetics; cytogenetics; immunogenetics; GEN (BIOCH) 825 Seminar I 1(1,0) Special topics nature, origin, development, and rates and patterns complex traits; cancer genetics; treatment of genetic and original research in genetics reviewed by stu- of change. Laboratory studies emphasize terrain disorders; genetic screening and counseling; and dents, faculty and invited lecturers. May be repeated analysis and the mechanics of surficial geological the Human Genome Project. Preq: GEN 300 or for credit. Preq: One semester of genetics. processes. Preq: GEOL 102, 300, or consent of 302 with a C or better, or consent of instructor. GEN 830 Molecular Evolution and Population instructor. GEN (ENT) 695 Insect Biotechnology 3(3,0) See Genetics 3(3,0) Topics include statistical methodol- GEOL 608 Geohydrology 3(3,0) Study of the ENT 695. ogy in the study of population genetics, probability hydrologic cycle, aquifer characteristics, theory of GEN 730 Genetics Topics for Teachers 3(2,2) as applied to genetic systems, gene and zygotic groundwater movement, mechanics of well flow, Lectures and laboratories focus on genetics and frequencies, derivation of genetics expectation, experimental methods and subsurface mapping. biotechnology. Restricted to elementary and sec- forces that change gene frequency, inbreeding, Preq: GEOL 101, 102. estimation, and testing of genetic parameters. Preq: ondary teachers. May be repeated for a maximum GEOL 609 Environmental and Exploration Geo- of six credits, but only if different topics are covered. GEN 814 or consent of instructor. (EX ST 801 is recommended.) physics 4(3,3) Students develop an understanding Preq: Consent of instructor. of the principles and methods used to acquire, GEN 801 Cytogenetics 3(2,3) Classical and contem- GEN (BIOCH) 851 Seminar II 1(1,0) See BIOCH analyze, and interpret geophysical data. Emphasis porary problems of chromosome structure, behav- 851. is on seismic/radar, gravimetric, and electromag- ior and transmission; recombination; interspecific GEN 890 Special Topics in Genetics 1-3(1-3,0) netic methods. Applications to hydrogeology, en- hybridization; euchromatin and heterochromatin; Group discussion of recent developments in vironmental engineering and science, soil science, polyploidy; mutable genetic systems; structural genetic research. May be repeated for a maximum contaminant transport and remediation, near and numerical aberrations of chromosomes and of six credit hours. Preq: GEN 302 and consent surface geology, geotechnical problems, oil and gas their effects upon breeding systems of plants and of instructor. exploration, and carbon sequestration. Preq: GEOL animals. Offered spring semester of alternate years GEN 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 313 or consent of instructor. only. Preq: GEN 302 or equivalent. GEN 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 GEOL 613 Stratigraphy 3(2,2) Analysis of stratified GEN 803 Quantitative Genetics 3(3,0) Quantitative rocks as the repository of earth history and the genetics concepts, line crosses and inbreeding, GEOGRAPHY conceptual framework used to synthesize the world detecting major genes, mapping quantitative trait geologic record as a coherent whole. Emphasis is loci, estimation of genetic variation and heritability. GEOG 601 Studies in Geography 3(3,0) Intensive placed not only on traditional litho-stratigraphy but Offered spring semester only. Preq: GEN 814 or con- study of the geography of a selected world regions, also on modern seismic stratigraphy, biostratigra- sent of instructor. (EX ST 801 is recommended.) such as North America, Europe, or the Middle East phy, magnetostratigraphy and current stratigraphic GEN (BIOCH) 805 Issues in Research 3(3,0) See or the geography of a topic, such as the geography of issues. Preq: GEOL 314 or consent of instructor. BIOCH 805. oil or the geography of underdevelopment. May be repeated once for credit with departmental consent. GEOL 615 Analysis of Geological Processes 3(3,0) GEN 806 Special Problems in Genetics 1-3 (0,3-9) Preq: GEOG 101 or 103 or consent of instructor. Introduction to methods for analyzing geological Research not related to a thesis. processes. Mathematical methods are introduced to GEOG 610 Geography of the American South solve problems related to stream flow, reaction ki- GEN (BIOCH) 810 Principles of Molecular Biology 2012-133(3,0) Study of geography of the American South netics, radioactive decay, heat flow, diffusion, fluid 3(3,0) See BIOCH 810. in its changing complexities of almost 400 years of GEN 812 Physiological Genetics 3(3,0) Advanced flow through geologic media and related processes. development. Preq: GEOG 101 or 103 or consent Coreq: MTHSC 206 or consent of instructor. topics in the molecular aspects of physiological of instructor. GEOL 621 GIS Applications in Geology 3(1,4) In- genetics including genes and metabolism, genes GEOG 620 Historical Geography of the United and signal transduction, oncogenes and growth, troduction to geographic information systems with States 3(3,0) Survey that places the spatial concepts applications to current geological and hydrological chromosomal aberrations, immunogenetics and of geography into a time sequence with emphasis others. Preq: A semester of biochemistry and in- problems. Topics include use of global positioning on the United States. Preq: GEOG 101 or 103 or systems, spatial analysis and image analysis. Hands- troductory genetics. consent of instructor. GEN 814 Advanced Genetics 3(3,0) Topics in- on training with GIS software and techniques is cov- GEOG (PRTM) 630 World Geography of Parks and ered. Preq: Senior standing, strong computer skills. clude organization of DNA in prokaryotes and Equivalent Reserves 3(3,0) See PRTM 630. eukaryotes, mutation, extranuclear inheritance, GEOL 651 Selected Topics in Hydrogeology recombination, control of gene activity, systems GEOG 640 Geography of Historic Preservation 1-4(1-3,0-3) Selected topics in hydrogeology, with of mating, genes and development, genetics of 3(3,0) Aspects of historic preservation with em- emphasis on new developments in the field. May behavior, population genetics, genetics and disease. phasis on sites and structures in their geographical, be repeated for a maximum of six credits, but only Preq: GEN 302 or equivalent, graduate enrollment historical and socioeconomical contexts. Examples if different topics are covered. Preq: GEOL 300 or in Genetics, or consent of instructor. are drawn from American architectural styles and 408 or consent of instructor. settlement forms. Preq: GEOG 101 or 103 or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

GEOL 659 Biogeochemistry 3(3,0) Examines how GEOL 813 Environmental Geochemistry 3(3,0) GRADUATE STUDIES biology directs mass and energy transfer between Inorganic geochemistry, specifically the distribu- the lithosphere, biosphere, hydrosphere and at- tion of trace elements in rocks, regolith and water. G S 799 Comprehensive Studies 1-15(1-15,0) Inde- mosphere. The scale of examination ranges from Topics include micronutrients and concepts of pendent studies in preparation for comprehensive molecular to global. Topics include element cycling, essentiality; health problems related to natural examinations; credit hours to be determined by mineral-microbe/plant interface, biomineralization, occurrence of toxic elements; environmental the department or program chair. To be taken and biogeochemical applications to bioremediation, pollution arising from nonferrous metal mining, Pass/Fail only. ecology, environmental toxicology and biotechnol- coal mining and coal use, and gasoline additives; G S 800 Research Proposal Development Seminar ogy, Preq: CH 102 or GEOL 318 or consent of urban and regional geochemistry. Preq: GEOL 318 1(1,0) Principles and techniques for the prepara- instructor. or consent of instructor. tion of research proposals. Does not count toward GEOL (CSENV, ENTOX) 685 Environmental Soil GEOL 814 Environmental Sedimentology 3(3,0) a graduate degree. To be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: Chemistry 3(3,0) See CSENV 685. Environmental-based applications of sedimentolo- Second year or graduate standing in current major. GEOL 790 Selected Topics in Earth Sciences 1-6(0- gy to developing an understanding of heterogeneity 6,0-18) One or more earth science topics. Lecture and scale, fluid flow and saturation, sediment-fluid GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS and laboratory emphasize the incorporation of new interactions, and modeling approaches; field and G C 606 Package and Specialty Printing 4(2,6) or updated subject matter into classroom instruc- laboratory methods; case studies; implications to In depth study of the problems and processes for tion. Restricted to elementary and secondary school environmental sustainability. Preq: Consent of printing and converting in package label and spe- teachers. May be repeated for credit, but only if instructor. cialty printing industries. Flexographic preparation, different topics are covered. GEOL 816 Aquifer Systems 3(3,0) Hydrogeologic printing, die making, diecutting, transfer printing GEOL 803 Geostatistics 3(3,0) Numerical and sta- characteristics of selected major aquifer systems in screen, container printing, pad printing and bar tistical treatment of geological data emphasizing the U.S. and elsewhere; conceptual models for the code production are covered. New developments the analysis of spatially and temporally distributed controls of recharge, discharge and flow-through and trends are discussed. Laboratory in techniques variables and unique aspects of geological variables; aquifers in different geologic settings; development includes printing and converting. Preq: G C 310 or methods of sampling geological data, quantitative of numeric models to simulate natural and stressed 340; or consent of instructor. procedures for reducing the dimensionality of aquifers. Preq: GEOL 408 and (EE&S) 808 or G C 607 Advanced Flexographic Methods 4(2,6) geological data sets, and techniques for presenta- consent of instructor. In-depth study of the methods used in flexographic tion and interpretation of results. Preq: EX ST 301 GEOL 818 Hydrogeology of Fractured Aquifers printing and converting porous and nonporous or MTHSC 301. 3(3,0) Processes and characteristics of fluid flow substrates. Theory and laboratory applications GEOL 806 Aquifer Characterization 3(3,0) Char- through naturally and artificially fractured subsur- include setting standards for process color, prepara- acterization of aquifers from the microscopic scale face formations; principles of flow in dual porosity tion of plate systems, ink mixing and color match- to the regional scale; geological origin of aquifers materials, characterizing fractures and fractured ing, testing of films and foils, analysis of recent and modification by diagenetic and deformational aquifers, mechanics of fracture formation, methods developments and prediction of future markets. processes; application of subsurface geological of inducing fractures from wells; case studies and Preq: G C 606 or consent of instructor. techniques to data acquisition and interpretation; applications. Preq: GEOL 408 and (EE&S) 808 or G C 640 Commercial Printing 4(2,6) Advances prediction of fluid occurrence and flow by integrat- consent of instructor. skills learned in previous graphic communications ing results of subsurface analysis. GEOL 850 Selected Topics in Environmental Geol- courses and applies the knowledge to large format GEOL (EE&S) 808 Groundwater Modeling ogy 1-4(1-3,0-3) Selected topics in environmental presses. Students work from the design conception 3(3,0) Mathematical and computer modeling of geology emphasizing the subsurface contamination. stage through all aspects of preparation, produc- groundwater flow and nonreactive solute trans- May be repeated for a maximum of six credits, but tion and finishing. Emphasis is on understanding port through geological formations; conceptual only if different topics are covered. Preq: Consent and incorporating emerging technologies into the flow-models for geologic systems; formulation of of instructor. production workflow. Preq: G C 310 and 350 or governing mass and energy conservation equations; GEOL 851 Geology Seminar 1(1,0) Students review consent of instructor. application of analytical, numerical and stochastic current topics in geology and make oral presenta- G C 644 Current Developments and Trends in models to real-world problems. Preq: Consent of tions. To be taken Pass/Fail only. May be taken Graphic Communications 4(2,6) Advanced course instructor. twice for credit. for Graphic Communications majors. Emphasis GEOL (EE&S) 809 Subsurface Remediation GEOL 875 Hydrogeology Summer Field Camp is on the theory and technical developments that Modeling 3(3,0) Lectures and computer exercises 6(4,6) Groundwater geology field techniques in- affect process and equipment selection. Topics in- involving subsurface remediation methods includ- cluding examination of surface exposures, analysis clude color theory and application, electronic color ing groundwater extraction, soil vapor extraction, 2012-13of cores and geophysical well logs, subsurface map- scanning, electronic prepress and communications, stream flooding and a variety of other techniques; ping, aquifer performance test and groundwater gravure color quality control and analysis. Preq: G modeling flow of multiphase and multicomponent remediation. Preq: Consent of instructor. C 605, 606, 640. mixtures in porous medium. Preq: GEOL (EE&S) GEOL 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 G C 645 Advanced Screen Printing Methods 3(2,3) 808 or consent of instructor. Systems and materials used in the screen print- GEOL (EE&S) 810 Analytical Methods for Hydro- GERMAN ing process emphasizing techniques of control geology 3(3,0) Analytical mathematical methods and procedures for establishing screen printing for modeling subsurface fluid flow and transport GER 151 German for Graduate Students 3(3,0) methods and standards. Preq: G C 207 or consent processes including saturated water flow, unsatu- Intensive program only for graduate students of instructor. rated zone gas flow, chemical transport and heat preparing for the reading examination in German. G C 646 Ink and Substrates 3(2,3) Covers compo- transfer, emphasizing the derivation and solution Minimum grade of B on final exam will satisfy nents, manufacturing, process use and end use of governing equations for modeling subsurface Graduate School foreign language requirement. of ink and substrates used in lithography, flexo- flow and transport. Preq: GEOL (EE&S) 808 or To be taken Pass/Fail only. May be repeated once graphy, gravure and screen printing. Examines graduate-level groundwater course or consent of for credit. Preq: Graduate standing. the interrelationship among inks, substrates and instructor. GER 698 Independent Study 1-3(1-3,0) Selected the printing process. Through controlled testing topics in German literature, language, or culture. and examination, the optimum conditions for May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. Preq: improved printability are determined. Preq: G C Consent of department chair. 605; 606 or 640; or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

G C 648 Planning and Controlling Printing Func- HEALTH HLTH 810 Health Policy 3(3,0) Provides experience tions 3(2,3) Study of systems for setting printing in analysis of decisions in health-care management production standards, estimating, scheduling, job HLTH 600 Selected Topics in Health 1-3(1-3,0) policy, problems, resources and alternative courses planning and the selection of new hardware and Topics in health selected to meet special and of action for health service organizations. Students technologies. Preq: G C 350, 450, 605, 606, 640, individualized interests of students. May be participate in analysis of organization objectives or consent of instructor. repeated for a maximum of nine credits, but only if and means for achieving health service goals. Preq: different topics are covered. Preq: Junior standing, G C 690 Graphic Communications Selected Topics HLTH 807 or M B A (FIN) 807, M B A 803, 806, consent of instructor. 1-3(1-3,0) Subjects not covered in other graphic 808, MGT (M B A) 809 or equivalent. communications courses; organized according to HLTH 610 Maternal and Child Health 3(3,0) industry trends and student needs. May be repeated Focuses on key issues concerning the health status HEALTH ADMINISTRATION and needs of mothers and children. Topics include for a maximum of 18 credits, but only if different M H A 717 Selected Topics in Health Administra- topics are covered. Preq: Consent of instructor. primary health care, measurement and indicators of health status, health of minorities, role of families tion 1-3(1-3,0) Variable topics are taught to reflect G C 801 Process Control in Color Reproduction and major programmatic interventions towards the current state-of-the-art issues. May be repeated for 3(2,3) Techniques and rationale for procedures health needs of these two groups. a maximum of six credits, but only if different used in reproducing color originals for printed topics are covered. media. Topics include color systems, measurement, HLTH 615 Public Health Issues in Obesity and Eat- ing Disorders 3(3,0) In-depth review of prevalence, M H A 719 Health Care Management 3(3,0) Focuses reproduction characteristics, proofing systems, on the structure and function of the well managed process evaluation/analysis for offset, gravure, risk factors, consequences and treatments of obesity and other eating disorders. Focuses on the public and appropriately led acute care hospital. Other flexographic and screen printing processes. Preq: health service organizations are also considered G C 644 or equivalent. health importance of cultural norms, prevention and early intervention as it relates to obesity and and general management and operations theory G C 811 Printing Industry Operations 3(2,3) Con- eating disorders. Preq: Junior standing in Health are discussed. cepts and principles of operations and applications Science or consent of instructor. M H A 721 Health Care Delivery Systems 3(3,0) of technology and trends within the printing, HLTH 620 Health Science Internship 1-6(0,3-18) Overview of the development of the health services publishing, packaging and allied industries. Twelve delivery system in the United States. plant visits supplement study of the organization, Under supervision in an approved agency, students management, marketing, economics, production, have an opportunity for on-the-job experiences. M H A 722 Health Behavior and Epidemiology environmental issues and products of modern Students are placed in an agency and develop 2(2,0) Focuses on understanding the health be- graphic communications firms. personal/professional goals and objectives appro- havior of a population and individuals. Introduces priate to the setting, population and health issues. the concept of the health status of a population G C 831 Color Science Applied to Graphic Com- Students create a comprehensive exit portfolio and discusses both methods of measurement and munications 3(2,3) Color reproduction applica- in a digital format. Preq: HLTH 419, minimum sources of data. tions found in both photomechanical and digital grade-point ratio of 2.0, Junior standing in Health M H A 724 Health Care Ethics 3(3,0) Examination workflows for print production; foundation in color Science, consent of instructor. science principles, measurement and integration and analysis of the professional standards, laws relative to the printing, publishing and packaging HLTH 630 Health Promotion of the Aged 3(3,0) and political and economic forces that establish a industry; color systems development, application Focuses on analysis and evaluation of health issues context for health care ethics. and integration. Preq: Consent of instructor. and health problems of the aged. Emphasis is on M H A 732 Outcomes Assessment and Evaluation concepts of positive health behaviors. Health ma- G C 850 Graphic Communications Internship in Health Services 3(3,0) Introduces the general jors and minors will be given enrollment priority. 1(1,0) Full-time employment for hands-on experi- application of evaluative research in a variety of Preq: Developmental psychology; a two-semester health care settings, administrative purposes of ences in manufacturing, marketing, or managing sequence in science; or consent of instructor. within the graphic communications industry. For evaluation of organizational components and/or Graphic Communications graduate students only. HLTH 650 Applied Health Strategies 3(3,0) Stu- programs and the design and implementation of May be repeated for a maximum of two credits. Preq: dents plan, implement and evaluate strategies evaluative efforts. G C 310 or equivalent and consent of instructor. to promote health through individual behavior M H A 735 Health Law and Risk Management changes. Both healthful and unhealthful behaviors G C 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-6(1-6,0) 2(2,0) Introduces legal concepts and issues related Student are included. Examples include smoking cessation, participation in a research project. Basic skills in to health care management. weight management and stress management. Preq: M H A 741 Seminar in Community and Rural a selected research methodology are developed. HLTH 480, Health Science major. Preq: G C 894. Health 3(3,0) Introduces community health HLTH 698 Improving Population Health 3(3,0) G C 894 Graphic Communications Graduate planning concepts and explores methods and the 2012-13Critical examination of current and emerging issues unique aspects of rural health among the popula- Seminar 1(1,0) Discussions on relevant topics in improving public health practice and population tion residing there. and guidance to prepare research proposals in the health. Covers examples in empirical and applied graphic communications field. May be repeated M H A 743 Managing with Health Professionals research, revealing future trends in population 3(3,0) Devoted to learning about clinical profes- for a maximum of two credits, but only if different health. Health majors and minors will be given topics are covered. Preq: Graduate standing and sionals and exploring ways to facilitate effective and enrollment priority. Preq: HLTH 240, 298, 380, efficient team relationships in the management and consent of instructor. or consent of instructor. G C 897 Graphic Communications Research Prob- delivery of health services. HLTH 802 Health Economics 3(3,0) Provides in- lems I 3(3,0) M H A 752 Health Administration Field Project In-depth investigation of phenomena depth exposure to economic concepts and theory as relative to the printing, publishing, packaging, or 3(3,0) Provides an opportunity to apply principles, applied to the health services sector. Topics include theories and concepts to a well-defined problem allied industries. Preq: G C 894, acceptance of a health-care demand and supply analysis, consumer written proposal, approval of advisor. or issue currently confronting the health service behavior, production and costs, perfect competition administrator. G C 898 Graphic Communications Research Prob- vs. healthcare competition, price discrimination lems II 3(3,0) Continuation of G C 897. In-depth and regulation. Preq: Undergraduate course in M H A 853 Seminar in Health Administration investigation of phenomena relative to the printing, principles of economics. and Leadership 2(2,0) Integrates knowledge and publishing, packaging, or allied industries. Preq: skills acquired across all courses in the context of HLTH (MICRO) 809 Epidemiological Research strategic management. G C 894, 897, acceptance of a written proposal, 3(3,0) See MICRO 809. approval of advisor. Courses of Instruction

HEALTH, EDUCATION AND HEHD 805 Youth Development in the Context of HEALTHCARE GENETICS HUMAN DEVELOPMENT Family 3(3,0) Focuses on youth development in the context of family development and interpersonal HCG 901 Advances in Human Genetics 3(3,0) HEHD 600 Introduction to Leadership Theories relationships. Students gain knowledge and skills Overview of the disciplines and content areas and Concepts 3(2,1) Interdisciplinary course in development issues and family functioning. Stu- related to advances in human genetics/genomics. introduces students to the nature of leadership. dents become aware of and respect diverse family Topics include aspects of biochemical, molecular, Students gain a broad understanding of the history structures, parental involvement and the influence population genetics and cytogenetics as they relate and origins of leadership, theoretical approaches to of culture and ethnicity on family dynamics. to genomic health care Bioinformatics is addressed, incorporating the use of genetic databases for leadership and the essence of contemporary leader- HEHD 806 Youth Development in the Context of research and clinical settings. ship. Students are encouraged to test their ability a Global and Diverse Society 3(3,0) Focuses on to apply these concepts to life experiences. Preq: specific circumstances and issues related to youth HCG 903 Interdisciplinary Research 1(1,0) Ex- Junior standing or consent of instructor. in at-risk environments. Students learn methods, amination of interdisciplinary research in the life HEHD 610 Leadership Behavior and Civic Engage- strategies and techniques to address diversity is- sciences as a means of integrating information, ment 3(2,1) Students couple concepts of social sues (i.e. racial, ethnic, gender, disability, sexual data, techniques, tools, perspectives, concepts and/ justice and civic engagement with theoretical preference). Issues of poverty, mass culture, physical or theories from two or more disciplines or bodies foundations from HEHD 400 to complete a com- environment, etc. are examined globally. of specialized knowledge to advance knowledge development or solve problems. Preq: Consent of prehensive theory-to-practice project. Introduces HEHD 807 Internship in Youth Development instructor. students to a comprehensive leadership skill set to 3(0,9) Practical experience in youth-serving become active change agents for the common good. agencies/organizations. Students are required to HCG 905 Genomics, Ethics and Health Policy Preq: HEHD 400. complete a minimum of 150 hours of experiential 3(3,0) Designed for health-care professionals. Ana- HEHD 620 Leadership Application and Experience education in a supervised setting. Upon approval, lyzes relationships among political climate, policy 3(2,3) Immerses students in a practical leadership exceptions are given to students with experience design and government action as related to ethical, experience utilizing knowledge and skills gained working in youth-related fields. To be taken Pass/ legal and social issues surrounding availability of in HEHD 400 and 410. Students identify an issue Fail only. Preq: Consent of program coordinator. genetic information. Examines an ethical perspective and outcomes on health policies relating to or problem and practice leadership by developing HEHD 808 Grantsmanship 3(3,0) Students conduct genomic issues as well as contemplated actions and implementing a community project. Chal- searches to identify youth-related funding sources. based on new medical techniques. Preq: Consent lenges students to commit themselves to long-term They write proposals to include purpose, ratio- of instructor. engagement as agents of change. Preq: HEHD 410. nale, background information, literature review, HEHD 800 Theories of Youth Development: An identification of collaborators/partners, budget, HCG 907 Applied Healthcare Genetics 3(3,0) The Applied Perspective 3(3,0) Examines theories of budget justification and human subjects review. principles of genetics are being utilized to indi- positive youth development with an emphasis on Preq: Admission to MS in Youth Development vidualize healthcare with new resources available how to apply them to “real world” issues facing Leadership Program. to professionals for research and education. This course will focus on applying principles and issues young people. Students explore existing models, HEHD 809 Management of Staff and Volunteers in the areas of translation research, intervention read theoretical and applied literature and examine 3(3,0) Examines approaches and strategies for and policy to establish a working knowledge of current social changes that impact positive youth successful management and development of staff healthcare genetics. Preq: Doctoral standing or development. and volunteers in youth-serving organizations, consent of instructor. HEHD 801 Child and Adolescent Development including effective organizational systems and 3(3,0) Focuses on child and adolescent develop- working with boards and advisory committees. HCG 910 Research Seminar 1-9(1-9,0) Discussion ment emphasizing a strength-based approach. Stu- Covers business and organizational principles and of current research developments in healthcare dents develop an understanding of early childhood practices for success as well as challenges of recruit- genetics. May be repeated for a maximum of nine and adolescent growth and development from a ing, supervising and retaining staff and volunteers. credits, but only if different topics are covered. Preq: social, cultural and psychological perspective. Preq: Youth Development Leadership major or Doctoral standing. HEHD 802 Youth Development Programming in consent of instructor. HCG 989 Selected Topics 1-9(1-9,0) Group discus- a Contemporary Society 3(3,0) Focuses on pro- HEHD 889 Independent Study in Youth Develop- sions of trends and recent developments in research grams and administrative policies and procedures ment 1-6(1-6,0) Provides opportunities for students related to healthcare genetics. May be repeated for that govern youth development programs at the in youth development leadership to explore areas of a maximum of nine credits, but only if different local, state and national levels. Model programs special interest and critical topics in the discipline topics are covered. Preq: HCG 901 and consent emphasizing “best practices” are studied. A cross- of youth development. May be repeated for a maxi- of instructor. sectional approach is used to examine assets and 2012-13mum of six credit hours. Preq: HEHD 800. HCG 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-18 protective factors in the contexts of family, school HEHD 891 Master’s Project I 3(3,0) Students are Focuses on specific research topic identified and and community. assisted in the preparation and completion of a agreed upon by the designated dissertation com- HEHD 803 Creative and Ethical Leadership in a graduate-level evaluative research project. Students mittee. Preq: Doctoral standing. Changing Society 3(3,0) Focuses on the develop- share research project ideas with classmates and ment of leadership skills and group dynamics in work to complete specific assignments, such as HISTORIC PRESERVATION program development and supervision of staff hypothesis development, literature review and H P 610 History and Theory of Historic Preserva- and volunteers. Students engage in listening, em- research methodology proposed to prepare for data tion 3(3,0) Survey history of preservation that powerment and process skills utilizing the latest collection, analysis and final project presentation. explores a variety of theoretical issues that impact approaches in the field of communications. Profes- Preq: EX ST 801, HEHD 800, 804. the discipline. Provides a basis for critical evalua- sional ethics related to human service professionals HEHD 892 Master’s Project 3(0,9) Students con- tion of historic preservation. Preq: Three semesters are integrated. duct evaluative research projects to include writing of Art and Architectural History or equivalent or HEHD 804 Assessment and Evaluation of Youth an article for submission to a professional journal. consent of instructor. Programs 3(3,0) Focuses on developing knowledge Students present articles to instructor for review. To H P 611 Archival Research and Oral History in His- of rationale, procedures and tools for conducting be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: Consent of program toric Preservation 3(3,0) Introduction to historic intake, needs and environmental assessments of coordinator. buildings and landscapes research. Emphasizes re- youth, families and communities. Effective skills searching the physical and social history of buildings for mastering comprehensive program evaluation and places. Charleston and its environs provide case strategies are taught. Students explore statistical study projects for archival research. packages specifically appropriate for evaluation of youth programs. Courses of Instruction

H P 612 Materials and Methods of Historic Con- H P 823 Historic Interiors 3(3,0) Students gain HIST 624 Topics in History of Medicine and struction 3(3,0) Survey of traditional materials and familiarity with American interiors and decorative Health 3(3,0) Selected topics in the development of methods of construction in America from the 18th arts from early European settlement through the medicine and health care including public attitudes through the early 20th century. Scientific examina- late 19th century. They consider periodization and towards health and medicine. tion of historic construction provides case studies. documentation of the structure, finishes, decora- HIST 636 The Vietnam Wars 3(3,0) Wars in Viet- Preq: Three semesters of Art and Architectural His- tions and the material culture of those structures nam are seen in two phases. The First Indochina tory or equivalent or consent of instructor. with emphasis on the interpretation of primary War, 1946–54, is covered briefly. Main body of the H P 800 Historic Preservation Internship 1-3(1-6, documents: inventories, pattern books, accounts, course covers the Second Indochina War, which 3-18) Six credits of approved internship in Historic paintings and prints. began as a guerrilla conflict in 1959–60 and ended Preservation are required during the course of the HP 833 Cultural and Historic Landscape Preserva- as a mostly conventional war in the Communist graduate program and can be completed in one tion 3(3,0) Overview of cultural historic landscape victory of 1975. summer of the program. May be repeated for a preservation principles and practices. Includes HIST 638 Problems in African Historiography and maximum of six credits. To be taken Pass/Fail only. inventory and analysis of historic resources from a Methodology 3(3,0) Concentrates on major issues Preq: Consent of supervising faculty. cultural landscape perspective. Qualities of integrity in the field of African history with an additional H P 801 Legal and Economic Issues in Historic are studied in correspondence to location, design, focus on methodological concerns. Preservation 3(3,0) Examines historic preservation setting, materials, workmanship, and feeling and HIST 640 Studies in Latin American History against the backdrop of contemporary legal and association. Preq: Enrollment in MS in Historic 3(3,0) Consideration of selected and varied topics economic issues. Preq: ARCH 405, H P 410, 411, Preservation program or consent of instructor. in Latin American history through readings, class 412; or consent of instructor. H P 859 Professional Project in Historic Preserva- discussions and individual or group projects. Spe- H P 802 Historic Preservation Research Seminar tion 3(3,0) Professional project is a thesis alterna- cial attention is given to the use of an inquiry or 3(3,0) Advanced documentation and analysis of tive that provides students with a more flexible problem-solving method of historical analysis and historic resources in preparation for thesis project. presentation of their research to reflect essential to the cultivation of a comparative perspective. Preq: H P 801, 805. preservation knowledge and skills. Students work HIST 650 Studies in Ancient History 3(3,0) H P 803 Advanced Materials and Methods in directly with their committees to complete projects Selected topics in ancient history ranging from Conservation 3(3,0) Advanced study of historic requiring a flexible presentation such as documen- pre-Biblical times to the fall of the Roman Empire. building materials and conservation techniques. tation drawings and other methods germane to May be repeated once for credit with departmental Preq: H P 805. Coreq: H P 810. historic preservation. Preq: Consent of advisor. consent. H P 804 Management and Administration of H P 890 Directed Studies 1-6(1-6,0) Special topics HIST 651 Alexander the Great 3(3,0) Focuses on the Historic Preservation 3(3,0) Praxis on the man- and independent research in historic preservation career of Alexander the Great and deals with the agement of historic properties with emphasis on with faculty guidance. May be repeated for a maxi- history and archaeology of ancient Macedonia. mum of six credits. Preq: Consent of advisor. administering a preservation project in the field HIST 660 Studies in British History 3(3,0) Examina- and establishing a maintenance program for a H P 891 Thesis Research 1-6 Thesis proposals are tion of selected themes, topics, or periods in British historic property. Preq: H P 810. defended in the third semester and completed as history from Anglo-Saxon times to the present. a multimedia project in the fourth semester of H P 805 Preservation Studio 6(0,18) Examines HIST 670 Studies in Early European History 3(3,0) Charleston and its environs through the develop- the program. Projects using the historic resources of Charleston and its environs, or other suitable Studies of selected topics or themes in European ment of a comprehensive preservation project for history from the fall of the Roman Empire to the a specific site. Preq: ARCH 405, H P 410, 411, 412. historic sites, are encouraged. To be taken Pass/ Fail only. Preq: H P 802, 810. age of industrialization. Coreq: H P 801. HIST 671 Studies in Modern European History H P 806 Society and Culture of Early Charleston HISTORY 3(3,0) Study of selected topics or problems in 3(3,0) Examines the society and culture of early European history from the end of the Old Regime Charleston (c. 1670–1861) through a localized anal- HIT S 600 Studies in United States History 3(3,0) to the present. ysis of important topics in American social/cultural Topics and problems in the history of the United HIST 687 World War II and the World 3(3,0) World history. Topical study is applied to an investigation States from the Colonial era to the present. War II was a cataclysm of the twentieth century that of extant Charleston buildings and urban fabric. HIST 615 Introduction to Digital History 3(3,0) touched every part of the globe and ushered in the Preq: H P 610 or consent of instructor. Introduces students to the philosophy and practice atomic age. This course examines the war from its H P 810 Conservation Lab in Historic Preservation of the emerging field of History and New Media origins in the aftermath of World War I to the war 6(0,18) Conservation of historic materials on site with a particular focus on how public historians can crimes trials and the dawn of the Cold War. and in the lab. Preq: H P 805. Coreq: H P 803. 2012-13use technology to enhance their archival/museum/ HIST 691 Studies in the History of Science and H P 811 Readings in Historic Preservation 3(3,0) center’s visibility with the general public. Preq: Any Technology 3(3,0) Selected topics in the develop- Critical overview of the history, development and 300-level history course. ment of science and technology, with emphasis on current practice of historic preservation focusing HIST 617 History and Tourism 3(3,0) Introduces their social, political and economic effects. on the United States. Topics include American students to important scholarship in the heritage HIST 692 Studies in Diplomatic History 3(3,0) Se- and European perspectives; the development of tourism field. Examines the origins and objectives lected topics and problems in international conflict preservation as a profession; current theory and of heritage tourism, and case studies of how profes- and conflict resolution among nations. Concentra- practice; and the use, abuse and fetishization of his- sionals employ heritage tourism. Preq: Any 300-level tion is usually on 20th century history. tory. Preq: Enrollment in MS or certificate program history course. in Historic Preservation. HIST 693 Studies in Social History 3(3,0) Studies HIST 618 Oral History and Local History 3(3,0) in the ways people have earned their livings and H P 819 Investigation, Documentation and Conser- Introduces students to the most recent work in lived their lives, individually and as communities, vation 3(3,0) Through study and application of the oral history and methodology with a focus on the in the confines of different societies. Historic American Buildings Survey, the standard history on the Upstate and Appalachia from the method for creating baseline documents, students colonial era to the present. Students engage in HIST 694 Studies in Comparative History 3(3,0) Se- gain experience in the best investigation and docu- their own local oral history project and produce a lected topics in comparative history, contrasting and mentation techniques. The method is applied to research paper based on their findings. Preq: Any comparing similar historic developments in different various structures located in Charleston’s historic 300-level history course. nations, geographic areas, or civilizations. district. Students also gain a base understanding of HIST 620 History and Film 3(2,3) Analyzes the role HIST 695 Studies in the History of Ideas 3(3,0) conservation practices and techniques. of the cinema in the construction and dissemina- Selected topics and themes in the development of tion of history. ideas that have had an impact on the behavior of individuals and civilizations. Courses of Instruction

HIST 696 Studies in Legal History 3(3,0) Selected HIST 887 Archival Management: An Introduction HORT 661 Advanced Landscape Garden Design problems in the development of law and the system 3(3,0) Introduction to basic concepts of archival 4(3,3) Garden design for urban and other highly of criminal and civil justice. theory and management. visible locations. Students design a specific specialty HIST 710 United States Since 1865 3(3,0) Problems HIST 890 Thesis Prospectus Workshop 1(1,0) garden with environmental education potential. in U.S. history since 1865 with attention given to Workshop to help students prepare for writing Finished plans include detailed planting, instal- bibliography and teaching methods. Primarily for their master’s thesis by producing a prospectus lation and maintenance, and communication. Master of Education candidates, but open to all that includes historiographical argumentation Emphasis is on establishing healthy plant commu- graduate students. May be repeated with consent and sources. nities, habitat linkages, and healthy water and soil. of graduate program director. HIST 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 Preq: HORT 308 and 309, or consent of instructor. HIST 775 Europe Since the 18th Century 3(3,0) HIST 893 Practicum in Archival Management 3(0,9) HORT 671 Advanced Internship 1-6(0,2-12) Pre- Problems in European history since 1700 with Hands-on experience in the operations of an archival planned work experience under competent supervi- attention given to bibliography and teaching meth- program, including acquisitions, arrangements, de- sion in approved agency dealing with horticultural ods. Primarily for Master of Education candidates, scriptions, conservation and reference service. Preq: endeavors. Gives advanced students on-the-job but open to all graduate students. May be repeated HIST 887 or consent of instructor. learning opportunities to apply acquired knowledge and skills. Monthly reports and final departmental with consent of graduate program director. HIST 894 Practicum in Historical Editing 3(3,0) HIST 800 Seminar in United States History 3(3,0) seminar required. Undergraduates may accumulate Practicum for applying methodologies learned in a maximum of six credits for participation in Training in historical research and writing. May introductory editing course to a specific body of be repeated for credit with consent of graduate HORT 271 and/or 471. Preq: Junior standing and original sources such as family correspondence, consent of instructor. program director. diaries, or journals in order to become a histori- HIST 810 Culture and Society 3(3,0) Training in cal editor. HORT 672 Garden Experiences in Youth Develop- historical research and writing with a focus on the ment 2(1,3) Exploration of the role of gardening social and cultural underpinnings of U.S. history. HORTICULTURE and related outdoor experiences in enhancement May be repeated for credit as topics change with HT OR 612 Advanced Turfgrass Management of educational development, self-esteem and pro- consent of graduate program director. 3(2,3) Advanced principles and practices associ- social behavior in elementary school children. Preq: Senior standing and consent of instructor. HIST 820 American Historiography 3(3,0) Gradu- ated with turfgrass management for golf courses, ate seminar designed to familiarize students with sports fields, sod production and commercial lawn HORT 810 Specialized Topics in Environmental the major overarching themes, scholarly interpreta- care. Topics include turfgrass physiology, plant Horticulture 1-4(1-4,0) Specialized topics not tions and issues of American history that historians growth and development, construction, turfgrass covered in other courses that explore current areas have presented over the last century. nutrition, irrigation, drainage, pesticide use and of research and management in environmental horticulture. May be repeated for a maximum of HIST 830 Seminar in Asian History 3(3,0) Train- fate, and development of effective management systems. Preq: CSENV 202, HORT 212, or consent eight credits, but only if different topics are covered. ing in historical research and writing with focus Preq: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. on Asian history. May be repeated for credit with of instructor. consent of graduate program director. HORT 620 Applied Turfgrass Physiology 3(3,0) HORT 812 Special Problems in Horticulture 1-4(1-4,0) Research not related to a thesis. May HIST 840 Seminar in Latin American History Advanced course in turfgrass science and management. Provides the current status and development be repeated for a maximum of four credits. Preq: 3(3,0) Training in historical research and writ- Consent of instructor. ing with focus on Latin American history. May of turfgrass stress physiology and research. Main be repeated for credit with consent of graduate topics include temperature, drought, traffic, edaphic HORT 814 Environmental Plant Stress Physiology program director. stresses, new developments in the turf industry, and 3(2,2) Environmental stresses associated with water environmental stewardship. Preq: HORT 212, 213. (drought, waterlogging), temperature, light and air HIST 860 Seminar in British History 3(3,0) Train- HORT (FOR) 627 Urban Tree Care 3(3,0) See pollution with quantitative treatment of stress effects ing in historical research and writing with focus on plants; mechanisms by which plants may avoid, on British history. May be repeated for credit with FOR 627. HORT (CSENV) 633 Landscape and Turf Weed tolerate, or modify stress effects on plant growth and consent of graduate program director. function at the molecular, cellular and whole-plant HIST 870 Seminar in European History 3(3,0) Management 3(2,2) Weed management strategies that include cultural, biological and chemical levels. Offered fall semester only. Preq: BIOSC 401 Training in historical research and writing with fo- and 402 or consent of instructor. cus on European history. May be repeated for credit methods are studied for landscape and turfgrass with consent of graduate program director. areas. Problem-solving skills and herbicide characteristics are emphasized. Preq: HORT 212 or HUMAN RESOURCE HIST 872 Issues and Methods in European and consent of instructor. DEVELOPMENT Non-Western History 3(3,0) Seminar discussion 2012-13 of contemporary approaches to European and HORT 655 Just Fruit 3(3,0) Students explore the H R D 820 Human Performance Improvement non-Western history; exploration of theoretical origins, biology, culture and production of major 3(3,0) Theory and practice of both instructional and empirical debates. temperate zone fruits—apples, berries and cherries and noninstructional interventions and techniques to pawpaws, peaches and pomegranates, the familiar used to improve human performance in the work- HIST 880 Special Topics in History 3(3,0) Training to the forbidden. They discover principles, practices in historical research and writing. May be repeated place. Covers fundamentals of human performance and technologies employed to grow, protect and improvement, general processes of human perfor- for credit with consent of graduate program direc- harvest the fruits that feed us from commercial tor. mance improvement, and human performance orchards, organic farms and backyards. Preq: HORT interventions of a noninstructional nature. HIST 881 Historiography 3(3,0) Seminar discussion 101 or consent of instructor. H R D 825 Organizational Performance Improve- of contemporary approaches and methodologies HORT 656 Vegetable Crops 3(3,0) Principles and used by historians; exploration of current debates ment 3(3,0) Provides concepts and skills employed practices employed in the commercial growing and by managers and change agents to promote and over major issues confronting the discipline of marketing of vegetable crops with emphasis on plant history. sustain productive organizations. Students learn characteristics, cultivars, management practices, how to perform behavior analysis and manage- HIST 885 Independent Study 3(3,0) Critical study harvest, quality factors and grading, storage, eco- ment, how to determine criteria for performance of a historical topic, selected according to needs of nomic importance and areas of production. appraisals and how to establish leadership in the the student and with approval of graduate program workplace. Preq: H R D 820, 830. director. May be repeated for credit with consent of graduate program director. Courses of Instruction

H R D 830 Concepts of Human Resource Develop- H R D 880 Research Concepts and Skills 3(3,0) HUMANITIES ment 3(3,0) Theory and practice of contemporary Introductory course in research to familiarize hu- applications of human resource development (HRD) man performance improvement professionals with H UM (ENGL) 656 Literature and Arts of the programs; training and development functions; strat- the nature of research and reporting processes and Holocaust 3(3,0) See ENGL 656. egies for designing and developing programs; and to help develop the necessary criteria to become application of methods, techniques and resources critical, analytical consumers of published research. HYDROGEOLOGY in the context of changing needs, technologies, de- Preq: H R D 820, 830. See courses listed under Geology. mographics and economic circumstances that create H R D 882 Knowledge Management for Improved the need for different skills and knowledge in the Performance 3(3,0) Introduction to knowledge INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING work force. Preq: Consent of instructor. management to familiarize students with orga- I E 600 Honors Thesis 1-6(1-6,0) Individual or joint H R D (CTE) 845 Needs Assessment for Education nizational competencies required to adapt and research project performed with a faculty mentor and Industry 3(3,0) Theory and practice of needs prosper in a chaotic, global environment. Focuses or committee of faculty. May be repeated for a assessment activities in human resource develop- on contemporary theory, research and application maximum of six credits. Preq/Coreq: I E H268 and ment (HRD) programs; importance of the process of knowledge management as a strategy for improv- consent of mentor. to the identification of content/curricula topics and ing personal and organizational performance. Preq: I E 618 Human Factors Accident Analysis and the overall training environment; specific method- H R D 880. Expert Testimony 3(3,0) This highly interactive ologies used in the needs assessment process; sup- H R D 890 Instrumentation for Human Perfor- course is divided into two components. Students portive components of various program planning mance Improvement 3(3,0) Introduction to com- gain an understanding of how the principles of systems. Preq: H R D 830 or consent of instructor. mercially available instruments used to assess and human factors engineering are used in accident H R D 846 Applied Public Relations 3(3,0) Practical evaluate human performance in the workplace. investigation and forensic analysis, and then learn and theoretical approaches to problem identifica- Students develop critical judgment skills to de- the skills necessary to defend their opinions as an tion and the development of respective solutions termine the adequacy and use of instruments in expert witness. Preq: COMM 150 or 250; I E 210. in the public relations process; action and message modern organizations. Preq: H R D 880. I E 630 Introduction to Healthcare Systems generation, media development and evaluation of H R D 897 Applied Research and Development Engineering 3(3,0) Focuses on how industrial public relations techniques in existing organiza- 3(3,0) Study of a specific topic under the direction engineers can partner with healthcare professionals tions. Preq: Employment or ready access to an of a faculty member. Students identify a special to improve the quality and efficiency of healthcare employer and place of employment; CTE 468 or problem related to the human resource develop- delivery. Students learn about the current healthcare 668 is desirable. ment profession based on their personal interests, system, how healthcare is different from traditional H R D (CTE) 847 Instructional Systems Design experiences, needs and goals. Preq: Submission industrial engineering sectors and the experiences 3(3,0) Theory and practice of instructional systems of a written proposal, prior approval of advisor, of individuals in healthcare from engineering and development activities in human resource develop- satisfactory completion of 12 hours of graduate H non-engineering disciplines. Preq: I E 210. ment (HRD) programs; identification, selection R D courses, AG ED (CTE, ED) 889. I E 640 Decision Support Systems in Industrial and organization of subject matter appropriate Engineering 3(2,3) Design of decision support for competency-based training (CBT) programs; HUMAN-CENTERED systems for production and service systems based occupational analysis techniques; rationale state- COMPUTING on operations research models. Use of spreadsheets, ments, goals and objectives; related instructional databases and integrated software development en- materials; participant evaluation; and instructional H C C 831 Fundamentals of Human-Centered Com- vironments to implement decision support systems. scheduling. Preq: H R D (CTE) 845 or consent of puting 3(3,0) Fundamental concepts in human- Preq: I E 280; CP SC 161 or I E 220. instructor. centered computing, including human subjects, I E 652 Reliability Engineering 3(3,0) Probabilistic H R D 849 Evaluation of Training and Develop- interface design, usability evaluation methods, software programming, information technology approach to assessing system reliability. Methods for ment/HRD Programs 3(3,0) Theory and practice analyzing serial, parallel and complex systems. Reli- of evaluation processes related to training and tools, ethics, policy, and current problems of interest to human-centered computing. ability life testing and its acceleration are covered. development in human resource development Essential elements of maintainability are identified programs; developing a results-oriented approach H C C 881 Selected Topics 1-3(1-3,0) Advanced and related to system availability. Preq: I E 360. based on specific criteria or standards; designing topics from current problems of interest in human- I E 656 Supply Chain Design and Control 3(3,0) instruments; determining program costs; and col- centered computing. Topics vary from semester to Industrial engineering aspects of supply chains lecting, analyzing and interpreting data to ascertain semester. May be repeated for a maximum of 18 including design and control of material and return on investment. Preq: AG ED (CTE, ED) credits, but only if different topics are covered. information systems. Preq: I E 386. 889, H R D (CTE) 847, (CTE) 860 or consent of 2012-13Preq: Consent of instructor. instructor. H C C 888 Directed Projects in Human-Centered I E 657 Transportation and Logistics Engineering 3(3,0) Introduces transportation and logistics H R D (CTE) 860 Instructional Materials Devel- Computing 1-6(1-6,0) Directed individual project systems analysis from both analytical and practi- opment 3(3,0) Development and application of supervised by department faculty. May be repeated cal perspectives. Covers methods for identifying instructional materials and laboratory activities for a maximum of 18 credits, but only if different level-of-service metrics and measuring system for training programs in education and industry; topics are covered. Preq: Consent of instructor. performance. Discusses key aspects of modeling, reinforcement of instructional training concepts H C C 950 Selected Topics in Human-Centered simulation and other techniques for economic and materials development procedures that are ap- Computing 1-3(1-3,0) Study of advanced topics and quantitative analysis of transportation and plied across human resource development (HRD) from current problems of interest in human-cen- logistics planning issues. Preq: Senior standing in programs. Preq: H R D (CTE) 845. tered computing. May be repeated for a maximum engineering, science, or management program; H R D (CTE) 870 Consulting for Education and of 18 credits, but only if different topics are covered. MTHSC 102 or 106. Industry 3(3,0) Theory and practice of external To be taken Pass/Fail only. I E 660 Quality Improvement Methods 3(3,0) and internal consulting practices in human resource H C C 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research Study of modern quality improvement techniques development programs; dynamics of a professional 1-12(1-12,0) Doctoral Dissertation Research. May presented in an integrated, comprehensive context. helping relationship; methods and techniques for be repeated for a maximum of 99 credits, but only Preq: Junior standing. initiating and terminating consulting relationships; if different topics are covered. To be taken Pass/ diagnosing client situations; identification, selection Fail only. I E 661 Quality Engineering 3(3,0) Design aspects and implementation of alternative problem solu- of quality and the engineer’s role in problems of tions; evaluation of professional consulting relation- quality in production systems. Preq: I E 361. ships. Preq: H R D 830 or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

I E 662 Six Sigma Quality 3(3,0) Study of DMAIC I E 800 Human Factors Engineering 3(3,0) Funda- I E 815 Research Methods in Ergonomics 3(3,0) (Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve and Control) mentals of design for human use; human perfor- Contexts and processes for research in ergonomics elements of Six Sigma, project management, process mance; applications of abilities and limitations to with emphasis on engineering problems; scientific analysis, quality function deployment, hypothesis the design of tools, machines, facilities, tasks and and engineering methods; measurement; visual and testing, gage R&R, data analysis, multivari-analysis, environments for efficient, safe and comfortable physical tasks; simulation, laboratory and archival design of experiments, statistical process control human use. Preq: Consent of instructor. studies. Preq: MTHSC 884 or equivalent or consent and process capability analysis. Preq: EX ST 301, 411, I E 801 Design and Analysis of Human-Machine of instructor. I E 360, MTHSC 301, 302, or 309. Systems 3(3,0) Methodologies used in the design I E 850 Introduction to Capital Projects Supply I E 663 Quality in the Capital Projects Industry and evaluation of human-machine systems includ- Chain 3(3,0) Introduces the phases of capital 3(3,0) Covers topics in quality and lean principles ing function and task analysis; questionnaires and projects; design and control of the capital projects relevant to the capital projects industry. Provides interviews; scenarios, mock-ups and prototypes; supply chain; challenges associated with each of the a broad overview on quality concepts and participative design, empirical testing and iterative primary supply chain entities—owners, contractors philosophies, quality management and inspection design; models of human-system interaction; analy- and suppliers. tools applicable to capital projects, Six Sigma sis and classification of human error; and design of I E 851 Data Collection, Analysis and Interpreta- Approach, lean concepts and value stream job performance and training aids. Preq: Graduate tion 3(3,0) Collection and presentation of data for mapping. Preq: MTHSC 206. standing and consent of instructor. decision making in industry focusing on design and I E 665 Facilities Planning and Design 3(3,0) Study I E 802 Design of Human-Computer Systems 3(3,0) control of industrial processes. Includes applica- of the principles and techniques of facility plan- Issues in designing, implementing, maintaining tion of inferential statistics to data from industrial ning and design. Discusses economic selection of and refining the user interface of interactive com- engineering situations. Preq: I E 850 or consent materials handling equipment and integration of puter systems including interface design theories, of instructor. this equipment into the layout plan to provide effec- models, principles and guidelines; interaction I E 852 Modeling and Decision Making 3(3,0) Stu- tive product flow in production, distribution and styles; input and output devices; system messages; dents formulate and resolve models of industrial service contexts. Includes quantitative techniques screen design, manuals, on-line help and tutorials; engineering systems focusing on decision making. for evaluation of facilities design. Preq: I E 280. and iterative design, testing and evaluation. Preq: I Preq: I E 851 or consent of instructor. I E 677 Systems Safety 3(2,3) Introduces the issue of E 801 or consent of instructor. I E 853 Foundations of Quality 3(3,0) Discusses safety and response to significant events. Provides I E 803 Engineering Optimization and Applications quality control and quality assurance techniques in- exposure to and experience in hazard and acci- 3(3,0) Introduction to optimization through the cluding control charting and supplier surveillance. dent causes and mitigation. Emphasizes current study of problems related to the planning, design Special attention is devoted to nontraditional ap- theories applied to large, complex systems. Preq: and control of production/manufacturing systems; plications such as those used in nonmanufacturing Senior standing. classical nonlinear optimization and algorithmic supply chain. Preq: I E 851 or consent of instructor. I E 682 Systems Modeling 4(3,2) The purpose, procedures, primal and dual problems with post- I E 854 Fundamentals of Supply Chain and Logis- theory and techniques of modeling systems with dy- optimality analysis, Markov chains. Preq: Graduate tics 3(3,0) Students apply model building and ana- namic events. Students learn a powerful analytical standing and consent of instructor. lytical techniques to design, optimize and control process to use in the analysis and improvement of I E 804 Manufacturing Systems Planning and the supply chain and other logistics systems. Preq: systems in several industries, including transporta- Design 3(3,0) Concepts and principles associated I E 851 or consent of instructor. tion, logistics, manufacturing and service systems. with the design of manufacturing systems with a I E 855 Capital Projects Supply Chain 3(3,0) Ap- Incorporates professional simulation software as focus on modeling and integration methodologies; plication of quantitative and qualitative tools and a tool in evaluating the system performance. Preq: group technology, process planning, manufactur- techniques to the design, control, management and I E 361 and 381; or MTHSC 302, 440 and 441. ing modeling and design for manufacturing. Preq: optimization of the capital projects supply chain. I E 685 Industrial Systems Engineering 3(3,0) Mod- Graduate standing and consent of instructor. Preq: MGT 856 or consent of instructor. eling and analysis of multistage decision processes, I E 805 Foundations in Quality Engineering I E 857 Industrial Safety and Risk Management recursive optimization, process and system design, 3(3,0) Fundamental tools of quality engineering 3(3,0) Discusses safety and risk management issues and control problems. Preq: I E 280, 381. and their application to real situations; advanced in industrial engineering systems including hazard I E 687 Industrial Safety 3(3,0) Recognition and statistical process control, design of experiments, information systems, process safety, export control prevention of hazards; recognition and control of Taguchi techniques and Shainin methodologies. and federal and international safety regulation hazardous materials; developing and managing a Preq: Graduate standing and consent of instructor. requirements. Preq: I E 850 or consent of instructor. safety program; designing inherently safe equip- I E 809 Model Systems Under Risk 3(3,0) Ap- I E 858 Case Studies in Capital Projects Supply ment and workplaces. Preq: Junior standing. plication of probabilistic methods to engineering Chain 3(3,0) Analysis of case studies in the capital 2012-13problem solving and decision making. Cases are I E 688 Human Factors Engineering 3(3,0) Intro- projects supply chain. Preq: I E 852, 853, 854, 855, duction to human performance and limitations in presented illustrating use of Markov chains, queu- 857, or consent of instructor. the design of effective and efficient systems. Covers ing processes and other stochastic models in prac- I E 859 Capstone Design Project 3(3,0) Capstone issues related to changes in technology, impact of tice. Preq: MTHSC 302 or consent of instructor. experience in the design, control, management and design on society, ethical issues in design of systems I E 811 Human Factors in Quality Control 3(3,0) optimization of capital projects supply chains. Preq: and the cost benefits from designing systems and Aspects of use of the human as a detector of prod- I E 858 or consent of instructor. environments that often challenge perceived no- uct quality, serving as the basis for a taxonomy of tions of benefits. Preq: Junior standing; MTHSC human tasks in inspection; incorporates models of I E 860 Dynamic Programming 3(3,0) Theory and 102 or 106. visual search and human decision making within methodology of dynamic programming; Bellman’s principle of optimality; Mitten’s sufficiency condi- I E 689 Industrial Ergonomics and Automation the quality control framework. Preq: Graduate tions; recursive optimization of serial and nonserial 3(2,3) Physical ergonomics and ergonomics in standing and consent of instructor. multistage systems; optimization of discrete and industrial settings including work physiology, the I E 812 Work Science and Design 3(3,0) Design continuous systems through decomposition; special physical environment, automated systems and hy- methods for work and work systems; scientific and aspects of problem formulation. Preq: I E 803. brid work systems. Preq: I E 210 or Senior standing. engineering basis of work and its analysis. Preq: I E 865 Facility Planning and Design 3(3,0) Plan- I E 691 Selected Topics in Industrial Engineering Consent of instructor. ning and design of industrial facilities emphasizing 1-3(0-3,0-9) Comprehensive study of any timely or I E 813 Occupational Ergonomics 3(3,0) Theory automated production facilities; quantitative ap- special topic in industrial engineering not included and applications of ergonomics at work; human proaches to equipment design and evaluation of in other courses. May be repeated for a maximum performance, fatigue, stress, work patterns, work performance. Preq: I E 803. of six credits. Preq: Consent of instructor. environment. Courses of Instruction

I E 871 Industrial Testing and Quality 3(3,0) Design I E 895 Industrial Engineering Research Techniques LARCH 801 Landscape Architecture Orientation I and use of component and product tests; auto- 1(1,0) Series of weekly one-hour lectures given by 6(3,9) Focused study of design, design theory and mated inspection; test and inspection in integrated students, faculty and guests on methods and issues design communication. Assigned readings, lectures systems; cost-based models. Preq: I E 661. involved in industrial engineering research. To be and discussions link those topics to graduate-level I E 880 Advanced Methods of Operations Research taken Pass/Fail only. explorations of design intervention in the cultural 3(3,0) Methods and applications of advanced opera- I E 971 Advanced Quality Engineering Seminar and natural landscape. Preq: Students in First Pro- tions research techniques; discrete optimization, 3(3,0) Current topics in the research and develop- fessional MLA program or consent of instructor. integer and mixed integer programming, Boolean ment of quality engineering methodologies. Preq: LARCH 802 Landscape Architecture Orientation II minimization, network optimization, permutiza- I E 871 or consent of instructor. 6(3,9) Second-semester course of focused study in tion methods on implicit enumeration. Preq: I E I E 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 design, design theory and design communication. 803 or consent of instructor. Assigned readings, lectures and discussions link I E 881 Metaheuristics 3(3,0) Survey of selected INTEGRATED PEST those explorations to graduate-level study in nature, culture and design. Explorations begun in LARCH metaheuristic techniques. Topics may include MANAGEMENT genetic algorithms and other evolutionary algo- 801 are taken to greater depth and complexity. Preq: rithms, tabu search and simulated annealing. I P M 601 Principles of Integrated Pest Manage- Students in First Professional MLA program or Students implement multiple metaheuristics from ment 3(3,0) Origins, theory and practice of in- consent of instructor. problems throughout the semester in a high-level tegrated pest management. Relationships among LARCH 813 Advanced Regional Design 6(3,9) language. crop production and protection practices are Advanced study and analysis of natural and cultural I E 884 Advanced Engineering Economic Analysis explored. Economics of various control strategies landscapes at the regional scale with an emphasis 3(3,0) Engineering economic analysis for engi- are considered. Integrated pest management field on South Carolina. Includes an exploration of neering research, development and construction projects are studied. Conventional and integrated landscape ecology as an informant to design and projects emphasizing detailed treatment of tax pest management approaches are compared. Mul- application geographic information systems. Each effects, methods for determining discount rates, tidisciplinary plant problem analysis is introduced. student also engages in independent research. Preq: proper use of economic criteria in various decision Preq: CSENV 407, ENT 301, PL PA 310, or consent Students in Second Professional MLA or MArch environments (certainty vs. uncertainty, single vs. of instructor. program or consent of instructor. multiple project selections, etc.). Preq: Consent of I P M 800 Special Problems in Plant Health 1-3(0,3- LARCH 821 Research Methods 3(3,0) Foundations instructor. 9) Directed individual study of a special problem in and procedures of landscape architectural research I E 886 Operations Research in Production Control plant health. Emphasis is on organizing, conduct- design and methods. Explores alternate research 3(3,0) Latest techniques in scientific inventory ing and reporting on independent investigation. methodologies and the theory of knowledge management, scheduling and forecasting; opera- Preq: Consent of instructor. regarding foundations, scope and validity. Preq: tions research; statistics; computer methods; case LARCH 653. studies. Preq: I E 803. LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE LARCH 823 Advanced Community Design Studio I E 887 Advanced Methods in Simulation Modeling LA RCH 605 Urban Genesis and Form 3(3,0) Explo- 6(3,9) Studio focused on the study of communities. 3(3,0) Covers design and development of discrete ration of urban forms and developments within Students engage in a series of design explorations event, system dynamics and agent-based models their historic context through off-campus, on-site culminating in a mixed-use parcel on a large tract. to explain behavior or improve performance. Ad- lectures and exposure to historic cities and sites. Includes intensive study of growth and change in dresses environments that include process flow, as Students visit historic and contemporary cities and the contemporary landscape. New development well as social and behavioral systems. Advanced analyze those places through readings and direct in southeastern U.S. serves as a laboratory. Preq: topics of study include input and output analysis. observations. Offered in the summer only. Preq: LARCH 653 or consent of instructor. Modeling concepts are motivated with real-world LARCH 252 or consent of instructor. LARCH 830 Graduate Seminar I 3(3,0) Seminar examples from representative fields. Preq: Consent LARCH 623 Environmental Issues in Landscape including reading, writing and discussion on envi- of instructor. Architecture 3(3,0) Overview of environmental ronmental and social/cultural issues in landscape I E 888 Advanced Probabilistic Methods 3(3,0) and ecological issues and their relationship to architecture. Course is grounded in an exploration Advanced treatment of stochastic optimization, landscape architecture practice and design. Preq: of the history of landscape architectural theory. potentially including single and multiple channel LARCH 452 or consent of instructor. Preq: LARCH 802 or consent of instructor. queues, Markov programming and stochastic opti- LARCH 633 Historic Preservation in Landscape LARCH 840 Graduate Seminar II 3(3,0) Graduate mal control. Preq: Consent of instructor. Architecture 3(3,0) Study of historic landscape seminar in one of the areas of departmental focus: I E 890 Special Problems in Industrial Engineering preservation in a number of contexts including growth and change, health and design, or restora- 2012-13tion. Preq: LARCH 830 or consent of instructor. 1-3(1-3,0) Principles and methods of industrial gardens, vernacular landscapes, parks, cemeteries engineering applied to analysis of a current interest and battlefields. Preq: LARCH 452 or consent of LARCH 843 Interdisciplinary Design and Research problem. May be repeated for a maximum of six instructor. 6(3,9) Students participate in an interdisciplinary credits. To be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: Consent LARCH 643 Community Issues in Landscape Ar- project linked to one of the focus areas in the de- of instructor. chitecture 3(3,0) In-depth study of issues relevant partment: health and design, restoration (environ- I E 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 to community design. Overview of physical design mental or cultural/historical), growth and change. I E 892 Master’s Design Project 3(1,6) Design project and related social issues. Preq: LARCH 452 or Each student identifies a personal research project in industrial systems; integration of industrial engi- consent of instructor. related to the larger team project. Preq: LARCH 653 neering principles and methodologies; resolution LARCH 653 Key Issues in Landscape Architecture or consent of instructor. of contemporary systems design problems. Project 3(3,0) Overview of research in landscape archi- LARCH 850 Graduate Colloquium 3(3,0) Series of requires research, development, implementation tecture and study of relevant research methods. lectures and presentations by graduating students, planning, reporting and project assessment. Preq: Students write proposals for their own projects faculty members and guest designers and scholars. Consent of instructor. positioned within the larger context of research Students offer reviews and critiques of the various I E 893 Selected Topics in Industrial Engineering in the profession. Preq: Fifth-year Landscape Ar- presentations. Preq: LARCH 840 or consent of 1-3(1-3,0) Selected topics in industrial engineering chitecture student or graduate student, or consent instructor. emphasizing new developments in systems science, of instructor. systems analysis and operations research. May be repeated for credit. Preq: Consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

LARCH 852 Advanced Urban Design 6(1,10) Ad- LAW 850 Law for Professional Accountants 3(3,0) EDLT 871 Literacy Across the Curriculum 3(3,0) vanced landscape architectural design in the urban Preparation for professional exams and responsibili- Use of the theoretical base of the Reading Recov- context. Students study urban issues and offer ties in managerial positions. Topics include profes- ery program to modify instructional practices to design and sustainable management solutions for sional and legal responsibilities of accountants, include reading and writing activities in all aspects urban areas. Includes readings and theory compo- business organizations, commercial law, govern- of K–5 curriculum. Preq: EDLT 860 or equivalent nent, as well as an opportunity to collaborate with ment regulation of business and property. Case and 870. architecture students. Preq: Second professional studies, problems and student papers are utilized. EDLT 872 Guided Reading and Guided Writing degree graduate status in Landscape Architecture Preq: LAW 322 or equivalent. 3(3,0) Use of the techniques of Guided Reading, with first professional undergraduate degree in Shared Writing, and Interactive Writing appropri- Landscape Architecture. Literacy ately in classroom situations. Demonstration of LARCH 853 Advanced Interdisciplinary Design EDLT 860 Reading Instruction in the Elementary how the difficulty level of teaching practice must and Research 6(3,9) Continuation of LARCH 843 School 3(3,0) Knowledge and skills necessary for change over time as students move from depen- with an advanced interdisciplinary project linked teaching reading to varied types of elementary dence on assistance to independence during the to one of the focus areas in the department: health school learners. Preq: Consent of instructor. reading and writing processes. Preq: EDLT 860 or and design, restoration (environmental or cultural/ equivalent and 871. historical), and growth and change. Each student EDLT 861 Fundamentals of Basic Reading 3(3,0) Historical progression of the teaching of reading; EDLT 873 Models for Balanced Literacy 3(3,0) identifies a personal research project related to the Prepares classroom teachers to organize K–5 class- larger team project Preq: LARCH 843 or consent current theories and reading practices; teaching basic reading skills. rooms for balanced literacy instruction. Participants of instructor. apply classroom organization procedures in actual LARCH 890 Directed Studies 1-6(1-6,0) Special topics EDLT 862 Clinical Research in Reading 3(3,0) K–5 classrooms. Preq: EDLT 860 or equivalent, and independent research in landscape architecture Reading research and literature; original investiga- 865, and 872. tion in such problems as development of reading with faculty guidance. May be repeated for a maxi- EDLT 874 Principles and Strategies for Teaching mum of six credits. Preq: Consent of advisor. skills and attitudes, clinical procedures and techniques is required. Preq: EDLT 861. English Speakers of Other Languages 3(3,0) Helps LARCH 891 Thesis Project 6(1,15) Complex and participants develop culturally and linguistically sophisticated independent project in landscape EDLT 863 Organizing and Supervising Reading responsive classrooms with instructional strategies architectural research and/or advanced design. Programs 3(3,0) Supervisory problems with for teaching the language acquisition process within Preq: LARCH 843 or consent of instructor. planning reading programs; analysis of methods the context of academics supportive of English and materials of teaching; evaluation of reading language learners (ELLs) and their learning needs LAG NGUA E programs. Preq: One of the following: EDLT 860, Preq: Graduate standing in Education or consent 861, 864, 865, 869. of instructor. LANG 600 Phonetics 3(3,0) Study of basic pho- EDLT 864 Teaching Secondary School Reading EDLT 880 Reading Recovery Teacher I 3(3,0) First netic concepts used in the study of sounds and 3(3,0) Methods and materials for secondary reading language. in a two-semester, two-course sequence designed to programs in developmental, corrective, remedial, prepare teachers to implement and teach a Read- LANG (PO SC) 685 Global Affairs and Govern- adapted, content and recreational areas. ing Recovery Program. Issues related to reading ments 3(3,0) See PO SC 685. EDLT 865 Evaluation and Remediation of Reading theory and process, instructional processes, program Problems 3(2,3) Remedial methods and materials implementation and evaluation. Preq: Consent of LAW for teaching reading; use of diagnostic instru- instructor. Coreq: EDLT 882. LAW 605 Construction Law 3(3,0) Provides a prac- ments and interpretation of test results. Students EDLT 881 Reading Recovery Teacher II 3(3,0) Sec- tical knowledge of legal principles applied to the participate in laboratory/field experience and ond in a two-course sequence designed to prepare construction process and legal problems likely to be prepare case studies with summary of diagnosis teachers to implement and teach in a Reading encountered by the practicing construction profes- emphasizing remediation procedures. Preq: EDLT Recovery Program. Issues related to reading theory sional. Topics include construction contracting, li- 860, 861, or 864. and process, instructional process, program imple- ability, claims and warranties, documentation, and EDLT 866 Practicum in Reading 3(2,2) Supervised mentation and evaluation. Preq: Admission into the responsibility and authority of contracting parties. practicum emphasizing diagnostic and remedial Clemson Reading Recovery Program, EDLT 880, Preq: LAW 322 or consent of instructor. work with readers in public schools. Preq: EDLT 882. Coreq: EDLT 883. LAW 620 International Business Law 3(3,0) In- 865, consent of instructor. EDLT 882 Reading Recovery Teacher Practicum tensive examination of the historical background EDLT 867 Middle School Reading 3(3,0) Tech- I 3(0,9) Teaching experience allowing teachers to of modern public and private international law; niques, materials and theories for teaching reading develop and practice responsibilities of implement- selected issues of public international law—human 2012-13to middle school students emphasizing correlating ing and teaching first grade children in a Reading rights, law of war, United Nation’s system and reading skills into the content area. Preq: Education Recovery program. Participants implement content international litigation; selected issues of private major or consent of instructor. studied in EDLT 880. Preq: Consent of instructor. international law—international sales, international EDLT 868 Using Literature and Technology for Coreq: EDLT 880. trade, and formation and operation of multina- Reading Instruction 3(3,3) Provides early child- EDLT 883 Reading Recovery Teacher Practicum tional businesses. Preq: LAW 322 or consent of hood, elementary and middle school teachers with II 3(0,9) Teaching experience and practice in instructor. theory and knowledge needed to utilize techno- implementing and teaching in a Reading Recovery LAW 848 Law for Real Estate Professionals 3(3,0) logical and library resources and make appropriate Program. Participants implement content studied Provides the real estate professional with the funda- literature selections for the teaching of reading. in EDLT 881. Preq: Admission into the Clemson mentals of law as it applies in the real estate arena. EDLT 869 Integrated Approach to Reading and University Reading Recovery Program, EDLT 880, Explores the various legal forms of ownership, the Writing Instruction 3(3,0) Understanding of the 882. Coreq: EDLT 881. form and process of real estate transactions, and reading/writing processes for early childhood and EDLT 884 Reading Recovery Clinical I 3(3,0) governmental regulation of land use. Preq: Graduate elementary teachers; investigation of the whole First in a two-course sequence aimed at providing standing or consent of instructor. language approach in the classroom. Preq: EDLT leadership experiences in implementing a Reading 861 or equivalent. Recovery Program in an elementary school setting. EDLT 870 Early Literacy: Strategic Reading and Preq: Admission into the Clemson University Writing Instruction 3(3,0) Use of the theoretical Reading Recovery Teacher Leader program. Coreq: base of the Reading Recovery program to modify in- EDLT 886, 937. structional practices to include generalizable instructional procedures. Preq: EDLT 860 or equivalent. Courses of Instruction

EDLT 885 Reading Recovery Clinical II 3(3,0) Sec- EDLT 945 Special Problems in Reading Education MGT 818 E-Commerce Web Site Development ond in a two-course sequence to provide leadership 3(1,4) Individual study of a specific topic in read- 3(2,1) Enabling information technologies for elec- experiences in implementing a Reading Recovery ing. Students may choose from a large diversity of tronic commerce, including databases and Web Program in an elementary school setting. Preq: topics. Preq: EDLT 860 or 861; EDLT 862, 865, ED applications. These technologies are applied to a Admission into the Clemson University Reading F 808; or consent of instructor. project. Preq: Computer programming experience. Recovery Teacher Leader program. Coreq: EDLT MGT 819 Web-Based Information Systems for 887, 938. M B A Supply Chain Management 3(2,1) Examines EDLT 886 Reading Recovery Teacher Leader See courses listed under Business Administration. system architectures, technologies, approaches and Practicum I 3(0,9) First in a two-course sequence infrastructure requirements for supply-chain infor- designed to prepare Reading Recovery Teacher Lead- MAG NA EMENT mation systems. Students learn to design, develop ers to implement a school-based program, supervise and implement systems that facilitate collaboration teachers and carry out responsibilities related to MGT 803 Operations Management 3(3,0) Introduc- of an enterprise with its buyers and suppliers. Preq: maintaining a Reading Recovery site. Preq: Admis- tion to a broad range of operations management MGT 812 and 818 or consent of instructor. topics. Serves as a foundation for understanding sion into the Clemson University Reading Recovery MGT 820 Service Operations Management 3(3,0) Teacher Leader program. Coreq: EDLT 884, 937. the importance, relevance and significance of analytical models and tools to be introduced in Concepts and techniques of service operating sys- EDLT 887 Reading Recovery Teacher Leader Practi- subsequent courses in the MS in Management pro- tem design and management. Topics include char- cum II 3(0,9) Second in a two-course sequence gram. Topics include operations strategy, process acteristics of services, service system performance designed to prepare Reading Recovery Teacher Lead- and facility design, planning and control, quality measurement, queuing and automation, planning ers to implement a school-based program, supervise management, and continuous improvement. Of- and control in different service environments, and teachers and carry out responsibilities related to fered fall semester only. international service operations. Preq: MGT 803 or maintaining a Reading Recovery site. Preq: Admis- consent of instructor. MGT 804 Operations Strategy 3(3,0) In-depth study, sion into the Clemson University Reading Recovery MGT 821 Lean Operations 3(3,0) Examines uses Teacher Leader program. Coreq: EDLT 885, 938. through case studies and readings, of the role operations systems capabilities play in providing sources of the scientific method, the Toyota Production EDLT 937 Reading Recovery Theory I 3(3,0) First of competitive advantage. Topics include industry System and the application of the appropriate tools of a two-course sequence designed to examine theo- analysis, technological forecasting, formulation and methods to design both service and production retical principles of the reading process as applied of organization and operations strategies, and operations. Development of systems that promote in the Reading Recovery Program. Issues related to development of operations system capabilities. lean operations is emphasized. Preq: M B A 806, program implementation and systematic program Preq: MGT 803 or consent of instructor. Offered M B A 856, or MGT 803 or consent of instructor. changes. Preq: Consent of instructor. Coreq: EDLT fall semester only. MGT 822 International Operations Management 884, 886. MGT 806 Industrial Management Internship 0 3(3,0) Operations management within an interna- EDLT 938 Reading Recovery Theory II 3(3,0) Sec- Faculty-approved internship to give MS in Manage- tional business environment. Topics include the ond of a two-course sequence designed to examine ment students on-the-job learning in support of regulatory and cultural environment of international theoretical principles of the reading process as classroom education. Internships must be at least business, international business and operations strat- applied in the Reading Recovery program. Issues six, full-time, consecutive weeks with the same in- egies, global location, global sourcing and logistics related to program implementation and system- ternship provider. May be repeated. Preq: Consent decisions, international workforce management, atic program changes. Preq: Consent of instructor. of graduate coordinator. technology transfer and configuration, and coordina- Coreq: EDLT 885, 887. tion of global operations activities. Preq: MGT 803 MGT 807 Comparative Management Theory 3(3,0) or consent of instructor. EDLT 939 Theoretical Models of Reading 3(3,0) Evolution of management theory, up to and includ- MGT y Psychological basis of the reading process; prin- ing contemporary theories; comprehensive review 823 Management S stems Analysis 3(3,0) ciples applied in teaching reading. Preq: EDLT 860 of the major schools of management thought, Design, construction and analysis of stochastic or 861 or consent of instructor. with emphasis on the area of organization theory simulation models for typical management deci- EDLT 940 Advanced Diagnosis and Remediation in and design. sions; design; input-output; variance reduction; applications; validation; implementation; optimum Reading 3(2,3) Advanced diagnosis and remedia- MGT 808 Manufacturing Planning and Control tion in reading; review of diagnostic instruments seeking techniques; designed experiments; effect of Systems 3(3,0) Important components of a manu- model results on managerial policy decisions. and instructional materials. Preq: EDLT 860 or 861; facturing planning and control system emphasizing MG 865; or consent of instructor. the integration of planning and control functions T 824 Service Strategy: Design for Customer EDLT 941 Advanced Practicum in Reading 3(2,3) in a dynamic manufacturing environment; exten- Experience 3(3,0) Multi-disciplinary approach to Diagnosis and remediation testing; remediation. sive hands-on work with integrated manufacturing service design, considering the roles of customers 2012-13and employees in creating experiences. Includes Extensive case studies with recommendation for software. Offered spring semester only. Preq: MGT the classroom teacher are required. Preq: EDLT 803 or consent of instructor. principles, frameworks and paradigms describing services design and management necessary to 940 and consent of instructor. MGT (M B A) 809 Organizational Behavior and EDLT 942 Teaching Reading Through a Literature achieving a distinctive competitive advantage. Em- Human Resources Management 3(3,0) See phasizes development and execution of strategies Emphasis 3(3,0) Strategies for integrating literature M B A 809. into the traditional reading program. Preq: An that link operations and marketing. Preq: M B A MGT 812 Supply Chain Management 3(3,0) In- 856 or consent of instructor. introductory reading class or equivalent. depth study, through case studies and readings, EDLT 943 The Reading-Writing Connection: An MGT 829 Management of E-Commerce 3(3,0) of methodologies for designing and managing Concepts of electronic commerce as facilitated Integrated Approach 3(3,0) Theoretical bases integrated, international supply chain networks. and practical techniques for teaching reading and by the Internet and related technologies. Topics Topics include supply network design, distribution include the catalysts for e-commerce (both B2B writing in an integrated manner; reading and strategy, strategic alliances, inventory management, writing as processes; basic skills instruction in a and B2C), technological challenges, legal and coordinated product and network design, and regulatory framework, behavior and educational coordinated program; multiple subject areas; use information systems for supply chain. Offered fall of student interest and ability. Preq: Basic reading challenges, and strategies for e-commerce. Preq: semester only. Preq: Consent of instructor. Consent of instructor. methods course. MGT 815 Personnel Management 3(3,0) Person- EDLT 944 Reading Research: Review and Critique MGT 833 E-Commerce Project 3(0,9) Application nel management activities including recruitment, of e-commerce knowledge to a significant problem of the Literature 3(3,0) Historical and contempo- selection, training and development, performance rary research in reading and related literacy fields. or opportunity. Preq: Submission of a written pro- appraisal, discipline, grievance handling, wage posal and consent of instructor. Preq: Admission to the PhD program in Curriculum and salary administration, and employee benefit and Instruction. programs. MGT (M B A) 845 Technology and Innovation Management 3(3,0) See M B A 845. Courses of Instruction

MGT 850 Business Decision Models 3(3,0) Funda- MGT 888 International Perspectives in Industrial MG T 918 Seminar in Management Support Systems mental management science modeling techniques Management 1-6(1-6, 0) International perspective 3(3,0) Contemporary topics in decision-oriented in- emphasizing problem formulation, computer to industrial management via organized plant visita- formation systems research; structure of the field, solution and economic analysis in an operations tions to businesses in a foreign country and lectures research methodologies and research opportunities. context; queuing analysis, computer simulation and by, and discussions with, senior operations manag- Preq: MGT 818 or consent of instructor. mathematical programming approaches including ers. Cultural visits and lectures are also organized MGT 925 Seminar on Information Systems Foun- linear, goal and integer programming. Application to provide a holistic perspective to cover cultural dations 3(3,0) Foundations of information systems areas encompass production, capacity, and project and economic development of the host country. research including classical framework literature. planning, scheduling, location, layout and logistics. May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. Preq: Research philosophies, key methodologies and Preq: Consent of instructor. Consent of instructor. relevant theoretical underpinnings are discussed MGT 852 Management Science II 3(3,0) Continua- MGT 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 and debated. tion of MGT 850; dynamic, integer and nonlinear MGT 892 Master’s Project Course 3(0,9) Field MGT 927 Seminar in Organizational Impacts of programming emphasizing applications of different project, the capstone activity in the program, Information Systems 3(3,0) Current theoretical types of mathematical programming to business requiring application of the program body of and empirical research related to the organizational and industrial problems. Preq: MGT 850 or consent knowledge to a real-world operations management impacts of information systems. Research focuses of instructor. problem. Formal presentation and written report on strategic and structural impacts of information MGT 854 Design of Experiments in Business and are required. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 technologies within and across organizations. Management 3(3,0) Design and analysis of ex- credits. To be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: Consent MGT 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 periments with a focus on business and industrial of instructor. applications. Topics range from the analysis of MGT 899 Selected Topics in Industrial Manage- MARKETING single-factor experimental designs through factorial ment 3(3,0) Current topics in industrial man- experiments, multiple comparisons and confound- agement theory and/or practice. Topics vary in MKT 623 Promotional Strategy 3(3,0) Emphasizes ing. Problems arising in the actual industrial keeping with developments in the management promotion as the communication function of mar- environments are used to illustrate the application profession and interests of faculty. May be repeated keting. Attention is given to communication theory of the techniques and to introduce the student to for a maximum of nine credits. and promotion’s relation to mass and interpersonal major statistical software packages for the analysis communication. Factors affecting the promotional MGT 903 Seminar in Manufacturing Planning decision-making process are explored and promo- of experimental data. Offered fall semester only. and Control Systems 3(3,0) Current research MGT 856 Business Fundamentals for Supply Chain tion as a competitive tool is examined. Preq: MKT issues and developments in manufacturing plan- 301 or consent of instructor. Management 3(3,0) Principles and techniques ning and control systems emphasizing research of leadership, human resources management, (philosophical, analytical and empirical) dealing MKT 627 International Marketing 3(3,0) Study of financial management, marketing and economic with alternative approaches for planning and con- marketing from the international point of view. analysis, particularly as they relate to the capital trol of manufacturing operations. Preq: MGT 808, Emphasis is on the necessary modification of projects supply chain management. Preq: Enroll- consent of instructor. marketing thinking and practice for foreign markets due to individual environmental differences. ment in Master of Engineering Program in Indus- MGT 904 Seminar in Current Management Topics Preq: MKT 301. trial Engineering. 3(3,0) Topics from current management literature MGT (M B A) 861 Information Systems 3(3,0) See emphasizing research from scholarly journals. MKT 628 Services Marketing 3(3,0) Exploration M B A 861. Topics vary in keeping with developments in the and study of the nature of service organizations MGT 866 System Analysis and Design 3(2,1) literature. May be repeated with different faculty and the principles that guide the marketing of Software engineering methods and techniques for a maximum of six credits. Preq: MGT 803 or their products. Emphasis is on a marketing mix specific to analysis and design of information consent of instructor. that is fundamentally different than that found systems. Topics include concepts and methods in traditional goods marketing. Preq: MKT 301 or MGT 905 Research Methods 3(3,0) Research meth- consent of instructor. for valuation of IT applications, data gathering, ods supporting scholarly research and publication and process, data and object-oriented modeling in management. Topics include theory building, MKT 629 Public and Nonprofit Marketing 3(3,0) analysis and design. hypothesis specification and testing, experimental Examines the role and application of marketing in MGT 869 Project Management 3(3,0) In-depth design, measurement, sampling, research ethics and public and nonprofit settings. Focuses on a concep- study, through case studies, readings and hands-on related issues. Restricted to doctoral students. Preq: tual understanding of the marketing discipline and experience, of processes and techniques to initiate, MGT 854 or equivalent. marketing processes and shows how basic concepts and principles of marketing are applicable to public plan, execute, control and close-out information MGT 907 Seminar in the Design of Operations technology projects. Topics include project integra- 2012-13and nonprofit organizations. Preq: MKT 301 or Systems 3(3,0) Current management issues and consent of instructor. tion, scope, time, cost, quality, human resource, developments in the evaluation, selection, design communications, risk and procurement manage- and installation of systems for manufacturing and MKT 630 Marketing Product Management 3(3,0) ment. Preq: Consent of instructor. service operations; empirical research dealing with Management of the firm’s product or service of- MGT (M B A) 874 Managing Continuous Improve- the building blocks of operations such as process ferings. Topics include new product screening, ment 3(3,0) See M B A 874. technology scanning, selection and installation; evaluation and development; product line and mix analysis; abandonment decisions; brand manager’s MGT 885 Industrial Scheduling 3(3,0) Theoretical operations systems location and layout; and man- role; new product development department and results for single and parallel machine, flow shop, agement systems selection and installation. Preq: others. Emphasis is on decision making. Preq: MGT job shop and network scheduling; treatment of MGT 821, consent of instructor. 310, MKT 301; or consent of instructor. mathematical programming applications, schedul- MGT 910 Seminar in Operations Management ing algorithm design and search procedures. Preq: 1-3(1-3,0) New methodological developments, both MKT 695 Selected Topics 3(3,0) In-depth examina- One of the following: C E 835, CP SC 840, I E 803, analytical and philosophical, in operations manage- tion of timely topics in marketing. May be repeated M B A 859, MGT 850, MTHSC 812 or 814; and ment; development of theory of management sci- for credit, but only if different topics are covered. consent of instructor. ence; converting management theory into practice Preq: MKT 301 or consent of instructor. while considering behavioral and economic aspects MKT 826 Business Marketing 3(3,0) Strategic of the problem. Preq: Consent of instructor. marketing as it applies to industrial, organizational MGT 916 Directed Readings in Management 1-3(1- and institutional markets; consumer marketing 3,0) Directed reading and research in the student’s versus business-to-business marketing; current area of interest. May be repeated for a maximum of business marketing literature and practices. Preq: three credits. Preq: Consent of instructor. Principles of marketing or equivalent or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

MKT 828 Services Marketing 3(3,0) Nature of MASTER OF BUSINESS MS&E 658 Surface Phenomena in Materials services marketing and the special requisites that ADMINISTRATION (MBA) Science and Engineering 3(3,0) Introduction to distinguish successful services marketing from surface phenomena focusing on fiber science. See courses listed under Business Administration. goods marketing. Topics include promoting and Fundamentals of interfacial phenomena embrace making the service tangible, designing optimal thermodynamics of surfaces, physics of adhesion, service operations, the ideal service worker, pricing MATERIALS SCIENCE AND wetting, and finishing emphasizing specific features of services and critical points of services delivery. ENGINEERING associated with interactions of liquids and chemi- Preq: Principles of marketing or equivalent or MS&E 602 Solid State Materials 3(3,0) Discussion cals with fibers and fibrous materials. Preq: Junior consent of instructor. of the properties of solids as related to structure standing in engineering or science. MKT 860 Advanced Marketing Strategy 3(3,0) and bonding with emphasis on electronic materi- MS&E 662 Properties of Textile Structures 3(2,2) Advanced marketing theory and critical thinking als. Band structure theory, electronic, and optical Yarn and fabric properties, their scientific signifi- skills applied to support strategic decision making. properties are treated. Preq: MS&E 326, MTHSC cance and analysis. Dimensional, structural, and Data analysis and advanced marketing models are 208, PHYS 221. mechanical interrelationships are established and employed with emphasis on building analytic and MS&E 613 Noncrystalline Materials 3(3,0) Study evaluated. assessment skills. Offered spring semester only. of the fundamentals of the noncrystalline state. MS&E 664 Nonwoven Structures 3(2,2) Nonwoven Preq: M B A 858 or MKT 865 or consent of Includes cooling kinetics and effects on formation, fabric structures, their manufacture, properties, and instructor. as well as physical properties of noncrystalline applications. Methods of nonwoven fabric forma- MKT 861 Marketing Research 3(3,0) Marketing substances in metallic, polymeric, and ceramic tion, resultant material characteristics and end-use theory and critical thinking to support decision systems. Preq: MS&E 326; Coreq: MS&E 402; or applications are examined. Preq: MS&E 201. making; data analysis and advanced marketing consent of instructor. MS&E 690 Selected Topics in Materials Science models are employed with emphasis on building MS&E 615 Introduction to Polymer Science and and Engineering 1-3(1-3,0) Study of topics not assessment skills. Primary topics are gathering Engineering 3(3,0) Chemistry of monomers and ordinarily covered in other courses. Taught as the primary and secondary data, questionnaire design, polymers and the chemical and physical properties need arises. Typical topics could include current sampling, experimental design, data collection and of polymers are discussed emphasizing fiber form- research in a specific area or technological advances. data analysis. Preq: Enrollment in MS in Marketing ing, synthetic polymers. Includes molecular charac- May be repeated for a maximum of six credits, but or MKT 860 or consent of instructor. terization, structure, morphology, and mechanical only if different topics are covered. Preq: Consent MKT 862 Quantitative Methods in Marketing properties as they relate to the design of polymer of instructor. 3(3,0) Advanced quantitative analytic methods systems for end uses in textiles, geotextiles, plastics MS&E 800 Seminar in Materials Research 1(1,0) and their use in translating facts into meaningful and fiber-reinforced composite materials. Preq: CH Special topics and original research in materials information. Provides practical understanding 201 and 330 or 224, or consent of instructor. science, materials engineering, and polymer and of several advance quantitative data analytic MS&E 616 Electrical Properties of Materials 3(3,0) fiber chemistry. To be taken Pass/Fail only. procedures including both predictive and interde- Covers a range of topics dealing with electrical and MS&E 801 Graduate Student Seminar in Materials pendence techniques. Application to case analysis magnetic materials, including metal and polymer Research 1(1,0) Presentation of individual graduate format to broaden analysis skills. Preq: MKT 861 conductors, insulators, ceramic and polymer student research topics in Materials Science and or consent of instructor. materials for dielectric applications, and ferroelec- Engineering. Preq: MS&E 800. MKT 863 Buyer Behavior 3(3,0) Buyer decision tric, piezoelectric, pyroelectric, and electrooptic MS&E 809 High-Temperature Materials 3(3,0) processes in the purchase and consumption of materials. Metal and ceramic magnetic materials Properties of oxides, carbides, nitrides, borides goods and services by both businesses and consum- are also discussed. and silicides; obtainment and measurement of ers. Topics include economic, sociocultural and MS&E 622 Mechanical Behavior of Materials 3(3,0) high temperatures; measurement of properties at psychological aspects of buying behavior; decision- Covers the microstructural basis of deformation high temperatures. making processes and buyer choice; individual and and fracture in ceramic, metallic, and polymeric MS&E 815 Colloidal and Surface Science 3(3,0) group level influences on consumer behavior; and systems. Preq: C E 201, MTHSC 208 or consent implications of consumer behavior for marketers. Theory and application of colloidal and surface of instructor. chemistry to ceramic materials and processes. Preq: Enrollment in MS in Marketing or MKT 860 MS&E 624 Optical Materials and Their Applica- or consent of instructor. MS&E 816 Constitution and Structure of Glasses tions 3(3,0) Introduces the interaction of materials MKT 865 Seminar in Marketing Management 3(3,0) Modern concepts of glass structure and with light. Specific topics include fundamental properties. 3(3,0) Current research and practice in components optical properties, materials synthesis, optical fiber MS&E 819 X-Ray Diffractometry 3(2,3) Theory of marketing management. In-depth discussion of and planar waveguides, and the componentry and and application of powder X-ray diffractometry to marketing mix variables, segmentation, targeting 2012-13systems-level aspects of optical communication ceramic and materials problems. and positioning, and budget-related issues. Preq: systems. Preq: MS&E 402, 413. MS&E 820 Deformation Mechanisms in Solids Enrollment in MS in Marketing. MS&E 656 Polymer and Fiber Science II 3(2,3) 3(3,0) Dislocation theory of solids; mechanisms MKT 866 Selected Topics in Marketing 3(3,0) Chemicals used in the preparation of fabric for of plastic deformation in single crystals and poly- Current topics in marketing theory and research. dyeing and finishing. Oxidizing and reducing crystalline aggregates of metals and nonmetals; Topics vary with developments in the marketing agents and their control and effect on various ductile and brittle fractures; fatigue, creep and profession. May be repeated for a maximum of six fibers. Colloidal and surface active properties of stress corrosion cracking of metals. Preq: Consent credits, but only if different topics are covered. Preq: various compounds and the fundamental factors of instructor. MKT 860 or 865 or consent of instructor. influencing these properties. MS&E 821 Fracture and Fatigue 3(3,0) Investiga- MKT 870 Master’s Research Project 1-9 Student MS&E 657 Color Science 3(3,0) Understanding tion into stress-strain-time relations in elasticity, development and participation in research. Ap- of physical, chemical, and mechanical principles plasticity and rupture showing effects of high- and plication to a current business problem or devel- behind the application of colors and finishes to low-temperature structures. Preq: MS&E 820 or opment of new research. Formal presentation and textiles. Requires an appreciation of fiber chemistry consent of instructor. written report are required. May be repeated for a and morphology, dye and finish structures and reac- maximum of nine credits. Preq: Enrollment in MS tivity and mechanical principles behind equipment MS&E 822 Scanning Electron Microscopy 3(2,3) in Marketing and consent of graduate advisor. used to effect transfer of these chemicals onto the Theory and application of scanning electron mi- textile substrate. croscopy to ceramic and materials problems. Courses of Instruction

MS&E 823 Transmission Electron Microscopy MS&E 861 Fiber Physics I 3(3,0) Fiber physical MTHSC 607 Regression and Time Series Analysis 3(2,3) Advanced course in electron microscopy properties and their relationship to fiber struc- 3(3,0) Theory and application of the regression and for materials science incorporating all aspects of ture; methods of investigating fiber structure and time series. Approaches to empirical model building transmission techniques: basics, diffraction, imag- physical properties; theories of viscoelastic behavior and data analysis are treated. Computation and ing and spectrometry. Preq: MS&E 821 and 822 or and thermal properties; models of fiber structure. interpretation of results are facilitated through the consent of instructor. Offered fall semester only. use of interactive statistical packages. Preq: MTHSC MS&E 824 Magnetic and Electrical Ceramic Mate- MS&E 862 Fiber Physics II 3(3,0) Extension of 302, 311, 400; or consent of instructor. rials 3(3,0) Application of magnetic and electrical MS&E 861, providing a more in-depth study of the MTHSC 608 Topics in Geometry 3(3,0) Introduc- theory to ceramic insulators, semiconductors, and mathematics of polymer fiber viscoelasticity and the tion to topics in special geometries which include ferroelectric and ferromagnetic products. solid state thermodynamics of polymeric systems; non-Euclidean space concepts such as projective MS&E 825 Solid State Materials Science 3(3,0) properties of copolymers; polymer optical and geometry, finite geometries and intuitive elementary Bonding and structure of crystalline materials electrical properties; radiation physics of polymers. topology. Brief introduction to vector geometry. as related to mechanical, thermal and chemical Offered spring semester only. Preq: MTHSC 208 Preq: MTHSC 206. properties of solids. and MS&E 861 or consent of instructor. MTHSC 612 Introduction to Modern Algebra 3(3,0) MS&E 826 Phase Equilibria in Materials Systems MS&E 866 Fiber Formation 3(3,0) Formation of Introduction to the concepts of algebra. Topics 3(3,0) Advanced treatment of phase equilibria in fibers by wet, dry and melt spinning are studied include the number system and the elementary materials systems, phase diagrams, thermodynam- in depth with emphasis on rheology of solutions theory of groups, rings and fields. Preq: MTHSC 311. ics of defects, surfaces, interfaces and solutions. and melts, fiber structure, stretching and drawing MTHSC 619 Discrete Mathematical Structures I Preq: MS&E 210; consent of instructor. Coreq: processes and the interrelationships of polymer 3(3,0) Applies theoretical concepts of sets, func- M E 810. properties and processes that determine fiber tions, binary relations, graphs, Boolean algebras, MS&E 827 Kinetics of Phase Transformation 3(3,0) properties. Offered spring semester only. propositional logic, semigroups, groups, homo- Advanced treatment of the kinetics of phase trans- MS&E 890 Selected Topics in Materials Science morphisms and permutation groups to computer formation in materials systems including nucle- and Engineering 1-3(1-3,0) Topics not covered characteristics and design, words over a finite al- ation, growth and spinodal decomposition. Preq: in other courses emphasizing current literature phabet and concatenation, binary group codes and MS&E 826 or equivalent, consent of instructor. and results of current research. Topics vary from other communication or computer problems. Preq: MS&E 828 Phase Transformations in Materials year to year to keep pace with developments. May MTHSC 311. Science 3(3,0) Advanced treatment of gas-solid, be repeated for a maximum of six credits. Preq: MTHSC 634 Advanced Engineering Mathematics gas-liquid, liquid-solid and solid-solid transforma- Consent of instructor. 3(3,0) Fourier series, Laplace and Fourier transform tions in materials systems. Preq: MS&E 827. MS&E 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 and numerical methods for solving initial value MS&E 840 Analytical Methods in Textile and Poly- MS&E 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 and boundary-value problems in partial differential mer Science 4(3,3) Use of chemical and physical equations are developed. Applications to diffusion instrumental methods to characterize polymeric MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES wave and Dirichlet problems are given. Matrix materials in textile and polymer science; basic prin- methods and special functions are utilized. Preq: MTHSC 600 Theory of Probability 3(3,0) Principal MTHSC 208. ciples and unique problems encountered when topics include combinatorial theory, probability techniques such as IR, NMR, GC, LC, MS, GC/MS MTHSC 635 Complex Variables 3(3,0) Elemen- axioms, random variables, expected values, special tary functions; differentiation and integration and thermal analysis, microscopy and tensile testing discrete and continuous distributions, jointly dis- are applied to polymeric materials. Offered spring of analytic functions; Taylor and Laurent series; tributed random variables, correlation, conditional contour integration and residue theory; conformal semester only. Preq: Consent of instructor. expectation, law of large numbers, central limit theo- MS&E 851 Polymer Science I 3(3,0) Fundamentals mapping; Schwarz-Christoffel transformation. Preq: rem. Preq: MTHSC 206 or consent of instructor. MTHSC 206. of polymer chemistry. Chemistry and synthesis of MTHSC 603 Introduction to Statistical Theory monomers and polymers in relation to thermody- MTHSC 640 Linear Programming 3(3,0) Introduc- 3(3,0) Principal topics include sampling distribution to linear programming covering the simplex namics, kinetics and mechanisms of polymerization tions, point and interval estimation, maximum reactions emphasizing fiber-forming polymers, algorithm, duality, sensitivity analysis, network likelihood estimators, method of moments, least models, formulation of models and the use of sim- plastics and composite matrix materials. Offered squares estimators, tests of hypotheses, likelihood fall semester only. plex codes to solve, interpret and analyze problems. ratio methods, regression and correlation analysis, Preq: MTHSC 206, 311, or consent of instructor. MS&E 852 Polymer Science II 3(3,0) Chemical introduction to analysis of variance. Preq: MTHSC structure and properties of polymers. Polymer 400 or equivalent. MTHSC 641 Introduction to Stochastic Models 3(3,0) Introductory treatment of stochastic process- solution properties, the viscoelastic state and the 2012-13MTHSC 605 Statistical Theory and Methods II crystalline morphology of polymeric materials. es, finite-state Markov chains, queueing, dynamic 3(3,0) Principal topics include simple linear regres- programming, Markov decision processes, reliabil- Current theories for describing polymer thermal sion, multiple regression and correlation analysis, transitions, molecular weight, molecular weight dis- ity, decision analysis and simulation. Both theory one-way analysis of variance, multiple comparison, and applications are stressed. Preq: MTHSC 400. tributions and transport phenomena in polymeric multifactor analysis of variance, experimental systems, as well as interfacial phenomena. Offered design. Computation and interpretation of results MTHSC 653 Advanced Calculus I 3(3,0) Limits, spring semester only. are facilitated through use of statistical computer continuity and differentiation of functions of one MS&E 854 Multicomponent Polymeric Materials packages. Preq: MTHSC 301. and several variables, the Riemann integral, and vector analysis. Preq: MTHSC 206. 3(3,0) Principles of advanced multicomponent MTHSC 606 Sampling Theory and Methods polymeric materials and systems based on the 3(3,0) Probability-based treatment of sampling MTHSC 654 Advanced Calculus II 3(3,0) Continu- following topics: different polymer-polymer and methodology. Theory and application of estimation ation of MTHSC 653. Transformations, multiple polymer-nonpolymer combinations; multicompo- techniques are treated using simple and stratified integrals, line and surface integrals, infinite se- nent materials synthesis, fabrication, properties random sampling, cluster sampling and systematic quences and series and improper integrals. Preq: and applications; modification and instrumental sampling. Preq: MTHSC 302 and 400, or consent MTHSC 453. characterization of polymer surfaces and interfaces; of instructor. functional coatings, nanocomposites, adhesives, nanodevices, polymer blends and composites, interpenetrating polymeric networks and block- copolymers. Preq: Introductory polymer course or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

MTHSC 660 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I MTHSC 749 Discrete Mathematics for Secondary MTHSC 785 Data Analysis for Secondary Teachers 3(3,0) Introduction to the problems of numerical Teachers 3(3,0) Discrete mathematics emphasizing 3(3,0) Topics include data types, basic sampling analysis emphasizing computational procedures applications to computer science; propositions and and experimental designs, one- and two-sample and application. Topics include sources of error logic; Boolean Algebra and switching circuits; recur- confidence intervals and hypothesis tests, analysis of and conditioning, matrix methods, systems of lin- sion and induction; relations and partially ordered variance, model building with simple and multiple ear equations, nonlinear equations, interpolation sets, graphs and trees. linear regression, and contingency tables. Includes a and approximation by splines, polynominals and MTHSC 750 Modern Algebra for Secondary brief review of probability. Student groups propose trigonometric functions. Preq: MTHSC 206 or 207 Teachers 3(3,0) Introduction to the fundamental and implement a real-world research project. Preq: and 360 or equivalent. concepts and historical development of abstract MTHSC 301, 400, 600, or 780; Graduate standing MTHSC 663 Mathematical Analysis I 3(3,0) Basic algebra. Topics include integers, binary operations, in Secondary Education. properties of the real number system, sequences functions, equivalence, relations, permutations, MTHSC 791 Selected Topics in Mathematics and limits; continuous functions, uniform continu- groups, polynomials, commutative rings, integral Education 1-3(1-3,0) Mathematical problems in ity and convergence; integration, differentiation, domains, and fields. Preq: MTHSC 311 or 753, elementary or secondary school curricula. May be functions of several real variables, implicit function Graduate standing in Secondary Education. repeated for credit, but only if different topics are theory. Preq: MTHSC 206. MTHSC 753 Matrix Algebra for Secondary Teach- covered. Preq: Graduate standing in Elementary or MTHSC 706 Probability and Statistics for Middle ers 3(3,0) Matrices and systems of equations; deter- Secondary Education. Grades Teachers 3(3,0) Topics include organizing, minants; vector spaces and linear transformations; MTHSC 800 Probability 3(3,0) Study of basic prob- classifying and summarizing data; univariate and eigenvalues. Preq: Graduate standing in Secondary ability theory with emphasis on results and tech- bivariate graphical techniques; measures of center Education. niques useful in operations research and statistics. and dispersion; correlation and simple regression; MTHSC 755 Combinatorial Analysis for Secondary Topics include axiomatic probability, advanced elementary probability theory, counting and Teachers 3(3,0) Permutations; combinations; gen- combinatorial probability, conditional informa- simulations; binomial and normal distributions. A erating functions; recurrence relations; principle of tive expectation, functions of random variables, graphing calculator is used. Preq: Graduate standing inclusion-exclusion; partitions; Latin squares; block moment generating functions, distribution theory in Middle Grades Education. designs; finite geometries; graphs; codes; Polya’s and limit theorems. Offered fall semester only. Preq: MTHSC 709 Geometry for the Middle Grades theorem; recreational mathematics. Preq: Graduate MTHSC 206. 3(3,0) Hands-on approach to constructions with standing in Secondary Education. MTHSC 801 General Linear Hypothesis I 3(3,0) straight-edge and compass; polygons including tes- MTHSC 756 Applied Modern and Linear Algebra Topics include least-square estimates; Gauss- sellations and polyhedra; symmetry and transforma- for Secondary Teachers 3(3,0) Various applied Markov theorem; confidence ellipsoids, and tional geometry; coordinate geometry measurement problems whose solutions rely on techniques and confidence intervals for estimable functions; tests with dimensional analysis; perspective drawing and results of linear and modern algebra. Problems of hypotheses; one-, two- and higher-way layouts; related topics; history of geometry; reasoning and are selected from such areas as economics, forest analysis of variance for other models. Offered fall informal proof with congruence; and computer management, genetics, population growth, trans- semester only. Preq: MTHSC 311, 403. software, calculator use and Internet. portation networks, cryptography, satellite commu- MTHSC 802 General Linear Hypothesis II 3(3,0) MTHSC 713 Algebra for Middle Grades Teachers nications, electronic switching circuits, chemistry, Continuation of MTHSC 801. Offered spring 3(3,0) Study of elementary algebra, solution of physics, sociology and others. Preq: MTHSC 721 or semester only. equations, and inequalities; properties and applica- equivalent or consent of instructor. MTHSC 803 Stochastic Processes 3(3,0) Theory and tions of linear, quadratic, polynomial and exponen- MTHSC 758 Number Theory for Secondary Teach- analysis of time series, recurrent events, Markov tial functions and models; graphical analysis and ers 3(3,0) Topics include properties of integers, chains, random walks, renewal theory, application curve-fitting of real-world data; systems of equations divisors and prime numbers; fundamental prop- to communication theory and operations research. and basic matrix operations. A graphing calculator erties of congruence; polynomials and primitive Preq: MTHSC 400 or 800. is used. Preq: Graduate standing in Middle Grades roots; quadratic residues. Preq: Graduate standing MTHSC 804 Statistical Inference 3(3,0) Sampling Education. in Secondary Education. distributions; maximum likelihood estimation MTHSC 714 Foundations of Mathematics for MTHSC 775 AP Statistics Institute 3(3,0) Topics and likelihood ratio tests; asymptotic confidence Middle Grades Teachers 3(3,0) Topics include include probability, conditional probability, de- intervals for Binomial, Poisson and Exponential logic, set theory, numeration systems; arithmetic scriptive statistics, random variables, probability parameters; two-sample methods; nonparametric operations and their properties on the integer, functions, binomial distribution, normal distribu- tests; ANOVA; regression; model building. Offered rational and real number systems; decimals, ratio, tion, sampling, estimation, decision making. Preq: fall semester only. Preq: MTHSC 400 or equivalent proportion, percent, exponents and roots. Includes Graduate standing in Secondary Education. or consent of instructor. an introduction to algebra and counting, permuta- 2012-13 MTHSC 777 AP Calculus Institute 3(3,0) Elemen- MTHSC 805 Data Analysis 3(3,0) Methodology in tions and combinations. Preq: Graduate standing tary functions, differential calculus and integral analysis of statistical data emphasizing applications in Middle Grades Education. calculus; enrichment material and a theoretical to real problems using computer-oriented tech- MTHSC 738 Modern Geometry for Secondary perspective of calculus. Restricted to teachers who niques: computer plots, transformations, criteria Teachers 3(3,0) Concepts of Euclidean geometry hold a current teaching certificate in secondary for selecting variables, error analysis, multiple and reviewed and extended by means of coordinates, mathematics. Completion of this course satisfies stepwise regression, analysis of residuals, model vectors, matrices; conic sections. Preq: Enrollment the special certification requirements for AB- building in time series and ANOVA problems, jack- in Secondary Education graduate program. calculus teachers in South Carolina. knife and random subsampling, multidimensional MTHSC 740 Linear Programming for Secondary MTHSC 780 Probability Theory for Secondary scaling, clustering. Preq: MTHSC 301, 400. Teachers 3(3,0) Development of mathematical Teachers 3(3,0) Calculus-based introduction to MTHSC 806 Nonparametric Statistics 3(3,0) Order theory of simplex algorithm; survey of mathemati- basic ideas in probability theory. Topics include statistics; tolerance limits; rank-order statistics; cal background; matrix algebra, systems of linear basic counting techniques, fundamental axioms Kolmogorov-Smirnov one-sample statistics; Chi- equations and vector spaces; problem formulation of probability, conditional probability, discrete square goodness-of-fit test; two-sample problem; is emphasized. Preq: Enrollment in Secondary and continuous distributions, and sampling linear rank statistics; asymptotic relative efficiency. Education graduate program. distributions. Emphasizes real-world applications Offered spring semester only. Preq: MTHSC 600 and the use of simulations to illustrate concepts. or 800. Preq: MTHSC 108, Graduate standing in Second- ary Education. Courses of Instruction

MTHSC 807 Applied Multivariate Analysis 3(3,0) MTHSC 816 Network Algorithms and Data Struc- MTHSC 825 Introduction to Dynamical Systems Applied multivariate analysis: computer plots of tures 3(3,0) Design, analysis and implementation of Theory 3(3,0) Techniques of analysis of dynamical multivariate observations; multidimensional scal- algorithms and data structures associated with the systems; sensitivity analysis, linear systems, stability ing; multivariate tests of means, covariances and solution of problems formulated as networks and and control; theory of differential and difference equality of distributions; univariate and multivari- graphs; applications to graph theory, combinatorial equations. Offered fall semester only. Preq: MTHSC ate regressions and their comparisons; MANOVA; optimization and network programming. Offered 454 and 311 or 453 and 853. principal components analysis; factor analysis; spring semester only. Coreq: MTHSC 640, 810, 854, MTHSC 826 Partial Differential Equations 3(3,0) analytic rotations; canonical correlations. Offered 863 or consent of instructor. First-order equations: elliptic, hyperbolic and fall semester only. Preq: MTHSC 403 and 805 or MTHSC 817 Stochastic Models in Operations parabolic. Second-order equations: existence and consent of instructor. Research I 3(3,0) Stochastic control; structure of uniqueness results, maximum principles, finite MTHSC 808 Reliability and Life Testing 3(3,0) sequential decision processes; stochastic inven- difference and Hilbert Space methods. Offered Probability models and statistical methods relevant tory models; recursive computation of optimal fall semester only. Preq: MTHSC 821 or consent to parametric and nonparametric analysis of reli- policies; discrete parameter finite Markov decision of instructor. ability and life testing data. Offered spring semester processes; various optimality criteria; computation MTHSC 827 Dynamical System Neural Networks only. Preq: MTHSC 400 or equivalent. by policy improvement and other methods; exis- 3(3,0) Modeling problems in the context of dynami- MTHSC 809 Time Series Analysis, Forecasting and tence of optimal stationary policies; stopping-rule cal systems theory; useful methods from Lyapunov Control 3(3,0) Modeling and forecasting random problems; examples from financial management, stability, local linearization, qualitative analysis processes; autocorrelation functions and spectral maintenance and reliability, search, queuing and using graph theory and numerical approximations; densities; model identification, estimation and shortest path. Offered spring semester only. Preq: several dynamical systems neural networks includ- diagnostic checking; transfer function models; MTHSC 803. ing binary code recognizers and binary matrix feedforward and feedback control schemes. Offered MTHSC 818 Stochastic Models in Operations Re- choosers. Preq: MTHSC 206, 311. spring semester only. Preq: MTHSC 605; 600 or search II 3(3,0) Introduction to queuing theory: MTHSC 831 Fourier Series 3(3,0) Fourier series 800; or equivalent. Markovian queues, repairman problems, queues with applications to solution of boundary value MTHSC 810 Mathematical Programming 3(3,0) with an embedded Markov structure, the queue problems in partial differential equations of physics Formulation and solution of linear programming GI/G/1, queues with a large number of serv- and engineering. Introduction to Bessel functions models; mathematical development of the simplex ers, decision making in queues; introduction to and Legendre polynominals. method; revised simplex method; duality; sensitivity reliability theory; failure distributions; stochastic MTHSC 837 Calculus of Variations and Optimal analysis; parametric programming, implementation models for complex systems; maintenance and Control 3(3,0) Fundamental theory of the calculus and software packages. Preq: MTHSC 311. replacement policies; reliability properties of mul- of variations; variable end points; the parametric MTHSC 811 Nonlinear Programming 3(3,0) Theo- ticomponent structures. Offered fall semester only. problem; the isoperimetric problem; constraint retical development of nonlinear optimization with Preq: MTHSC 817. inequalities; introduction to the theory of optimal applications, classical optimization, convex and MTHSC 819 Multicriteria Optimization 3(3,0) control; connections with the calculus of variations; concave functions, separable programming, qua- Theory and methodology of optimization problems geometric concepts. Preq: MTHSC 453 or 463. dratic programming and gradient methods. Offered with vector-valued objective functions; preference MTHSC 841 Applied Mathematics I 3(3,0) Deriva- spring semester only. Preq: MTHSC 440, 454. orders and domination structures; generating tion of equations from conservation laws, dimen- MTHSC 812 Discrete Optimization 3(3,0) Principal efficient solutions; solving multicriteria decision- sional analysis, scaling and simplification; methods methods used in integer programming and discrete making problems; noninteractive and interactive such as steepest descent, stationary phase, perturba- optimization; branch and bound, implicit enumera- methods with applications. Offered fall semester tion series, boundary layer theory, WKB theory, tion, cutting planes, group knapsack, Lagrangian only. Preq: MTHSC 810 or equivalent. multiple-scale analysis, and ray theory applied to relaxation, surrogate constraints, heuristics (perfor- MTHSC 820 Complementarity Models 3(3,0) problems in diffusion processes, wave propagation, mance analysis), separation/branching strategies, Theory, algorithms and applications of linear and fluid dynamics and mechanics. Offered fall semes- and polynomial time algorithms for specific prob- nonlinear complementarity; classes of matrices and ter only. Preq: MTHSC 208 and 453 or 463. lems on special structures. Offered fall semester functions and corresponding algorithms; applica- MTHSC 850 Computational Algebraic Geometry only. Preq: MTHSC 810 or equivalent. tions to economics, mechanics and networks; gen- 3(3,0) Covers algebraic geometry and commuta- MTHSC 813 Advanced Linear Programming 3(3,0) eralizations to fixed-point problems and nonlinear tive algebra via Grobner bases. Includes ideals Development of linear programming theory using systems of equations. Offered spring semester only. and varieties (affine and projective), Grobner inequality systems, convex cones, polyhedra and Preq: MTHSC 810. bases, elimination theory, dimensions, solving duality; solution algorithms, and computational MTHSC 821 Linear Analysis 3(3,0) Normed spaces; polynomial systems via eigenvalues ad eigenvectors. considerations for large scale and special structured 2012-13Hilbert spaces, Banach spaces, linear functionals, Selected applications may include coding theory, problems using techniques of upper bounded linear operators, orthogonal systems. Offered computer vision, geometric theorem proving, variables, decomposition, partitioning and column spring semester and summer session only. Preq: integer programming, or statistics. Preq: MTHSC generation; game theory; nonlinear representa- MTHSC 454 or 453 and 853. 311, 412. tions and other methods such as ellipsoid and MTHSC 822 Measure and Integration 3(3,0) Rings MTHSC 851 Abstract Algebra I 3(3,0) Basic alge- Karmarkar. Offered spring semester only. Preq: and algebras of sets, inner and outer measures; braic structures: groups, rings and fields; permuta- MTHSC 440, 810 or equivalent. measurability and additivity, examples on the tion groups, Sylow theorems, finite abelian groups, MTHSC 814 Network Flow Programming 3(3,0) line and in space, Lebesgue integration, types of polynomial domains, factorization theory and Max-flow/min-cut theorem, combinatorial ap- convergence, Lebesgue spaces; integration and elementary field theory. Offered spring semester plications, minimum cost flow problems (trans- differentiation, product measure, Fubini theorem. only. portation, shortest path, transshipment), solution Offered fall semester only. Preq: MTHSC 454. MTHSC 852 Abstract Algebra II 3(3,0) Continu- algorithms (including the out-of-kilter), and imple- MTHSC 823 Complex Analysis 3(3,0) Topological ation of MTHSC 851 including selected topics mentation and computational considerations. concepts; complex integration; local and global from ring theory and field theory. Offered fall Offered fall semester only. Preq: MTHSC 440, 810 properties of analytic functions; power series; repre- semester only. or equivalent. sentation theorems; calculus of residues. Designed MTHSC 853 Matrix Analysis 3(3,0) Topics in ma- for nonengineering majors. trix analysis that support an applied curriculum: similarity and eigenvalues; Hermitian and normal matrices; canonical forms; norms; eigenvalue local- izations; singular value decompositions; definite matrices. Preq: MTHSC 311, 453 or 463. Courses of Instruction

MTHSC 854 Theory of Graphs 3(3,0) Connected- MTHSC 865 Data Structures 3(3,0) Representation MTHSC 901 Probability Theory I 3(3,0) Axiom- ness; path problems; trees; matching theorems; and transformation of information; formal descrip- atic theory of probability; distribution functions; directed graphs; fundamental numbers of the tion of processes and data structures; tree and list expectation; Cartesian product of infinitely many theory of graphs; groups and graphs. Offered spring structures; pushdown stacks; string and formula probability spaces, and the Kolmogorov consis- semester only. Preq: Consent of instructor. manipulation; hashing techniques; interrelation tency theorem; models of convergence; weak and MTHSC 855 Combinatorial Analysis 3(3,0) between data structure and program structure; strong laws of large numbers. Preq: MTHSC 400 Combinations; permutations; permutations with storage allocation methods. Offered fall semester and 822, or MTHSC 800 and 822 or consent of restricted position; Polya’s theorem; principle of only. Preq: Computational maturity, consent of instructor. inclusion and exclusion; partitions; recurrence instructor. MTHSC 902 Probability Theory II 3(3,0) Con- relations; generating functions; Mobius inversion; MTHSC 866 Finite Element Method 3(3,0) Dis- tinuation of MTHSC 901; characteristic functions, enumeration techniques; Ramsey numbers; finite cusses the basic theory of the finite element method infinitely divisible distributions, central limit projective and affine geometries; Latin rectangles; (FEM) for the numerical approximation of partial theorems, laws of large numbers, conditioning, orthogonal arrays; block designs; error detecting differential equations. Topics include Sobolev and limit properties of sums of dependent ran- and error correcting codes. Offered fall semester spaces, interpolation theory, finite element spaces, dom variables, conditioning, martingales. Preq: only. Preq: MTHSC 311. error estimation, and implementation of FEM in MTHSC 901. MTHSC 856 Theory of Error-Correcting Codes one and higher dimensions. Preq: MTHSC 860 or MTHSC 927 Functional Analysis 3(3,0) Linear 3(3,0) Topics include code constructions such as consent of instructor. operators on specific spaces, spectral theory, semi- Hammig, cyclic, BCH, Reed-Solomon, Goppa, alge- MTHSC 874 Integration through Optimization groups of operators and the Hille-Yosida theorem, braic geometry, finite geometry, low-density parity 3(3,0) Theory, methodology and applications of applications of linear spaces and operators, convex- check, convolutional and polynomial codes; code decomposition, integration and coordination ity. Preq: MTHSC 821. parameters and bounds; and decoding algorithms for large-scale or complex optimization problems MTHSC 951 Algebraic Number Theory 3(3,0) Cov- Preq: MTHSC 853 or consent of instructor. encountered in engineering design. Topics include ers arithmetic of number fields and number rings. MTHSC 857 Cryptography 3(3,0) Classical and conventional and non-conventional engineering Covers prime decomposition, ideal class groups, modern cryptography and their uses in modern optimization algorithms, analysis models and unit groups of number fields and distribution of communication systems are covered. Topics in- methods, multidisciplinary optimization, analytic prime ideals in number fields. Provides an over- clude entropy, Shannon’s perfect secrecy theorem, target cascading, multiscenario optimization, and view of completions absolute values and valuation Advanced Encryption Standard (AES), integer multicriteria optimization. Case studies are in- theory. Preq: MTHSC 851. factorization, RSA cryptosystem, discrete logarithm cluded. Preq: MTHSC 810, 860, or M E 871, or MTHSC 952 Analytic Number Theory 3(3,0) The problem, Diffie-Hellman key exchange, digital equivalent. theory of Fourier analysis and complex analysis are signatures, elliptic curve cryptosystems, hash func- MTHSC 881 Mathematical Statistics 3(3,0) Funda- essential to modern number theory. Course focuses tions and identification schemes. Preq: MTHSC mental concepts of sufficiency, hypothesis testing on applications of this theory to number theory, 311, 400 or 600, 412 or 851. and estimation; robust estimation; resampling (jack- such as the proof of the prime number theorem and MTHSC 858 Number Theory 3(3,0) Covers topics knife, bootstrap, etc.) methods; asymptotic theory; the connection of complex L-series to the distribu- and techniques from modern number theory in- two-stage and sequential sampling problems; rank- tion of primes and to arithmetic geometry. Preq: cluding unique factorization, elementary estimates ing and selection procedures. Offered spring semes- MTHSC 821 or consent of instructor. on the distribution of prime numbers, congru- ter only. Preq: MTHSC 403 or equivalent. MTHSC 954 Advanced Graph Theory 3(3,0) Con- ences, Chinese remainder theorem, primitive roots, MTHSC 884 Statistics for Experimenters 3(3,0) tinuation of MTHSC 854 including the four-color n-th powers modulo an integer, quadratic residues, Statistical methods for students who are conducting theorem, domination numbers, Ramsey theory, quadratic reciprocity, quadratic characters, Gauss experiments; introduction to descriptive statistics, graph isomorphism, embeddings, algebraic graph sums and finite fields. Preq: MTHSC 853 or con- estimation and hypothesis testing as they relate to theory and tournaments. Research papers are also sent of instructor. design of experiments; higher-order layouts, facto- examined. Offered fall semester only. Preq: MTHSC MTHSC 860 Introduction to Scientific Comput- rial and fractional factorial designs, and response 854 or consent of instructor. ing 3(3,0) Floating point models, conditioning surface models. Offered fall semester only. Preq: MTHSC 970 Directed Studies in Mathematical and numerical stability, numerical linear algebra, MTHSC 206 or equivalent. Sciences 1-3(1-3,0) Directed individual studies on integration, systems of ordinary differential equa- MTHSC 885 Advanced Data Analysis 3(3,0) Con- topics in the mathematical sciences supervised tions and zero finding; emphasis is on the use tinuation of MTHSC 805 covering alternatives to by faculty. May be repeated for a maximum of 18 of existing scientific software. Preq: CP SC 110, ordinary least squares, influence and diagnostic credits. Preq: Consent of instructor. MTHSC 208, 311. considerations, robustness, special statistical com- MTHSC 974 Selected Topics in Mathematical Sci- MTHSC 861 Advanced Numerical Analysis I 3(3,0) 2012-13putation methods. Offered spring semester only. ences 3(3,0) Advanced topics in the mathematical Consideration of topics in numerical linear algebra: Preq: MTHSC 603, 800, 805. sciences from current areas of interest presented in eigenvalue problems, the singular value decomposi- MTHSC 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 lecture format. May be repeated for a maximum 24 tion, iterative algorithms for solving linear systems, MTHSC 892 Master’s Project Course 1(0,1) For credits, but only if different topics are covered. Preq: sensitivity of linear systems, and optimization algo- students in the nonthesis option of the MS degree Consent of instructor. rithms. Preq: MTHSC 311 and 460; or 860. program in Mathematical Sciences. Successful MTHSC 981 Selected Topics in Mathematical MTHSC 863 Digital Models I 3(3,0) Experimental completion includes a presentation of the master’s Statistics and Probability 1-3(1-3,0) Advanced mathematics; pseudostochastic processes; analytical project to the student’s advisory committee and topics in mathematical statistics and probability and algebraic formulations of time-independent acceptance of the paper by the committee. of current interest. May be repeated for credit, but simulation; continuous-time simulation and MTHSC 900 Seminar in Preparing for College only if different topics are covered. discrete-time simulation; digital optimization; Teaching in the Mathematical Sciences 3(3,0) MTHSC 982 Selected Topics in Analysis 1-3(1-3,0) Fibonacci search; ravine search; gradient meth- Elements involved in being a college professor with Advanced analysis topics from current problems ods; current research in digital analysis. Offered emphasis on broadening the student’s mathemati- of interest. May be repeated for credit, but only if fall semester only. Preq: MTHSC 311, 453, digital cal experiences within a framework of improving different topics are covered. computer experience. classroom performance. Preq: Completion of the MTHSC 983 Selected Topics in Computational departmental PhD qualifying examinations. Mathematics 1-3(1-3,0) Advanced topics in computational mathematics and numerical analysis from current problems of interest. May be repeated for credit, but only if different topics are covered. Courses of Instruction

MTHSC 985 Selected Topics in Algebra and Combi- M E 629 Thermal Environmental Control 3(3,0) M E 811 Gas Dynamics 3(3,0) Concepts from ther- natorics 1-3(1-3,0) Advanced topics in algebra and Mechanical vapor compression refrigeration cycles, modynamics, one-dimensional gas dynamics, one-di- combinatorics from current problems of interest. refrigerants, thermoelectrical cooling systems, mensional wave motion, normal and oblique shocks; May be repeated for credit, but only if different cryogenics, thermodynamic properties of air, psy- flow in ducts and wind tunnels; two-dimensional topics are covered. chometric charts, heating and cooling coils, solar equation of motion; small perturbation theory. Preq: MTHSC 986 Selected Topics in Geometry 1-3(1- radiation, heating and cooling loads, insulation Undergraduate course in fluid mechanics. 3,0) Advanced topics in geometry from current systems. Preq: M E 303, 308. M E 812 Experimental Methods in Thermal Science problems of interest. May be repeated for credit, M E 630 Mechanics of Composite Materials 3(3,0) 3(2,2) Theories of measurements, instrumentation but only if different topics are covered. Fundamental relationships for predicting the and techniques for measuring temperature, pressure MTHSC 988 Selected Topics in Operations Re- mechanical and thermal response of multilayered and velocity on a practical graduate engineering search 1-3(1-3,0) Advanced topics in operations materials and structures are developed. Microme- level; mathematical presentation of data, uncertainty research from current problems of interest. May chanical and macromechanical relationships are analysis, data acquisition techniques, and theory and be repeated for credit, but only if different topics developed for laminated materials with emphasis on state-of-the-art measuring systems. are covered. continuous filament composites. The unique nature M E 814 Concepts of Turbulent Flow 3(3,0) Con- MTHSC 989 Selected Topics in Mathematical Edu- of composites and the advantages of designing with cepts of fluid turbulence; turbulent transport cation 3(3,0) Advanced topics in the mathematical composites are discussed. Preq: M E 302. mechanisms, dynamics of turbulence and experi- sciences from the area of mathematics education. M E 632 Advanced Strength of Materials 3(3,0) mental techniques pertinent to existing theories; May be repeated for credit, but only if different Topics in strength of materials not covered in classification of shear flows and their prediction topics are covered. Preq: Consent of instructor. M E 302. Three-dimensional stress and strain methods. Preq: M E 801. MTHSC 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 transformations, theories of failure, shear center, M E (PHYS) 815 Statistical Thermodynamics I unsymmetrical bending, curved beams and energy 3(3,0) See PHYS 815. methods. Other topics such as stress concentrations MECHANICAL ENGINEERING M E 818 Introduction to Finite Element Analysis and fatigue concepts are treated as time permits. 3(3,0) Introduction to the finite element method; M E 607 Applied Heat Transfer 3(3,0) Application- Preq: M E 302. applications to heat transfer, fluid flow and solids; oriented extension of M E 304 considering topics M E 653 Dynamic Performance of Vehicles 3(3,0) introduction to transient analysis; analysis strate- in transient conduction, flow of fluids, energy Introduces techniques for analyzing the dynamic gies using finite elements; introduction to solid exchange by radiation and mass transfer. Applica- behavior of vehicles such as aircraft, surface ships, modeling, finite element modeling and analysis tions in heat-exchanger design with emphasis on automobiles and trucks, railway vehicles and using commercial codes. Preq: Numerical methods economics and variation of operating conditions magnetically levitated vehicles. Preq: M E 305 or course or consent of instructor. from the design point. Preq: M E 304, consent of consent of instructor. instructor. M E 819 Computational Methods in Thermal Sci- M E 654 Design of Machine Elements 3(3,0) Design ences 3(3,0) Numerical techniques as applied to the M E 617 Mechatronics System Design 3(2,3) Mecha- of common machine elements including clutches, solution of fluid flow and heat transfer problems; tronics integrates control, sensors, actuators and brakes, bearings, springs and gears. Optimization use of finite difference methods. computers to create a variety of electromechanical techniques and numerical methods are employed products. Includes concepts of design, appropri- M E 820 Modern Control Engineering 3(3,0) as appropriate. Preq: M E 306 or consent of in- State-space approach to analysis of linear dynamic ate dynamic system modeling, analysis, sensors, structor. actuating devices and real-time microprocessor systems and control design, state-space representa- M E 655 Design for Manufacturing 3(3,0) Concepts tion, key topics in linear algebra and vector spaces, interfacing and control. Laboratory experiments, of product and process design for automated simulation and design projects are used to exem- principles of controllability, observability, stability manufacturing are considered. Topics include and performance specification; trade-offs between plify course concepts. Preq: M E 305 or consent product design for automated manufacturing, of instructor. state variable and transfer function techniques. inspection and assembly, using automation, Observer designs, pole placement and optimal M E 620 Energy Sources and Their Utilization industrial robots, knowledge-based systems and control theory; LQR and Kalman filtering. Preq: 3(3,0) Covers availability and use of energy sources concepts of flexible product manufacture. Preq: M E 823 or an undergraduate controls course (e.g. such as fossil fuels, solar (direct and indirect) and M E 306, 312 (or concurrent enrollment), or M E 403) or consent of instructor. nuclear. Addresses energy density and constraints consent of instructor. M E 821 Advanced Control Engineering 3(3,0) to use (technical and economic) for each source. M E 671 Computer-Aided Engineering Analysis and Preq: M E 303, 304. Reviews topics from modern control engineering, Design 3(2,3) Students are exposed to geometric characteristics of nonlinear systems. Phase Plate M E 621 Introduction to Compressible Flow 3(3,0) and solid modeling, finite elements, optimization and Describing-Function techniques. Lyapunov Introductory concepts to compressible flow; 2012-13and rapid-prototyping. Students design an artifact, theory and stability analysis; nonlinear feedback methods of treating one-dimensional gas dynamics represent it on the computer, analyze it using FEA, control systems using Lyapunov method. Advanced including flow in nozzles and diffusers, normal then optimize before prototyping it. Emphasizes the topics, variable structure system control, adaptive shocks, moving and oblique shocks, Prandtl-Meyer use of computer-based tools for engineering design. control-system analysis and design, robust adaptive Flow, Fanno Flow, Rayleigh Flow and reaction Preq: ENGR 141, M E 202, or consent of instructor. control, optimal control and digital control. Preq: propulsion systems. Preq: M E 303, 308. M E 693 Selected Topics in Mechanical Engineer- M E 820 or graduate-level course in modern control M E 622 Design of Gas Turbines 3(3,0) Guiding ing 1-6(1-6,0) Study of topics not found in other or consent of instructor. principles in gas turbine cycles are reviewed. courses. May be repeated for a maximum of six M E 823 Control Systems Engineering 3(3,0) Physi- Turbine and compressor design procedures and credits, but only if different topics are covered. cal modeling, mathematical analysis and feedback performance prediction for both axial and radial Preq: Consent of instructor. principles for control of multidisciplinary dynamic flow machines are presented. Methods of design of M E 801 Foundations of Fluid Mechanics 3(3,0) Deri- systems, including mechanical, electrical, electrome- rotary heat-exchangers and retrofitting gas turbine vations of basic equations for multidimensional flow chanical, hydraulic and pneumatic systems. Tran- for regenerative operation are presented. Design fields; analytical techniques for solving problems sient response, root locus and frequency response projects are used to illustrate the procedures. Preq: in laminar viscous flow and laminar inviscid flow; principles applied to control of complex dynamic M E 308. theories of similitude. Preq: Consent of instructor. systems. Sensors, actuators and dynamic plant M E 623 Introduction to Aerodynamics 3(3,0) Basic M E 810 Macroscopic Thermodynamics 3(3,0) integration to develop, model, control and analyze theories of aerodynamics for accurately predicting First, second and third laws of thermodynamics dynamics systems. Preq: Undergraduate course on the aerodynamic forces and moments which act on with engineering applications; thermodynamic system dynamics or consent of instructor. a vehicle in flight. Preq: M E 308. property relations; chemical equilibrium. Preq: M E 312 or equivalent. Courses of Instruction

M E 829 Energy Methods and Variational Principles M E 843 Advanced Dynamics 3(3,0) Concepts M E 872 Design Automation for Mechanical 3(3,0) Application of variational principles in solid in nonlinear dynamic systems with emphasis to Engineers 3(3,0) Students are exposed to data mechanics problems; virtual work; Castigliano’s mechanical systems. Classification, stability and structures, search algorithms, geometric algorithms, theorems on deflection and rotation; stationary po- bifurcations of equilibrium solutions. Analytical geometric modeling, and software engineering tential energy; energy stability criterion; Hamilton’s construction, stability and bifurcations of periodic for mechanical engineers. Students design and principle. Preq: M E 837 or consent of instructor. solutions. Floquet theory, Poincare maps. Quasi- implement mechanical CAD software packages. M E 830 Conduction and Radiation Heat Transfer periodic solutions, Lyapunov exponents and routes Emphasizes the use of software development tools, 3(3,0) Fundamental concepts related to conduction to chaos. Pertubation and asymptotic methods for algorithm design, and their interfaces in mechani- and radiation heat transfer; analytical methods approximate analytical solutions of weakly non- cal engineering. Preq: Programming experience or for steady and transient conduction heat transfer linear systems. Preq: M E 846 or undergraduate consent of instructor. in one and two physical dimensions; radiation course in dynamics and differential equations, or M E 873 Research Methods in Collaborative exchange between surfaces with and without consent of instructor. Design 3(3,0) Topics include research methods for radiatively participating media; combined conduc- M E 845 Structural Vibrations 3(3,0) Vibrations studying collaborative design, influencing factor of tion and radiation heat transfer. Preq: M E 304 or of lumped-parameters systems; free and forced collaboration, computer issues in collaboration, equivalent. vibrations of SDOF and MDOF systems, general and mechanical engineering as facilitated by col- M E 831 Convective Heat Transfer 3(3,0) Derivation eigenvalve problem and modal analysis. Variational laboration. Technical writing and experimentation of continuity, momentum, and energy equations approach and energy methods. Vibrations of are emphasized. for boundary layer flow; solutions for confined and distributed-parameter systems; strings, bars, shafts, M E 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 external flow regimes in laminar and turbulent beams, membranes and plates. Approximate meth- M E 893 Selected Topics in Mechanical Engineering flow. Preq: M E 304 or equivalent, MTHSC 208. ods; Rayleigh’s Quotient, Rayleigh-Ritz methods, 1-6(1-6,0) Topics not covered in other courses. May M E 832 Radiative Heat Transfer 3(3,0) Radiation method of functions expansion, Galerkin’s and be repeated for credit. assumed mode methods. Preq: M E 846 or an un- properties; enclosure theory; radiation exchange M E 930 Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer 1-6(1- between solid bodies; radiation exchange in the dergraduate course in vibration or dynamics and differential equations, or consent of instructor. 6,0) Topics not covered in other courses. May be presence of absorbing, transmitting and emitting repeated for a maximum of six credits. media; combined radiation, conduction and con- M E 846 Intermediate Dynamics 3(3,0) Kinemat- ics and dynamics of particles, rigid and elastic M E 931 Advanced Topics in Fluid Mechanics vection exchange. Preq: M E 304 or equivalent, 3(3,0) Topics not covered in other courses. May be consent of instructor. bodies using vectorial and analytical approaches. Fundamentals of analytical dynamics; holonomic repeated for a maximum of six credits. M E 833 Heat Transfer with Change of Phase 3(3,0) M E 932 Advanced Topics in Thermodynamics Nucleate boiling in a pool; film boiling in a pool; versus nonholonomic constraints, virtual dis- placements and work, Hamilton’s Principle and 3(3,0) Topics not covered in other courses. May be forced nucleate boiling; forced film boiling; effect repeated for a maximum of six credits. of impurities on boiling phenomena; dropwise Euler-Lagrange’s equations. Rigid-body dynamics; M E 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 condensation; filmwise condensation; effect of principal axes and Euler angles. Kinematics and noncondensable gases on condensation; boiling dynamics of elastic bodies. Preq: M E 305 or un- and condensing processes in systems. Preq: M E dergraduate course in dynamics and differential MICROBIOLOGY equations, or consent of instructor. 304 or equivalent, consent of instructor. MICRO 600 Public Health Microbiology 3(3,0) M E 852 Advanced Finite Element Analysis 3(3,0) M E 834 Principles of Structural Stability 3(3,0) Epidemiology of transmissible diseases includ- Application of variational and weighted residuals Practical criteria for analysis of conservative and ing pathogenic characteristics of the infectious methods; nonlinear analysis, steady-state and time- nonconservative systems’ stability; methods of organism, modes of transmission, mechanism of dependent problems; application of commercial adjacent equilibrium, initial imperfections, total infection, diagnostic aids, effective treatments, im- finite element codes; advanced computational potential energy and vibration as applied to practi- munizing procedures and methods of preventing procedures. Preq: C E 808 or equivalent or consent cal problems. Preq: M E 837. infection. Preq: MICRO 305. of instructor. M E 836 Fracture Mechanics 3(3,0) Fundamental MICRO 601 Microbial Diversity and Ecology M E (E C E) 859 Intelligent Robotic Systems 3(3,0) elasticity-based course in the development of the 3(3,0) In-depth survey of microbial morphology, See E C E 859. basic concepts of engineering fracture mechanics; ecology and diversity. Study of the interaction the Griffith criterion, Barrenblatt and Dugdale M E 861 Materials Selection in Engineering Design and adaptation of microbes in a wide range of models, linear elastic fracture mechanics (L.E.F.M.), 3(3,0) Advanced study of various physical, chemical environmental conditions, including consideration plane strain fracture toughness, the crack-tip stress and mechanical materials properties which govern of their metabolism, nutrition, growth and the use and strain field, and plasticity and the J-integral. the selection of materials in engineering design. of microbiological assays. Preq: CH 201 or 223, Preq: M E 837. 2012-13Case studies of materials selection in design with 227, MICRO 305. metals, ceramics, polymers and composites are M E 837 Theory of Elasticity I 3(3,0) Theory of MICRO 602 Environmental Microbiology 3(3,0) presented. stress and deformation for continuous media; Discussion of microorganisms in air, terrestrial linear stress-strain relations for elastic material; M E 870 Advanced Design Methodologies 3(3,0) and aquatic environments and how they are used two-dimensional problems including Airy stress Nurturing of creativity; decision-making processes for environmental restoration activities. Topics function, polynomial solutions, plane stress and for design; in-depth study of the mechanical design include the nature of biofilms, interactions of plane strain in rectangular and polar coordinates, process and tools; quality function deployment, microbes with inorganic and organic constituents, torsion and bending of prismatic bars and thermal concurrent design, systemic design, robust design, processes to implement bioremediation in surface/ stresses. Preq: M E 302, MTHSC 208. design for assembly and axiomatic design. subsurface environments, and treatment of solid, M E 838 Theory of Elasticity II 3(3,0) Continuation M E 871 Engineering Optimization 3(3,0) Optimiza- liquid and gaseous waster streams. Preq: MICRO of M E 837 including topics from either three- tion in the context of engineering design; nonlinear 305, 401, one semester of organic chemistry, or dimensional problems associated with an infinite and linear, static and dynamic, constrained and consent of instructor. elastic medium, elastic half-space, contact stresses, unconstrained formulation and solution of practi- MICRO 603 Marine Microbiology 3(2,3) Discus- symmetrically loaded sphere and circular cylinder, cal problems; structural optimization; multiobjec- sion of the microbes that inhabit the marine or complex variable methods in plane elasticity, tive optimization; genetic algorithms; simulated environment, their peculiar physiological traits stress concentrations problems, singular stresses annealing. and contributions to the ecology of oceans. Preq: and fracture, and composite materials. Preq: M E MICRO 305, organic chemistry. 837, PHYS 812. Courses of Instruction

MICRO 607 Food and Dairy Microbiology 4(3,3) MICRO 619 Selected Topics in Molecular Medicine MICRO 811 Bacterial Cytology and Physiology Physical-chemical factors limiting survival and 3(3,0) Introduction to various areas of molecular 4(4,0) Structure, chemistry and physiology of the growth of microorganisms during processing and medicine. Examines the latest research and de- various bacterial cell components. Physiology of manufacturing of food and dairy products. Stan- velopments in molecular medicine. Designed for bacterial growth and reproduction in batch, con- dard methods for enumerating and identifying indi- students interested in medicine and biomedical tinuous and synchronous cultures. Economy of the cator bacteria, yeasts, molds and microbes produc- research. May be repeated for a maximum of six bacterial cell including endogenous metabolism ing food and food-borne illness. Starter cultures, credits. Preq: BIOCH 301, MICRO 305, or consent and maintenance requirements; physiology of fungal toxins, microbial cell injury and standards of instructor. bacterial death; regulation of enzyme and nucleic for food and dairy products. Preq: BIOCH 305 or MICRO 630 Soil Microbiology Laboratory 1(0,3) acids syntheses. Offered spring semester of odd- CH 201 or 223, MICRO 305. Examination of the microbes residing in the soil numbered years only. Preq: BIOCH 423, MTHSC MICRO 610 Soil Microbiology 3(3,0) Role of and their effects on the soil substratum and resident 206, or consent of instructor. microorganisms in the decomposition of organic plant communities. Topics include biogeochemis- MICRO 812 Bacterial Metabolism 3(3,0) Various substances, transformation of nitrogen, and mineral try, microbial isolation, microcosm development, biochemical pathways occurring in bacterial cells; substances in the soil; interrelationships between and characterization of soil microbial communi- fermentations of carbohydrates and related com- higher plants and microorganisms; importance of ties. Preq: MICRO 410 concurrent enrollment or pounds and of nitrogenous organic compounds; microorganisms in soil fertility. Preq: MICRO 401 consent of instructor. anaerobic and aerobic respiration including elec- or consent of instructor. MICRO (BIOSC) 656 Medical and Veterinary tron transport systems and oxidative phosphoryla- MICRO 611 Pathogenic Bacteriology 3(3,0) Study Parasitology 3(3,0) See BIOSC 656. tion; bacterial photosynthesis; nitrogen fixation; of pathogenic bacteria and their virulence mecha- MICRO (BIOSC) 657 Medical and Veterinary Para- biosyntheses of amino acids, purines, pyrimidines, nisms. Emphasizes host-microbe interactions, sitology Laboratory 2(1,2) See BIOSC 657. lipids, proteins, nucleic acids and polysaccharides. Offered spring semester of even-numbered years responses to infection and treatment, and research MICRO 802 Bacteriological Techniques 4(2,6) strategies for various topics of bacterial pathogen- only. Preq: BIOCH 423, MTHSC 206, or consent Analytical and experimental procedures used in of instructor. esis. Preq: MICRO 305, 414. bacteriology including techniques for studying MICRO 612 Bacterial Physiology 3(3,0) Considers bacterial cytology, physiology and metabolism; MICRO 815 Advanced Microbial Genetics 3(3,0) the cytology, physiology, metabolism and genetics of experience in more advanced methods of investiga- Current developments in microbial genetics; inte- bacteria including growth and death, reproduction tion. Offered fall semester only. gration of genetics and biochemistry; analysis of and mutation, nutrition and metabolic pathways, genetic fine structure in microorganisms; nature MICRO 803 Special Problems in Microbiology 1-3 of bacterial variation and expression of mutations; regulatory mechanisms, and effects of environ- Research not related to a thesis. ment. Preq: CH 224, MICRO 305, one semester of population dynamics; physicochemical mecha- biochemistry, or consent of instructor. MICRO 804 Selected Topics in Microbiology 1-3(1- nisms of heredity; regulation of gene action in 3,0) Evaluation of current research literature in MICRO 613 Industrial Microbiology 3(2,3) Microbi- microorganisms; physiology and genetics of virulent various areas of microbiology. Critical evaluation and lysogenic bacteriophages. Offered fall semester al aspects of large-scale processes for the production of specific publications in terms of their scientific of foods, antibiotics, enzymes, fine chemicals and only. Preq: MICRO 415. merit. Required of all Microbiology graduate stu- MICRO 825 Global Gene Regulation of Bacterial beverages. Topics include strain selection, culture dents. May be repeated for credit. maintenance, biosynthetic pathways, continuous Stress Response 3(3,0) Focuses on global gene cultivation and production of single cell protein. MICRO 805 Techniques of Clinical Microbiology regulation in microbial systems and discusses how Preq: MICRO 305. and Immunobiology 3(2,3) Methods for isolating, microorganisms adapt to various environments. identifying and culturing different mammalian MICRO (AVS, BIOSC) 614 Basic Immunology Topics include general stress response, heat shock, cell types; techniques used to analyze cell function envelope stress, oxidative and nitrosative stress, met- 3(3,0) Introduction to the immune system of ver- and viability and for protein and DNA analysis tebrate animals, with an emphasis on structure, al homeostasis, sporulation and competence regula- emphasizing application to the diagnosis of disease, tion, and bacterial cannibalism. Preq: MICRO 415 function, regulation, and cellular and molecular determination of prognosis, optimization of treat- mechanisms of immune responses. Preq: BIOSC or H415 or 615 or consent of instructor. ment and determination of etiology. Preq: MICRO MICRO 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 461 and MICRO 305. (AVS, BIOSC) 614, 615, BIOCH 623 or equivalent, MICRO 615 Microbial Genetics 3(3,0) Investigates or consent of instructor. MICRO 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 the molecular basis of microbial lives. Topics include MICRO 806 Pathogenesis and Infectious Disease essential genes involved in DNA, RNA and protein 3(3,0) Medically important host-parasite relation- Middle Level Education metabolism; mutations and genome evolution; ships at the cellular and subcellular levels with E DML 811 Middle Grades Language Arts Methods/ global gene regulation; and genetic analysis, using emphasis on bacterial and viral infections in man. both forward and reverse genetics. Preq: BIOCH 2012-13Practicum 3(2,4) Development of instructional Preq: MICRO 611 or consent of instructor. 301 or 305; GEN 300 or 302; and MICRO 412. practices appropriate for middle grades language MICRO 807 Current Topics in Microbiology 1(1,0) arts teachers; familiarization with curriculum ma- MICRO 616 Introductory Virology 3(3,0) Gen- Students learn and practice skills of literature terials. Includes field work in local schools. Preq: eral introduction to the field of virology including interpretation, presentation and discussion of Admission to MAT program. animal, bacterial and plant viruses. Topics include articles in relevant and current scientific journals. nomenclature and classification, biochemical and EDML 812 Middle Grades Social Studies Methods/ To be taken Pass/Fail only. May be repeated for a Practicum 3(2,4) Development of instructional biophysical characteristics, mechanisms of replica- maximum of eight credits. tion, chemotherapy, and techniques for isolation, practices appropriate for middle grades social assay and purification. Preq: BIOCH 301, MICRO MICRO (HLTH) 809 Epidemiological Research studies teachers; familiarization with curriculum 305, or consent of instructor. 3(3,0) Basic concepts of epidemiology with em- materials. Includes field work in local schools. Preq: phasis on applied aspects rather than theoretical. Admission to MAT program. MICRO 617 Molecular Mechanisms of Examples are drawn from clinical practice. Use of EDML 813 Middle Grades Math Methods/Practi- Carcinogenesis and Aging 3(3,0)) Discusses relevant PC-based computer packages is required. alterations that occur at molecular, cellular and cum 3(2,4) Development of instructional practices Preq: MTHSC 405 or EX ST 801 or consent of appropriate for middle grades mathematics teach- tissue levels during cell transformation and aging. instructor. Topics include the cell division cycle, signal ers; familiarization with curriculum materials. In- transduction pathways, oncogenes and tumor cludes field work in local schools. Preq: Admission suppressors, cell death and cell aging. Preq: BIOCH to MAT program. 301 or 305; MICRO 305; and BIOSC 461; or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

EDML 814 Middle Grades Science Methods/ NURS 804 Knowledge Development in Advanced NURS 820 Child and Adolescent Nursing 4(2,6) Practicum 3(2,4) Development of instructional Nursing 2(2,0) Nursing theories and theories rel- Advanced nursing roles and functions applied to practices appropriate for middle grades science evant to nursing practice and research; processes of health promotion, health maintenance, health res- teachers; familiarization with curriculum materials. theoretical thinking and critical thinking applied to toration, habilitation and rehabilitation of infants, Includes field work in local schools. Preq: Admis- health problems and needs of individuals and their children and adolescents with existing or potential sion to MAT program. families in the community; theoretical and concep- health problems. Critical thinking is used to assess, EDML 821 Middle Grades Language Arts Methods/ tual models of contemporary practice and research. diagnose, intervene and promote continuity of care Student Teaching 3(2,4) Continued development NURS 805 Pharmacotherapeutics for Advanced with clients of these ages irrespective of setting. Preq: of instructional practices appropriate for middle Nursing 3(3,0) Prescription administration and NURS 801, 804, 805, 806, 809; and 819 (Maternal/ grades language arts teachers; familiarization with patient/family education in use of pharmacological Child CNS students only) or 821 (Family Practitio- additional curriculum materials. Includes field agents emphasizing drugs prescribed for common ner students only). work in local schools. Preq: Admission to MAT or chronic illnesses; drug selection; adverse drug NURS 821 Adult Nursing 4(2,6) Roles and func- program. reactions; age-related differences in utilization; tions embodied in advanced practice applied to EDML 822 Middle Grades Social Studies Methods/ regulations affecting nurses’ prescriptive authority. the health promotion and clinical management Student Teaching 3(2,4) Continued development Preq: NURS 809 or consent of instructor. of common or chronic health problems of adults of instructional practices appropriate for middle NURS 806 Advanced Assessment for Nursing within the context of family; clinical practice with grades social studies teachers; familiarization with 2(1,3) Comprehensive assessment and diagnosis adult clients in a variety of settings. Preq: NURS additional curriculum materials. Includes field of health problems and status for individuals of 801, 804, 805, 806, 809. work in local schools. Preq: Admission to MAT all ages including assessment of families; physical NURS 822 Gerontology Nursing 4(2,6) Roles and program. and laboratory/radiologic diagnostic assessments; functions of advanced practice applied to the EDML 823 Middle Grades Math Methods/Student directed laboratory experiences in advanced assess- preventive, restorative and rehabilitative care of Teaching 3(2,4) Continued development of instruc- ment of clients of several ages. Preq: Undergraduate the older adult with existing or potential health tional practices appropriate for middle grades math assessment and NURS 809 or consent of instructor. problems; clinical practice in a variety of settings. teachers; familiarization with additional curriculum NURS 807 Nursing Research Design and Methods Preq: NURS 801, 804, 805, 806, 809. materials. Includes field work in local schools. Preq: 3(3,0) Quantitative and qualitative research meth- NURS 823 Nurse Practitioner Clinical Practicum Admission to MAT program. odologies useful and appropriate to clinical nursing 6(0,18) Guided practice applying advanced nurs- EDML 824 Middle Grades Science Methods/Stu- practice and for the development of nursing knowl- ing knowledge in family nursing and advanced dent Teaching 3(2,4) Continued development of edge; ethics with human subjects; does not include practice roles (clinical nurse specialist, case manager instructional practices appropriate for middle grades thesis advisement. Student must select chairperson and/or practitioner); joint preceptor and faculty science teachers; familiarization with additional prior to enrollment. Preq: NURS 804, 808. guidance and supervision in the care of selected curriculum materials. Includes field work in local NURS 808 Nursing Research Statistical Analysis populations in a variety of health care settings. schools. Preq: Admission to MAT program. 2(2,0) Encompasses the use of quantitative research Preq: FNP track: NURS 819, 820, 821, 822; GNP EDML 841 Advanced Middle School Curriculum methods in nursing science. Topics include descrip- track: NURS 822, 882, 884; A/GNP track: NURS and Instruction 3(3,0) Concepts and methods tive and inferential methodology, epidemiology 821, 822, 882, 884. for teaching middle school students Discusses the and appropriate statistic selection. Computer use NURS 825 Leadership in Health-Care Systems nature of middle school students, teacher char- is integrated to emphasize applications to nursing. 3(3,0) Examines health-care systems and delivery acteristics, curricular and co-curricular programs, Preq: Undergraduate statistics course. across the continuum. Emphasizes complexity, organization, and teaching. Preq: Acceptance into NURS 809 Pathophysiology for Advanced Nurs- influence of internal and external environments, the MAT Middle Grades program. ing 3(3,0) Human response to health alterations assessment of strengths and opportunities, strategic as they impact nursing knowledge and practice; planning, leadership theories and leading change. MUSIC recognizing the manifestations of health alterations Explores implications for middle and executive level and developing nursing interventions accordingly. health-care leaders. Preq: NURS 804 or consent MUSIC 600 Elementary Music in the Classroom NURS 814 Instructional Technologies for Nursing of instructor. 3(3,0) Familiarizes teachers in the elementary NURS 826 Quality and Outcomes Management in classroom with traditional Kodaly, Orff and Kin- Educators 3(3,0) Provides novice and experienced nurse educators an opportunity to integrate emerg- Health Care 4(3,3) Examines the science of systems dermusik approaches in correlating music with improvement including the models, methods and language arts, mathematics and social studies. ing instructional technologies. Covers theories and trends that support the use of technologies for the tools of process analysis and improvement applied MUSIC 680 Audio Engineering II 3(2,2) Advanced enhancement of teaching and learning. Emphasizes to health care. Emphasis is on designing outcome course in music technology focused on music pro- 2012-13the integration of education technologies and the and evidence-based safe and efficient processes and duction integrating digital audio and virtual instru- evaluation of current technologies to enhance workflows to achieve customer satisfaction and ments Preq: MUSIC 380 or consent of instructor. instruction. targeted outcomes. Practicum with quality experts MUSIC 699 Independent Studies 1-3(1-3,0) Tutorial NURS 819 Developing Family Nursing 4(2,6) Theo- permits guided application of classroom content. work for students with special interests in music ries and concepts related to nursing management Preq: NURS 825 or consent of instructor. study outside the scope of existing courses. May in the care of developing families; critical thinking NURS 827 Foundations of Nursing Education be repeated for a maximum of six credits. Preq: applied to health problems and needs of developing 3(3,0) Exploration of the foundations of nursing Consent of department chair. families before, during and immediately following education. Emphasizes curriculum development in pregnancy; application of related nursing issues and nursing for the collegiate or continuing education NURSING current research; clinical practice with developing areas. Current issues and research that influence nursing education. Preq: Graduate standing in NURS 801 Advanced Family and Community families in a variety of settings. Preq: NURS 801, Nursing. Nursing 3(3,0) Developmental, psychodynamic, 804, 805, 806, 809. social-political and cultural theories and concepts NURS 828 The Nurse Educator 4(1,9) Roles and are synthesized and applied to the analysis of health functions of nurse educators applied to education and illness in communities and in families across of nurses and nursing students in collegiate and the life cycle. Roles and functions of advanced continuing education nursing education pro- practice nurses in promoting community health grams; current issues and research in classroom, and family health are examined. laboratory; and continuing education programs. A teaching practicum is required. Preq: NURS 827 or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

NURS 829 Theories and Models of Clinical Spe- NURS 884 Mental Health and Illness of Adults NUTR 706 Nutrition for Teachers 3(3,0) Principles cialization 3(3,0) Caregiver, researcher, manager, 4(2,6) Psychosocial, developmental, spiritual and of nutrition applied to nutrition education. Preq: teacher and consultant roles of the clinical nurse cultural theories are synthesized and applied to Consent of instructor. specialist in a variety of settings; theories, models the analysis of mental health and illness in adult- NUTR 801 Topical Problems in Nutrition 1-3(1- and health care issues underlying the role of clinical hood. Considers roles and functions of advanced 3,0) Topics not covered in other courses or by thesis nurse specialist. Preq: NURS 804, CNS graduate practice nurses in promoting the mental health of research. Credit varies with problems selected. option, or consent of instructor. adults and their families. Clinical practice in the NUTR 802 Special Topics in Nutrition 1-3(1-3,0) NURS 830 Clinical Specialty Practicum in Nurs- community is incorporated. Preq: NURS 801, 804, Topics of special interest or contemporary subjects ing 6(0,18) Advanced practice in a selected clinical 805, 806, 809. not examined in other courses. specialty area in nursing that emphasizes application NURS 889 Special Problems in Nursing 1-6(1-6,0) NUTR 803 Advanced Human Nutrition 4(4,0) of the clinical specialist role. Preq: NURS 829 and Problems selected to meet special and individual- Biochemistry and physiology related to human one of the following: NURS 819, 820, 821, 822, ized interests of students. Up to six hours of NURS nutrition and their application to formation and 882, 884, or consent of instructor. 889 may be taken as elective credit. Preq: Consent adoption of healthy eating patterns. Emphasis is NURS 831 Clinical Research 1-3(1-3,0) Critical of instructor. on individual nutrients in the context of healthy thinking and methodologies of scientific inquiry NURS 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 Research eating patterns throughout the life cycle and on applied to clinical issues/problems encountered in activities related to thesis; minimum of six hours recent advances in human nutrition. Preq: BIOCH advanced nursing. May be repeated for a maximum required. Preq: NURS 804. 305/306, BIOSC 223, NUTR 451, or consent of of three credits. To be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: instructor. NURS 804. NUTRITION NUTR 804 Nutrition Education of the Public NURS 846 Healthcare Financial Management NUTR 601 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3(3,0) 3(3,0) Analysis of community-based food and nu- 3(3,0) Analysis of financial theory and practice for Biochemical and physiological fundamentals of trition programs to include management, program healthcare executives. Includes methods of finan- nutrition applicable to domestic animals and man. provision, outcome-based evaluation and integra- cial reporting and defines accounting practices for Digestive processes and absorption and metabolism tion of services. Emphasis is on outcome-based nu- decision making and operating activities. Includes of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, water, minerals trition education across the lifespan, management processes for measuring and reporting financial and vitamins are considered. Energy metabolism and integration of multiple services for targeted information, analysis, interpretation and use of and comparative anatomy and physiology of diges- population, and public policy development. Preq: financial information for planning and control- tive systems are discussed. Offered fall semester NUTR 426 or consent of instructor. ling the health-care business. Preq: Undergraduate only. Preq: BIOCH 305, CH 223, or consent of NUTR 805 Metabolic Basis of Medical Nutrition accounting. instructor. Therapy 3(3,0) Integration of metabolism and NURS 847 Internship 4(1,9) Guided practice to NUTR 624 Medical Nutrition Therapy I 4(3,3) pathophysiology into medical nutrition therapy apply advanced nursing knowledge in nursing Principles of nutritional assessment, education and recommendations. Preq: NUTR 425 or consent administration in the advanced practice role; joint counseling skills; development of medical nutrition of instructor. preceptor and faculty guidance and supervision therapy for individuals with obesity and eating NUTR 806 Dietetic Internship 1-6(0,3-18) Intern- in the administrative management and care with disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, metabolic and ship consisting of preceptor-supervised and faculty- selected populations in a variety of health care renal disorders. Preq: BIOSC 223, NUTR 451, or led dietetic experiences in community, clinical and settings. Preq: NURS 825, 826, 846, or consent consent of instructor. food service settings. Must be taken for six credits of instructor. NUTR 625 Medical Nutrition Therapy II 4(3,3) during the internship rotations. Preq: Acceptance NU c RS 848 Health Care Policy and E onomics Development of medical nutrition therapy for indi- into Dietetic Internship Program. 3(3,0) Reciprocal relationship between client, viduals with various disease states including cardio- NUTR 807 Current Issues in Culinary Nutrition community, health care system, sociocultural and vascular, hepatic, musculoskeletal and neoplastic Science 3(3,0) Applies the science and practice of economic variables and policy making; analysis and disorders with consideration of sociocultural and healthy cooking to the foods of today and explores synthesis of these relationships and their impact on ethnic aspects of food consumption and alternative the development of future food products. Students the role and responsibility of the advanced practice nutrition therapies. Preq: BIOSC 223, NUTR 424, participate in research on current issues relevant to nurse and nurse administrator. Preq: Graduate or consent of instructor. the interconnections between food, its preparation, standing or consent of instructor. NUTR 626 Community Nutrition 3(3,0) Study of and the consumer. NURS 850 Information and Control Systems fundamentals of nutrition care delivery in com- NUTR 851 Nutrition Seminar I 1(1,0) Current for Nursing Leadership 3(3,0) Computer-based munity programs beginning with assessment and research and developments in nutrition. Topics, systems of information management and control problem identification and continuing through the selected by the instructor and students, come from for nursing environments. Explores data needed 2012-13 development, implementation and evaluation of student research and nutrition literature. May be for cost-efficient use of nursing resources and ef- nutrition intervention programs. Preq: NUTR 451 repeated for a maximum of two credits, but only if fective systems of monitoring, quality assurance, or equivalent or consent of instructor. different topics are covered. and control; information systems as tools useful to humanistic nursing practice, human resource NUTR 651 Human Nutrition 3(3,0) Essentials NUTR 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 management and solution of professional and of nutrition and principal nutritional deficiency NUTR 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 scientific problems. Preq: Graduate standing or conditions. Factors affecting adequacy of dietary consent of instructor. intake, methods of determining nutritional status, PACKAGING SCIENCE development of nutrition standards and recent ad- NURS 879 Special Topics in Nursing 1-3(1-3,0-9) vances in human nutrition. Preq: BIOCH 305/306 PKGSC 601 Packaging Machinery 3(3,0) Systematic In-depth seminar on selected topics such as thera- or equivalent or consent of instructor. study of types of machinery used to form, fill, peutic communication, legal and ethical issues in NUTR 655 Nutrition and Metabolism 3(3,0) seal and handle various packages, products and nursing, and health care and political process in packaging materials. Emphasizes basic mechanical, health. Preq: Consent of instructor. Concepts of metabolism fundamental to understanding normal and therapeutic nutrition are electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic components of NURS 882 Primary Care for Elders 4(2,6) Applica- examined. Bioenergetics as well as metabolism of packaging machinery along with packaging machin- tion of the roles and functions of advanced practice carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, vitamins and ery terminology. Discusses methods for machine in the management of frailty in old age; prevention minerals as they relate to nutrition are discussed. line optimization and layout. Preq: PKGSC 204, of early disability and dependence; maintenance Preq: BIOCH 305 or 406 or 423, NUTR 451, or PHYS 208, or consent of instructor. of function, independence and self care; cultural, consent of instructor. social and ethical issues. Preq: NURS 801, 804, 805, 806, 809. Courses of Instruction

PKGSC 604 Mechanical Properties of Packages and PKGSC 817 Packaging Materials: Science and PRTM 644 Tour Planning and Operations 3(3,0) Principles of Protective Packaging 3(3,0) Study of Technology 3(3,0) In-depth study of the structure, Provides the opportunity to understand the psy- mechanical properties of products and packages and properties, manufacturing processes and applica- chology of touring with emphasis on packaged and standard methods of determining these properties. tions of packaging materials. A classical materials group tours and how tours of different types and Focuses on the functional properties of packages science approach is utilized to contrast metals, scale are planned, organized, marketed and oper- related to shock and vibration isolation and com- ceramics, polymers and composites in packaging ated. Preq: PRTM 342, 2.0 cumulative grade-point pression. Preq: PHYS 207, MTHSC 106, PKGSC applications. Course sections include structure, ratio, consent of instructor. 204, or consent of instructor. properties and manufacturing of packaging materi- PRTM 645 Conference/Convention Planning and PKGSC 616 Application of Polymers in Packaging als. Preq: Consent of instructor. Management 3(3,0) Provides the opportunity 4(3,3) Detailed study of polymer science and engi- PKGSC 821 Selected Problems 1-4(0,1-12) Indepen- to understand the problems of and solutions to neering as applied to packaging science. Includes dent research investigations in packaging science conference and convention planning and manage- polymer morphology, rheology, physical properties, related to packaging materials, machinery, design ment from both the sponsoring organization’s and processing methods and polymerization. Empha- and applications in areas not covered in other facility manager’s perspectives. Preq: 2.0 cumulative sizes relationships among processing, structure and courses. May be repeated for credit. Preq: Consent grade-point ratio. properties. Preq: PKGSC 204, 206; CH 201 or 223; of instructor. PRTM 646 Community Tourism Development PHYS 207; or consent of instructor. PKGSC 822 Selected Topics 1-4(1-4,0) Selected 3(3,0) Provides a community-based perspective of PKGSC 620 Package Design and Development topics in packaging science not covered in detail the organizational, planning, development and 3(2,3) Study of principles and methods practiced in or contained in other courses. May be repeated for operational needs for a successful tourism economy designing and developing packages and packaging credit. Preq: Consent of instructor. at the local level. Preq: PRTM 342, 2.0 cumulative systems and of methods used to coordinate and PKGSC 851 Packaging Science Seminar 1(1,0) Cur- grade-point ratio, consent of instructor. analyze package development activities including rent research and related developments in packag- PRTM 647 Perspectives on International Travel interfacing with product development, manufacturing science reviewed by faculty, students and invited 3(3,0) Using the United States as a destination, ing, marketing, purchasing and accounting. Preq: lecturers. May be repeated for a maximum of four international travel patterns and major attractions Second semester Senior standing; PKGSC 320, credits. Preq: Consent of instructor. are presented. Factors that restrain foreign travel to 368, 401, 404, 416, 430, 440, 464, or consent of PKGSC 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-9 Research the United States are analyzed. Preq: 2.0 cumulative instructor. on a master’s thesis topic. grade-point ratio. PKGSC 630 Converting for Flexible Packaging PRTM 801 Philosophical Foundations of Recre- 3(1,6) Study of materials, methods, processes and PAN AFRICAN STUDIES ation and Park Administration 3(3,0) Current equipment used in converting web materials for theories and philosophies in recreation as they are flexible packaging. Laboratory provides hands-on P A S 698 Seminar on Pan African Studies 3(3,0) influenced by and have influence on leisure and experience preparing and operating pilot-scale Research/writing seminar on the African Ameri- the changing environment in America. Students converting equipment. Preq: PKGSC 204, 206; or can experience. Selected topics and themes from develop their own professional philosophies of consent of instructor. 1900 to present. Preq: HIST 311, 312, 339, or P recreation and leisure. A S 301. PKGSC 640 Packaging for Distribution 3(3,0) PRTM 803 Seminar in Recreation and Park Packages are exposed to various shipping methods Administration 3(3,0) Case problems relating to and numerous hazards during distribution. To PARKS, RECREATION AND administration of a park, recreation, or tourism ensure adequate product protection, packaging TOURISM MANAGEMENT agency. professionals need to understand the fundamental PRTM 621 Recreation Financial Resources Man- PRTM 804 Independent Study 1-3(1-3,0) Topics principles of distribution packaging design. Topics agement 3(3,0) Analysis of recreation financial in recreation, leisure and tourism not covered include ASTM and ISTA packaging test methods, resources management. Deals with revenue sources in other courses. Written report of findings is packaging design guidelines for distribution, termi- and their allocation. Preq: PRTM 321, Senior stand- required. May be repeated for a maximum of three nology, transport modes, distribution hazards and ing in Parks, Recreation and Tourism Management, credits. Preq: Consent of supervising faculty prior protective packaging materials. Preq: PKGSC 454 2.0 cumulative grade-point ratio. to registration. or consent of instructor. PRTM (GEOG) 630 World Geography of Parks and PRTM 805 Internship 1-3 Field placement in an PKGSC 654 Product and Package Evaluation Labo- Equivalent Reserves 3(3,0) Major international approved agency under qualified supervision. To be ratory 1(0,3) Laboratory experiments to determine patterns in the provision and use of urban and taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: PRTM major or consent properties of packaging materials and to evaluate rural parks and recreation are examined. Preq: 2.0 of instructor. the response of packages and products to shock, cumulative grade-point ratio. PRTM 806 Special Problems 1-3(1-3,0) Directed, vibration and compression. Students operate stan- 2012-13 PRTM 631 Methods of Environmental Interpreta- individual comprehensive investigation of a special dard testing equipment and become familiar with tion 3(2,3) Practice and instruction in the use of problem to use knowledge gained in formal courses, industry-recognized test methods and standards. equipment and methods available to the interpreter provide experience and training in research and Preq: PKGSC 404 (or concurrent enrollment). in public contact work. Coaching in presentation prepare for professional goals. Report of findings is PKGSC 664 Food and Health Care Packaging Sys- and evaluation of live programs and in design, ex- required. May be repeated with a maximum of three tems 4(3,3) Characteristics, engineering properties ecution and evaluation of mediated programs is the credits applied toward graduation requirements. To and applications of various materials and systems major emphasis. Programs are delivered to public be taken Pass/Fail only. used in the packaging of foods, pharmaceuticals audiences in the Clemson area. Preq: PRTM 330; PRTM 807 Human Dimension of Outdoor Rec- and medical devices. Packaging systems for specific Senior standing in Parks, Recreation and Tourism reation and Public Land Visitation 3(3,0) Social, food and medical applications are considered. Management; 2.0 cumulative grade-point ratio; psychological and environmental influences on hu- Laboratory and field exercises on food and medical consent of instructor. man behavior; identification of theoretical perspec- packaging operations and packaging materials are PRTM 641 Commercial Recreation 3(3,0) Com- tives to explain behavior and to resolve problems included. Emphasis is on evaluation methods. Preq: ponents of offering leisure services and products in recreation resource management. PKGSC 201, 204, 206, or consent of instructor. to the public by individuals, partnerships and PRTM 808 Behavioral Aspects of Parks, Recreation PKGSC 808 Biopolymers in Packaging 3(3,0) corporations for the purpose of making a profit. and Tourism Management 3(3,0) Behavioral In-depth study of the chemical characteristics of Preq: 2.0 cumulative grade-point ratio. aspects of recreation, focusing on the social and biological-based polymers and how these materials psychological dimensions of the recreation experi- can be used in packaging. Students review litera- ence in a variety of environments and activities. ture, organize and present material. Preq: Consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

PRTM 811 Research Methods in Parks, Recreation PRTM 848 Risk Management for Events and Meet- PHIL 602 Topics in Philosophy 3(3,0) Thorough and Tourism Management 3(3,0) Principles, ings 3(3,0) Focuses on the legal, ethical and financial examination of a particular philosophical topic, methods and strategies for planning, designing, responsibilities of event managers. Topics include issue, or problem. Topics vary. May be repeated evaluating and applying studies of recreation. risk identification; risk analysis and the planning of once for credit with departmental consent. Cur- Preq: Graduate-level statistics course or consent events and festivals; health, safety and fire codes; loss rent topics and course descriptions are available of instructor. prevention; and security controls. Utilizes practices in the department’s course offering brochure. Preq: PRTM 813 Qualitative Research Methods in Parks, and procedures used by events and festivals. Consent of instructor. Recreation and Tourism Management 3(3,0) PRTM 849 Sustainable Event Management 3(3,0) PHIL 699 Independent Study 1-3(1-3,0) Course of Students investigate the theoretical foundations Examines the impacts events have on the environ- study designed by the student in consultation with for evolution of use and practical experience with ment. Practices related to reduction of social and a faculty member who agrees to provide guidance, qualitative research methods. The focus is a survey environmental impacts events have are discussed. discussion and evaluation of the project. Student of qualitative research methods and linking these Topics include green positioning, carbon reduc- must confer with the faculty member prior to with quantitative methods through reading texts tions, water use and conservation, ethics, and waste registration. May be repeated for a maximum of and current peer-reviewed literature. Class activities management. six credits. Preq: Consent of instructor. provide experience with major concepts studied. PRTM 850 Sustainable Tourism: Myth or Reality? PRTM 820 Recreation Resource Policy Issues 3(3,0) Provides students with exposure to issues PHYSICS and Processes 3(3,0) Outdoor recreation policy- related to developing sustainable tourism, both in PHY S 617 Introduction to Biophysics I 3(3,0) Intro- formation structures and processes are surveyed developing and developed countries. Emphasis is duction to the application of physics to biological through case studies involving past and current on understanding global and local politics, poli- problems. Topics include elementary chemical public policy issues. cies, environments and social and cultural impacts and biological principles, physics of biological stemming from developing sustainable tourism. PRTM 821 Grants and Alternative Funding for molecules and fundamentals of radiation biophys- Parks, Recreation and Tourism 3(3,0) Examines PRTM 856 Heritage Tourism 3(3,0) Many tourist ics. Preq: MTHSC 206, PHYS 221, or consent of alternative funding options for public and non- itineraries contain a heritage component. Whether instructor. profit parks and recreation agencies. Students gain it’s visiting a local museum or witnessing a tradi- PHYS 620 Atmospheric Physics 3(3,0) Study of practical experience in grant identification and tional ceremony, heritage can be one of the focal physical processes governing atmospheric phenom- writing, as well as identifying potential funding points of a vacation. This course offers critical ena. Topics include thermodynamics of dry and sources for agencies. readings and discussion about heritage and its moist air, solar and terrestrial radiative processes, role in tourism. PRTM 825 Understanding Populations in Parks, convection and cloud physics, precipitation pro- Recreation and Tourism Management 3(3,0) PRTM 881 Therapeutic Recreation Theories and cesses, hydrodynamic equations of motion and Students develop a conceptual understanding of Concepts 3(3,0) Provides students with the op- large-scale motion of the atmosphere, numerical the leisure patterns and constraints of people across portunity to analyze critically the philosophical weather prediction, atmospheric electricity. Preq: the lifespan and of diverse populations. Populations positions influencing service delivery and the MTHSC 108, PHYS 208 or 221. might include ethnic and racial minorities, people theories underlying therapeutic recreation practice PHYS 621 Mechanics I 3(3,0) Statics, motions with disabilities, people with diverse socioeconomic models and service delivery. Preq: PRTM 880 or of particles and rigid bodies, vibratory motion, backgrounds, status, gender, and people with alter- undergraduate degree in Parks, Recreation and gravitation, properties of matter, flow of fluids. nate cultures and beliefs. Tourism Management. Preq: PHYS 221. PRTM 840 Tourism Planning 3(3,0) Tourism plan- PRTM 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 PHYS 622 Mechanics II 3(3,0) Dynamics of particles ning procedures and techniques; planning process PRTM 900 Selected Topics 1-3(1-3,0) In-depth, and rigid bodies, Lagrangian and Hamiltonian for- and associated concerns such as market, facility, in- timely study of trends or problems in parks, rec- mulations, vibrations of strings, wave propagation. frastructure, environment, culture and economics. reation and tourism not covered in other courses. Preq: PHYS 321 or consent of instructor. PRTM 842 Tourism Discipline 3(3,0) An introduc- May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. PHYS 632 Optics 3(3,0) Covers a selection of tion at the graduate level in how to understand PRTM 908 Advanced Topics 1-3(1-3,0) Topics not topics, depending on the interest of the student. tourism from a global perspective. Introduces covered in other PRTM courses and not directly Topics may include the formation of images by students to the contributions that other fields related to a thesis or dissertation topic. Formal lenses and mirrors, design of optical instruments, have made to understanding tourism research. paper is required. May be repeated for a maximum electromagnetic wave propagation, interference, The course begins with an examination of how to of six credits. Preq: Consent of instructor. diffraction, optical activity, lasers and holography. read academic literature from a critical perspective. PRTM 910 Research Seminar 1(1,0) Current re- Preq: PHYS 221. PRTM 843 Tourism Analysis 3(3,0) Selected theo- 2012-13search developments in PRTM and presentation of PHYS 641 Electromagnetics I 3(3,0) Study of the ries, methods, techniques, practices and principles research projects. May be taken for credit for two foundations of electromagnetic theory. Topics that govern tourism behavior. Preq: Graduate semesters. To be taken Pass/Fail only. include electric fields, electric potential, dielectrics, standing or one graduate-level statistics course or PRTM 911 Professional Issues in Parks, Recre- electric circuits, solution of electrostatic boundary- consent of instructor. ation and Tourism Management 1(1,0) Multi- value problems, magnetic fields and magnetostatics. PRTM (C R P) 844 Outdoor Recreation Resource disciplinary perspectives to examine concepts and Preq: MTHSC 208 and PHYS 221, or consent of Management and Planning 3(3,0) See C R P methods related to professional development of instructor. 844. parks, recreation and tourism management gradu- PHYS 642 Electromagnetics II 3(3,0) Continuation PRTM 846 Event Management: Special Events ate students. Preq: Admission to PRTM graduate of PHYS 441. Study of foundations of electromag- 3(3,0) An overview of the meetings, conventions program or consent of instructor. netic theory. Topics include magnetic properties and events industry. Topics include feasibility, PRTM 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 of matter, microscopic theory of magnetization, viability and sustainability of the event process in electromagnetic induction, magnetic energy, AC addition to event creation and orchestration. PHILOSOPHY circuits, Maxwell’s equations and propagation of PRTM 847 Event Marketing 3(3,0) Examines a wide electromagnetic waves. Other topics may include PHIL 601 Studies in the History of Philosophy range of activities involved with the marketing of waves in bounded media, antennas, electrodynam- 3(3,0) In-depth study of a selected philosopher, special events. Familiarizes students with event ics, special theory of relativity, and plasma physics. philosophical school, or movement. Topics vary. production and promotion and the development Preq: PHYS 441 or consent of instructor. of marketing plans for public and private events, With departmental consent, may be repeated once meetings, fairs, festivals and expositions. for credit. Current topics and course descriptions are available in the department’s course offering brochure. Preq: Consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

PHYS 646 Solid State Physics II 3(3,0) Continu- PHYS 819 Computational Biophysics 3(3,0) PHYS 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 ation of PHYS 645, including selected topics in Comprehensive coverage of all major areas of PHYS 951 Quantum Mechanics I 3(3,0) Review of solid-state physics such as optical properties, super- Computational Biophysics. Covers beginning basic wave mechanics, operator algebra and theory of conductivity, noncrystalline solids, dielectrics, fer- objects such as DNA, RNA, protein and mem- representation, approximate methods for stationary roelectrics and nanomaterials. Plasmons, polarons brane; reviews the forces and effects acting between problems, theory of scattering applied to atomic and excitons are discussed. Brief introduction into atoms and among the molecules; covers modeling and nuclear problems. methods of solid-state synthesis and characteriza- protein folding and protein stability; analyzation of PHYS 952 Quantum Mechanics II 3(3,0) Continua- tion tools is presented. Preq: PHYS 445 or consent molecular association; and practical exercises. Preq: tion of PHYS 951. Time-dependent perturbations, of instructor. PHYS 417 or consent of instructor. radiation, absorption and emission, relativistic PHYS 652 Nuclear and Particle Physics 3(3,0) Study PHYS 821 Classical Mechanics I 3(3,0) Dynamics quantum mechanics, introduction to quantum of our present knowledge concerning subatomic of particles; variational principles and Lagrange’s electrodynamics. matter. Experimental results are stressed. Topics in- equations; two-body central force problems; PHYS 966 Relativity 3(3,0) Special and general clude particle spectra, detection techniques, Regge dynamics of rigid bodies; matrix formulations theory of relativity including tensor calculus, Lo- pole analysis, quark models, proton structure, freely used. rentz transformation and three experimental tests nuclear structure, scattering and reactions. PHYS 822 Classical Mechanics II 3(3,0) Special of general theory: planetary motion and advance PHYS 655 Quantum Physics I 3(3,0) Discussion relativity in classical mechanics; Hamilton’s equa- of perihelion of Mercury, bending of light rays of solution of the Schroedinger equation for free tions; canonical transformations; Hamilton-Jacobi in gravitational fields, and gravitational shift of particles, the hydrogen atom and the harmonic theory; small oscillations. spectral lines. oscillator. Preq: PHYS 322 and 441 or consent of PHYS 825 Atmospheric Dynamics 3(3,0) Focuses PHYS 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 instructor. on middle and upper atmosphere dynamics, in- PHYS 656 Quantum Physics II 3(3,0) Continua- cluding the general circulation, atmospheric PLANNING, DESIGN AND THE tion of PHYS 455. Application of principles of tides, gravity waves, planetary waves, instabilities, BUILT ENVIRONMENT quantum mechanics as developed in PHYS 455 to and wave-meanflow interactions, such as sudden atomic, molecular, solid state and nuclear systems. stratospheric warnings, mesospheric circulations, PDBE 801 Advanced Theory in Environmental Preq: PHYS 455. and equatorial dynamics. Preq: PHYS 420 or con- Design and Planning 3(3,0) Critical assessment of PHYS 665 Thermodynamics and Statistical sent of instructor. history and theory in the fields of design, planning Mechanics 3(3,0) Study of temperature develop- PHYS 826 Ionospheric Physics 3(3,0) Focuses on the and construction. Topics include scientific knowl- ment of the laws of thermodynamics and their electrodynamics and plasma physics of the earth’s edge, interpretive and critical inquiry, theories of application to thermodynamic systems. Introduc- ionosphere, including the unique processes that urban form and human settlement. Preq: Master’s- tion to low temperature physics is given. Preq: Six characterize the auroral zone, mid latitudes, and level course in theory related to design, planning hours of physics beyond PHYS 222 or consent of magnetic equator; and on the interactions between and construction. instructor. the plasma and neutral components of the iono- PDBE 804 Readings in Real Estate 3(3,0) Historical PHYS 811 Methods of Theoretical Physics I 3(3,0) sphere. Preq: PHYS 420 or consent of instructor. and contemporary readings in real estate designed Analytical methods and techniques used in theo- PHYS 841 Electrodynamics I 3(3,0) Field theory of to provide exposure and depth of coverage for retical physics: vector and tensor analysis as applied electromagnetism; Maxwell’s equations and their important works in the field. May be repeated for to physical problems, use of matrices and groups application to study of electromagnetic wave pro- a maximum of six credits. Preq: PDBE student. in classical and quantum mechanics, complex vari- duction and propagation; wave optics and theories PDBE 805 Readings in Architecture 3(3,0) His- ables and partial differential equations of physics. of interference and diffraction. torical and contemporary readings in architecture PHYS 812 Methods of Theoretical Physics II PHYS 842 Electrodynamics II 3(3,0) Production designed to provide exposure and depth of coverage 3(3,0) Continuation of PHYS 811. Use of integral and propagation of electromagnetic waves begin- for important works in the field. May be repeated transforms, integral equations, special functions, ning with use of Maxwell’s equations; wave guides; for a maximum of six credits. Preq: EDP 801 and calculus of variations and numerical approxima- diffraction phenomenon; boundary effects; theory consent of instructor. tions in solutions of physical problems. of electrons and microscopic phenomena. PDBE 806 Readings in Landscape Architecture PHYS (M E) 815 Statistical Thermodynamics I PHYS 845 Solid State Physics I 3(3,0) Physical 3(3,0) Historical and contemporary readings in 3(3,0) Fundamental principles of kinetic theory properties of crystalline solids; crystalline state landscape architecture designed to provide exposure and quantum statistical mechanics; Boltzmann determination by diffraction methods; theories and depth of coverage for important works in the statistics, Fermi-Dirac statistics and Bose-Einstein of specific heat; properties of metallic lattices and field. May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. statistics. Preq: A course in thermodynamics or alloys; lattice energy and ferroelectrics. Preq: EDP 801 and consent of instructor. 2012-13PDBE 807 Readings in City and Regional Planning consent of instructor PHYS 846 Solid State Physics II 3(3,0) Continua- PHYS 816 Statistical Thermodynamics II 3(3,0) tion of PHYS 845. Electronic properties of solids, 3(3,0) Historical and contemporary readings in city Generalized ensemble theory and fluctuations; band theory of solids, physics of semiconductors, and regional planning designed to provide exposure applications to solids, liquids, gases and blackbody theories of magnetism, and magnetic resonance and depth of coverage for important works in the radiation. Preq: PHYS (M E) 815. phenomena. field. May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. Preq: EDP 801 and consent of instructor. PHYS 818 Biophysics I 3(3,0) Application of physical PHYS 875 Selected Topics 1-3(1-3,0) Students and techniques to biological macromolecules and com- interested faculty study areas of physics currently PDBE 808 Readings in Construction Science and plexes, including discussion of theory and practice being extensively investigated. May be repeated for Management 3(3,0) Historical and contemporary of spectroscopic methods, bulk solution and single credit, but only if different topics are covered. readings in construction science and management provide exposure and depth of coverage for molecule techniques, x-ray crystallography, small- PHYS 890 Directed Activities in Applied Physics important works in the field. May be repeated angle x-ray scattering, cryo-electron microscopy, 1-6 Training and work on practical problems are atomic force microscopy, computational model- for a maximum of six credits. Preq: EDP 801 and supervised by department faculty or by appropriate consent of instructor. ing, and molecular dynamics simulations. Preq: adjunct professor. Written description of student’s Consent of instructor. activities must be submitted to course supervisor PDBE 810 Contemporary Issues in Environmental at completion of activity. Maximum credit limits Design and Planning 3(3,0) Interdisciplinary semi- are six credit hours in a semester and three credit nar providing an overview of theory and methods hours in a single summer session. To be taken related to environmental design and planning. Pass/Fail only. With that background, focus is on important contemporary and emerging issues affecting the built environment. Preq: PO ST (C R P) 870 or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

PDBE 812 Seminar in Environmental Design and PL PA (BIOSC) 625 Introductory Mycology 3(3,0) PO ST 822 Policy Analysis and Political Choice Planning 1(1,0) Weekly colloquium to provide a See BIOSC 625. 3(3,0) Opportunities and constraints in political forum for faculty, students and invited speakers PL PA (BIOSC) 626 Mycology Practicum 2(1,3) systems; political feasibility and policy strategy to address important issues of the day. May be See BIOSC 626. assessment. Topics include role of power, ideas, repeated for a maximum of four credits. PL PA (BIOSC) 654 Plant Virology 4(3,3) See organizational interaction, cognitive processes, PDBE 815 Research Design in Environmental BIOSC 654. interest groups, policy analysis, media and random opportunity in determining policy outcomes. Preq: Design and Planning 3(3,0) Philosophy and PL PA 659 Plant Nematology 3(2,3) Introduction method of scientific research. Within that context, Admission to Policy Studies program or consent to nematodes emphasizing plant parasitic nema- of instructor. students prepare a preliminary proposal for their todes. Introduces morphology of nematodes as it dissertation research. Preq: EDP 801, EX ST 801, relates to their taxonomic position and ability to PO ST 842 Ethics and Public Policy 3(3,0) Ex- or equivalent. cause diseases. Includes diagnosis and control of ploration of the ethical dimensions of policy PDBE 816 Research Design Practicum 3(3,0) Pro- nematode diseases, along with use of nematodes by examining moral and ethical issues raised by vides an opportunity to improve and test the ability in studies of molecular interaction and genetics problem solving and decision making. Evaluation to employ the craft of research by carrying through involvement in developing resistance. Preq: PL PA procedures integrating ethical dimensions into a semester-length research project that will be the 310 or consent of instructor. policy assessment. Topics include model codes of preliminary research for the student’s dissertation ethics for public officials and comparable standards PL PA 670 Molecular Plant Pathogen Interactions for privately employed policy professionals. Preq: project. Preq: Consent of instructor. 3(3,0) Study of the interactions of plants and PDBE 820 Instructional Design Delivery 3(3,0) Admission to certificate or PhD program in Policy pathogens at the molecular level. Investigates the Studies or consent of instructor. Presents information on teaching technique includ- molecular and genetic components of plant disease ing discussions of cognitive learning, motivation, and how these can be used for improvement and PO ST 843 Organization Theory and Public Man- course organization, interactive lecturing and understanding of how diseases occur and how these agement 3(3,0) Theoretical and analytical founda- experiential learning. can be used for possible disease management. Preq: tions for understanding bureaucracies and leader- PDBE 990 Directed Studies 3(3,0) Special topics not PL PA 310. ship roles in public management; clarification of covered in other courses. Emphasizes field studies, the distinctly “public” dimensions and challenges PL PA 802 Selected Topics 1-3(1-3,0-6) Current of management. Interdisciplinary in nature, course research activities and current developments in advances in phytopathology and physiology, dis- architecture, construction science and manage- draws on business and public administration, social eases of specific crops and specialized laboratory psychology, economics, political science and sociol- ment, landscape architecture and planning. May protocol. May be repeated for credit. Preq: Consent be repeated for a maximum of six credits. Preq: ogy. Preq: Admission to certificate or PhD program of instructor. in Policy Studies or consent of instructor. Consent of advisor. PL PA 805 Special Problems in Plant Pathology PDBE 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-18 PO ST (C R P) 845 Water Policy and Law 3(3,0) 1-12 Research not related to a thesis. Preq: PL PA See C R P 845. 411 or equivalent and consent of instructor. PLANT AND ENVIRONMENTAL PO ST 851 Rural Sustainable Development: Evolu- PL PA 807 Seminar 1(1,0) Areas of plant pathol- tion of Public Policy 3(3,0) Formulation of current SCIENCES ogy and plant physiology not covered by formal national and local public policies that impact rural courses. Relevant literature is reviewed. Material is PES 825 Seminar 1(1,0) Special topics and original community development; the constraints and op- organized and presented by students. To be taken research in plant and environmental sciences. To portunities they provide; interaction among govern- Pass/Fail only. be taken Pass/Fail only. ment institutions, decision makers and interest PL PA 809 Analytical Techniques in Plant Science PES 826 Scientific Writing 1(1,0) Written com- groups; associated influence on rural sustainability. 3(2,3) Theory of and practice in current tech- munication in the plant sciences. To be taken Preq: Admission to certificate or PhD program in niques of separation science; hands-on experience Pass/Fail only. Policy Studies or consent of instructor. with extraction, isolation and characterization of PES (CSENV) 850 Agricultural Biotechnology PO ST 861 Space Policy 3(3,0) Space science tech- chemical compounds associated with plants and nology, civilian and military government programs 2(2,0) See CSENV 850. microorganisms using techniques such as thin layer PES 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-18 and private-sector activities. Case studies of long- chromatography, gas chromatography, mass spec- term space policy issues impacting remote sensing, PES 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-18 troscopy, high pressure liquid chromatography and communications and manned space stations. electrophoresis. Preq: Organic chemistry, general Examination of origins of programs and evolu- PLANT PATHOLOGY biochemistry, or consent of instructor. tion of associated policy issues from a national PL PA 813 Fungal Ecology and Pathology 3(2,3) PL PA (ENT) 606 Diseases and Insects of Turf- and international perspective. Preq: Admission to Study of the biology and activities of fungi with grasses 2(2,0) Host-parasite relationships, symp- 2012-13certificate or PhD program in Policy Studies or emphasis on their interactions with other organ- tomatology, diagnosis, economics and control of consent of instructor. isms and roles in natural and managed ecosystems. infectious diseases of turfgrasses; and life histories, PO ST (C R P) 870 Seminar in Sustainable Devel- Includes survey of different types of symbiotic diagnosis and control of important insect pests of opment 3(3,0) Concept of sustainable develop- relationships with particular attention to plant turfgrasses. Preq: ENT 301, PL PA 310, or equiva- ment traced from its historical roots through the pathogens and mycorrhizae and their management. lent; or consent of instructor. popularization of the term in the international Preq: BIOSC 425, 426. PL PA (ENT) 608 Diseases and Insects of Turfgrass- development literature; scientific base and the es Laboratory 1(0,3) Laboratory to complement PL application of sustainability through economic PA (ENT) 406 to learn symptomatology, diagnosis POLICY STUDIES sectors and building practice. Students conduct and control of infectious diseases of turfgrasses and PO ST 810 Political Economy 3(3,0) Exploration individual/group research projects. diagnosis of damage caused by important insect of how public policy can be analyzed within a PO ST 890 Directed Study in Public Policy 3(3,0) pests of turfgrasses. Preq: PL PA (ENT) 406. common framework that considers the objectives Students pursue readings and research in individual PL PA 611 Plant Disease Diagnosis I 2(1,2) Meth- and constraints imposed on individuals in political public policy topics under the direction of a Policy ods and procedures used in the diagnosis of plant and economic situations, decision rules consistent Studies faculty member. May be repeated for a diseases, especially late spring and early summer with these objectives and constraints and the likely maximum of six credits, but only if different topics diseases. Basic techniques of pure culture and outcomes of various policy objectives. Preq: ECON are covered. Preq: Consent of instructor. identification of plant pathogens and Koch’s (AP EC) 820 or consent of instructor. postulates are taught. Diagnosis of a wide variety of diseases of cultivated and wild plants is carried out. Offered summer session only. Preq: PL PA 310 or equivalent. Courses of Instruction

PO ST 893 Internship in Policy Analysis 3(3,0) PO SC 624 Federalism and Intergovernmental Rela- PO SC 657 Political Terrorism 3(3,0) Examination Twelve-week supervised internship with an ap- tions 3(3,0) Introduction to historical, theoretical, and analysis of the international phenomenon of proved public or private entity focusing on policy legal and fiscal aspects of constitutionally divided terrorism in terms of origins, operations, philoso- analysis. Monthly reports by student and agency government. Federal, state and local division of phy and objectives. Preq: PO SC 102 or 104, Junior are required. To be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: responsibility for public services is emphasized standing, or consent of instructor. Two semesters of coursework in Policy Studies along with the emerging devolution of those re- PO SC 658 Political Leadership 3(3,0) Compara- program. sponsibilities from the federal government to states tive examination of political leaders focusing par- PO ST 898 Policy Analysis Workshop 3(0,6) Pro- and localities. Preq: PO SC 101, Junior standing, or ticularly on types, methods and consequences of vides experience with contemporary policy issues. consent of instructor. leadership and on the relationship between leaders Students work in small groups with clients compil- PO SC 627 Public Management 3(3,0) Examination and followers. Preq: PO SC 101, Junior standing, ing information, developing policy options and of emerging management problems and issues or consent of instructor. conducting analysis to address a policy issue. White facing federal, state and local government and the PO SC 661 American Diplomacy and Politics 3(3,0) paper is prepared analyzing policy options and mak- application of management principles, practices Analyzes the process of making and implementing recommendations to policy makers. Typically and techniques of public administration. Preq: PO ing strategies to protect and promote American taken in fourth semester. Preq: Three semesters of SC 101, Junior standing, or consent of instructor. national interests. Focuses on the role of govern- coursework in Policy Studies program. PO SC 628 National Security Policy 3(3,0) National ment agencies and executive-legislative relations, as PO ST 899 Selected Topics in Policy Studies 3(3,0) security threats and policy decision making. Issues well as the participation and influence of interest Intensive investigation of selected current and covered include weapons of mass destruction, ter- groups and the media. Includes a five-day seminar emerging public policy issues emphasizing current rorism, organized crime, narcotics, arms control, in Washington, DC. Preq: PO SC 363 or consent literature and results of current research. May be intelligence and homeland security. Students of instructor. repeated for a maximum of six credits, but only deliberate and assess threat priorities and crisis PO SC 680 Gender and Politics 3(3,0) Examination if different topics are covered. Preq: Consent of management. Preq: PO SC 102 or 104, Junior of the role of gender in politics in the United States instructor. standing, or consent of instructor. and in other countries. Particular emphasis on the PO ST 904 Policy Analysis Seminar I 2(2,0) Seminar PO SC 629 Global Issues 3(3,0) Analysis, assess- role of women in electoral politics, the impact of module focusing on research methodology with ment and management of the principal threats nationalist violence, and development policies on readings and discussion. Preq: Three semesters of facing global security today. Topics include rogue women’s lives, and on women’s rights as human coursework in Policy Studies program. nations, regional superpowers, alliances, organized rights. Preq: PO SC 101, 102, or 104, Junior stand- PO ST 905 Policy Analysis Seminar II 1(1,0) Seminar crime, illegal weapons proliferation and corrup- ing, or consent of instructor. involving student research with articles prepared tion. Emphasis is on the strategies available to the PO SC (LANG) 685 Global Affairs and Govern- for a professional audience and presented as part international community for dealing with these ments 3(3,0) Designed for teachers and education of the seminar. Preq: PO ST 904, three semesters of threats. Preq: PO SC 102 or 104, Junior standing, students who wish to learn how to incorporate coursework in Policy Studies program. or consent of instructor. global affairs more fully into high school curricula. PO ST 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-18 PO SC 637 American Constitutional Law: Rights Overview of major topics involving foreign policies and Liberties 3(3,0) Examination and analysis of and world politics is provided. POLITICAL SCIENCE Supreme Court decisions and other legal materials PO SC 689 Selected Topics 1-3(1-3,0) Intensive in the areas of civil rights and civil liberties, with an examination of a selected area of political science. PO SC 609 Directed Study in American Politics emphasis on freedom of speech, freedom of religion, May be repeated for a maximum of six credits, but 1-3(1-3,0) Supervised reading and/or research in equal protection of the laws and privacy rights. Preq: only if different topics are covered. Preq: Consent selected areas of American government. May be Junior standing or consent of instructor. of instructor. repeated for a maximum of six credits; however, no PO SC 638 American Constitutional Law: Struc- PO SC 841 Public Data Analysis 3(3,0) Various more than three hours credit from PO SC 310, 311, tures of Government 3(3,0) Examination and 312, 313, 409, 410 may be applied toward a Political aspects of database management, storage and analysis of Supreme Court decisions and other retrieval; data description; univariate, bivariate Science major or minor or a Global Politics minor. legal materials in the areas of national power, fed- Preq: Consent of instructor. and multivariate analysis in policy studies and eralism, the separation of powers and the role of decision-making theory. Preq: EX ST 301, MTHSC PO SC 616 Interest Groups and Social Movements the judiciary. Preq: Junior standing or consent of 301, or equivalent. 3(3,0) Empirical and normative examination of the instructor. PO SC 860 American Government 3(3,0) Literature origins, roles and influence of interest groups and PO SC 642 Political Parties and Elections 3(3,0) social movements in the United States and of the of the American political system, its institutions Study of the distinctive features of the American and processes. relationships among interest groups, social move- 2012-13two-party system with emphasis on presidential elec- ments and democratic theory. Preq: PO SC 101, PO SC 877 Public Policy Evaluation Seminar tions. Parties are examined as formal organizations, 3(3,0) Conceptual and analytic issues in policy and Junior standing, or consent of instructor. coalitions of voters and interest groups, coordina- PO SC 621 Public Policy 3(3,0) Introduction to program evaluation including problem definition, tors of nomination and election processes, and goal setting and criteria formulation; design of the major approaches to public policy making in managers of policy-making institutions. Preq: PO American government. Topics include theories evaluation research; indicator design; treatment SC 101, Junior standing, or consent of instructor. of uncertainty; and special problems raised by and models of policy making, the identification of PO SC 648 Studies in Political Economy 3(3,0) Po- policy problems, agenda setting, the formulation constraints of the political context. litical economy describes the relationship between PO SC 878 Selected Topics in Political Science and adoption of policy, implementation, and pro- social and political order and the production, con- gram evaluation. Preq: PO SC 101, Junior standing, 3(3,0) In-depth, graduate-level study of a selected sumption and trading of goods. Course introduces political science topic. or consent of instructor. special topics on political economy and familiarizes PO SC 623 Urban Politics 3(3,0) Examines the students with the work of Smith, Ricardo, Marx, nature and scope of politics in urban communi- Weber and Hayek. Preq: Junior standing. PCHSY OLOGY ties and offers an analysis of urban governance, PO SC 654 Southern Politics 3(3,0) Examination of P SYCH 626 Advanced Physiological Psychology especially in the interaction of public authority and the unique political environment of the American 3(3,0) Advanced studies in the biological basis private institutions in metropolitan areas. Emphasis South, with emphasis on the events and social of behavior with emphasis on functional neuro- is on the structure, processes and problems chal- forces which have shaped politics in the region since anatomy and endocrinology. Topics may vary. May lenging governments in urban America. Preq: PO World War II. Course material is approached from not be repeated for credit. Preq: PSYCH 324 or SC 101, Junior standing, or consent of instructor. a variety of perspectives, including history, litera- consent of instructor. ture, social themes and political culture. Preq: PO SC 101, Junior standing, or consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

PSYCH 680 Health Psychology 3(3,0) Study of the PSYCH 833 Advanced Cognitive Psychology 3(3,0) P SYCH 864 Performance Appraisal 3(3,0) Job role of health-related behaviors in the prevention, Research and theory concerning perception, measurement and the psychological processes in- development and/or exacerbation of health prob- memory, reasoning, problem solving, knowledge volved in performance appraisal. Current methods, lems. Emphasis is on the biopsychosocial model representation, psychology of language, semantics, theory and applications in the measurement of job and its application in the assessment, treatment attention, concept formation and other high-level performance. Training in the development and and prevention of health problems. Preq: PSYCH mental processes. Applications of these areas are evaluation of performance appraisal systems. Preq: 201 with a C or better and one 300-level psychology considered. PSYCH 364 or consent of instructor. course or consent of instructor. PSYCH 835 Advanced Human Factors Psychology PSYCH 867 Legal Issues in Personnel 3(3,0) Dis- PSYCH 683 Abnormal Psychology 3(3,0) Intro- 3(3,0) Foundation from which to study interactions crimination law and its relevance to the practice of duction to the diagnosis and treatment of mental between human beings and systems in order to industrial/organizational psychology. Compliance illness. Uses current diagnostic standards for maximize safety, performance and user satisfaction. with Title 7, the Age Discrimination in Employ- mental disorders as a framework for understanding Integration and application of basic research and ment Act and the Americans with Disabilities the symptoms, causes and treatments of the most theory in sensation, perception, cognition and mo- Act. Preq: PSYCH 861 and 871 or consent of commonly observed maladaptive behaviors. Preq: tor control. Preq: Consent of instructor. instructor. PSYCH 201 with a C or better and one 300-level PSYCH 837 Ergonomics for Applied Psychol- PSYCH 868 Leadership in Organizations 3(3,0) psychology course or consent of instructor. ogy 3(3,0) Perception and action capabilities of Theories of leadership and current leadership PSYCH 689 Selected Topics 3(3,0) Seminar in cur- humans as they relate to the design of machines research. Theoretical approaches include trait, rent topics in psychology. Topics vary from semes- and environments; biomechanics, anthropometry, behavioral, contingency, transactional and trans- ter to semester and are announced prior to each human movement and work, and the perceptual formational approaches. Current leadership is- semester’s registration. May be repeated once for support of action. sues may include leadership perceptions, gender credit, but only if different topics are covered. Preq: PSYCH 840 Usability Analysis and Crew Assess- and leadership, and executive succession. Preq: A PSYCH 201 with a C or better and one 300-level ment 3(3,0) Hands-on exposure to human factors course in industrial/organizational psychology or psychology course or consent of instructor. methods for evaluating the usability of computer equivalent. PSYCH 810 Research Design and Quantitative interfaces and assessing team performance in fast- PSYCH 869 Advanced Personnel Selection 3(3,0) Methods I 3(3,0) Overview of applied data analy- paced tasks. May include cognitive task analysis, Advanced seminar covering details of personnel sis in industrial and other work-related settings. heuristic evaluation, usability testing, sequential selection techniques used in organizations. Tech- Analysis techniques focus on the General Linear data analysis, cognitive modeling, workload and niques covered may include biodata, cognitive and Model approach to ANOVA and regression. situation-awareness measurement, measurement physical ability tests, personality tests, interviews and Preq: Six credits of statistics, research methods or of team knowledge, operating simulators. Preq: assessment centers. Preq: PSYCH 861. equivalent. PSYCH 810 or 835 or consent of instructor. PSYCH 871 Psychological Tests and Measurement PSYCH 811 Research Design and Quantitative PSYCH 852 Advanced Studies in Social Psychology 3(3,0) Advanced survey of psychological test devel- Methods II 3(3,0) Research methodologies; experi- 3(3,0) Human social behavior from the perspective opment, evaluation and utilization in organization- mental, quasi-experimental and nonexperimental of the individual as a participant in social relation- al and research settings; professional guidelines for designs emphasizing applied psychological research; ships; contemporary theories of human social the practice of testing in industrial/organizational scientific method; basic versus applied research; behavior and human behavior in social settings. psychology and legal guidelines for using tests in technical writing; grant writing and ethics. Preq: Preq: PSYCH 352 or consent of instructor. industry. Preq: Consent of instructor. PSYCH 810. PSYCH 860 Psychology of Training and Evalu- PSYCH 873 Structural Equation Modeling in PSYCH 813 Research Design and Quantitative ation 3(3,0) Evaluation issues such as criteria Applied Psychology 3(3,0) Fundamentals of the Methods III 3(3,0) Advanced course in applica- development, organizational assessment, process, statistical techniques involved in structural equations of multivariate data analysis in industrial and outcome criteria along with instructional tion modeling (SEM) in applied psychology. SEM and other work-related settings. Topics include the methodologies such as fairness in training, special is a regression-based technique that incorporates major advanced and multivariate data analytic tools populations, second careers, hard-core unemploy- elements of path analysis, confirmatory factor needed for research in applied psychology. Preq: ment and ethics of organizational and industrial analysis and structural models. Preq: PSYCH 810 PSYCH 810 or consent of instructor. change. Preq: A course in industrial psychology, or consent of instructor. PSYCH 814 Laboratory in Quantitative Methods personnel psychology, or equivalent. PSYCH 882 Survey of Occupational Health Psy- 1(0,2) Laboratory in data analysis. Emphasis is on PSYCH 861 Personnel Psychology 3(3,0) Theory, chology 3(3,0) Issues in the newly developing field determining and conducting appropriate analyses, techniques and legal issues involved in the effective of occupational health psychology; integration of along with interpreting and presenting results. matching of individuals’ needs, preferences, skills knowledge bases from human factors, industrial- Analytic procedures covered include regression di- 2012-13and abilities with the needs and preferences of or- organizational, health psychology and related disci- agnostics, mediation, moderation, generalized lin- ganizations. Topics include research methods, pre- plines; biopsychosocial perspective where students ear models, hierarchical linear models, and factor diction issues, tests and other predictors, decision develop problem-solving skills and interdisciplinary analysis. Preq: PSYCH 810; Coreq: PSYCH 813. making and job evaluation. Preq: PSYCH 810. knowledge. Preq: Prior psychology coursework or PSYCH 815 Advanced Studies in Systems and PSYCH 862 Organizational Psychology 3(3,0) In- consent of instructor. Theories 3(3,0) Foundations of contemporary psy- vestigation of forms of organizational structure and PSYCH 885 Organizational Stress 3(3,0) Considers chology, origins of major theories, conceptions of basic theories of organizations. Includes research stressors in the workplace that have the capac- scientific knowledge implicit in them and reasons and theories on human behavior in organizations ity to undermine an individual’s well-being and for accepting or rejecting them. Preq: PSYCH 415 including motivation, leadership and job satisfac- performance. Addresses comprehensive models of or consent of instructor. tion. Discusses relationships between theories and organizational stress, methodological challenges in PSYCH 822 Human Perception and Performance research on human behavior and organization de- studying workplace stress, factors that reduce the 3(3,0) Basic research on human perception as velopment and change. Preq: A course in industrial/ negative impact of stress, and organizational inter- applied to task performance; vision and audition organizational psychology or equivalent. ventions to reduce the negative consequences. in adults; basic knowledge of human sensory and PSYCH 863 Work Motivation and Satisfaction PSYCH 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-3 perceptual characteristics as applied to such tasks as 3(3,0) Explanations for absenteeism, productivity, PSYCH 895 Applied Psychology Internship 3-6(0,3- machine operation, task performance, etc. job satisfaction and withdrawal, as well as their 6) Supervised field experience in industry, business, interrelations. Methods of measuring attitudes and or government. Site location, on-site supervision opinions and general theories of human motiva- and credit hours must be approved in advance by tion. Preq: A course in industrial/organizational graduate coordinator. psychology or equivalent. Courses of Instruction

PSYCH 897 Special Problems in Applied Psychology P ADM 862 (FCS) Administrative Leadership 3(3,0) RED 802 Real Estate Development Field Tour Sem- 1-3 Study of a particular topic under the direction Foundations of leadership in public organizations; inar 3(0,9) Examines the processes of creating qual- of a faculty member. Specific program is organized personal and organizational values underlying deci- ity development within the risk-reward framework by student and faculty member and submitted to sion processes in the public service. focusing on design feasibility from the perspectives graduate coordinator for approval. Project is not P ADM 863 [POLI 772] Contemporary Adminis- of the development team. Approximate two-week used to support MS thesis or dissertation. May be trative Organizations 3(3,0) Problems, processes tour of the South Carolina Coast or other environs repeated for a maximum of 21 credits. and theories of communication, decision-making, visits approximately forty developments and the key PSYCH 899 Selected Topics 3(3,0) Selected current agency planning and control in administrative actors involved. To be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: and classic topics not covered in other courses. May agencies. MRED student or consent of instructor. be repeated for credit. P ADM 867 State Government Administration RED 803 Public-Private Partnership Development PSYCH 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-9 3(3,0) State government problems and policy issues 3(3,0) Focuses on public-private partnerships in the emphasizing the modernization of government structuring, negotiating and implementing the de- PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION institutions and comparative state politics. sign, development, construction and management Courses listed in brackets (e.g., P ADM 702 [POLI 502]) P ADM 868 [POLI 768] Local Government Ad- of buildings and areas. Emphasis is on redevelop- are offered by the University of South Carolina. ministration 3(3,0) Administration of local gov- ment/rehab and infill development; incentive tools ernment from the perspective of the professional and techniques, and market and feasibility issues P ADM 702 [POLI 502] Research Methods for administrator; the growth of the manager form of for development within the risk-reward framework. Public Administration 3(3,0) Use of social science local government; the role of local government Preq: RED 800 and consent of instructor. research methods for addressing issues in public administrators with regard to policy making, man- RED 804 Practicum in Residential Development management and policy; research design; measure- agement and the delivery of services. 3(3,0) Exploration of the residential development ment; sampling and polling; various aspects of P ADM 877 Public Policy Evaluation Seminar process. Guest speakers, case studies and field visits locating, collecting and processing data, including 3(3,0) are used. Feasibility, market studies and financial survey design and archive searches. Investigates conceptual and analytic issues in policy and program evaluation including problem analysis for a real world proposed development are P ADM 821 [POLI 770] Perspectives on Public definition, goal setting and criteria formulation; completed by diverse student teams. Preq: Consent Administration 3(3,0) Study and practice of public design of evaluation research; indicator design; of instructor. th administration in the United States in the 20 cen- treatment of uncertainty; and special problems RED 805 Practicum in Commercial Development tury; historical development of the field of public raised by constraints of the political context. 3(3,0) Exploration of the commercial development administration; current approaches to the study P ADM 878 (FCS) Selected Topics in Public Ad- process, especially for office and retail properties. and practice of public administration. ministration 3(3,0) In-depth study of an applied Guest speakers, case studies and field visits are P ADM 822 [POLI 774] Public Policy Process 3(3,0) problem in public administration as seen through used. Capstone preliminary feasibility analysis Major models of policy making including incremen- the practitioner’s eyes; investigates the methods is completed by diverse student teams for a real talism, rationalism, pluralism and elitism; selected used to address these problems. May be repeated for world proposed development. Preq: Consent of areas of public policy including transportation, credit, but only if different topics are covered. instructor. poverty, energy and the environment. P ADM 879 [POLI 779] Internship in Public Ad- RED 810 Real Estate Seminar Roundtable 1(1,0) P ADM 827 [POLI 773] (FCS) Public Personnel Ad- ministration 1-3(1-3,0) Internship with a govern- Weekly course that brings students and premier ministration 3(3,0) Organization, techniques and ment agency requiring a written report detailing real estate professionals together through on-site theories of personnel management; interpersonal the experience. or video conference sessions. Presentations and relations in organizations; personnel change and discussions occur regarding cutting-edge projects P ADM 880 [POLI 753] Capstone Seminar in development; changing conditions in the public ser- and industry issues from around the country and Public Administration 3(3,0) Term project in- vice; educational specializations, unions, collective internationally. Preq: Enrollment in MRED program tegrating the material from other courses in the bargaining, etc.; ethics for the public service. or consent of instructor. analysis of a contemporary public administration P ADM 829 [POLI 775] (FCS) Public Financial problem. Field work and applied project required. RED 811 Summer Internship in Real Estate Management 3(3,0) Organization and techniques Preq: Thirty credit hours toward MPA degree and Development 3(0,9) Preplanned, preapproved, of governmental financial management; budgetary consent of instructor. faculty-supervised internship designed to give stu- theories; intergovernmental financial relations. dents on-the-job learning in support of classroom P ADM 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-6 P ADM 830 Constitutional Law for Public Admin- education. Internships must be no less than ten istration 3(3,0) Principles of American constitu- full-time, consecutive weeks with same internship tional law; legal issues related to public administra- REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT provider. Ancillary study abroad experience or two, tion including delegation of power, separation of 2012-13RED 800 Real Estate Development Process 3(3,0) three-credit classes in place of internship require- powers, due process and civil rights and liberties. Real estate and land development process from ment are possible with approval of MRED Director. May not be taken for credit by students who have the developer’s perspective. Cases and lectures are To be taken Pass/Fail only. taken PO SC 632 or 633 or their equivalents. presented by leading experts in the development RED 812 Real Estate Technology 2(2,0) Dem- P ADM 834 Administrative Law 3(3,0) Legislative, industry. Emphasizes participants of the develop- onstrates the technology used by the real estate adjudicatory and general policy-making powers of ment team and how to become a developer/“master industry pertaining to site analysis and land plan- administrative agencies and regulatory commis- builder” to create a superior built environment. ning, vertical design, location analysis and market sions; the scope of judicial review of administrative Preq: Consent of instructor. research and feasibility analysis. Preq: Consent of action. Directed primarily toward the analysis of the RED 801 Real Estate Market Analysis 3(3,0) Pro- instructor. political nature of bureaucracy. cesses and data sources used to analyze the supply RED 813 Real Estate Development Strategic Plan- P ADM 841 Public Data Analysis 3(3,0) Considers and demand for various building types. Explores ning 3(3,0) Seminar examines the importance of various aspects of database management, storage demographic, technological and economic trends strategy in the success of real estate companies and and retrieval; data description; univariate, bivari- affecting markets. General market analysis supply projects. Leadership, current economic conditions ate and multivariate analysis in policy studies and and demand approaches, including the use of GIS, and the real estate cycle are also explored as a way decision-making theory. Preq: EX ST 301, MTHSC are developed and applied primarily to residential, of identifying successful strategies and the role 301, or equivalent. retail and office markets at specific sites. Preq: leadership plays in their execution. Preq: Second P ADM 860 American Government 3(3,0) Exam- Consent of instructor. year MRED student. ines literature of the American political system, its institutions and processes. Courses of Instruction

RED 814 Resort and Second-Home Communities RCID 803 Empirical Research Methods 3(3,0) Study R CID 831 Independent Research and Study 3(3,0) Seminar 3(3,0) Advanced seminar on resort and of assumptions-applications of empirical method in Supervised reading in areas and concentrations second-home communities focuses on the full range research. Includes sampling techniques, measure- where there is no comparable seminar or course- of development issues pertaining to this important ment, reliability, validity in collecting-analyzing work. May be repeated for a maximum of nine and expanding real estate market. Special emphasis data, using parametric-nonparametric statistical credits. Preq: RCID 802, 803, 804, 805, five RCID on market and feasibility issues, including analysis procedures. Considers approaches to content cognate seminars, and consent of program director of value creation amenities such as golf/tennis, studies as well as survey and quasi-experimental and chair of advisory committee. eco-environment, marina, equestrian, skiing and research. Discusses philosophic writings of scholars RCID 833 Graduate Readings 3(3,0) Independent wellness. Preq: Second year MRED student. such as Popper and Kuhn and content-specific work research/study focusing on preparation of dis- RED 889 Selected Topics 3(3,0) Topics emphasizing of Lazarsfeld, Lasswell, Hovland, among others. sertation project, with two support areas. May be current literature and results of current research. Preq: RCID major or consent of instructor. repeated for a maximum of nine credits. Preq: RCID May be repeated for a maximum of nine credits, but RCID 804 Visual Rhetorics 3(3,0) Examines post- 802, 803, 804, 805, five RCID cognate seminars, only if different topics are covered. Preq: Consent 1945 modes of visual rhetoric and differing critical and consent of program director and chair of of instructor. perspectives on their functions. Attention is given advisory committee. RED 890 Directed Study 1-3(0,3-9) Students pursue to key texts and visual creations to gain awareness RCID 880 Applied Experience in Research and individual professional interests under guidance of of how visual codes operate in interior worlds and Communication in Studio 3(3,0) Students apply individual faculty as approved by MRED Director. public life. Topics include the Challenge of Abstrac- their seminar work systematically to individual Offered for elective credit for students in MRED tion, Culture of Display, Body as Marketing Tool. research projects in a primary area and two support program. May be repeated for a maximum of six Preq: RCID major or consent of instructor. areas. Includes an introduction to applied research credits. RCID 805 Rhetorics, Communication, Information in a variety of places, both actual and virtual (ar- Technologies 3(3,0) Hands-on examination of com- chives, labs, studios), and to ever-changing notions RELIGION munication technologies used widely in academic of intellectual property and creative commons. May and industry settings. Focuses on such intermedia as be repeated for a maximum of six credits. Preq: RE L 601 Studies in Biblical Literature and Religion audio, video, Web, MOOs, Blogs, serious computer RCID 802, 803, 804, 805, four RCID cognate 3(3,0) Critical examination of a selected topic in games and all emerging technologies. Preq: RCID (elective) seminars. biblical studies. Topics vary from year to year. major or consent of instructor. May be repeated once for credit. Preq: Consent RCID 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1–18 of instructor. RCID 810 Pedagogy, Administration and Assessment 3(3,0) Theory and praxis of professional communica- RURAL SOCIOLOGY REL 602 Studies in Religion 3(3,0) Thorough tion in academic instruction and selected methods examination of a selected topic in one or more of of pedagogical and programmatic assessment. R S (SOC) 601 Human Ecology 3(3,0) Analysis of the religious traditions of the world or of religious Emphasizes communication-intermedia across the the interrelationships among the physical world, life in a particular region. Topics vary from year to curriculum, academic program administration modifications in natural environments, human year. May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. and scholarship of teaching and learning. May be settlement patterns and institutions that both Preq: Consent of instructor. repeated for a maximum of six credits. Preq: RCID encourage and regulate environmental modifica- REL 604 History of Early Christianity 3(3,0) Study major or consent of instructor. tion. Emphasis is on conditions whereby natural resources become public policy concerns. Offered of the history, social and doctrinal, of early Christi- RCID 811 Perspectives in Information Designs anity up to 600 A.D. Preq: Consent of instructor. spring semester only. Preq: Junior standing or con- 3(3,0) Offers multiple historical and theoretical per- sent of instructor. REL 699 Independent Study 1-3(1-3,0) Study of spectives for designing and presenting information selected problems, issues, or movements in religion in visual, oral, print and digital media. Students R S (SOC) 659 The Community 3(3,0) Close analy- under the direction of a faculty member chosen apply humanistic-rhetorical models to these media sis of the development of contemporary communi- by the student. Student and faculty member and design multimedia projects that demonstrate ties and their place in society. Continuing effects develop an individualized course of study approved transactions among theoretical perspectives. May of industrialization, migration and technological by the department chair prior to registration. include such models as homeostasis, autopoiesis change on community location and structure May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. and virtuality. Preq: RCID major, RCID 801, or are examined. Structural relations of social class, Preq: Consent of instructor. consent of instructor. status and the associations among institutions are explored. Preq: Junior standing or consent of RCID 812 Cultural Critiques of Mechanical Re- instructor. RHETORICS, COMMUNICATION productions 3(3,0) Study of critiques and ethics of AND INFORMATION DESIGN simulation and sham realities, balanced with coun- SECONDARY EDUCATION 2012-13ter-critiques/counter-ethics. Considers the “death” R CID 801 Histories of Rhetorics 3(3,0) Details historical beginnings from preplatonics, Sophists, of reality and the birth of third order “virtualities.” EDSEC 637 Technology in Secondary Mathematics Plato, Aristotle to early work of K. Burke (c. 1940). May include such theorists and commentators as 3(3,0) Students learn how to integrate calculators, Attention is given to primary-secondary works, Plato, W. Benjamin, M. Heidegger, J. Baudrillard, data collectors and computers in the secondary including historiographical principles of rhetorics, R. Barthes, P.Virilio, K. Hayles, A. Fausto-Sterling, mathematics curriculum. They solve problems from “the sister arts” (ut pictura poesis, ecphrasis), and F. Kittler, G. Deleuze, A. Ronell, M. Taylor. Preq: middle school, Algebra I, Geometry and Algebra techne (as human faculty and mechanical technol- RCID major or consent of instructor. II courses. Preq: Second semester Junior standing, ogy). Preq: RCID major or consent of instructor. RCID 813 Special Topics 3(3,0) Study of varying top- admission to the professional level. RCID 802 Cultural Research Methods 3(3,0) ics determined by such rubrics as history, method, EDSEC (ENGL) 685 Composition and Language Continuation of RCID 801, from 1940 to the criticism, place, time, subjectivity, models, memory, Studies for Teachers 3(3,0) See ENGL 685. present. Focuses on rhetorical inventions as tradi- styles; or determined by such permutations and EDSEC 765 Secondary School Curriculum 3(3,1) tional memory and innovative counter-memory. combinations of rubrics as ethos-gender-sex, theory- Principles, techniques and trends in secondary Includes such theorists as K. Burke, G. Ulmer and practice, rhetoric-poetics, politics-poetics, techne- school curriculum development and evaluation. P. Miller. Includes algorithmic, heuristic, aleatory technology, cultural-digital studies, analog-digital. EDSEC 770 Science Laboratory and Field Instruc- procedures; classical, modern, postmodern topoi May be repeated for a maximum of nine credits, tion 3(3,0) Methods of designing and conducting and ethnographies/grammatologies; gestural, oral but only if different topics are covered. Preq: RCID laboratory and field learning activities in secondary (aural), literate and electrate logics; graphic/filmic 802, 803, or consent of program director. science courses. Preq: Undergraduate science teach- collage-montage; “rhythm science,” and sampling- ing methods course or consent of instructor. remixing. Preq: RCID 801. Courses of Instruction

EDSEC 803 Advanced Methods of Teaching in the EDSEC 862 Teaching Methods and Strategies for SOC 693 Sociology of Corrections 3(3,0) Analysis Secondary School 3(3,1) Principles and practices Secondary Mathematics 3(3,1) Students develop of correctional alternatives. Topics include sentenc- involved in promoting effective active learning in instructional practices and materials appropriate ing strategies and their impact, prison populations secondary schools. for secondary mathematics and become familiar (male, female and juvenile), inmate social struc- EDSEC 841 Advanced Studies in the Teaching of with curriculum standards and materials. Includes tures, treatment and custody issues, community Secondary School English 3(3,1) Methods of teach- field experiences in local schools. Preq: Consent based alternatives (probation, parole, electronic ing secondary school English based on research of instructor. monitoring and work release), and correctional and review of current literature. Preq: EDSEC EDSEC 891 Directed Internship 9(0,27) Application management issues. Preq: SOC 390 or consent 424 or equivalent, master’s degree, or consent of of effective teaching techniques and organization of instructor. instructor. of instructional settings for high school students. SOC 694 Sociology of Organized Crimes 3(3,0) EDSEC 842 Advanced Studies in the Teaching of Examines the multifarious aspects of criminal Secondary School Mathematics 3(3,1) Relationship SOCIOLOGY organizations, namely their structure, methods between mathematics teaching theory and practice and networks. Specific topics may include white- SOC (R S) 601 Human Ecology 3(3,0) See R collar crime and traditional, nontraditional and as shown in the research literature. Emphasis is S 601. on inquiry and other student-centered strategies. transnational organized crime. Preq: SOC 201 or Issues and techniques in secondary mathematics. SOC 604 Sociological Theory 3(3,0) Survey of the consent of instructor. Preq: EDSEC 426 or equivalent, master’s degree, development of sociological theory. Required of SOC 803 Survey Designs for Applied Social Re- or consent of instructor. all sociology majors. Preq: SOC 201 and Junior search 4(3,2) Survey research design principles, standing or consent of instructor. EDSEC 843 Advanced Studies in the Teaching of procedures and techniques used in applied sociol- Secondary School Science 3(3,1) Methods of sci- SOC 614 Policy and Social Change 3(3,0) Uses the ogy; instrumentation; data collection, management ence teaching theory and practice as shown by cur- sociological perspective to examine policy develop- and interpretation. Offered fall semester only. Preq: rent research literature. Emphasis is on laboratory, ment, implementation and evaluation in the public SOC (R S) 303 or equivalent. inquiry and other student-centered teaching strate- and private sectors. Specifically, focuses on values SOC 805 Evaluation Research 3(3,0) Research gies. Techniques in science curriculum develop- and ethics and the effects of social change efforts on methods and techniques of computer-assisted ment. Issues in science teaching. Science teaching the outcomes of policy formation, social planning data management and analyses used in evaluating leadership skills. Preq: EDSEC 427 or equivalent, and implementation. Preq: SOC 201 and Junior policies, operation, organization and effectiveness master’s degree, or consent of instructor. standing or consent of instructor. of social programs in the private and public sec- EDSEC 844 Advanced Studies in the Teaching of SOC 633 Globalization and Social Change 3(3,0) tors; microcomputer software packages available Secondary School Social Studies 3(3,1) Social stud- Examination of the social and historical causes of for these purposes. Offered spring semester only. ies teaching strategies derived from major theories development and underdevelopment in societies. Preq: SOC 803. of learning and contemporary research; curricular Various sociological theories of development are SOC 807 Advanced Research Methods 3(3,0) issues in social studies education. Preq: EDSEC reviewed. Selected countries are examined in an Advanced methods in social research; measuring 428 or equivalent, master’s degree, or consent of international context. Preq: SOC 201 and Junior techniques and data analysis strategies; practical instructor. standing or consent of instructor. experience in various phases of social research. EDSEC 846 Current Literature in English Educa- SOC (R S) 659 The Community 3(3,0) See R S Offered spring semester only. Preq: SOC 803. tion 3(3,1) Research literature in English education; 659. SOC 810 Theoretical Models in Applied Social examination of literature in research methods and SOC 660 Race and Ethnicity 3(3,0) Investigation of Research 3(3,0) Comparative analysis of theo- curriculum in English teaching. Preq: A methods sociological perspectives on race, ethnic relations retical models in sociology and their uses in ap- course in English education. and social stratification. Analysis of the impact of plied research; uses of these models in research EDSEC 847 Current Literature in Mathematics social class on minority movements. Preq: SOC 201 concerned with the processes of industrial and Teaching 3(3,1) Examination of literature in both and Junior standing or consent of instructor. economic growth and development. Preq: SOC the research and curriculum in mathematics educa- SOC 671 Population Issues and Methods 3(3,0) 404 or equivalent. tion. Preq: A graduate teaching methods course or Demographic concepts, theory and research SOC 812 Social Stratification 3(3,0) Stratification consent of instructor. methods for vital statistics, migration and popula- is the comprehensive study of social inequalities EDSEC 848 Current Literature in Science Teach- tion distribution and projections. Collection and as manifest in multiple dimensions of economic ing 3(3,1) Recent literature of science education; processing of demographic data and organization class, political power, and occupational status, examination of literature in both the research and of demographic data systems. Offered fall semester their inter-correlations, and the uneven distribu- curriculum in secondary science teaching. Preq: only. Preq: ANTH 201 or R S 301 or SOC 201. tions of these across gender, racial, and ethnic 2012-13SOC 680 Medical Sociology 3(3,0) Sociocultural fac- demographics. It crosscuts the major sociological A graduate teaching methods course or consent of instructor. tors in the etiology and treatment of physical illness; subfields and is relevant for academic, public and EDSEC 849 Current Literature in Social Studies medical occupations and professions; organization policy-centered sociology. Teaching 3(3,1) Examines recent literature in social of health-care delivery systems. Preq: SOC 201 and SOC 830 Human Systems Development: Organiza- studies education, in both curriculum and instruc- Junior standing or consent of instructor. tions and Society 3(3,0) Complex organizations tion. Preq: A graduate teaching methods course or SOC 681 Aging and Death 3(3,0) Sociological orien- such as human systems with primary focus on consent of instructor. tation to aging populations focusing on the impact development and change, interorganizational rela- EDSEC 861 Teaching Methods and Strategies of health care, welfare and retirement systems. tions and the influence of these structures on the for Secondary Science 3(3,1) Students develop Includes dying as a social phenomenon, suicide, community life. Offered fall semester only. Preq: instructional practices and materials appropriate euthanasia, funerals. Preq: SOC 201 and Junior SOC 430 or equivalent. for secondary science and become familiar with standing or consent of instructor. SOC 836 Environmental Sociology 3(2,3) Intro- curriculum standards and materials. Includes field SOC 684 Child Abuse and Treatment 3(3,0) Com- duction to environmental sociology; relationship experiences in local schools. Emphasis is on inquiry prehensive examination of child abuse, neglect among human behavior, society and the environ- and other student-centered teaching strategies, and exploitation as major social problems; causes, ment; focuses on the natural rather than the built laboratory management, techniques in science effects and prevalence of physical, sexual and emo- environment; U.S. and global issues. curriculum development, and science teaching tional maltreatment; definitional controversies; SOC 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 leadership skills. Preq: Consent of instructor. social policy and legal considerations; therapeutic SOC 892 Selected Topics in Sociology 3(3,0) Cur- approaches for children and their caretakers; child rent topics in applied sociology not covered in maltreatment and the judicial system. Preq: SOC other graduate courses. May be repeated once 201 and Senior standing or consent of instructor. for credit. Courses of Instruction

SOC 895 Field Experience 1-6(0,1-6) Supervised SPECIAL EDUCATION ED SP 818 Practicum in Intellectual Disabilities work experience in a public agency or private and Autism 3(1,6) Addresses content knowledge, enterprise to gain planning, research and policy ED SP 669 Characteristics of Individuals with Emo- performance skills, and professional values for experience. May be repeated once for a maximum tional and Behavioral Disorders 3(3,0) Addresses successful teaching of students with intellectual of six credits. Preq: 12 hours of 800-level coursework the characteristics of individuals with emotional disabilities and autism. Focuses on teacher-directed in Sociology. and behavioral disorders. Consideration is given instruction and the use of critical instructional fac- to historical and legal aspects, definitions, compre- SOC 896 Independent Study 1-3(1-3,0) tors, the use of recommended practices for students Individual hensive assessment and the impact of school, home, readings or research in a topic area selected accord- with disabilities, and the measurement and analysis culture and society on individuals with behavior of student performance data. Preq: ED SP 673, 817 ing to a student’s interests or program needs. May disorders. Research findings in the field of behavior be repeated for a maximum of six credits. : or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Preq disorders are emphasized. Preq: ED SP 370. Approval of director of graduate studies. ED SP 820 Language Arts Instruction for Indi- ED SP 674 Procedures for Individuals with Emo- SOC 897 Departmental Research and Professional viduals with Disabilities 3(3,1) Research-based tional and Behavioral Disorders 3(3,0) Assists Development Seminar 1(1,0) methods for instructing individuals with dis- Presentation of cur- students in developing specific strategies for teach- rent research by Department of Sociology faculty, abilities. Includes principles of effective language ing individuals with emotional and behavioral arts instruction in reading, writing, speaking and staff, graduate students and visiting researchers. disorders, utilizing preventive measures, expanding Professional development seminars related to the listening skills. Preq: A course in reading methods skills in behavior analysis and implementing the or consent of instructor. research process, internships and employment least restrictive intervention warranted. Includes ED SP 821 Educational Assessment of Individuals opportunities. May be repeated for a maximum of programmatic considerations, social skill instruc- with Disabilities 3(3,1) Introduction to the assess- four credits. To be taken Pass/Fail only. tion, curriculum selection, IEP development and ment process in special education by addressing effective transition. Preq: ED SP 469. procedural safeguards; data collection via informal SOILS AND SUSTAINABLE CROP ED SP 678 Practicum in Emotional and Behavioral SYSTEMS and standardized procedures; issues in assessment; Disorders 3(2,3) Addresses content knowledge, psychometric properties of standardized tests; and SSCS 645 Regulatory Issues and Policies 1(1,0) performance skills and professional values for suc- administration, scoring and interpretation of Introduction to regulations of agricultural practices cessful teaching of students with emotional and selected instruments. Preq: ED SP 370 or consent and implementation of novel technologies and behavioral disorders. Focuses on teacher-directed of instructor. instruction and the use of critical instructional products. Emphasizes patenting biotechnology in- ED SP 822 Teaching Mathematics to Individuals factors, the use of recommended practice for stu- ventions and ethical issues. Includes survey of state with Disabilities 3(3,1) Procedures for teaching dents with disabilities, and the measurement and and governmental agencies with responsibilities to mathematics to individuals with disabilities using analysis of student performance data. Preq: ED SP avoid risk to humans, non-target organisms, and direct instruction as an approach to assessment, 474; completion of student teaching. preservation of food safety, agricultural resources instructional planning and evaluation. Research and natural ecosystems. ED SP 810 Characteristics of Individuals with in mathematics instruction for individuals with SSCS 650 Agricultural Biosystems and Risk Assess- Learning Disabilities 3(3,0) Addresses definitions, disabilities and mathematics program. Preq: ment 1(1,0) In-depth discussion of recent articles identification procedures, cognitive abilities, social ED SP 370 or consent of instructor. functioning, academic skills, and functional perfor- on agricultural biotechnology and related issues. ED SP 823 Teaching Individuals with Disabilities mance of individuals with learning disabilities. Preq: Independent and comprehensive literature survey in Integrated Settings 3(3,1) Strategies for teaching ED SP 370 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. and critical discussions on introduction of modi- individuals with disabilities in integrated settings; fied organisms into biological systems, agricultural ED SP 811 Educational Procedures for Individuals appropriate instruction, accommodations, natural adoption and bio-risk assessment. Discussions re- with Learning Disabilities 3(3,0) Provides knowl- supports, collaboration and consultation. Preq: ED late to scientific discovery, application and regula- edge of educational evaluation and instructional SP 370 or consent of instructor. tory issues of agricultural biotechnology. procedures to improve outcomes for individuals ED SP 838 Selected Topics in Special Education with learning disabilities. Preq: ED SP 670, 810 or SSCS 651 Agricultural Biotechnology and Global 1-3(1-3,0) Specific master’s-level special education equivalent, or consent of instructor. Society 1(1,0) In-depth discussion of recent articles topics not found in other courses are selected for on agricultural biotechnology and related global ED SP 812 Practicum in Learning Disabilities in-depth study. May be repeated for a maximum of issues. Includes independent and comprehen- 3(1,6) Practical experience in teaching students 24 credits, but only if different topics are covered. sive literature survey and critical discussions on with learning disabilities under the supervision of ED SP 839 Independent Study in Special Education implementation of biotechnology products in the college faculty and local mentor teachers. Preq: ED 1-3(1-3,0) Master’s-level study of selected topics in context of world agricultural production systems SP 370, 810, 811, or consent of instructor. special education under the direction of a faculty and economics. Discusses the role of international 2012-13ED SP 816 Characteristics of Individuals with Intel- member. May be repeated for a maximum of 24 agencies and social and ethical issues. lectual Disabilities and Autism 3(3,0) An in-depth credits, but only if different topics are covered. study of the etiology, assessment procedures, and ED SP 840 Transition Education and Services for SPANISH learning and behavioral characteristics of individu- Individuals with Disabilities 3(3,1) Postsecondary als with intellectual disabilities and autism across SPAN 151 Spanish for Graduate Students 3(3,0) options for individuals with disabilities; educa- the lifespan. Preq: ED SP 370 or equivalent, or Intensive program only for graduate students tional programs and services which support their consent of instructor. preparing for the reading examination in Spanish. transition from school to life. Preq: ED SP 370 or A minimum grade of B on final exam will satisfy ED SP 817 Educational Procedures for Individuals consent of instructor. with Intellectual Disabilities and Autism 3(3,0) Graduate School foreign language requirement. ED SP 841 Instructional Strategies for Individuals Identification, selection, and preparation of To be taken Pass/Fail only. May be repeated once. with Disabilities in Secondary School Settings functional curriculum materials and pedagogy Preq: Graduate standing. 3(3,1) Instructional procedures for teaching indi- for teaching students with intellectual disabilities SPAN 699 Special Topics 3(3,0) Study of timely or viduals with disabilities in middle and high schools. and autism. A multidisciplinary, student-centered special topics in Spanish. May be repeated for a Research-validated practices in learning strategies, approach to program planning provides the maximum of six credits, but only if different topics content-area instruction, functional skills and framework. Preq: ED SP 672, 816, or equivalent, are covered. Preq: Consent of department chair. community-based instruction. Preq: ED SP 370 or or consent of instructor. consent of instructor. Courses of Instruction

ED SP 853 Legal and Policy Issues in Special Educa- ED SP 935 Preparing Highly Qualified Special THEATRE tion 3(3,1) The impact of legislation-IDEA, Section Educators: Research in Teacher Education 3(3,0) 504 and litigation on special education; six major Prepares doctoral students for the role of teacher THEA (ENGL) 630 Dramatic Literature II 3(3,0) principles of special education law; interpretation educator. Topics include current issues in teacher See ENGL 630. of court cases; residential placements; discipline; education and special education including effective THEA (ENGL) 647 Playwriting Workshop 3(0,3) extended school year services; compensatory edu- teaching practices in general and special education. Workshop in the creative writing of plays. May be cation; inclusion; strategies to minimize litigation Current findings in teacher education and special repeated once. Preq: THEA (ENGL) 347 or consent and trends in special education. Preq: ED SP 370 education research and development and conduct of instructor. or consent of instructor. of research are emphasized. Preq: Curriculum and THEA 672 Improvisation: Interpreting and De- ED SP 854 Applied Behavior Analysis 3(3,1) Class Instruction major or consent of instructor. veloping Texts 3(3,0) Practical applications using members accurately recognize, observe, record and ED SP 936 Single-Subject Research Design 3(3,0) drama as a learning tool to strengthen writing skills, chart inappropriate behaviors; develop behavioral Provides doctoral students with practical informa- motivate collaboration and heighten analytical plans based on functional assessment data; deter- tion regarding the conduct, theory and practice of skills. Students use improvisation to analyze texts mine behavioral objectives; apply behavior analysis single-subject research methods. Emphasizes skills and to revise original work, consider theory and principles; and foster student self-management in design, implementation and analysis of single- research of contemporary scholars and develop skills. Preq: ED SP 370. subject research. Preq: Curriculum and Instruction approaches to literature and composition based ED SP 860 Social Development and Guidance major or consent of instructor. on readings and drama experiences. Preq: Senior of Young Children in Inclusive Settings 3(3,0) ED SP 937 Research in High Incidence Disabilities standing or consent of instructor. Focuses on the social development and guidance 3(3,0) Emphasizes research related to characteristics THEA 687 Stage Lighting I 3(2,1) Theory and of very young children—infants, toddlers and and identification of individuals with high incidence practice of stage lighting through an understanding preschoolers—in inclusive early childhood settings. disabilities, as well as evidence-based instructional of various lighting instruments, lighting control Explores best practices for teachers of infants, tod- and behavioral interventions. Preq: Curriculum and systems and execution of lighting designs. dlers, preschool and primary age children in diverse Instruction major or consent of instructor. THEA 697 Scene Painting 3(2,1) Practical study of education and care settings. ED SP 953 Legal Trends in Special Education 3(3,0) basic painting techniques for the theatre including ED SP 930 Critical Issues and Trends in Special A critical examination of legislative mandates in layout, proper use of materials, painting styles and Education 3(3,0) Helps students develop an under- special education. Areas of study include the In- texturing techniques. standing of the role of convergent research evidence dividuals with Disabilities Education Act, Section THEA 699 Independent Studies 1-3(1-3,0) Tutorial in addressing critical issues in special education 504, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and the work for students with special interests outside the practices and policies. Focuses on foundational Elementary and Secondary Education Act. Pertinent scope of existing courses. May be repeated for a issues of special education, intervention issues and landmark and current litigation are also examined. maximum of six credits. Preq: Consent of depart- personnel preparation issues. ED SP (ED, ED F) 980 Internship in Curriculum ment chair. ED SP 931 Advanced Research in Learning Disabili- and Instruction 1-6(0,3-18) See ED 980. ties 3(3,1) Investigates history, theory, research and ED SP (ED, ED F) 991 Doctoral Dissertation Re- VOCATIONAL/TECHNICAL practice pertaining to selected issues in methods search 1-18 See ED 991. EDUCATION and curriculum within the field of learning disabili- ED SP (ED, ED F) 994 Directed Research 1-4(1-4,0) VT ED 810 Foundations of Vocational and Techni- ties. Employs research-based interventions in the See ED 994. preparation, selection and adaptation of instruc- cal Education 3(3,0) Evolution of vocational and th tion for students with learning disabilities. Preq: ED technical education during the 20 century and F 778 and ED SP 821 or consent of instructor. S YSteMS ENGINEERING current trends; sociological, psychological and philosophical theories underlying current objectives; ED SP 932 Advanced Research in Emotional/ SYS E 801 Systems Engineering I 3(3,0) Educates definition of broad parameters of the field. Behavioral Disorders 3(3,1) History, theory, students on the complete system design process research and practice pertaining to selected issues using a project-oriented format. Course consists of VT ED 833 Curriculum Construction in Vocational in the fields of emotional/behavioral disorders. topical areas in needs analysis, concept generation and Technical Education 3(3,0) Students develop Influence of various theoretical approaches in the and development, prototyping, evaluation, cost a specific course in a selected vocational and techni- field. Research-based interventions and curriculum analysis, implementation and delivery. Preq: Con- cal education area by specifying performance goals development. Preq: ED SP 821. sent of instructor. and building around these objectives. Preq: AG ED 640 or CTE 670 or equivalent. ED SP 933 Advanced Research in Mental Retarda- SYS E 802 Systems Engineering II 3(3,0) Addresses tion 3(3,0) History, theory, research and practice analysis and design of complex systems by consider- VT ED 850 Programs, Concepts and Issues in Vo- pertaining to selected issues in the field of mental 2012-13ing human, hardware and software components of cational and Technical Education 3(3,0) Current retardation; historical treatment; theoretical ap- the system. Techniques for unambiguously defining activities and debates in vocational and technical proaches; research-based interventions; communi- a problem and designing a solution are applied to a education; traditional and innovative programs, ty-based and lifespan curriculum development for model problem. Architectural techniques are used career education, school finance, disadvantaged individuals with mental retardation. Preq: Graduate to assemble a solution that satisfies functional and students, handicapped youth, sex equality and standing, ED SP 821. non-functional requirements. A range of qualita- other specialized programs. ED SP 934 Evidence-Based Research in Instruc- tive and quantitative verification and validation VT ED 882 Seminar 1(1,0) Current issues and tional Design and Delivery 3(3,0) Emphasizes the techniques for evaluating the fitness of a solution problems and proposed research projects. research foundations of special education and the are examined and used. Preq: SYS E 801 VT ED 893 Advanced Research Design and importance of evidence-based instructional design SYS E 853 Improving Systems Using Quality and Analysis 3(3,0) Emphasis on the dissertation from and delivery frameworks that impact important Lean Principles 3(3,0) Students are educated in the proposal to the fully developed outline of all outcomes for students with disabilities. the theory of quality control, its principles and chapters. Required of all doctoral candidates in the the application of quality and lean techniques to vocational/technical education program. Preq: AG manufacturing and service systems. ED (CTE, ED) 889 or equivalent. SYS E 859 Capstone Project 3(3,0) Students engage VT ED (ED L) 955 The Two-Year College 3(3,0) in a capstone experience in the analysis and design See ED L 955. of systems by carrying out a substantial project. Preq: Admission to the Systems Engineering program. Courses of Instruction

VT ED 980 Internship in Vocational/Technical W F B 644 Wildlife Damage Management 3(2,3) W F B 840 Fish Management 3(2,3) Principles Education 1-6 (0,3-18) Internship in which stu- Covers the philosophical, sociological, ecological and techniques of managing aquatic systems for dents gain experience working in a chosen area of and economic basis for controlling damage caused recreational and/or commercial fishing, emphasiz- specialization in vocational/technical education; by animals problem wildlife populations. Emphasis ing streams, rivers, estuaries and impoundments. field experience activities must be planned to build is on fundamentals of prevention and control of Laboratory work includes demonstration and competence in the student’s field of specialization. damage caused by vertebrate species, especially application of management techniques and field To be taken Pass/Fail only. Preq: Consent of major mammals and birds. Includes interaction with trips to observe management practices. Offered advisor. federal and state agencies and private consultants. fall semester of odd-numbered years only. Preq: VT ED 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-12 Preq: W F B 300 and 350. W F B 416 or consent of instructor. W F B 650 Aquaculture 3(3,0) Basic aquacultural W F B 860 Diagnostic Procedures of Warmwater techniques applied to freshwater and marine organ- Fish Diseases 2(1,2) Warmwater fish disease diag- WILDLIFE AND FISHERIES isms; past and present culture of finfishes and shell- nostic procedures employing proper protocol to be BIOLOGY fishes around the world; principles underlying fish followed by a fish disease diagnostician. Offered W F B 610 Wildlife Management Techniques 3(1,6) production; water quality, feeding and nutrition summer session of odd-numbered years only. Covers field and laboratory methods commonly as they influence production of cultured aquatic Coreq: W F B 460 or consent of instructor. used in wildlife management and research. Stu- organisms. Preq: W F B 300 and 350. W F B 861 Selected Topics 1-4(0-4,0-12) Current dents interact with wildlife professionals. Topics W F B 660 Warmwater Fish Diseases 2(2,0) Study areas of aquaculture, fisheries and wildlife manage- include research methodology, estimating wildlife of diseases in warmwater fish including infectious ment and research. May be repeated for credit. Preq: population characteristics, condition measures and noninfectious processes. Preq: W F B 300 Consent of instructor. and food habits; species determinations, sex and and 350. W F B 863 Special Problems in Wildlife and Fish- age, capture; population monitoring methods, GIS W F B 662 Wetland Wildlife Biology 3(3,0) Study of eries Biology 1-3(0,3-9) Research not related to a and mapping techniques, habitat evaluation and wetland wildlife habitats, emphasizing classification thesis. Credit varies with problems selected. Preq: improvement. Preq: W F B 300 and 350. by physical, chemical and biological characteristics; Consent of instructor. W F B 612 Wildlife Management 3(2,3) Basic prin- importance of wetland habitat for management and W F B 891 Master’s Thesis Research 1-12 ciples and general practices of wildlife management production of wetland wildlife species. Offered fall W F B 991 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1-18 and conservation are covered. Major problems semester only. Preq: W F B 300 and 350. concerning the management of wildlife resources, W F B (BIOSC) 668 Herpetology 4(3,3) See BIOSC with emphasis on upland game species. Labora- 668. WOMEN’S STUDIES tory work includes practical work on the Clemson W F B (BIOSC, ENT) 669 Aquatic Insects 3(1,6) W S (ANTH) 623 Women in the Developing World University woodlands and field trips to areas where See ENT 669. 3(3,0) See ANTH 623. wildlife management is being practiced. Preq: W F B 300 and 350. W F B 676 Field Methods in Avian Monitoring and W S 659 Selected Topics in Women’s Studies Conservation 3(1,4) A field-intensive introduction 1-3(1-3,0) Topics change from semester to semester W F B 614 Wildlife Nutritional Ecology 3(3,0) to the identification, ecology and conservation of and are announced prior to registration. May be Concepts of how terrestrial wildlife obtains and North American birds and their habitats with an repeated for a maximum of six credits, but only if utilizes energy and nutrients in wild ecosystems emphasis on southeastern species. Includes avian different topics are covered. are taught. Energy and nutrient availability are survey and census techniques. Two or three week- discussed in the ecological context of distribu- end (Friday-Sunday) field trips are required. Preq: tion, flow and cycling in natural and modified BIOL 104/106, 111 or consent of instructor. foraging areas. Physiology of digestion for major homeotherms. Offered spring semester only. Preq: W F B 712 Wildlife Conservation for Teachers W F B 300 and 350. 2-3(2-3,0) Principles and practices of wildlife conservation providing an overview of wildlife W F B 615 Quality Deer Management 3(3,0) Quality diversity, ecology and management in the state; Deer Management (QDM) is a stewardship philoso- population census, wildlife identification, capture phy that provides desirable hunting experiences by and habitat management of game and nongame producing white-tailed deer herds with a natural age species. For in-service teachers only. Preq: Consent and sex structure and population size appropriate of instructor. for habitat conditions. The course emphasizes herd management, habitat management, hunter W F B 810 Publishing in Natural Resource Journals management and herd monitoring. Online course. 2012-132(2,0) Principles of preparing research manuscripts Preq: Junior standing or consent of instructor. for publication in natural resource journals including searching the literature, communicating with W F B 616 Fishery Biology 3(2,3) Principles under- editors, responding to reviews, publication ethics lying freshwater fish production, major groups of and performing peer reviews. Offered spring semes- freshwater fishes and their habitats. Topics include ter of odd-numbered years only. identification, age and growth, fecundity, food habits, populations estimation, environmental W F B 815 Principles of Wildlife Biology 3(2,3) evaluation, management practices and fish culture. Theories and principles applicable to wildlife biol- Preq: W F B 300 and 350. ogy emphasizing upland game species. Offered fall semester of even-numbered years only. W F B 630 Wildlife Conservation Policy 3(3,0) Deals with the ecological rationale and manage- W F B 818 Waterfowl Ecology and Management ment implications of public policy designed for 3(2,3) Identification, ecology and management of the conservation of American wildlife resources. waterfowl. Laboratory work includes demonstra- Emphasis is on managed-land issues. Preq: W F B tion and application of relevant waterfowl manage- 300 and 350. ment techniques, current literature topics and field trips. Offered fall semester of odd-numbered years only. Preq: BIOSC 441 or W F B 412 or consent of instructor.